179790 Catalog
2014-07-05
: Pdf 179790-Catalog 179790-Catalog 785901 Batch5 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 972
Download | ![]() |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
2012 Digest 176 Have questions? Need technical support or on-site service? Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the information you need. $12 2012 Digest 176 Global Specialist in Energy Management 1-888-778-2733 Power Management Process & Machines Management Customer Care Center The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single point of contact where qualified personnel answer your customer service and technical support questions. IT/Server Room Management Serving all Schneider Electric authorized distributors and customers anywhere in the United States. Building Management Schneider Electric Services Schneider Electric Services provides you with power, automation and control, and energy management services to support the lifecycle of your system, process or installation. Our solutions help you get the most out of your investment and keep your facility at peak operational performance. Any brand. Any industry. Any time. Schneider Electric USA, Inc. 1415 S. Roselle Road Palatine, IL 60067 Tel: 847-397-2600 Fax: 847-925-7500 www.schneider-electric.us This document has been printed on recycled paper © 2012 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. • 998-5626_US_A www.schneider-electric.us Security Management Document Number 0100PL1201 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com The only good watt is a negawatt. Mining Generation 100 energy units Transmission 35 energy units Point of use 33 energy units Due to intrinsic inefficiencies, 33 units of energy consumed at the point of use require 100 units of primary energy. What’s a negawatt? The one you didn’t use. Energy saved is money saved. Yes, the smart grid is coming and we are actively implementing intelligence and innovations to help make it a reality. But we need a solution that will save energy and drive efficiency today as we are building the smarter grids of tomorrow. 30% 30% 30% Introducing EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug™. EcoStruxure solutions cut energy costs today. Right now, EcoStruxure™ solutions from Schneider Electric™ can reduce your energy se t 0 hile c tting c it l nd er ti n l c sts. End- se e icienc is where our focus needs to be! The percentage of revenue spent on energy by companies could reach 30% by 2020. And there is an urgent need to reduce CO2 emissions, especially as energy demand escalates. Energy management is the key – the fastest and most effective solution to curb greenhouse gas emissions while improving business performance. In fact, by 2030, energy efficiency and behavior change will offset more CO2 than all the new wind, solar, and other alternative energy generation methods combined.* As energy prices continue to climb, every unit of energy you save matters. One unit saved at the point of use means three units of primary energy not consumed. Today, only EcoStruxure Active Energy Management architecture can deliver up to 30% energy savings across your buildings, industrial plants, and data centers. You deserve an Efficient Enterprise™! Get smarter about energy Download this White Paper, “Growing a Green Corporation,” a $199 value, for FREE. Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug, and Efficient Enterprise are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. 35 rue Joseph Monier, S 0 2 95506 R eil l is n ede r nce • 998- 259_US *Source: World Energy Outlook 2009, IEA/OECD To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com How to Use Digest 176 Welcome to the first full color version of the Schneider Electric Digest! Digest 176 is organized into 29 product sections listed at the right, with color-coded tabs to help you quickly find major product categories. We’ve added two new sections: Section 28 Universal Enclosures, and Section 29 Advanced Products, with new product offerings that include: Electric Vehicle Charging Stations, Efficient Homes, and Residential Solar Power Solutions. To aid navigation, a detailed Table of Contents is provided for each section, as well as two indexes in the back of the book: an alphabetical listing and an alphanumeric listing. Access a mobilefriendly version of our website, from the web browser on your mobile device. We have developed a specially formatted version of our most popular web content, including the Digest, for mobile devices. A mobile version of Schneider Electric’s MYSE for distributors is also available The first 32 pages of this Digest highlight a winning lineup of Schneider Electric products, services, and solutions, followed by a two page listing of What’s New in each product section. mobile.schneider-electric.us For the most up-to-date Product Information, visit: Energy Efficiency www.schneider-electric.us Customer Services Enfeficrgieyncy E 1-800-392-8781 Customer Training Schneider Electric offers performance-based training for Square D™ and Telemecanique™ products. Whether you have purchased equipment to modernize an operation, or are equipping a new site with the most advanced automation solutions, distribution and power equipment, we have the training to meet your needs. For more information, select Customer Training from the Support and Resources area: www.schneider-electric.us 1-866-507-0894 Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the information you need. 1-888-778-2733 The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single point of contact where qualified personnel answer your customer service and technical support questions. Serving all Schneider Electric authorized distributors and customers anywhere in the United States. Schneider Electric Services provides you with power, automation and control, and energy management services to support the lifecycle of your system, process or installation. Our solutions help you get the most out of your investment and keep your facility at peak operational performance. Any brand. Any industry. Any time. 1 Load Centers 2 Metering Equipment 3 Safety Switches 4 Power Monitoring and Control 5 Lighting Control and Integrated Home Systems 6 Surge Protective Devices 7 Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers 8 Operator Mechanisms and Disconnect Switches 9 Panelboards Integrated Power and Control Solutions (IPaCS) Equipment 11 Switchboards and Switchgear Leading the way in Energy Efficiency: 12 Busway Schneider Electric provides integrated solutions for residential market, buildings, industry and infrastructure, and data centers. Now, you can build a long lasting energy strategy for a growing performance while preserving the environment. 13 Wire Management 14 Transformers 15 Medical Products SolutionOne 16 NEMA Contactors and Starters 17 Motor Control Centers 18 IEC Contactors and Starters 19 Push Buttons and Operator Interface 20 Electronic Sensors and Machine Cabling 21 Limit Switches 22 Pressure, Vacuum, and Float Switches 23 Relays and Timers 24 Terminal Blocks 25 Machine Safeguarding Products 26 AC Drives and Soft Starts 27 Automation Products 28 Enclosures 29 Advanced Products An internet based tool that will allow communications with multiple product configurators within Schneider Electric North America to create a “Customer Solution” project bill of material. Questions? Send an email to: SolutionOne@SchneiderElectric.com Have questions? Need technical support or onsite service? Section Listing 10 Customer Literature Center To obtain literature for product or application needs, contact the Schneider Electric Customer Literature Center. When requesting additional technical catalog information, refer to the catalog section listed at the top of the Digest pages. Product Index Schneider Mobile Seismic Qualification and Capabilities Seismic Equipment Ratings Schneider Electric self certifies seismic equipment ratings to meet the most stringent requirements. Please contact your local field sales engineer for assistance. Selective Coordination NEC Requirements for Selective Coordination Schneider Electric is providing our customers with valuable selective coordination solutions. Contact your local sales office to learn more. To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Product Locator Index attached in the folder “associated brands” Schneider Electric brands that deliver the solutions you demand. Square D power solutions – ready for the future. Stamped steel version of the enclosed safety switch with the Detroit Fuse and Manufacturing Company’s new trademark – the capital “D” in a square (circa 1915). Taking lighting technology to a new level. Square D™ by Schneider Electric brand NEMA power and control solutions have been trusted over 100 years for performance, reliability, and energy saving design. From residential load centers and metering products to commercial panelboards, energy conserving transformers and safety switches, Square D brand products provide you with quality solutions for distributing and monitoring electrical power. It’s more than an electrical system. It’s the backbone of today’s energy demanding homes and businesses. Juno™ Schneider Electric is le ding n ct rer energ efficient commercial and residential lighting solutions and advanced system controls. Since 1976, we have been serving customers throughout North America, including electrical distributors, lighting showrooms, contractors, architects, engineers, lighting designers, nd c erci l est lish ents ering the highlit inn v tive r d cts designed nd engineered in the United St tes. The Juno Lighting Group product family includes over 50,000 items for commercial and residential construction, and includes a rapidly e nding line ec - riendl E t res r td r recessed track, decorative, and under cabinet applications. TM Delivering the best image quality in video security. Committed to data center critical power and cooling. Pelco™ by Schneider Electric is a world leader in the design, development, and manufacture of video and security systems ideal for any industry. From megapixel cameras to video management and recording to display, Pelco solutions deliver the best image quality in video security. APC by Schneider Electric™ is a global leader in critical power and cooling, providing industry leading hardware, software, and services designed to ensure availability and higher energy efficiency across the residential, business network, data center, and manufacturing environments. The position of APC on the cutting edge of Data Center thought leadership for over two decades has changed the way the world designs, installs, operates, and maintains data centers. APC has unparalleled commitment to innovation and the world’s leading R&D investment (more than $90 million annually) dedicated to critical power and cooling issues. www.pelco.com TM TM ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, Square D, Juno, Pelco, and APC are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerPact with Micrologic molded case circuit breakers Direct access to energy management PowerPact™ with Micrologic 15-3000 A New-generation circuit breakers with industry leading performance and protection. Smart – A meter in every breaker Safe – Combines safety and performance with Micrologic™ reliability Simple – Easy to select, install, and use Increased energy availability Safety and protection Energy measurement and control TM ©2011 Schneider Electric. Schneider Electric, PowerPact, Micrologic, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com TeSys Motor starters and IEC contactors TeSys™ U self-protected combination motor starters Used in single c in ti n t er lic ti ns r 0.15 A thr gh 2 A 1 ses nd ve se r te c ntr l h t 20 h t 80 d les c ver ll t r c ntr l • NEMA® rated for motor control • U 508 e E certi ed • 65 A S R r ting t 80 • Incredible energy savings! » 75 percent less than traditional NEMA motor starters » 50 percent less then traditional IEC TeSys D IEC contactors he est-selling line c nt ct rs nd st rters in the rld ering high reli electric l li e. Av il le in 11 c nt ct r r tings r 9A t 150 ll-l d to 200 A resistive loads. • v il nent high- lt sh rt circ it c rrent r tings le id-2012 » 9 A to 32 A: 65 kA » 40 A to 150 A: 100 kA • Energy efficient » 50 percent less than traditional NEMA motor starters • l nting ti ns nel nd -r il • ilit ith l ng ech nic l nd s r ind ctive l ds nd 20 nger-s e scre c nnecti ns ter in ls • Wiring connection flexibility, including spring, ring t ng e sli - n nd scre cl ter in ls • Everlink termination technology ® n 0-65 A r d cts • E s -t -inst ll ccess ries re c for entire line ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and TeSys are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners. To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com n Engineering Services Schneider Electric Engineering Services offers power system design and upgrade, as well as studies and assessments to promote safety and to help ensure reliable and continuous power. With over 40 years of experience and over 100 professional engineers strategically located throughout the U.S. the Engineering Services te h s the n ledge nd e erience t get the d ne. Power system design and upgrade projects Power system studies and assessments • Turnkey Solutions, including Solar and r n eld r ects • Power System Assessments and Code Audits • Electric l esign • Circuit Loading Study r Rel U gr des • Design for Generator and Synchronous Motor Exciter Packages • Grounding System Evaluation and Design • Arc Flash Analysis • Harmonics Assessment • Power Factor Analysis • Power Quality Analysis • Short Circuit Study • i e-c rrent rdin ti n St d Industrial Repair Services Schneider Electric Industrial Repair Services is the leader in industrial electronic repair management, repairing over 120,000 different products from more than 2,500 manufacturers. ith ver 0 e rs ind str e Services te r vides de end erience nd ver 0 highl -tr ined technici ns the nd stri l Re le c st-e ective re irs. ir Testing and repair services • PLCs • I/O Modules And more! • AC and DC Drives • Stepper Drives • Servo Motors and Amplifiers • HMI/Operator Interfaces • Clutch Controls • Certified, Remanufactured Electronics for sale or exchange • Engineered Replacement Boards • Integrated Manufacturing Service Solutions (IMSS) • Schneider Electric™ A t • Power Supplies ti n r d ct U gr des • Counters and Timers • chine-s eci c ntr ls For more information on Schneider Electric Services, visit: www.schneider-electric.us/go/services .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5 Digest 176 Electrical Distribution Services Schneider Electric offers a broad range of electrical distribution services to support the life cycle of any manufacturer’s equipment. Whether you are concerned with providing a safe workplace, increasing electrical reliability, boosting productivity, or reducing operating costs, you can count on our nationwide network of professional engineers and qualified service representatives to address your specific requirements. Our full-range of electrical distribution services include: Engineering Services Modernization and Upgrade The power system engineering team from Schneider Electric™ has the knowledge and experience to help facilities manage their energy and solve complex power system issues that may involve equipment, automation, the electrical system, or the utility. Our engineering services include: Modernization solutions from Schneider Electric Services will upgrade your existing switchgear or motor control centers to current technology. These engineered solutions are available for st r r nds nd re designed t ini i e downtime, improve reliability, and extend the life of your equipment. • Power System Assessment and Design Services Our modernization and upgrade solutions include: • Power Quality Correction • Direct Replacement and Retrofill Solutions for nd S itchge r • Power System Analysis including Arc Flash Studies (NFPA 70E Compliance) Reduce risk and help ensure reliable installation and equipment performance. Our new equipment services include: nd irect Re l ce ent Units Control Centers r t r • Circuit Breaker Reconditioning New Installation Services • St rt- • Want to extend the life of your existing switchgear? Register to download our FREE white paper to discover the right solution for your application! Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. issi ning • Turnkey Solutions • Extended Warranty • Customer Training emergency services 6 hours a day .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com days a week Maintenance and Testing If your power system isn’t performing, your facility isn’t performing. To help ensure the reliable operation of your electrical equipment, periodic maintenance, cleaning, and lubrication is needed. Failure to do so could result in costly downtime. Our maintenance and testing services include: • Preventive Maintenance • Maintenance Record Services • Service Agreements Is your maintenance program meeting your expectations? Additional Schneider Electric service teams include: Register to download our FREE White Paper “Understanding Maintenance Contracts and Requirements for Low Voltage Power Distribution Equipment.” Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. Substation Solutions Schneider Electric sets the standard in quality for the electric ind str nd serves tilities ith highl reliable products and services. Our substation solutions include: • esign nd • PowerSub ™ nstr cti n Services t c S 65 st ti n re ers • Substation Service & Repair Automation and Control Services Our services support the latest innovations in industrial automation. In addition, they ensure our legacy products function at modern performance levels. Building Lifecycle and Energy Services r c sed r ch integr tes lti le s ste s t chieve enter risewide facilities management that uses less energy, tightens security, speeds response times, and maintains optimal occupant comfort while reducing overall operating costs. Critical Power & Cooling Services Whether you are planning, building, or operating a data center, we have the expertise and services to support you through the many phases of the d t center li ec cle nd ee r issi n-critic l lic ti ns er ting at optimum performance. Energy Sustainability Consultation Services Custom Solutions Do you have unique product requirements or complex power issues? Regardless of the application or location, our engineering, manufacturing, field service nd r ect n ge ent te s c n ev l te r sit ti n nd r se c st-e ective s l ti n th t ini i es d nti e r le d-ti es. Our custom solutions include: • Special Application Switchgear • Solar Power Systems • Turnkey Installations r energ e erts r n-site ith n ledge le l nt ers nnel t devel l ng-ter Energ Acti n l n th t serves s the l e rint r ongoing energy savings. Power Monitoring Services Our power monitoring services increase the reliability and efficiency of your installation by providing detailed reporting, testing, and analysis capabilities for your systems and related components. Projects and Engineering Center r r ects nd Engineering enter r vides ll-service c ntr ct nd r ect n ge ent c ilities t ssist ith c le r high-ris r ects res lting in stre lined reli le r ect s l ti n. For more information call 1-888-778-2733 or visit www.schneider-electric.us/go/services .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7 Energy and Sustainability Consultation Energy Monitoring Gain visibility to analysis of your facility’s energy performance — even hen re -site. Our experts develop your blueprint for energy savings. Energy Savings Projects Realize energy savings and reduce utility bills by up to 30%. Your building’s energy: See it, manage it, and save it with our life cycle services. Why spend tomorrow what you can save today? How much did you spend on your building’s energy today? Schneider Electric is your ideal energy manager, energy expert, and green partner with specialized services for these facilities and more: Healthcare As regulations tighten and rates rise, businesses are learning that wasted energy is wasted money. Fortunately, the right partner will show you how much energy your building consumes, and more importantly, where energy — and money — can be saved. Provide superior patient care while controlling costs, eliminating waste, and doing more with less. Our energy services deliver immediate value to your business. Hotels Efficiency improvements reduce the total cost of energy per square foot over the life cycle of your facility. And only we provide the expertise of a Certified Energy Architect, scalable EcoStruxure Active Energy Management™ architecture, and much more that can deliver energy savings of up to 30%, starting today. 30% energy savings is just the beginning. As The Global Specialist in Energy Management™, we are the only provider of comprehensive services and open system architecture that guarantee compatibility among the energy management domains of Power, IT Room, Process & Machine, Building, and Security, allowing businesses to scale up the savings and efficiency from the building to the enterprise level. It is no wonder that about 75% of Fortune 500 companies choose Schneider Electric™ t eet their energ needs. ith s vings rt nit li e this t re-re d c nies n th t e icienc initi tives the c ldn t rd t i le ent in the st re r ects they can’t afford to put off another day. Maximize guest delight while reducing OpEx, improving your carbon footprint, and offering a safe hotel stay. Retail Reduce costs and keep customers safe and comfortable while complying with environmental efforts and regulations. Office Buildings Provide a flexible and productive atmosphere while ret ining l ng-ter inc e nd sset v l e nder tightening environmental regulations. Education Make buildings and campuses safe and efficient while providing a greener, more productive learning environment. Life Sciences Create a sustainable business while meeting regulations, reducing time to market, and enhancing the security of employees and assets. Reducing the Impact of Energy Costs on Business Download this FREE white paper today for insight on improving facility performance and finding permanent savings Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, The global specialist in energy management, EcoStruxure, and Active Energy Management are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS r its ili ted c nies. • 998- 881 • Schneider Electric USA 1650 est r s R d rrillt n 5006 USA 9 2 2 -1111 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 30%* off your building’s energy bill is just the beginning. Imagine what we could do for the rest of your enterprise. Managing complex building environments while meeting your energy efficiency targets is no small task. Our EcoStruxure™ energy management architecture achieves this elegantly through intelligent integration of building systems on a single IP platform. The savings go far beyond buildings. Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug™ Today, only EcoStruxure energy management architecture by Schneider Electric™ delivers up t 0 energ s vings niting energ -intensive s ste s li e A ccess c ntr l vide security management, and lighting control across your entire enterprise. Saving up to 30% of a building’s energy is a great beginning, and thanks to EcoStruxure energy management architecture, the savings don’t have to end there. Data centers From the rack to the row to the room to the building, energy use and availability of these interconnected environments are closely nit red nd d sted in re l ti e. Industrial plants en st nd rd r t c ls ll r s ste - ide management of automated processes with minimized downtime, increased throughput, and maximized energy efficiency. Learn about saving energy from the experts! Download this white paper, a $200 value, for FREE! Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v Call 800-274-5551 Buildings Intelligent integration of security, power, lighting, electric l distri ti n ire s et A nd telecommunications across the enterprise allows for reduced training, operating, maintenance, and energy costs. 30% ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, and Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug re tr de r s ned Schneider Electric nd stries SAS r its ili ted c nies. 1 2 irgr nds R d est ingst n R 02892 USA • 998-2 58_US *EcoStruxure architecture reduces energy consumption by up to 30%. To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Digest 176 There’s more than the “tip of the iceberg” Typically, we think of them as huge peaks rising above the water. In reality, the majority of an iceberg is actually under the water, out of view. Utility savings at most facilities can be thought of in much the same way. Look below the surface for energy savings with energy solutions by Schneider Electric Think of your utility bills as being the peak, easy to see every month. By simply installing different light bulbs or a PowerLogic™ power monitoring system, you c n re li e 1 ercent s vings t th t s st the ti the ice erg in terms of your potential savings. he rit s vings sing Schneider Electric™ energy solutions, can be derived by looking beyond a utility bill — or below the surface. An additional 2 – 5 percent can be saved through better equipment utilization and energy monitoring tools. Another 10 percent can be found by improving power system reliability, and the savings that derive can be utilized towards the capital purchase with a performance contract. At Schneider Electric, we pride ourselves on reliable Square D™ by Schneider Electric products, innovative solutions, expert engineering services, nd r ilit t r vide single-s rce er n ge ent s l ti ns. t s n t st c nce t t s it s leg c nd r ise. e re the Energ Management specialists, striving to help you Make the Most of Your EnergySM. r re in r ti n c nt ct r re resent tive r g t .schneiderelectric.com. Medical complexes • Experience outstanding quality and reliability • eri tilit ills nd eli in te err rs S re er gic s ste s er end-t -end dv nced s l ti ns for a high return on investment in achieved energy savings. • Improve power system uptime Commercial/retail centers • Reduce expenses • Attr ct high- lit l ng-ter ten nts • Implement in a nationwide chain or one site • Allocate costs according to actual energy used Education campuses • Provide environmental leadership • Gain insights into how to reduce energy use in common areas Upgrade payback Aver ge techn l g c eri d nd R r ects Technology Average Payback Period Average ROI Meters and Monitors .5 200% Lighting 2.2 45% Controls 2.3 43% Motors and Drives 2.4 42% 3.6 28 Onsite Power 4.3 23% Building Automation 5.9 17% A 10 single- .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Three dimensions of energy and power management savings Reduce energy costs • Access automatic meter reading from revenue, piped utility pulses, nd s - etering • eri nd rec ncile tilit ills t c tch err rs • Reveal energy inefficiencies and waste • All c te r s - ill energ c sts • Optimize procurement through ough forecasting, load aggregation, and rate analysis • le ent er ct r c rrecti n lighting c ntr l reduction strategies nd ct- sed • Reduce demand through load scheduling, load control, or generator control • Respond to utility curtailment signals • Make smart energy efficiency decisions by combining your experience with ours for Total Energy Control ol strategies that result in an actionable energy plan with quick payback Optimize equipment utilization • Maximize use of existing equipment capacity to defer capital expenses • Benchmark, profile, and compare the performance of facilities or processes • Document emergency power system testing results • Prolong equipment life by identifying transformer and other equipment stresses • Balance loads on substations, panelboards, and other power equipment • Perform proactive equipment maintenance and equipment monitoring of transformers, MCCs, switchgear, switchboards, ds, circuit breaker status, protective e i ent c cit rs gener t rs nel rds U U S nd ther i ed tilities Improve reliability and uptime • Get early warning and remote alarm notification of impending problems • s l te r le s rces ic l sing re l-ti e hist ric l nd event d t • Pinpoint root cause with precise GPS time and event sequence recording • eri reli le e i ent er ti n nd identi v lner ilities • Diagnose transients, disturbances, power quality, and harmonics • Determine appropriate corrective measures based on accurate data • Automate power system throw over and load preservation schemes • Leverage Energy Solutions’ Engineering Services as your single source energy and power management solution provider — product, implementation, consulting, assessment, and support services .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 11 Our energy expertise will help sustain America’s bright future. Laboratories Data Centers Defense Installations Federal Buildings Hospitals Together, we will meet your facility’s energy management challenges of today and tomorrow. Your energy expert and green partner The global specialist in energy management™ Our experience with government facilities and campuses allows you to realize customized, integrated solutions with up to 30% energy savings, starting today. Schneider Electric has a proven, 100-year long record of supporting government facilities and helps make them more secure, productive, and sustainable. We take the lessons of the past century to help you meet your responsibilities to mandates, missions, and taxpayers throughout the next one. Schneider Electric™ specializes in these critical domains of government facilities: > Power Management: Experience efficient power use, reliable power supply, low equipment failure rates, and minimized downtime with our proven solutions. > IT Room Management: Optimize data center availability and efficiency through monitoring, automation, planning, and implementation. We combine the expertise of brands you know and trust to make your energy safe, reliable, efficient, productive, and green. > Building Management: Leverage existing investments to achieve reduced energy costs, improved comfort, and increased productivity with our integrated building systems. TM > Process and Machine Management: Eliminate downtime and optimize your systems’ performance with our specialized solutions. > Security Management: Reduce risks with our integrated security solutions that create the most secure environment possible. TM EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug ™ EcoStruxure architecture, our approach to integration, saves CapEx and OpEx over your facility’s li e c cle r stre lined r c re ent thr gh l ng-ter inten nce nd s rt. his innovation optimizes energy measurement, management, reliability, efficiency, and security across your entire enterprise. Make the most of your energy Enacting an Energy Management Lifecycle Approach in Federal Facilities by Ellen Kotzbauer, BEP Government Segment Manager and Cassandra Quaintance, MAS, CEM, LEED AP Energy Market Segment Manager Schneider Electric USA, Inc. Make the most of your energy SM Cycle Visit our NEW Government Knowledge Portal for FREE white papers, like this one: “Enacting a Life Cycle Approach in Federal Facilities.” Go to www.SEreply.com • Key Code b653v • Call 866-822-4636 ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug, The global specialist in energy management, Pelco, Juno Lighting Group, Make the most of your energy, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric. • 998- 52_US To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com SM SoMachine © Sc hn ei de rE le ct Software r ic In du str V2.0 ies SA S201 0 Flexible Machine Control: 100 percent flexibility of your machines with a single software suite, SoMachine, plus multiple hardware control platforms. Tested, Validated Architectures and Functions: Predefined and dedicated to your specific needs for optimum results. Co-Engineering Services: Design optimal machine solutions with innovative help from our experts. cuts time to market by up to 50 percent. TM New integrated machine building solution features single software, proven architectures, and design experts. Machines today need to be faster, more flexible, and must be able to solve more complex automation functions than ever before. As a machine builder you must c nst ntl l t inn v tive st ild re energ -e icient chines red ce development costs, and get your machines to market much faster. Our new MachineStruxureTM solution is designed to answer these challenges and to help you take complexity out of the business through use of: Flexible Machine Control: SoMachineTM is a single software suite that runs on multiple hardware control platforms to achieve 100 percent machine flexibility: HMI, motion, drive, and logic controllers. With SoMachine, you need only one software, one cable, and one download to design, commission, and service your machines from a single point. Tested, Validated Architectures and Functions: Build a strong automation l t r thr gh the se r re d -t - se r ven nd ll tr ns rent automation architectures and application function libraries implemented with FDT/DTM technology. Our architectures are predefined and dedicated to your specific needs for optimum results. Co-engineering Services: Design the optimal solutions for your customers with innovative help from our experts! We implement the latest technological ev l ti ns nd r vide ni e h nds- n ind str lic ti n n ledge th t helps you stay ahead of the competition. “SoMachine offers optimal flexibility when implemented on a standard machine, and it has huge potential in terms of system implementation.” Fabrizio Ghiro, software designer and machine developer at Costa Levigatrici in Italy Make the most of your energy Download our “On the road to green machines” White Paper today — it’s FREE and available right now! Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code h903v ©2011 Schneider Electric Industries SAS, All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, MachineStruxure, SoMachine, and Make the most of your energy are owned by Schneider Electric, r its ili ted c nies in the United St tes nd ther c ntries. • 35 rue Joseph Monier, CS 30323, 95506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex (France) • 998-2 05 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com SM Digest 176 A lighting control solution for every need… Powerlink intelligent panelboards, Relay Panels, C-Bus network lighting control, and Occupancy Sensors from Schneider Electric create one of the most comprehensive energy-saving offers in the industry. They combine automated and web-enabled control with occupancy-based solutions and dimming capabilities. Powerlink Intelligent Lighting Panel Powerlink C-Bus t t es re th n st energ -e cient lighting t significantly reduce your energy costs. Powerlink™ lighting control systems reduce energy costs as much as 30 percent by automatically turning off lighting during unoccupied periods. Retrofit is also easy with Powerlink lighting control systems, with payback periods often less than two years. Compared with other energy savings technologies, a Powerlink control system can provide both a lower initial capital outlay and greater energy savings. - s™ Network Lighting and Whole Home Controls provide a vast array of capabilities, scalable for virt ll n si e r single r t n entire network. Eliminate wall clutter with programmable lti- ncti n t ch screens nd e ds. i lights c ntr l lighting scenes A nd di while integrating with third party devices using the same touch screen or keypad. • Eliminate unnecessary energy consumption by s itching lights d ring n n- cc ied eri ds • Reduce demand by shedding lights during peak demand periods • Improve productivity by controlling and monitoring panels from remote locations • Reduce potential lost time and liability by receiving instant alerts to important occurrences with remote email alarming • Gain important insights into lighting system performance with integral metering Relay Panels Relay panel The Lighting Control Relay Panel family offers both standalone and integrated customized solutions that combines ease of use, versatility, and durability. Each system offers an energy saving solution as unique as your needs. C-Bus Lighting Control • LPS Standalone panel • LPB panel with BACnet capabilities • n r s c ns le- er ted nel Three solutions that adapt to your particular configuration needs. Occupancy Sensors 14 Occupancy sensors Occupancy sensors help building owners achieve energy savings and energy code compliance with sensors that are easy to select, install, and commission. Automatically turn lights on/off based n cc nc . Use sens rs r light rvesting t d st light levels sed n n t r l lighting in re s ith l rge ind s r s lights. Use either ssive in r red R ltr s nic r d l-techn l g models for ultimate detection capability. Service and support Reliable lighting control systems deserve reliable support to match. With Schneider Electric™ lighting controls, you can always count on our Schneider Electric eld s les engineers nd ct r trained experts for help when you need it — before, during, or after installation. Whether that means local s rt tr lesh ting r n-site c issi ning. From smaller residential lighting control installations, to entire facility-wide control, Schneider Electric Lighting and Whole Home Controls has the precise solution to meet your needs. For more information visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Diversify your offer with the EcoXpert certification program. Developed specifically for electrical contractors to grow their business and incre se reven e. he Schneider Electric Ec ert™ program helps you to advise, sell, and install r d r nge re-engineered energ s l ti ns cr ss c erci l ind stri l nd high-end residenti l lic ti ns. Program benefits: • Accreditation: gain knowledge and skills to improve your professional recognition and marketability • Specialized training: access to ongoing technical, installation, and best practices curriculum courses • Marketing collateral: enhance your ability to market your business with customizable materials • Communication strategies: includes: how to sell, who to speak to, key questions to ask, and much more • Technical expertise: 24/7 access to tools that help facilitate site assessments and ROI estimates • Pre-engineered solutions: ability to sell a broad range of energy efficient and renewable energy solutions Certification Paths: Energy Efficiency Lighting and Lighting Controls Renewable Energy Power Distribution Secure Power HVAC Controls Energy Monitoring Electric Vehicle Charging Solar Get started! Become our energy partner today, visit: www.SEreply.com and enter key code e595v. .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 15 Digest 176 Driving energy efficient solutions from Power Plant to Plug™. Schneider Electric™ is committed to developing energy efficient solutions that s rt s st in le devel ent nd r electric vehicle E ch rgers re n e ce ti n. E lin ™ charging solutions promote a greener, more economical transportation option while helping to reduce the world’s global footprint. Schneider Electric ers ide r nge E lin ch rging st ti ns th t ll users to recharge where they live, work, and play. The total package from one provider • Compatibility: U listed nd SAE 1 2 c li nce ens res c ith n l g-in h rid r electric vehicle entering the r et. ti ilit • Support: nst ll ti n nd inten nce r vided certi ed Ec ert c ntr ct rs h h ve een tr ined t inst ll E lin s l ti ns nd re le t offer an extended warranty option. Learn more about the global impact of EVs Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. • Efficiency: S rt-grid c nnectivit ll s r i energ management capabilities, assisting with energy control and efficiency. • User friendly: Status indicator lights identify when the charger is ready to charge, if the vehicle is charging, or if the charger requires attention. • Safety: An integral ground fault interrupter set at 5mA provides protection if a fault is detected from a power outage or lost connectivity. Automatic recovery and restart functionality ensures charging will resume following a power loss or ground fault detection. 16 .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Exclusive for US electrical contractors Empower your operations with the Schneider Electric Advantage. Get FREE business, marketing, training, and product resources developed exclusively for electrical contractors. t re th n ever need re l- rld s l ti ns t gr r siness nd eet c st er needs. need int r et-le ding siness r eting nd electric l ind str e ertise t enh nce r er ti ns. rtner h c n hel The Schneider Electric Advantage gives you access to: Marketing tools Market your business and improve customer relations with new tools including radio scripts, customizable collateral, and promotional items. Training and education Get ahead with a broad range of educational courses designed s eci c ll r electric l c ntr ct rs thr gh e - sed c rric l nd instr ct r-led tr ining. Access our FREE online training when you register for The Schneider Electric Advantage isit advantage.schneider-electric.us/ Product information Find the latest product, service, and solution information for Schneider Electric™ brands including troubleshooting, technical documents, and online tools. Make the most of your energy © 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and Make the most of your energy are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated c nies. • 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 • 8 -925- 500 • .schneider-electric. s To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com SM Digest 176 Building a smarter grid with reliable, efficient energy How Schneider Electric smart grid-ready products and solutions help balance your grid equation he electricit r et is ch nging. And ever d end- sers e ect ti ns increase in terms of reliability and quality, and they gain greater awareness of energy’s environmental impact. It’s an evolution. But as our reliance on electricity grows globally, the ways in which we produce, distribute, and use energy must also evolve. The solution will not only involve smarter demand, but also smarter supply — and as such, a smarter grid is at the heart of the issue. As The Global Specialist in Energy Management,™ Schneider Electric™ is smart grid-ready, enabling the products and solutions that support and connect the five key domains of a smarter grid: • Flexible distribution • Smart generation • e nd-side n ge ent • Efficient Home™ (including electric vehicles) • Efficient Enterprise™ (buildings, industrial facilities, and data centers) r visi n isn t st t c nnect r c st ers t the s rt grid t ls t connect them with each other, facilitating smarter interactions and leading to increased energy management capabilities. Our smart grid solutions include: • HV/MV Substations » Substation automation and protection systems c li nt ith E 61850 » s-ins l ted s itchge r » St ti n re ers r 15 t 8 » Capacitor banks and control » Power quality and grid revenue metering » Phasor measurement units • Feeder Automation » lt r n ge ent » Automated load break switches » Reclosers and sectionalizers » Communicating faulted circuit indicators » Private license and public mesh network radios • Renewable Energy Connectivity » Switchgear » Protection and control » Power quality and revenue metering » Harmonic filtering » rid-tie s st ti ns » rn e r ect design nd n ge ent » Smart solar inverters for residential through utility sc le r ects » re- ric ted inverter nd tr ns r er st ti ns » Remote SCADA software • Electric vehicle load management » Smart charging stations for residential and commercial applications » Charging station infrastructure management software and services » Communications and integration with other systems • Demand Response Consulting • Energy Management Services » Power system assessments » Equipment upgrades and retrofits » Maintenance and testing » Asset management » Design services » r ect n ge ent 18 .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com One-way energy grid Two-way energy and data smart grid Backup storage Renewable • Energy efficiency • Carbon trading • Micro network management MV/LV HV/MV 888kWh kWh Electric vehicles and energy storage Residential Intelligent meters Commercial Industrial Energy producers Intelligent transmission Flexible distribution Active consumers Communication and software at all levels of the smart grid HV/MV substations lete grid-c nnecti n t rn e r ect management including design, engineering, installation, and maintenance to increase service c ntin it thr gh tr le- ree nd reli le er ti ns. Demand response programs Energy auditing services and consultation to assess the best load reduction strategy, including estimating the financial opportunity of Demand Response activities. Comprehensive offer including energy meters and software tools for control, metering, and data management. Renewable energy connectivity Solar and Wind solutions compliant with local regulations enabling uninterrupted connectivity of inter ittent s rces thr gh end-t -end electric l er ti n c nversi n tr ns r ers net r grid connection, control, supervision, monitoring, and security). Packaged solutions allow for maximum return on investment, driving the cost of renewable energy to grid parity. SCADA distribution management systems Efficient solutions for underground and overhead network management through status updates, complex switching assistance, multitasking control, monitoring functions, and network evolution planning. Feeder automation Flexible, scalable, and simple solutions to reduce outage duration and operate distribution networks more efficiently. Energy management services reventi n- nd redicti n- c sed sset productivity management based on maintenance and retrofitting solutions, system assessments, and uptime audits as well as network planning and demand response consulting. .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 19 Welcome to the 2020 home. It might have been built in 1925, but it’s the most contemporary home in the neighborhood. Thanks to the Wiser™ energy management system from Schneider Electric™ n h e c n e r ght int the ent - irst ent r . The addition of a Wiser energy management system not only improves a home’s energy efficiency, but adds up to significant savings on utility bills that can even offset the cost of other remodeling upgrades. The Wiser system hel s h es se less er nd l er tilit ills e l ing ser- riendl technology that’s easy for homeowners to understand, manage, and control, even remotely, anytime from anywhere. The Wiser systems’ smart thermostat, in-h e dis l nd energ d sh rd r vide re l-ti e energ in r ti n to homeowners, alerting them when a home’s energy usage is high, so d st ents c n e de cc rdingl s ving the r ing higher r tes during peak demand times. The great news is that any home, no matter its age or architectural style, can be retrofitted and benefit from the Wiser energy management system. Just knowing a home is environmentally friendly and energy efficient is not only a r ttr cti n t t d s h e ners t dds gre t e it in h e. The Wiser energy management system enables innovative energy conservation that helps homeowners use less power while significantly lowering utility bills. Green: Low (least expensive) Blue: Medium Orange: High Red: Warning, extremely high (most expensive) ind t st h simple and cost effective installing the Wiser energy management system can be, and how it will continue to significantly impact energy bills in the years ahead. Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j566v for more information. © 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, and Wiser are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated c nies. 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 • 8 -925- 500 • .schneider-electric. s To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com ntr l r A s ste - sed n the pricing you program into Wiser EMS’ smart thermostat. The backlit feature visibly dis l s re l-ti e energy output and costs incurred, then alerts you with unique c l r-c ded rning screens when energy output is high and needs t e d sted. A home is more than rooms of a house. It is a refuge, a place of comfort designed to provide an environment where memories can be made, relationships built, lives nurtured, and dreams realized. Additionally, a home is an investment vehicle where the returns are counted as appreciation in value, but also in the monthly energy savings you generate. At Schneider Electric™ we help you create quality, efficient, and productive homes with smart, next generation residential energy technology that takes a home to an unprecedented level. Adding energy efficient solutions through installing Juno™ by Schneider Electric LED fixtures, reliable Square D™ by Schneider Electric power distribution products, advanced APC by Schneider Electric™ power protection devices, st te- -the rt s l r inverters r electric vehicle ch rging st ti ns c ldn t e easier and comes without sacrificing comfort or convenience. Our active energy monitoring technology empowers you to minimize wasted energy and take control of your home’s energy usage and output without sacrificing comfort or convenience. From the home office to the bedroom, from the kitchen to the home theater and garage, Schneider Electric transforms every room of a house into the type of efficient, model environment homeowners seek today. Looking to upgrade a residential service while saving time and effort? Make your life easier with the Square D Service Upgrade Load Centers. Its inventive design makes challenging flush-mount service upgrade jobs faster, easier, and cleaner. The uniquely designed load center endplate features four removable end plates with four feed-through points, which allow the enclosure to be positioned in the wall in as little as five minutes. The lengthier cover and door eliminate any need for drywall repairs. Thanks Schneider Electric! The Square D Service Upgrade Load Center is a fantastic product! It makes my life easier and reduces installation time! – Mike Fletcher, Residential Wireman West Side Electric, rtl nd reg n e er E c l 8 Learn about the complete residential solutions of Schneider Electric, visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j562v for more information. ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, Juno, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 • 8 -925- 500 • .schneider-electric. s To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com How can Schneider Electric help your designs meet today’s demands? Smart intelligent designs Make your designs smart from the very beginning of conception, to the final design. Design solutions The task of designing has never been more difficult — new codes, standards, and evolving technology, such as Building Information Management (BIM), all impact a building’s design, speed, and efficiency. With teams n-st r essi n l engineers and regulatory experts, Schneider Electric™ provides the support you need t cc lish r r ects n-ti e ith intelligence incl ded. Energy management solutions New web site As The Global Specialist in Energy Management™, Schneider Electric focuses heavily on solutions and strategies around sustainable design and energy management. Codes and standards such as NEC® 2011 and ASHRAE 90.1 are under continuous maintenance, as well as the constant evolution of federal nd st te energ reg l ti ns. r energ e erts c n hel st -t -d te. d r ect designs re ire re c s n energ e cienc . Schneider Electric can provide the insight to help your next design exceed its energy goals. Schneider Electric is committed to providing consulting engineers access to comprehensive engineering information that can help you throughout your design process. The consulting engineer website of Schneider Electric is built for you. Easy access to: • Design/application guides Safety solutions • Product specifications Safety is a critical component of any design, and safety regulations must be kept in order to maintain maximum protection against dangerous hazards. Our experts can provide the design information and recommendations you need to understand the dangers of arc flash and how to mitigate risks while complying with current guidelines. Your designs need to be safe and reliable in order to protect and save lives for years to come. Get Schneider Electric involved early in the design r cess t ins re ng ing s et is ilt-in. • Technical white papers • Codes and standards • Product data bulletins • Calculators and online tools Make the most of your energy SM 7400DB1001 04/2010 Nashville, TN USA Data Bulletin Low Voltage Transformer Through-Fault Protection: A System Approach Introduction Power system modeling and analysis software packages plot ANSI/IEEE through-fault curves for low voltage, dry-type transformers. The use of this plotting feature has led to application issues when evaluating the ability of circuit breakers to protect transformers, specifically the ability of certain thermal-magnetic trip, primary circuit breakers to provide the apparent required through-fault protection. This paper discusses the protection criteria for low voltage transformers and describes a system approach to evaluating ANSI through-fault protection curves and low voltage circuit breakers. Low Voltage Transformer Protection Criteria Discussion of low voltage, dry-type transformer overcurrent protection begins with the published standards and guides: • NEC® Article 450, Transformers and Transformer Vaults (Including Secondary Ties), (NFPA 70®, 2008 Edition) contains installation requirements for overload protection of low voltage transformers • NEMA ST 20-1992 (R1997), Dry Type Transformers for General Applications, contains short-circuit withstand and testing requirements for low voltage transformer designs ANSI/IEEE C57.12.01-2005, IEEE Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers, to which NEMA ST 20-1992 refers for prototype short-circuit withstand requirements • • • NEC Article 450 Transformers and Transformer Vaults (Including Secondary Ties) ANSI/IEEE C57.12.91-2001, IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers, to which NEMA ST 20-1992 refers for prototype testing requirements ANSI/IEEE C57.12.59-2001, IEEE Guide for Dry-Type Transformer Through-Fault Current Duration Section 450.4, Autotransformers 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less, of NEC Article 450 provides primary and, when necessary, secondary overcurrent protective device trip levels. It defines transformer overload protection requirements in percentages of the transformer's rated currents and applies the requirements in terms of protective device continuous current ratings. The “Primary only protection” limits in NEC Table 450.3(B) (reproduced below) are not typically used since the equipment fed by the transformer, such as secondary conductors, may require overcurrent protection. NEC Table 450.3(B) Maximum Rating or Setting of Overcurrent Protection for Transformers 600 Volts and Less (as a Percentage of Transformer-Rated Current) Secondary Protection 2 Primary Protection Protection Method Currents of 9 Amperes or More Currents Less Than 9 Amperes Currents Less Than 2 Amperes Currents of 9 Amperes or More Currents Less Than 9 Amperes Primary only protection 125% 1 167% 300% Not required Not required Primary and secondary protection 250% 3 250% 3 250% 3 125% 2 167% 1 2 Where 125 percent of this current does not correspond to a standard rating of a fuse or nonadjustable circuit breaker, a higher rating that does not exceed the next higher standard rating shall be permitted. Where secondary overcurrent protection is required, the secondary overcurrent device shall be permitted to consist of not more than six circuit breakers or six sets of fuses grouped in one location. Where multiple overcurrent devices are utilized, the total of all the device ratings shall not exceed the allowed value of a single overcurrent device. 3 A transformer equipped with coordinated thermal overload protection by the manufacturer and arranged to interrupt the primary current shall be permitted to have primary overcurrent protection rated or set at a current value that is not more than six times the rated current of the transformer for transformers having not more than 6% impedance and not more than four times the rated current of the transformer for transformers having more than 6 percent but not more than 10% impedance. © 2010 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Evaluating system through-fault protection designs? Register to download our “LV Transformer Throughfault Protection” White Paper. Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, The global specialist in energy management, and Make the most of your energy are trademarks owned Schneider Electric nd stries SAS r its ili ted c nies. All ther tr de r s re r ert their res ective ners. • 998- 560_US 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 • 8 -925- 500 • .schneider-electric. s To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Square D Integrated Power and Control Solutions (IPaCS) Innovative solutions that save space, labor and time For over 30 years, Square D by Schneider Electric™ IPaCS™ business has been providing integrated electrical solutions for retail construction, commercial, and ind stri l r ects. Solutions available from Square D IPaCS Modular Panel System (MPS) The Square D IPaCS family combines electrical distribution equipment, ilding c ntr ls nd t ti n int single ct r - sse led nd rewired enclosure. These innovative solutions save valuable floor space, shorten construction cycle times, and reduce installation and material handling costs. Tailored to customer specifications and typically includes panels, lighting control, and equipment spaces. Why specify solutions from Square D IPaCS? For more complex applications, including A c ntr ls lighting c ntr ls er quality and power conditioning products, SS ilding n ge ent s ste s nd power metering/monitoring solutions, as well as electrical distribution equipment. Minimize space requirements. Electric l nels nd tr ns r ers re st c ed in valuable floor and wall space. d l r line- hich s ves Reduce contractor labor risks. Because the contractor is swapping a variable cost (labor) for a fixed cost r d ct their ris n the ver ll r ect is red ced. Reduce material handling. c e er ite s t receive invent r nd ve r nd the site ec se nents re ct r -inst lled nd re- ired int single line r encl s re. Save design time. For designs with multiple locations, standardized designs can be created to provide consistency between sites. Shorten construction cycle times. re- sse led c nstr cti n e ns less ti e re the overall construction cycle. ired n-site t inst ll red cing Integrated Power Center (IPC™) Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™) Features include those found in the IPC and re r vided in ree-st nding encl s re that can be front and rear aligned when transformers are included. IPC2 is seismically qualified. Enclosure options include NEMA® 1, NEMA 1 with driphood and NEMA 3R. Standby Power Connection Solutions (SPQ) Provides the ability to quickly connect to a portable standby power generator. S it le r - R td r inst ll ti ns. Single point of responsibility. hird- rt c ntr ls c nents c n e inst lled ired nd tested in S integrated equipment at the factory to assure it works like it’s supposed to when it gets t the site. MPS IPC2 IPC2 transformer combo SPQ Integrated power center ith third- rt c ntr ls .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 23 Are you overlooking an enormous market? With the demand for energy skyrocketing, customers will require more sustainable energy solutions. Schneider Electric™ E lin ™ charging stations were developed with this key factor in mind, providing a greener, more economical tr ns rt ti n ti n hile hel ing t red ce the rld s gl l t rint. E lin electric vehicle E ch rging s l ti ns re designed t eet the needs n customer, while providing the safety you demand from a partner you trust. • All ch rging st ti ns re designed nd Schneider Electric • U listed nd SAE 1 2 c E entering the r et t d n ct red in-h li nt t ens re c ti ilit se ith n Learn more! E s re n rt ever d transportation. Download a FREE E ct sheet to learn how you can get involved t d . isit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. Make the most of your energy SM • An integral ground fault interrupter set at 5 mA provides superior protection to users if a fault is detected © 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric e the r its ili ted c nies. • 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 • el 8 st r energ nd E lin re tr de r s ned Schneider Electric nd stries SAS - 9 -2600 • 8 -925- 500 • .schneider-electric. s To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Schneider Electric makes the connections. > Power > Cooling > Rack Systems > Physical Security > Services > Management Maximum efficiency and availability from rack to row to room to building Making the connection between IT and facilities With today’s technology challenges, Schneider Electric™ understands that data centers must be viewed as interconnected environments — from rack to row to room to building. We call this integration the data center physical infrastructure or DCPI. The only clear path to the highest availability and maximum efficiency, DCPI comprises power, cooling, physical security, and rack systems and is monitored and managed via software solutions and professional services. Making the connection between efficiency and availability Today, maximized energy efficiency and guaranteed availability must work hand in hand. So Schneider Electric offers integrated cooling strategies across the DCPI. This hybrid approach delivers true energy savings — but never at the expense of availability. And we further optimize availability and efficiency with an integrated software platform that en les end-t -end nit ring nd n ge ent ll d ins. his h listic solution provides visibility and interoperability across the DCPI. Making the connection with key industry partners Data centers can’t be built without constant communication and coordination with vendors and other key players. Only Schneider Electric has the consulting and services net r ers n l rel ti nshi s nd re l- rld e erience t give the single int contact you need to take your integrated data center from envisioned to online. Implementing Energy Efficient Data Centers Integrated architectures for Active Energy Management™ > Power The power domain connects it all – from gener t rs t U Ss t Us r cr ss-vend r interoperability. > Cooling Our highly efficient integrated solutions combine chillers, perimeter cooling, hot aisle c nt in ent nd r - sed ti ns t i i e efficiency and guarantee availability. > Physical Security r single- ne vie incl des access control and surveillance across one or multiple facilities. > Rack Systems nterc nnected n - vend rcompatible rack enclosures, accessories, and air containment solutions support HD processing needs. > Services The professional services of Schneider Electric provide provide one point of contact for data center planning, building, and operation. > Management Our exclusive integrated software rchitect re re ves n ge ent sil s r greater energy awareness and efficiency and higher availability across the entire DCPI. Download the FREE White Paper, “Tackling Today’s Data Center Energy Efficiency Challenges.” Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j754v Call 888-778-2733 ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and Active Energy Management are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. e il es rt c.c Schneider Electric rth A eric n er ting ivisi n 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 8 - 9 -2600 .schneider-electric. s t- s r nds 998-2598_ To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com A Digest 176 Seeing is believing Visit Schneider Electric Center of Excellence Want to know more? Be our guest at one of Schneider Electric Centers of Excellence located on the East Coast, West Coast, and in the Midwest. For more information, contact your local Schneider Electric representative or Square D™ by Schneider Electric distributor and ask to schedule a visit. 26 When you’re trying to solve a business or engineering challenge, you need a team of industry experts with extensive knowledge of your industry, as well as the willingness to go anywhere, work with any supplier, to find the most cost-effective, complete solution for you. As The Global Specialist in Energy Management™ and sustainable manufacturing, we’re always coming up with new ways to help businesses work better, faster, more efficiently, and profitably. That’s why we have developed the Schneider Electric™ Centers of Excellence and Innovation Centers. To simplify your understanding of the broadest range of power, control, automation, safety, security, and energy management solutions, and how they can benefit your business. These facilities give you the ability to see and touch live demonstrations of the innovative solutions for both OEM manufacturers and industrial facilities. You ls get ccess t the lti-disci lined te s th t can configure and customize your solutions to meet your specific needs and further minimize your future ris . hese e erts h ve ccess t ll -e i ed laboratories, numerous technical experts and the resources of the global Schneider Electric organization all with the sole purpose of demonstrating to you the c it ent Schneider Electric t delivering estin-cl ss s l ti ns t r siness ch llenges. .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MachineStruxure solutions Automation solutions for industrial machines that can save you up to 50% of design and implementation time. MachineStruxure™ hel s design integr ted energ -e cient nd c st-e ective chines hile i i ing er r nce nd red cing design ti e nd ti e t r et. sed n ested lid ted nd c ented Architect res A chineStr re inc r r tes e i le and scalable hardware platforms with SoMachine,™ a comprehensive single software suite with application function block libraries. Plus, our hardware control platforms optimize control through embedded intelligence in drives, HMI, motion, and logic controllers. Stay one step ahead. Services and support Tested, Validated, and Documented Architectures and function blocks However complex your machine, you can rely on our team of dedicated experts and our international presence to assist you and achieve excellence at every stage of the machine’s lifecycle. Save up to 50% of design and implementation time. Flexible machine control system Use the s lid se ested lid ted nd c ented Architect res and function blocks to quickly build your automation solutions. Optimized cost, footprint, and performance — all you need to do is adapt them to your applications. 100% flexibility and optimization of your machines. Our different machine control platforms include embedded intelligence. Now you can integrate control that is perfectly suited for your machine requirements. By utilizing SoMachine software, you can move from one application to another capitalizing on your developments. Power Management White Space Management Process and Machine Management MachineStruxure, one of the mainstays of EcoStruxure EcoStruxure™ is a system based on Active Energy Management™ architectures, from an electrical power plant to a single electrical socket. EcoStruxure enables you to benefit from intelligent and simplified energy management systems, to reduce your investment and operational costs, and reduce waste resulting in energy savings up to 30%. Building Comfort Management Security Management Learn more about MachineStruxure, visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j546v. .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 27 Digest 176 Plantstruxture solutions As the foundation of the Schneider Electric™ EcoStruxure Active Energy Management™ architecture for industrial customers, the PlantStruxure™ collaborative automation solution enables the achievement of both energy and productivity objectives. This scalable solution delivers a single environment to measure energy use, process data, asset utilization, and machine performance by: What makes PlantStruxure unique? • Reducing engineering, operations, and maintenance costs From tens of I/O to hundreds of thousands, the scalability of our system means that you can start out small and grow as your requirements change. • Maximizing plant and production efficiency Flexible because your process is unique • Improving production quality Scalable for changing times Our system supports the architectures that you need for your application. Single site, multiple sites, distributed control, local control, discrete, process, safety, and batch all within one system. • Protecting people, plant assets, and the environment • Supporting production and business decisions Integrated to reduce risk The entire system, from the manufacturing execution system (MES) to component devices to functionality, are designed to work together with your chosen technology partners. Collaborative to increase efficiency Our system is open to exchange information with other plant and business software, and fosters an environment of collaboration by delivering the process information you need in the way that you like to see it. ERP System SoCollaborative Software Historian & Reporting SoCollaborative Software MES SoCollaborative Software Batch SoCollaborative Engineering Software Control Unity Pro SoCollaborative Software SoCollaborative Software SoCollaborative Software Operating & Monitoring Visualization VijeoTM Citect servers Vijeo Citect Web services Web Designer System Design SoCollaborative Software Engineering UAG/sg2 Communication OPC Factory Server Ethernet Infrastructure SoMachine Software Logic Controller Motion Controller Machine HMI CANopen HMI Controller Drives Controller Machine HMI CANopen M258 Modicon™M258 Logic Controller Lexium Servo Drive Altivar™Variable Variable Speed Drive Lexium™ Integrated Servo Drive TeSys™TT Tesys Motor Starter Modicon TM Distributed IO HMI Magelis™HMI Plant Floor Process Safety Modicon Hot-Standby Controller Modicon QuantumTMSIL3 SIL3 Safety Controller Remote IO Remote IO Remote IO Lexium Multiaxes Servo Drive Modicon STB Distributed IO Modicon STB Distributed IO Altivar Variable Speed Drive Modicon TM Distributed IO Lexium Integrated Servo Drive High Availability PacDrive Altivar Variable Speed Drive Machine 28 Profibus SERCOS III Integrated Safety Preventa Safety Controller Preventa™ Safety Controller Modicon Controller Lexium Servo Drive TesysTMT T TeSys Motor Starter TeSyS U Motor Protection Remote Site MotorSys™IPMCC IPMCC PowerLogicTM PM800 Power Meter Smart instrumentation Process .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Smart instrumentation Modicon Simplify your machine designs with Schneider Electric 2-D and 3-D CAD library. Schneider Electric™ has simplified the design and development of your chines nd lic ti ns lishing gr ing list 2- nd A files for your use. With a broad line of power, control and automation products, Schneider Electric i r r is the er ect l ce t nd det iled r d ct models and specifications. ilt ith c ti ilit t r design t ls in ind the 2- nd A li r r allows you to simply pick your format, download the file, and insert it into your design. he c t l g delivers dv nced 2- nd - vie ing techn l g th t enables users to pan, zoom, and rotate. Learn more about 2D and 3D CAD library, visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j564v. .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 29 Digest 176 Automation & Control Excellence (ACE) Need help developing a solution and improving the performance of your facility? Your Local Schneider Electric™ ACE Distributor is there to provide the answers and deliver the solutions you need. This exclusive group of Schneider Electric distributors has distinguished themselves as Schneider Electric best source of service and support for the unique challenges of the automation and control markets. They specialize in offering: The right inventory – when and where you need it ACE distributors have a wider array of available automation and control inventory on their shelves in your local market. They are your fastest and best source for Schneider Electric products to meet your automation and control needs. Unparalleled technical capability ACE distributors set the standard for Automation & Control Excellence. he er dec des e erience r ing ith le ding-edge t ti n nd control solutions. Become an ACE distributor The ACE program provides its members ith n er e cl sive int r et development activities, including local trade shows, sales support tools and resources, marketing programs, and advertising campaigns to help you reach out to customers and prospects in your local market. Becoming an automation and control expert requires a significant investment in training and resources by knowledgeable personnel. The Automation & Control Excellence program not only promotes development of these capabilities, but also provides a number of resources to make it simple. For more information on becoming an Automation & Control Excellence Distributor, visit www.schneider-electric.us/go/ACE or email se-ace@schneider-electric.com. A thorough understanding of your business You can count on our ACE distributors to keep pulse of advancing technology and best practices. ACE distributors have access to Schneider Electric vast array of product, segment, and solution specialists who assist them in understanding which products and solutions are tailored to your business. Register to win a free trip to the Innovation Center in Raleigh, NC. Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j565v. 30 .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Tested, validated, documented architectures Improving your machine and business performance. Our new MachineStruxure™ s l ti n is designed t hel chieve ster l er ris nd re energ e cient nd c st-e ective designs nd inst ll ti ns thr gh the se r ven nd inn v tive tested validated, documented architectures that shorten time to market. MachineStruxure incorporates flexible and scalable hardware platforms and a comprehensive software suite with application function libraries. Increase machine performance and innovation • Speed up machine concept to design and adapt the t r needs sing r est-in-cl ss product offer, predefined machine architectures and application function blocks. Reduce total cost of ownership • Using r intern ti n l ers e erience presence, and international post sales support. Shorten time to market • Save up to 50 percent in control system design and installation time with tested, validated, and d c ented rchitect res re d -t - se ncti n blocks, predefined CAD panel designs and wiring di gr s ll -d c ented s ste ser g ides. Compact/Hardwired/Logic Controller/Modicon™ M258 Circuit breaker PowerPact™ Display unit Magelis XBTGT/GK/GH Switch mode power supply Phaseo™ ABL 8 Tower light Harmony™ XVM Modular circuit breaker Compact Multi 9™ Push buttons and switches Harmony XB4/5 Motion controller Modicon LMC058 Emergency stop Harmony XALK Servo drive Lexium 32 Servo motor BSH Stepper drive Lexium SD328 Stepper motor BRS 3 Machine safety Preventa™ XPS Sensors OsiSense™ XC/XS/XU/XM/XX Variable speed drive Altivar 32 Integrated drive Lexium ILE Variable speed drive Altivar 71 Integrated drive Lexium ILA Motor starter TeSys U Enclosure Himel™ • Select the control solution to meet your machine requirements with our flexible and scalable machine control platform. 2 1 3 12 11 4 • Choose the appropriate controller with embedded intelligence in drives, HMI displays, motion and logic control products. 13 • Simplify and speed up control system programming nd c issi ning ith n e s -t - se single software suite, providing one tool, one connection, ne r ect le nd ne d nl d ith c lete openness and transparency. Performance automation tested, validated, documented architecture An excellent solution using simple controls architecture dedicated to machines requiring performance and robustness. This architecture combines the new Modicon™ 258 l gic c ntr ller SoMachine™ software, Altivar™ 312 variable speed drive, TeSys™ U t r st rters e i ™ 32 servo drive, and a Magelis™ dis l nit with traditional hardwired cabling. 8 20 7 6 5 14 10 9 15 16 19 18 17 .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 31 Digest 176 OEM Technology and Solutions Center Complete Development and Support Services Throughout Your Project Lifecycle OEM Technology and Solutions Center Complete Development and Support Services Throughout Your Project Lifecycle Machines today are characterized by a growing need to perform faster and have greater flexibility to solve more complex automation challenges than ever before. In addition, engineering costs have an increasingly important impact across the lifecycle of the machine, from concept and design to installation, maintenance, and service. The ability to reduce the time to market and the total cost of the machine, while achieving innovation and increased performance, is a machine builder’s continuous challenge. Make the most of your energy What’s more, we take it one step further with our OEM Technology and Solutions Center — removing the c le it chine ilding ering st rt-t - nish r ect li ec cle e ertise incl ding r ect n ge ent electric l nel design lic ti n c -design int r eting testing tr ining nd services resources. SM OEM Technology and Solutions Center At Schneider Electric, we are more than a component supplier. We are your partner for a full range of technical and support solutions. OEM Knowledge Base – Dedicated support for your success r viding e ert r ect n ge ent s ills t nd rc n is ne the E echn l g nd Solutions Center’s greatest values. We’re totally committed to our mission of giving you a leg up over the c etiti n nd s ving ti e nd dget tili ing r c rehensive r ect n ge ent services t ens re r r ect s s ccess l e ec ti n. e re r s l ti ns rtners thr gh t the entire r ect lifecycle, providing a single point of contact, while developing and managing customized solutions, and r viding cle r c nic ti n nd r ect re rting. hether it s rec ending r d ctivit sting efficient designs and innovative solutions, or assisting with conversions or codes and standards issues, our lti-disci lined te s re re red t eet r s eci c needs. Dedicated support for your success Engineered Panel Solutions Expand your engineering services without the additional cost through the OEM Technology and Solutions Center. This includes Schneider Electric Engineered Panel Solutions business line that provides original e i ent nel design nd n ct ring r cess services r lic ti n- sed s l ti ns. e serve s n extension of your engineering arm without the overhead costs, thereby freeing up your engineering resources nd ll ing t c s n r r et ering. e er lic ti n c ns lting t rn- e engineered s l ti ns s eci li ed encl s re n ct ring nd t rn- e t r c ntr l chine s l ti ns. Solutions Testing and Training Center Learn how to simply and easily build and commission flexible machines that reduce costs and time to r et ll the ti e c lete tr ining. e er sic nd dv nced tr ining cl sses h nds- n testing nd de nstr ti n ered thr gh the E echn l g nd S l ti ns enter. e ls er ndemand training, schedule at your request and customized to your specific machine and application needs. Learn more about the OEM Technology and Solutions Center, visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j554v. 32 .schneider-electric.c To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com OEM Solutions Testing and Training Center New and Enhanced Products in Digest 176 Section 1: Load Centers Main Backup Power Solutions and Manual Transfer Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Meter Mains, 100–200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Enclosed Solar Ready CSED Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Section 2: Metering Equipment 1 Phase Main Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 3 Phase Main Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Micrologic Electronic Trip Units for PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Micrologic Trip Unit Accessories for Powerpact H-, J-, and L-frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 Section 8: Operator Mechanisms and Disconnect Switches Special Application Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Motor Disconnect and Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 MD Motor Disconnect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 30–60 A Compact LK Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . 8-8 100–400 A LK Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 GS Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 3 in. Handle Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 PowerPact D&L, MG and NSJ cable mechs (bottom half of the table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 Section 4: Power Monitoring and Control Section 9: Panelboards Section 3: Safety Switches Power Monitoring Software Remote Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 PowerLogic™ Metering DM6200 Panel Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 PM1200 Multifunctional Power Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation System Vamp 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26, 4-27 Section 5: Lighting Control and Home Integrated Systems Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color Touch Screen (Desktop Model). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 C-Bus™ Keypads, Touch Screens and Accessories Spectrum Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Wiser™ Home Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Occupancy Sensors Fluorescent High Bay Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 UL 924 Emergency Control Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Section 6: Surge Protective Devices EMA Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) (25 new catalog numbers and new options) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Options for L-L Enhanced SPDs and EBA SPDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Replacement Modules for EMA SPDs (15 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Type 1 SPD option for I-Line Branch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Surgelogic™ OEM / Assembler Kits (15 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . 6-6 SDSA3650 600 V 3-phase, 3-wire, Delta SPD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 HWA Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) (9 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 SDSA1175T Surge Protective Device (SPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Flush Mount Kit for XR and HWA Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 XR Nipple Mounted Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Whole House SPDs (NEMA 1 Basic, NEMA 3R Basic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 HEPD80 Home Electronics Protective Device and Replacement Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 NQ 14-inch-wide Merchandised Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Section 10: IPaCS Equipment Standby Power Quick-Connect (SPQ) Tap Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Submetering Integrated Power Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Section 11: Switchboards & Switchgear DVCAS Switchgear for Wind Farm Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power-Zone™ Model III Package Unit Substations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types EOX and VOX Vacuum Substation Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . Automatic Circuit Recloser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVC Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15 11-17 11-19 11-20 11-20 11-20 Section 12: Busway PowerPact H-, J-, and M-Frame Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12 PowerPact P-Frame Plug-in Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-13 Section 14: Transformers NEMA Premium Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3, 14-7 Transformer Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-9 1201–15,000 V Indoor Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-20 Section 15: Medical Products Iso-Gard™ Series 6 Line Isolation Monitor—UL Recognized. . . . . . . . Iso-Gard IG2000P Remote Alarm Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iso-Gard IGR and IGRD Nurses’ Station Indicators/Alarm Annunciators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iso-Gard IGT Dual Clock/Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iso-Gard IGT1550 Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 15-4 15-5 15-5 15-5 Section 16: NEMA Contactors & Starters TeSys™ T Motor Management System (NEMA Sizes 1–6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-18, 16-46, 16-87 Section 17: Motor Control Centers Intelligent Motor Control Center—Model 6 iMCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Section 18: IEC Contactors and Starters Section 7: Circuit Breakers PowerPact™ H-Frame Circuit Breakers—now available with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4, 7-23 PowerPact J-Frame Circuit Breakers—now available with Micrologic Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4, 7-23 New R Interrupting for PowerPact H and J-Frame rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4, 7-22, 7-23 400 A PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5, 7-25 PowerPact L-Frame Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 PowerPact L-Frame Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 Masterpact™ NW DC Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 Accessories for L-frame (mixed in with other accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 thru 7-44 TeSys™ F1700, F2100 Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5 Mechanical Interlock and Power Connection Kit for TeSys D Reversing Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-14 TeSys D Overload Relay Mounting Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-16 Motor Protector Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-33 Section 19: Push Buttons and Operator Interface 22 mm Push Buttons XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-63 thru 19-64 XB5S Biometric Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-65 thru 19-66 Double and Triple-Headed Push Buttons XB4 Two Button/Three Button Push Buttons, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com New and Enhanced Products in Digest 176 (cont’d) ZB4 Two Head/Three Head Operators, Momentary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-27 thru 19-28 ZB4 Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-33 XB5 Two Button/Three Button, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-42 ZB5 Two Head/Three Head Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-47 ZB5 Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-54 30 mm Push Buttons Momentary Action, Metal Mushroom Head Push Button Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-67 thru 19-68 Two-Position, Push-Pull Action Metal Mushroom Head Push Button Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-68 Non-Illuminated Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators . . . . . . . . 19-68 Non-Illuminated Multifunction Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-78 Control Stations and Enclosures Guarded Enclosures (Empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-105 Assembled Guarded Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-106 Tower Lights and Beacons Rotating Mirror Beacons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-107 XVC Pre-Assembled and Pre-Wired Tower Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-108 thru 19-109 XVS Sirens and Electronic Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-116 Section 20: Electronic Sensors & Machine Cabling XU•M Metal Body Photoelectric Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2 XUVR / XUVA Optical Fork Photoelectric Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3 XS Inductive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5 thru 20-9 XT Capacitive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-9 Section 21: Limit Switches Osisense™ XCKM and XCKL limit switches, classic, metal, variable composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20 thru 21-21 Osisense™ XCKJ limit switches, standard, industrial format, EN 50041, metal, fixed or plug-in body . . . . . . 21-24 thru 21-25 9007C limit switches, heavy duty industrial, plug-in body, metal, adaptable subassemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-30 thru 21-31 Section 22: Pressure, Vacuum, Temp, and Float Switches XMLK Pressure Transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-6 thru 22-7 Section 27: Automation Products HMI Magelis™ STO/STU Small HMI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3 Magelis XBT GH Handheld HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3 Magelis Smart+ iPC Industrial PC (without moving parts) . . . . . . . 27-4 Distributed I/O Modicon™ TM5 Expansion Modules and Distributed I/O . . . . . . . . 27-5 Modicon TM7 Expansion Modules and Distributed I/O. . . . . . . . . . 27-5 OEM Controller/Machine Solutions Modicon M168 Programmable Logic Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8 Modicon 238 Logic Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8 Modicon 258 Logic Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8 Modicon LMC058 Motion Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9 Altivar IMC Integrated Controller Card (for Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 Variable Speed Drives). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9 Magelis XBT GC HMI Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9 SoMachine Software Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-10 Section 28: Enclosures All new section featuring: Spacial.pro Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3 ProClima Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3 Spacial.ref and Thalassa.ref Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3 Spacial™ Steel Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-4 Thalassa™ Polyester Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-7 ClimaSys™ Thermal Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-8 Section 29: Advanced Products All new section featuring: EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations (Overview) Indoor Charging Stations (Residential Applications) . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-3 Outdoor Charging Stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-4 Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions (Overview). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-6 In-Home Display (IHD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-6 Programmable Communicating Thermostats (PCT). . . . . . . . . . . . 29-6 Smart Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7 Load Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7 Large Load Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7 Ethernet Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-8 Conext™ Series Grid Tie Solar Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-9 Section 26: AC Drives & Soft Starts Altivar™ 212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-6 S-Flex™ 212 Enclosed Drive Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-16 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Table of Contents Back to Product Index Section 1 Section Listing QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers 1-2 Accessories 1-4 QO Load Centers QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Page 1-2 HOM 1P, Page 1-14 1-5 Indoor, 1Ø Main Circuit Breaker 1-6 Rainproof 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker 1-7 3Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker 1-8 1-9 Special Applications 1-10 QO Load Center Accessories 1-11 Homeline™ Circuit Breakers 1-14 Homeline Load Centers 1-15 Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker 1-15 Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breakers 1-16 QO and Homeline Load Centers 1-17 Load Center Value Packs 1-11 Load Center Mounted Surge Protection Devices 1-12 QO and Homeline Accessories 1-12 Indoor Load Centers, Dimensions, Knockouts 1-17 Rainproof, Dimensions, Knockouts, Bolt-on Hubs 1-18 Combination Service Entrance Devices (CSED) Homeline Load Center, Page 1-15 1-5 Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs Backup Power Solutions and Manual Transfer Accessories QO Load Center, Page 1-5 1-2 1-19 Meter Mains, 100—200 A 1-19 All-In-Ones, 100—225 A 1-20 Meter Mains and All-In-Ones, 300—400 A 1-21 Circuit Breakers, Accessories, Hubs 1-22 Dimensions 1-23 Solar Ready CSED 1-24 Enclosed Devices 1-25 Servicepak™ Power Outlet Panels 1-26 QO™ Load Centers 1-27 QO Plug-on Neutral CAFI Load Centers 1-27 Combination Service Entrance Devices, Page 1-19 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1-1 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 1 QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers LOAD CENTERS Load Centers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us 1 Square D brand QO miniature circuit breakers are plug-on products for use in QO load centers, NQOD and NQ panelboards, NQOD and NQ OEM interiors or Speed-D™ switchboard distribution panels. Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD and NQ panelboards or interiors.a The Square D exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a second, is standard on all 1P 15 A and 20 A QO circuit breakers. Table 1.1: Amperes Rating b Plug-On Circuit Breakers Table 1.2: 2P—240 Vac c Common Trip 3P—240 Vac Common Trip LOAD CENTERS 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price QO110 QO115 de QO120 de QO125 d QO130 d 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 QO210 QO215d QO220 d QO225d QO230d 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 — QO215H QO220H QO225H QO230H — 200.00 200.00 200.00 200.00 QO310 QO315d QO320d QO325d QO330d 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 67.00 — — — — — QO235d QO240 d QO245d QO250d QO260d QO270d QO280d QO290d QO2100d QO2110d QO2125d 67.00 — 67.00 QO240H 67.00 — 67.00 QO250H 67.00 QO260H 134.00 QO270H 189.00 QO280H 189.00 QO290H 189.00 QO2100H 428.00 — 428.00 — — 200.00 — 200.00 200.00 224.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 — — QO335d QO340d QO345d QO350d QO360d QO370d QO380d QO390d QO3100d — — 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 315.00 366.00 366.00 366.00 — — Table 1.3: Ampere Rating Poles Suffix 10–30 A 1, 2, 3 5237 35–60 A 35–50 A 70–110 A 60–100 A 1,2 3 2 3 10 k AIR QO 1P 1 Space Required QOT 1P Tandem 1 Space Required 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A QO135 d 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A QO140 d QO145 d QO150 d QO160 d QO170 d — — — — — 150 A — — 175 A — — 200 A — — Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240 Vac Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240 Vac 22 k AIRd QO 2P 2 Spaces Required QO2200 2P 200 A 4 Spaces Required QO 3P 3 Spaces Required QO2150dfk 491.00 — — — — QO2175 dfk QO2200dfk 491.00 491.00 — — — — — — — — — — QO200 70.00 QO300 248.00 200.00 QO3000i 366.00 — — i QO2000 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A QO115VH e QO120VH e QO125VH QO130VH 63.00 63.00 73.00 73.00 QO215VHg QO220VHg QO225VHg QO230VHg 146.00 146.00 146.00 146.00 — — — — — — — — QO315VHg QO320VHg QO325VHg QO330VHg 371.00 371.00 371.00 371.00 40 A QO140VH 73.00 QO240VHg 146.00 — — QO340VHg 371.00 50 A QO150VH 73.00 QO250VHg 146.00 — — QO350VHg 371.00 371.00 477.00 530.00 530.00 QO/QOB Ring Terminal (20% $ Price Adder)—Factory-installed only 1P—120/240 Vac 5238 5273 Wire Sizesb Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Type 10–30 A QO 10–30 A 1P 35–70 A 10–30 A 10–30 A QO 35–70 A 2P 80–125 A 150–200 A QO 3P QOB-VH 35–70 A 80–125 A Wire Size (AWG/kcmil) 14–8 Al/Cu (2) 14–10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 14–8 Al/Cu (2) 14–10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 4–2/0 Al/Cu 4–300 Al/Cu 14–8 Al/Cu, (2) 14-10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 4–2/0 Al/Cu 110–150 A 4–300 Al/Cu 10–30 A QOT 15–20 A 12–8 Al 14–8 Cu QO-AFI, QO-GFI or QO-EPD 15–30 A 12–8 Al 14–8 Cu 40, 50, 60 A 10–60 A 12–4 Al 14–6 Cu 12–2 Al 14–2 Cu QO-PL Table 1.4: Ampere Ratingb QOT Tandem Circuit Breakers Cat. No.d $ Price 1P—120/240 Vac 60 A QO160VH 73.00 QO260VHg 146.00 — — QO360VHg 70 A 80 A 90 A QO170VH — — 112.00 — — QO270VHg QO280VHg QO290VHg 224.00 315.00 315.00 — — — — — — QO370VHg QO380VHg QO390VHg 100 A — — QO2100VHgh 315.00 — — QO3100VH g 530.00 110 A 125 A — — — — QO2110VHgh 1034.00 QO2125VHgh 1034.00 — — — — — — — — 150 A — — QO2150VHfgk 1061.00 — — — — 175 A 200 A 42 k AIRd 40 A 45 A — — — — QO2175VHfgk 1061.00 QO2200VHfgk 1061.00 — — — — — — — — Table 1.5: — — — — QOH240 i QOH245 i 50 A — — QOH250i 317.00 317.00 317.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — For use in Old Style Non-Class CTL QO Load Centers—10 k AIR Ampere Ratingb Cat. No.d 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A — — — — — — — — — — — — QOH260 i QOH270 QOH280 QOH290 QOH2100 QOH2110 i 317.00 — — — — 528.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 1389.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 125 A — — QOH2125 1389.00 — — — — 15 A and 15 A QOT1515 15 A and 20 A QOT1520 20 A and 20 A QOT2020 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip 58.00 58.00 58.00 Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles. Replacement Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price 1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required 15 A and 15 A 15 A and 20 A 20 A and 20 A 20 A and 30 A 30 A and 20 A QO1515 QO1520 QO2020 QO2030 QO3020 73.00 73.00 73.00 73.00 73.00 Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces Required 65 k AIRd 15 A and 15 A 15 A QH115e 117.00 QH215 293.00 — — QH315d 507.00 15 A and 20 A 20 A QH120e 117.00 QH220 293.00 — — QH320 507.00 20 A and 20 A 117.00 QH225 i 293.00 — — QH325i 507.00 20 A and 30 A 25 A QH125i 30 A QH130 117.00 QH230 293.00 — — QH330 507.00 30 A and 20 A a See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors. QOT Tandem b 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors. c UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems. d UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. e UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. f Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. g UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QOT, QO-AFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR circuit breakers to permit their application at 22 kA fault level. h 100 A maximum branch mounted opposite. i Order only. Contact your local Field Office. Pan Rail Slot j Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT. k Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. Order Two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT — QO20303020j — Mounting Cam Rail Bead — 134.00 — Current limiting QOT tandem circuit breakers have a mounting cam as shown. Installation into a QO load center can only be made in those positions having a mounting pan rail slot. Meets Paragraph 408.15 of the NEC®. UL Listed as Class CTL Interupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 1-2 DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers QO Arc-Fault Circuit Breaker QO-HID QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide protection for Series and Parallel Type Arcing as required by the NEC and local code adoption, and comply with UL1699. HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding fluorescent and high intensity discharge (HID) lighting systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are physically interchangeable with QO circuit breakers. Table 1.6: QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakersa 1P QO-AFI Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating 1P QO-GFI 22 k AIR 1 Space Required 1 Space Required QO-GFI Qwik-Gard™ circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection, combined with Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or more, for people protection. Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance tripping. Ampere Ratingc Table 1.7: 2P QO-GFI 1P 120 Vac 10 k AIR Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price QO115CAFI 282.00 QO115VHCAFI 534.00 QO120CAFI 282.00 QO120VHCAFI 534.00 15 20 Combination Arc-fault Interrupter 1P 120 Vac 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 QO-GFI Circuit Breakers Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter 2P Common Trip 3P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 208Y/120 Vac 1P 120 Vac 10 k AIR 22 k AIR 1 Space Required 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 3 Spaces Required 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required $ $ $ Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price QO115GFI 233. QO115VHGFI 482. QO215GFI 413. QO120GFI 233. QO120VHGFI 482. QO220GFI 413. QO125GFI 233. QO125VHGFI 482. QO225GFI 413. QO130GFI 233. QO130VHGFI 482. QO230GFI 413. — — — — QO240GFI 413. — — — — QO250GFI 413. — — — — QO260GFId 413. $ Cat. No. Price QO315GFI 791. QO320GFI 791. — — QO330GFI 791. QO340GFI 791. QO350GFI 791. — — QO-EPD/EPE QO-K Key Operated QO-EPD/EPE circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection combined with Class B ground fault protection. They are designed to provide ground fault protection of equipment at a 30 mA level (EPD) or 100 mA level (EPE). They are not designed to protect people from electrical shock. Ampere Ratingc Table 1.8: QO 1P With Shunt Trip 2P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 3P Common Trip 240 Vac 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required $ $ $ $ Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price 15 QO115EPD 410. QO215EPD 660. QO315EPDe1077. QO315EPEe 1077. 20 QO120EPD 410. QO220EPD 660. QO320EPDe1077. QO320EPEe 1077. 25 QO125EPD 410. QO225EPD 660. — — — — 30 QO130EPD 410. QO230EPD 660. QO330EPDe1077. QO330EPEe 1077. 40 — — QO240EPD 660. QO340EPDe1077. QO340EPEe 1077. 50 — — QO250EPD 660. QO350EPDe1077. QO350EPEe 1077. 60 — — QO260EPDd 660. — — — — QO-SWN Two-wire QO-SWN Three-wire QO-SWN © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ampere Ratingc 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 Ampere Ratingc 3 Wire 120/240 Vac 10 k AIR 2 Spaces Required Cat. No. QO210SWN QO215SWN QO220SWN QO225SWN QO230SWN QO240SWN QO250SWN $ Price 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. QO310SWN QO315SWN QO320SWN QO325SWN QO330SWN QO340SWN QO350SWN DE2A $ Price 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required $ Price 38.10 38.10 38.10 38.10 38.10 38.10 Cat. No. $ Price QO215HID QO220HID QO225HID QO230HID QO240HID QO250HID 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 Cat. No. $ Price QO315HID QO320HID QO325HID QO330HID — — 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 — — QO-K Key operated QO circuit breakers are available in singlepole construction and can be mounted in any single-pole space which will accept a standard QO. These circuit breakers can be turned ON or OFF or to RESET with a special key (catalog number QOK10) included with the circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and available as shown in the table. Table 1.11: QO-K Circuit Breakers 120 Vac—10 k AIR (1 Space Required) Ampere Rating c 10 15 20 25 30 Cat. No. $ Price QO110K QO115K QO120K QO125K QO130K 164.00 164.00 164.00 164.00 164.00 QO-HM High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications. Table 1.12: QO-HM Circuit Breakers 120 Vac—10 k AIR 1P Ampere Ratingc Cat. No 15 A 20 A QO115HMab QO120HMab $ Price 30.60 30.60 Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but open only when the handle is switched to the OFF position. Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection or short circuit protection. They must not be used on systems that have an available fault current greater than the values listed in the table. Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and are CSA certified. Table 1.13: QO Non-Automatic Miniature Switches, 240 Vac 10 kA 60 100 10 k AIR 3P Common Trip 240 Vac 10 k AIR Cat. No. QO-SWN Circuit Breakers 2 Wire 120 Vac 2P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 1 Space Required QO115HIDb QO120HIDb QO125HID QO130HID QO140HID QO150HID 15 20 25 30 40 50 Ampere Rating Switch Neutral Common Trip 2008 NEC® 514.11 QO-HID Circuit Breakers 1P 120/240 Vac QO-EPD Circuit Breakers 1P 120 Vac Table 1.9: Table 1.10: a b c d e 2P Cat. No. QO200 QO2000 3P $ Price 70.00 200.00 Cat. No. QO300 QO3000 $ Price 248.00 366.00 UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors. Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection. See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or QON prefix. Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 1-3 1 www.schneider-electric.us LOAD CENTERS Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801 QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers Accessories Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 1 Table 1.14: www.schneider-electric.us Accessories for use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers Description Cat. No. Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Handle Clamp Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position Clamp for holding QO or Q1 either 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position Loose attachment Fixed attachment For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position Handle Padlock Attachment for Padlocking in ON or OFF position For padlocking 2P QO-GFI circuit breakers in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment. For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position. Loose attachment Fixed attachment For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. Handle Padlock Attachment for Padlocking in OFF position For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-AFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 2P QO-GFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. Ring Terminal Ring terminals are available as a factory-installed option. Sub-feed Lugs 60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu) 125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) 225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu) 125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted Mechanical Interlock Attachment side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU) QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed With Retaining Kit circuit breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. a Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. QO1HT QOTHT QO1LO HLO1 3.80 3.80 3.80 9.90 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E QOHPL QO1PA QOTHPA GFI2PA 9.90 10.70 11.10 9.20 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2A 10.70 10.70 43.50 25.80 51.00 38.40 +20% Price Adder 47.10 137.00 308.00 137.00 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2A DE2A DE2A DE2A DE3 QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E QO2DTIM 63.00 DE2E Handle Attachments Handle Tie LOAD CENTERS QO1HPL QO1PL QO1PAF QO2PAF QOGFI1PAF QOGFI2PAF See page 7-10 QO60SL QO2125SL QO2225SLa QO3125SL $ Price Schedule QO1HT QO1PA HLO1 QO1PL QO1PAF QO1LO QOGFI2PAF QO2DTI QOTHPA QO1HPL QOHPL QO2PAF Factory-Installed Accessories for use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers Factory-installed electrical accessories take up an additional pole space on QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and 3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers will accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on miniature circuit breakers. Factoryinstalled accessories are not available for QO-AFI or QO-CAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers or on QO2150, QO2175, or QO2200 circuit breakers. Table 1.15: Accessory Factory-Installed Accessories Rated Voltage Description Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized from a separate 12 Vac/Vdc circuit. A 120 Vac shunt trip will operate at 55% or more of rated 24 Vac/Vdc voltage. All other shunt trips will operate at 75% or more of rated voltage. Coil Cat. No. Burden Suffix $ Price Adder Accessory Description Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED. 60 VA 168 VA -1042 189.00 Auxiliary Switches Application • • Shunt Trip Application • For use with momentary or maintained push button. • Not available on QO-GFI, QO-EPD. • Shunt trip terminals accept (2) 0.14– 0.12 AWG Cu. 120 Vac 208 Vac 240 Vax 72 VA 228 VA 288 VA -1021 189.00 Alarm Switches DE2 DE2A DE2E Auxiliary switch terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads. Leads (EH): Yellow for “A’’, Blue for “B’’, Striped common 18 AWG Cu. Used with control circuits and is actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped. Standard construction includes a normally-open contact. 1A 1B 120 Vac 120 Vac 5A 5A -1200 -1201 132.00 132.00 1A 120 Vac 5A -2100 132.00 Application • 1-4 Contact Max. Max. Cat. No. $ Price Comb. Voltage Load Suffix Adder DE3 Leads: Alarm switch terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads. Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ Load Centers Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs Class 736, 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Main Lugs (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Mains Spaces Max. 1P Rating Circuitsa Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Indoor Cover with Door (Order Separately) Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. $ Price Flush Cat. No. Main Wire Size Equipment Ground Bar Box No. AWG/kcmil Kit (Order Separately) See Page 1-17 $ Price Al Cu Cat. No. $ Price Surface Cat. No. Fixed Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingb 2 2 0 41.70 QO2L30Scd 41.70 Cover Included—Without Door 12–10 14–10 PK3GTA1 2 4 2 69.00 QO24L70F/Sef 69.00 Cover Included—Without Door 12–3 14–4 PK4GTA 6 12 6 87.00 QO612L100F/Seg 87.00 Cover Included—Without Door PK7GTA 6 12 6 90.00 QO612L100DF/Seg 90.00 Cover Included—With Door PK7GTA 8 16 8 131.00 QO816L100F/Seg 131.00 Cover Included—Without Door 100 A PK7GTA 8 16 8 143.00 QO816L100DF/Seg 143.00 Cover Included—With Door 8–1 6 12 6 111.00 QO612L100DFCU/SCUegh 111.00 Cover Included—With Door PK7GTA 8 16 8 174.00 QO816L100DFCU/SCUegh 174.00 Cover Included—With Door PK7GTA 125 A 4 8 4 93.00 QO148L125GF/Sei 93.00 Cover Included—Without Door 12–2/0 14–2/0 PK7GTAl Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Cu Busbj 11.40 10.80 11.70 11.70 1 2 4 4 11.70 4 11.70 11.70 4 4 21 12 12 0 196.70 QO112L125G 159.00 QOC16UF QOC16US 37.70 PK9GTAl 12 24 12 235.70 QO11224L125G 198.00 QOC16UF QOC16US 37.70 PK15GTAl 16 16 0 255.70 QO116L125G 218.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 PK12GTAl 16 24 8 300.70 QO11624L125G 263.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 PK15GTAl 125 A 6–2/0 20 20 0 271.70 QO120L125G 234.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 PK15GTAl I 20 24 4 370.70 QO12024L125G 333.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 PK15GTAl N 24 24 0 381.70 QO124L125G 344.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 PK15GTAl D O 32 32 0 434.60 QO132L125G 395.00 QOC32UF Use Flush 39.60 PK23GTA, LK100ANl O Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Convertible To Main Circuit Breaker—Cu Busbj R 20 30 10 419.00 QO12030L150G 332.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 150 A 24 24 0 431.00 QO124L150G 344.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 6–250 PK15GTAl 30 30 0 437.00 QO130L150G 350.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 12 12 0 353.00 QO112L200G 266.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 PK15GTAl 24 36 12 819.00 QO12436L200TFTk 732.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 30 30 0 494.00 QO130L200G 407.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 200 A 30 40 10 554.00 QO13040L200G 467.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 6–250 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 40 40 0 746.00 QO140L200G 659.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 40 60 20 944.00 QO14060L200G 857.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 (2) PK15GTAl 42 52 10 921.00 QO14252L200G 810.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 (2) PK15GTAl 717.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 6–300 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 225 A 42 42 0 828.00 QO142L225G Fixed Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingbj QONQ30LS400 (Int) 1080.00 30 30 0 1641.00 NC50NQVF NC50NQVS 486.00 PK27GTAn 33.80 MH50 (box)o 75.00 (1) 1/0–750 400 A or or (2) 1/0–300 PK15GTA6 QONQ42LS400 (Int)m 1185.00 53.00 42 42 0 1746.00 NC50NQVF NC50NQVS 486.00 MH50 (box) 75.00 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. b UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. c Will not accept QO-EPD or Qwik-Gard™ QO-GFI or QO-AFI circuit breakers. d Mains rated 25 A when Al wire is used. e Order F for flush device or S for surface device. f Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers. g 70 A Max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker. h CU indicates copper bus. i Copper bus. j UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only. k Supplied with feed-thru lugs. l Factory-included. m Interior only, order box separately. n PK27GTA includes a 6–2/0 AWG Al/Cu lug. QO816L100F or S o PE1A Discount Schedule. 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 8 QO120L125G 1 30 A 70 A 9 9 9 9 10 9 9 10 10 11 11 15 15 without cover 1Ø, Field-Installed Main Circuit Breaker Kits Table 1.17: Use with Convertible Main Load Centers Only QOM1 Frame Size QOM1 Frame Size 50–125 Amperes p q r QOM2 Frame Size 100–225 Amperes © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved s QOM2 Frame Sizes 22 k AIRq Lug Wire Sizer Lug Wire Sizer Main Circuit Main Circuit AWG/kcmil AWG/kcmil $ Price $ Price Breaker Breaker 50 A 100–125 QOM50VH 140.00 100 A 150–225 QOM2100VH 468.00 60 A 100–125 QOM60VH 140.00 125 A 150–225 QOM2125VH 468.00 70 A 100–125 QOM70VH 140.00 150 A 150–225 QOM2150VH 468.00 4–300 Al or Cu 80 A 100–125 QOM80VH 201.00 175 A 200–225 QOM2175VH 468.00 12–2/0 Al or Cu 90 A 100–125 QOM90VH 201.00 200 A 200–225 QOM2200VH 468.00 100 A 100–125 QOM100VH 201.00 225 A 225 QOM2225VH 468.00 110 A 125 QOM110VH 468.00 — — — — — 125 A 125 QOM125VH 468.00 — — — — — Do not exceed the load center mains rating. 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current. Wire range listed for QOM circuit breaker kits is the wire range of that circuit breaker. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center per UL, see pages 1-5 through 1-11 under Main Wire Size. Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208 or 240 Vac shunt trip. Main Circuit Breaker Ratingp Convertible Load Center Mains Rating 22 k AIRq DE3A PE1A Main Circuit Breaker Ratingp Convertible Load Center Mains Rating Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com LOAD CENTERS Table 1.16: 1-5 QO™ Load Centers Indoor, 1Ø, Main Circuit Breaker Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Table 1.18: Mains Rating Main Circuit Breaker (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuitsa Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Indoor Cover with Door (Order Separately) Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. Flush Cat. No. $ Price Surface Cat. No. $ Price Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Al or Cu Cat. No. $ Price Box No. See Page 1-17 LOAD CENTERS Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating, Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5),b QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus 12 12 0 339.70 QO112M100 302.00 QOC12UF 16 16 0 379.70 QO116M100 342.00 QOC20U100F 100 A 20 20 0 433.70 QO120M100 396.00 QOC20U100F 24 24 0 553.70 QO124M100 516.00 QOC24UF 32 32 0 726.70 QO132M100 689.00 QOC32UF 24 24 0 819.70 QO124M125 782.00 QOC24UF 125 A 32 32 0 1041.60 QO132M125 1002.00 QOC32UF Convertible Mains —Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) b QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus 150 A I N D O O R 20 24 30 32 20 24 30 24 30 32 40 24 10 0 0 0 20 0 821.00 849.00 854.00 969.00 821.00 866.00 QO12030M150 QO124M150 QO130M150 QO132M150 QO12040M200 QO124M200 734.00 762.00 767.00 882.00 734.00 779.00 QOC12US QOC20U100S QOC20U100S QOC24US Use Flush QOC24US Use Flush 37.70 37.70 37.70 37.70 37.70 37.70 39.60 QOC30US QOC30US QOC30US QOC40US QOC30US QOC30US 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 QOC30UF QOC30UF QOC30UF QOC40UF QOC30UF QOC30UF 24 PK9GTA PK12GTA PK15GTA PK15GTA PK18GTA PK15GTA PK18GTA 13.40 15.80 17.10 17.10 18.80 17.10 18.80 5 6 6 7 8 7 8 PK18GTA PK15GTA PK18GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK15GTA PK23GTA and LK100ANg PK18GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA 18.80 17.10 18.80 18.80 21.30 17.10 9 9 9 10 9 9 6–1 6–2/0 6–2/0 4–250 36 12 1287.00 QO12436M200TFTh 1200.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 10 4–250 30 30 0 879.00 QO130M200 792.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 18.80 9 200 A 30 40 10 957.00 QO13040M200 870.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 21.30 9 21.30 10 40 40 0 1121.00 QO140M200 1034.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 40 60 20 1431.00 QO14060M200 1344.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 21.30 10 42 42 0 1220.00 QO142M200 1109.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 21.30 11 42 52 10 1382.00 QO14252M200 1271.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 21.30 11 4–300 40 40 0 1196.00 QO140M225 1085.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 21.30 11 225 A 42 42 0 1253.00 QO142M225 1142.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 21.30 11 Fixed Mains—Factory-installed LAL Main Circuit Breaker, 42 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingc QONQ42MS300 4243.00 (1) 4–500 (int)d 16 300 A 42 42 0 4909.00 NC62NQVF NC62NQVS 591.00 33.80 PK27GTAe MH62 (box)f 75.00 or (2) 4–3/0 or QONQ42MS400 PK15GTA6 53.00 4243.00 (1) 4–500 (int)d 400 A 42 42 0 4909.00 NC62NQVF NC62NQVS 591.00 16 MH62 (box)f 75.00 or (2) 4–250 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. b 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current. c UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breakers installed. Also, UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only. d Interior only, order box separately. e PK27GTA includes a 6–2/0 Al/Cu lug. f PE1A Discount Schedule. g Factory included. h Supplied with feed-thru lugs. 1Ø, Field-Installed Main Lugs Kits Table 1.19: Main Lugs Ratingi Use with Convertible Main Load Centers Only Use on Convertible Load Center with Mains Rating Cat. No. $ Price Lug Wire Sizej AWG/kcmil Al or Cu 125 A 100–125 A QOL125k 44.10 6–2/0 225 A 150–225 A QOL225k 104.00 6–300 i Do not exceed the load center mains rating. j Wire range listed for QOL lug kits is the wire range of that lug. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center per UL, see pages 1-5 through 1-11 under main wire size. k If main circuit breaker knockout has been removed from the load center’s trim, order appropriate filler plate from page 1-13. QOL125 QOL225 QO140M200 1-6 DE3A PE1A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ Load Centers Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Mains Rating Main Lugs (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuitsa Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. $ Price Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Al Cu Cat. No. $ Price 102.00 14–4 14–4 Factory-installed 113.00 131.00 143.00 158.00 231.00 174.00 279.00 152.00 12–6 12–3 14–6 14–4 PK3GTA1 PK4GTA PK7GTA Factory-installed PK7GTA PK7GTA PK7GTA PK7GTA Factory-included Box No. See Page 1-18 Non-Metallic Enclosure Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 60 A 2 4 2 102.00 QO24L60NRNM — 1NM R A I N P R O O F Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 40 A 2 2 0 113.00 QO2L40RBb 70 A 2 4 2 131.00 QO24L70RBb 6 12 6 143.00 QO612L100RBc 6 12 6 158.00 QO612L100TRBc 100 A 8 16 8 231.00 QO816L100RBc 6 12 6 174.00 QO612L100RBCUcd 8 16 8 279.00 QO816L100RBCUcd 125 A 4 8 4 152.00 QO148L125GRBd Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Currentefg QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus 12 12 0 285.00 QO112L125GRB 12 24 12 365.00 QO11224L125GRB 16 24 8 435.00 QO11624L125GRB 24 24 0 522.00 QO124L125GRB Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Currentefg QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus 150 A 30 30 0 587.00 QO130L150GRB 12 12 0 480.00 QO112L200GRB 30 30 0 666.00 QO130L200GRB 30 40 10 714.00 QO13040L200GRB 200 A 40 40 0 971.00 QO140L200GRB 40 60 20 1262.00 QO14060L200GRB 42 52 10 1194.00 QO14252L200GRB 225 A 42 42 0 1310.00 QO142L225GRB 125 A Table 1.21: Mains Rating R A I N P R O O F 285.00 365.00 435.00 522.00 587.00 480.00 666.00 714.00 971.00 1262.00 1194.00 1310.00 8–1 12–2/0 14–2/0 6–2/0 4–250 4–250 4–300 11.40 10.80 11.70 — 11.70 11.70 11.70 1R 1R 2R 2R 2R 2R 2R 15R — — — — 3R 3R 4R 4R PK9GTA Factory-included PK15GTA Factory-included PK15GTA Factory-included PK15GTA Factory-included PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included PK9GTA Factory-included PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included (2) PK15GTA, (1) LK100AN Factory-included (2) PK15GTA, (1) LK100AN Factory-included PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included 1 Metallic Enclosure 6R 5R 6R 6R 7R 7R 8R 8R Main Circuit Breaker (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuits a Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5)hg QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus 12 12 0 461.00 QO112M100RB 100 A 16 16 0 504.00 QO116M100RB 20 20 0 552.00 QO120M100RB 125 A 24 24 0 954.00 QO124M125RB Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5)hg QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus 20 30 10 953.00 QO12030M150RB 150 A 30 30 0 1122.00 QO130M150RB 20 40 20 954.00 QO12040M200RB 30 30 0 1154.00 QO130M200RB 30 40 10 1179.00 QO13040M200GRB 200 A 40 40 0 1397.00 QO140M200RB 40 60 20 1815.00 QO14060M200RB 42 42 0 1469.00 QO142M200RB 42 52 10 1718.00 QO14252M200RB 225 A 42 42 0 1631.00 QO142M225RB Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5) hg h QOM1 or QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus 125 A 6 12 6 620.00 QO1612M125FTRBi 150 A 8 16 8 863.00 QO1816M150FTRBi 200 A 8 16 8 863.00 QO1816M200FTRB i $ Price 461.00 504.00 552.00 954.00 953.00 1122.00 954.00 1154.00 1179.00 1397.00 1815.00 1469.00 1718.00 1631.00 620.00 863.00 863.00 Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Al or Cu Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Cat. No. $ Price Box No. See Page 1-18 PK9GTA PK12GTA PK15GTA PK15GTA 13.40 15.80 17.10 17.10 3R 4R 4R 4R 4–300 PK18GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK15GTA PK23GTA PK15GTA PK23GTA 18.80 18.80 21.30 18.80 21.30 21.30 17.10 21.30 17.10 21.30 5R 6R 5R 6R 6R 7R 7R 8R 8R 8R 4–2/0 4–250 4–250 PK12GTA PK15GTA-L PK15GTA-L 15.80 35.00 35.00 3R 6R 6R 6–2/0 6–2/0 4–250 4–250 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. b Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for AFI and GFI circuit breaker. c 70 A max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker. d Copper bus. e UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breakers installed. f UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only. g Side hinge door device; allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open. h 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT, QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-EPD and QOPL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems up to 22 kA available fault current. i QO1612M125FTRB provided with QOM1 frame main circuit breaker. QO1816M150FTRB and QO1816M200FTRB provided with QOM2 frame main circuit breaker. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE3A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com LOAD CENTERS Table 1.20: 1-7 QO™ Load Centers 3Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1 3Ø4W—208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W—240/120 Vac Delta and 3Ø3W—240 Vac Delta—UL Listed Table 1.22: Mains Rating Main Lugs and Main Breakers (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers) LOAD CENTERS Max. Number of 1P QO circuit breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Indoor Cover with Door (Order Separately) Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. Flush Cat. No. $ Price Surface Cat. No. Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil $ Price Al Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Box No. See Pages $ Pricej 1-17, 1-18 Cu Cat. No. 10–6 PK4GTA Factory-incl.g Factory-incl.g Factory-incl.g Factory-incl.f Factory-incl.f Factory-incl.f 7.20 — — — — — — 13 6 7 7 9 9 11 PK15GTA PK18GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA 17.10 18.80 18.80 21.30 18.80 21.30 21.30 9 12 12 12 12 12 12 Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Copper Bus—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating a 60 A I N D O O R 3 107.00 QO403L60NF/S 107.00 Cover Included With Load Center (No Door) — 12 369.70 QO312L125Gh 332.00 QOC16UF QOC16US 37.70 i i 125 A 20 508.70 QO320L125Gh 471.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 6–2/0 24 577.70 QO324L125Gh 540.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 i 18 530.00 QO318L200Gh 443.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 i 200 A 6–250 30 707.00 QO330L200Gh 620.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 i 225 A 42 953.00 QO342L225Gh 842.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 i 6–300 Convertible Mains—Factory-installed QDL Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus—25 kA Short Circuit Current Rating b 100 A 27 1058.00 QO327M100c 971.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 i 4–2/0 125 A 30 1931.00 QO330MQ125dh 1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 4–300 30 1931.00 QO330MQ150dh 1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 150 A 4–300 42 2119.00 QO342MQ150dh 2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 30 1931.00 QO330MQ200dh 1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 200 A 4–300 42 2119.00 QO342MQ200dh 2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 225 A 42 2119.00 QO342MQ225dh 2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 4–300 6–2/0 6–250 6–300 4–2/0 4–300 4–300 4–300 4–300 Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Copper Bus—65 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingae 60 A 3 177.00 QO403L60NRB 177.00 — 10–6 PK4GTA 10.80 10R 12 485.00 QO312L125GRB 485.00 Factory Incl.g — 3R 125 A 6–2/0 6–2/0 20 629.00 QO320L125GRB 629.00 Factory Incl.g — 4R Cover Included R 18 618.00 QO318L200GRB 618.00 Factory Incl.f — 6R A 200 A 6–250 6–250 30 839.00 QO330L200GRB 839.00 Factory Incl.f — 6R I N 225 A 42 1494.00 QO342L225GRB 1494.00 6–300 6–300 Factory Incl.f — 8R P R Convertible Mains—Factory-installed QDL Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus—25 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingb e O 100 A 27 1185.00 QO327M100RBc 1185.00 4–2/0 4–2/0 PK15GTA 17.10 6R O 125 A 30 2147.00 QO330MQ125RBd 2147.00 4–300 4–300 PK18GTA 18.80 14R F 150 A 30 2147.00 QO330MQ150RBd 2147.00 4–300 4–300 PK18GTA 18.80 14R Cover Included 30 2147.00 QO330MQ200RBd 2147.00 PK18GTA 18.80 14R 200 A 4–300 4–300 42 2333.00 QO342MQ200RBd 2333.00 PK23GTA 21.30 14R 225 A 42 2333.00 QO342MQ225RBd 2333.00 4–300 4–300 PK23GTA 21.30 14R Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2. a UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. b 25 kA short circuit current rating SSCR maximum with Square D Type QDL main circuit breaker, or 22 kA SCCR maximum with back-fed Type QO-VH main circuit breaker, feeding QO 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers. c Includes factory-installed back fed QO3100VH main circuit breaker. d 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating maximum with field-installed Square D type QGL 65 k AIR minimum main circuit breaker feeding QO and Q1 10 k AIR minimum branch circuit breakers. e Side hinge door device allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open. f PK23GTA and LK100AN. g PK15GTA. h For Certification to IEC 60439-1 contact the local Square D sales office; otherwise panels are NOT CE marked. (For use on 415Y/240 Vac 3-phase 4-wire, 3,000 Short Circuit Current Rating when QODX...branch circuit breakers are used and 10,000 Short Circuit Current Rating when QO...VS branch circuit breakers are used). i DE3A Discount Schedule j DE2 Discount Schedule Table 1.23: 3Ø, Main Circuit Breakers Field-installed alternate main circuit breakers for QO 3Ø main circuit breaker load centers rated 70–225 A. Do not exceed the load center main rating. Amperage 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A $ Price (DE2) k 25 k AIR QDL32070 QDL32080 QDL32090 QDL32100 QDL32110 QDL32125 QDL32150 QDL32175 QDL32200 QDL32225 65 k AIR QGL32070 QGL32080 QGL32090 QGL32100 QGL32110 QGL32125 QGL32150 QGL32175 QGL32200 QGL32225 1784.00 100 k AIRk QJL32070 QJL32080 QJL32090 QJL32100 QJL32110 QJL32125 QJL32150 QJL32175 QJL32200 QJL32225 2442.00 2796.00 When these 3P circuit breakers are used as the main circuit breaker of a 3Ø load center, the maximum AIR rating is 65 kA at 240 Vac and 100 kA at 208 Vac. Table 1.24: 3Ø, Main Lugs Kits Field-installed main lugs for convertible 3Ø main circuit breaker load centers. QO342MQ200 1-8 QO312L125G Main Lugs Amperage Rating 125 A 225 A DE3 DE3A DE2 Cat. No. QOL3125 QOL3225 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com $ Price 67.00 158.00 Lug Wire Size AWG/kcmil 6–2/0 Cu/Al 6–300 Cu/Al © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ Load Centers www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Backup Power Solutions (Accept Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Mains Max. Single Rating Spaces Pole (A) Circuits a R A I N P R O O F Load Center Box, Interior and Cover Cat. No. Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Equipment Grounding Bar Kit (Order Separately) $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Generator Panels—Manual Transfer for Sub-Feed Applications NEMA 1 (Indoor) Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breakers with Mechanical Interlock—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 30 4 8 4 QO48M30DSGP 563.00 60 4 8 4 563.00 QO48M60DSGP PK7GTA 11.70 Generator Panels—Manual Transfer with Generator Power Inlet Plug for Sub-Feed Applications NEMA 3R (Outdoor) Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breakers with Mechanical Interlock—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 4 8 4 QO1DM10020TRBR 848.00 4 8 4 QO1DM10030TRBR 848.00 Factory-Installed 100 4 8 4 QO1DM10050TRBR 1148.00 Box No. See Page 1-17, 1-18 Al Cu 14–8 14–8 4 8–2 8–2 4 — — 2R 2R 8–2 — 2R 1 I N D O O R Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers LOAD CENTERS Table 1.25: 1Ø, Backup Power Solutions Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 Generator Panel—Automatic Transfer Switch (Contact your local Square D Field Sales office for more information.) b Factory- or Field-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 150 38 42 42 QO13842MX150 1349.00 PK23GTA 200 38 42 42 QO13842MX200 1499.00 PK23GTA 38 42 42 QO13842MX225 1649.00 PK23GTA 225 38 42 42 QO13842UX225 c 1199.00 QOC38MXUF (Cover) 149.00 — 150 14 28 28 QO11428MX150FTRBde 1349.00 PK23GTA 3R 14 28 28 QO11428MX200FTRBde 1499.00 PK23GTA 200 14 28 28 QO11428UX200FTRBcde 1199.00 PK23GTA I N D O O R 21.30 21.30 21.30 21.30 21.30 21.30 4–250 4–250 4–250 4–250 4–250 4–250 4–250 4–250 12 12 12 12 4–250 4–250 4–250 4–250 4–250 4–250 7R 7R 7R QO Load Center Manual Power Transfer Accessories Cat. No. $ Price Schedule For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time. QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual QO2DTIM 63.00 DE2E power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2P or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back- PK4DTIM4LA Manual Transfer Equipment Kit Secures 102.00 DE3A up power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back- PK4DTIM4HA 102.00 DE3A up power supply applications. For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. Secures two 2P circuit breakers to left side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up PK4DTIM4LAL 102.00 DE3A power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G”, “S1” and “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P QOCRBGK1 105.00 DE3A main circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. Generator Circuit Breaker For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G” and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main QOCGK2 105.00 DE3A circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. Interlock Kit For use on “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) QORBGK2 105.00 DE3A with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. b One main circuit breaker is included with panel. NEMA 1 indoor device requires cover ordered separately. Alternate source main circuit breaker (QO 125 A max.) ordered separately. Automatic Transfer Switch and Generator for secondary power source are ordered through a Kohler authorized dealer or contractor. c Universal mains – No factory-installed main circuit breaker or main lugs. QOM2 frame size, field-install 22 k AIR. Main circuit breaker or main lugs (see pages 1-5 or 1-6). d Supplied with feed-thru lugs. e Device is rated NEMA 3R and can be used for indoor or outdoor applications. QO2DTI Installed QO2DTI ON OFF ON OFF 1 3 5 ON OFF © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ON OFF PK4DTIM4HA QOCGK2 Installed DE3A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 1-9 QO™ Load Centers 1Ø, Special Applications Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1 1Ø2W—120Vac—1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed QO Special Application (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Table 1.26: Short Circuit Current Rating Mains Rating Max. 1P Circuits a Spaces Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers Load Center b Box, Interior, and Cover Cat. No. Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) $ Price Cat. No. Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Al Cu Box No. See Page 1-17 12–10 — 14–10 14–6 1 2 $ Price LOAD CENTERS Manufactured Housing: 1Ø2W 120 Vac—Main Lugs Only—CSA Certified 30 Ac 10 kA 2 2 4 50 A 10 kA 2 1Ø2W 120 Vac—Main Circuit Breaker—CSA Certified 0 2 QO2L30TTSd QO24L50TTSe 51.00 78.00 Factory-installed 30 A 10 kA 3 5 1Ø3W 120/240 Vac—Main Lugs Only—CSA Certified 2 QO35FM30TTF/S 83.00 Factory-installed 70 A f 2 4 2 QO24L70TSe 78.00 6 12 6 QO612L100TF/Sg 86.00 Factory 6 12 6 QO612L100DTF/Sg 101.00 Installed 100 A 10 kA 8 16 8 QO816L100TF/Sg 137.00 8 16 8 QO816L100DTF/Sg 159.00 Load Center with Cover: 1Ø3W 120/240 Vac—UL Listed Complete QO Load Center—Box, Interior and Combination Cover in One Package I N D O O R 10 kA 3 12–3 14–4 2 4 4 4 4 4–1 Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs i—QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus 65 kA 12 0 QO112L125GC 188.00 PK12GTA Incl. 12 125 A 65 kA 12 24 12 QO11224L125GC 249.00 PK15GTA Incl. 20 65 kA 20 0 QO120L125GC 284.00 PK15GTA Incl. Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs i—QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus 6–2/0 6–2/0 6–2/0 6 6 7 150 A 65 kA 30 30 0 QO130L150TC 452.00 PK23GTA, LK100AN Installed 6–250 9 200 A 65 kA 30 40 10 QO13040L200GC 575.00 PK23GTA, LK100AN Incl. 6–250 9 Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker— QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus j 22 kA 12 12 0 QO112M100C 351.00 PK9GTA 13.40 4–1/0 5 22 kA 12 20 8 QO11220M100C 413.00 PK15GTA 17.10 4–1/0 5 100 A 22 kA 16 16 0 QO116M100C 395.00 PK12GTA 15.80 4–1/0 6 22 kA 20 20 0 QO120M100C 446.00 PK15GTA 17.10 4–1/0 6 125 A 22 kA 32 32 0 QO132M125C 1041.00 PK18GTA 18.80 6–2/0 8 Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker— QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus j 22 kA 20 30 10 QO12030M150C 843.00 PK18GTA 18.80 4–250 9 150 A 22 kA 30 30 0 QO130M150C 870.00 PK18GTA 18.80 4–250 9 22 kA 20 40 20 QO12040M200C 843.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 9 22 kA 30 30 0 QO130M200C 896.00 PK18GTA 18.80 4–250 9 200 A 22 kA 30 40 10 QO13040M200C 974.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 9 22 kA 40 40 0 QO140M200C 1137.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 10 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. b Order F for flush device or S for surface device. c Mains rating 25 A when Al wire is used. d Will not accept Qwik-Gard™ QO-GFI or QO-AFI circuit breaker. e Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers. f Main circuit breaker is a field-installed standard QO single pole circuit breaker. Order separately from page 1-2. g 70 A max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker. h UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. i UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only. j 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22,000 A available fault current. Table 1.27: Service Upgrade Load Centers: 1Ø3W 120/240Vac—UL Listed Load Center with Removable End Walls Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Breaker—22KA QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)j I N D O O R k l m Mains Rating Spaces Max. 1P Circuitsa Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Load Center Box and Interior Extra Long Cover with Door (Order Separately) Flush Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 959.00 HOM3040M200CEPk 959.00 HOMC30UFL 1,137.00 QO140M200EPm 1137.00 QOC40UFL 30 40 10 40 40 0 Ships with standard length cover Blank Endwall Plates (4) Available Order: EWPLATE $36.00 Copper Bus, order cover separately QOC40UF/S or QOC40UFL 200 A Table 1.28: Surface Cat. No. — — Main Wire Size Equipment Ground Bar AWG / kcmil Kit (Order Separately) $ Price Al 111.00 111.00 Cu 4-250 Cat. No PK23GTA PK23GTA $ Price Box No. See Page 1–17 21.30 21.30 10 10 Auxiliary Gutter UL Listed for use with standard 1Ø and 3Ø load centers for riser applicationsn. For auxiliary gutter-load center compatibility, see catalog number 1100CT0501 n o Cat. No. $ Price SDAG26 338.00 One tap kit required for each riser wire. When used with B300 bolt-on hubs. Table 1.29: Cover Flush Width 13.50 Height 26.12 Depth 3.75 Tap Kits 120/240 Vac—UL Listed for use with Auxiliary Gutter SDAG26 Cat. N0. $ Price Use with Auxiliary Gutter Cat. No. SDGT30020 SDGT300300 81.00 120.00 SDAG26 SDAG26 SDGT300C10C 49.70 SDAG26 SDGT300C300C 70.00 SDAG26 QOGL20 Grounding Terminals 40.70 SDAG26 1-10 Conduit Riser Size 1-3/4, 2, 2-1/2 or o3 Riser Wire Lug Type Mechanical (Included) Mechanical (Included) Anderson VCEL030516H1 (Not included) Anderson VCEL030516H1 (Not included) Mechanical (Included) DE3A Tap Off Wire Al/Cu Wire Size (2) 6 AWG–300 kcmil (2) 6 AWG–300 kcmil (2) 4 AWG–300 kcmil (2) 4 AWG–300 kcmil (2) 6–2/0 AWG Lug Type Mechanical (Included) Mechanical (Included) Anderson VCEL02114S1 (Not Included) Anderson VCEL030516H1 (Not included) — Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Al/Cu Wire Size (1) 6–2/0 AWG (1) 6 AWG–300 kcmil (1) 8–1/0 AWG (1) 4 AWG–300 kcmil — © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers and Circuit Breakers 1Ø, Value Packs and Riser Panels Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Max. 1P Circuitsc Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Load Center Box, Interior, Cover and Branch Circuit Breakers Cat. No. Included Load Center/Circuit Breakers $ Price Cat. No. Main Box No. Wire Size See AWG/kcmil Pages Al/Cu 1-17, 1-18 $ Price QO (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers) QO—Copper Bus Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or QOM Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) 100 A 32 32 0 QOVP2 (1) QO132M100C, (5) QO120 839.00 PK18GTA 30 40 10 QOVP1 (1) QO13040M200C, (5) QO120 1103.00 PK23GTA 30 40 10 QOVP10 (1) QO13040M200C, (10) QO120 1328.00 PK23GTA Homeline (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers) Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs, 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to appropriate QOM 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 200 A 125 A 12 24 12 HOMVPL2 (1) HOM1224L125TC, (5) HOM120 200 A 30 40 10 HOMVPL1 (1) HOM3040L200TC, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250 Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 353.00 962.00 — — 20 20 0 HOMVP4 (1) HOM20M100C, (5) HOM115 528.00 20 20 0 HOMVP5 (1) HOM20M100C, (5) HOM120 528.00 150 A 30 30 0 HOMVP12 (1) HOM30M150C, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230 983.00 20 40 20 HOMVP16 (1) HOM2040M200TC, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230 965.00 30 40 10 HOMVP1 (1) HOM3040M200TC, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230 1083.00 30 40 10 HOMVP2 (1) HOM3040M200TC, (5) HOM115, (1) HOM230 1083.00 200 A 30 40 10 HOMVP9 (1) HOM3040M200TC, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250 1328.00 30 40 10 HOMVP14 (1) HOM3040M200TC, (12) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250 1328.00 40 40 0 HOMVP15 (1) HOM40M200C, (10) HOM120 1346.00 Homeline (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers) Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) PK15GTA PK15GTA PK23GTA Included Included Included Included Included PK23GTA 17.10 17.10 21.30 — — — — — 21.30 200 A PK23GTA 21.30 100 A R A I N P R O O F Included Included 20 40 20 HOMVPRB1 (1) HOM2040M200RB, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250 4–2/0 4–250 6–2/0 4–250 8 9 9 6 10 1 I N D O O R 18.80 21.30 21.30 1253.00 4–2/0 4–250 4–250 4–250 7 7 10 9 10 10 10 10 12 6R QO Riser Panels Table 1.31: Mains Rating Offset Interior for Wide Gutter—30 A Maximum Branch Circuit Breaker on left side of interiorab (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers) Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuitsc Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. $ Price Load Center Cover Cat. No. $ Price Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Cat. No. $ Price Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Al Cu Box No. See Page 1-17 Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs, 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to QOM1 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus 12 24 12 QO11224L125WG 338.00 QOC20UFWG 53.00 PK15GTA 17.10 14 125 A 6–2/0 I 20 30 10 QO12030L125WG 465.00 QOC20UFWG 53.00 PK15GTA 17.10 14 N D Convertible Mains-Factory—Installed Main Lugs, O 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to QOM2 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus O 200 A 30 40 10 QO13040L200WG 701.00 QOC30UFWG 102.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 23 R Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or Lower Amperage QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus 200 A 24 24 0 QO124M200WG125d 683.00 QOC30UFWG 102.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 23 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. b UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only. c Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. d Comes with 125 A main circuit breaker factory installed. Panelboard-style Covers for Riser Panels Mono-Flat™ Front available for riser panels as an alternative to standard load center cover listed above. Provides a low-profile, aesthetically pleasing solution for high-traffic areas in upscale multi-family applications. Deadfront included. Lock kit not provided. Cover NQC30FWG CANNOT be used when panel has been converted to a main circuit breaker panel. e e Mains Rating of Load Center Cat. No. 125 A NQC20FWG 200 A NQC30FWG Order catalog number PK4FL for field-installed lock kit. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved $ Price 117.00 180.00 DE3A LOAD CENTERS Mains Rating Value Packs Contains Complete Load Center (Box, Interior and Cover) with Selected Branch Circuit Breaker Spaces Table 1.30: Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 1-11 Load Center Accessories QO and Homeline Load Center Accessories / Surge Protection Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 1 Table 1.32: www.schneider-electric.us QO Load Center Accessories Description Cat. No. $ Price Schedule LOAD CENTERS Cover Sealing Strap Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main. For QO612L100F/S, RB, QO612L100DF/S, QO816L100F/S, RB, QO816L100DF/S and QO148L125GF/S, GRB load centers Secures 3P circuit breaker without accessories to left side of interior when used as a back-fed main. For 3Ø load centers Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main for 2P QO 150–200 A circuit breakers Secures ONE circuit breaker with or without electrical accessories to right side of interior when used as a back-fed main For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02 Secures ONE circuit breaker with or without electrical accessories to right side of interior when used as a back-fed main For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02 Provides means of sealing trim mounting screws on QO load center covers QO1SE 3.60 DE3A Replacement Cover Directory Label 1 through 42 numbered universal replacement directory label for load center covers LSDL 0.54 DE5 Circuit Identification Stickers Circuit identification stickers for use on cover directory labels to identify branch circuits PSDS 0.75 DE5 QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E Retaining Kit for Breakers Used as Back-fed Mains QO Load Center Manual Power Transfer Accessories For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time. QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2P or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for backManual Transfer Equipment Kit up power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for backup power supply applications. For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. Secures two 2P circuit breakers to left side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G”, “S1” and “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G” and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. Generator Circuit Breaker Interlock Kit For use on “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time. Table 1.33: PK2MB 7.20 DE3A PK3MB PK5RK 14.70 14.70 DE3A DE3A PK4MB2LA 14.70 DE3A PK4MB2HA 14.70 DE3A QO2DTIM 63.00 DE2E PK4DTIM4LA 102.00 DE3A PK4DTIM4HA 102.00 DE3A PK4DTIM4LAL 102.00 DE3A QOCRBGK1 105.00 DE3A QOCGK2 105.00 DE3A QORBGK2 105.00 DE3A QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E 92.00 248.00 159.00 159.00 DE1B DE1B DE1B DE1B 11.40 DE3A Load Center and CSED Surge Protection Devices Surge Arresters Surge Arrester Mounting Kit For use on 1Ø3W, 150 Vac maximum SDSA1175 For use on 3Ø4W, 650 Vac maximum SDSA3650 QO2175SB QO Surgebreaker CULUS Listed Secondary Surge Arrester 150 Vac line-to-ground maximum Homeline Surgebreaker CULUS Listed Secondary Surge Arrester 150 Vac line-to-ground maximum HOM2175SB UL Listed for mounting SDSA1175 surge arrester into ground bar mounting holes on 1Ø convertible main circuit breaker QOSAMK load centers PK2MB QOSAMK PK3MB 1-12 DE1B DE2E DE3A DE5 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Load Center Accessories QO and Homeline Load Center Accessories Class 1130, 6610 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us Filler Plates Door Lock Kits Neutral / Ground Lugs Ground Bar Kits Handle Padlock Attachment a Description Fills opening in covers if twistout is removed in error Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load center covers100–125 A Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load center covers150–225 A Fills main circuit breaker opening in 3Ø load center covers (S01 and S02 Series) Fills main circuit breaker opening in “Q” style 3Ø load center covers (S03 Series) Use with QO612L100DF/S, QO612L100DFCU/SCU, QO612L100DTF/S, QO816L100DF/S, QO816L100DFCU/SCU, QO816L100DTF/S, QO48M30DSGP, or QO48M60DSGP Use with convertible mains, 1Ø and 3Ø 100–225 A, and fixed mains, 3Ø 125–225 A indoor load centers Use with 300 and 400 ampere indoor load centers Field-installed for 12– 2 Al or 14–4 Cu AWG wire Field-installed for 6–2/0 Al/Cu AWG wire Field-installed for 14–2/0 Al/Cu AWG wire Field-installed for 2–3/0 Al/Cu AWG wire Field-installed for 4 AWG to 300 kcmil Al/Cu wire. Use in Series S, 150–225 A QO or HOM load center Standard PK15GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug Standard PK18GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug Standard PK23GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug Insulator Kit for PK7GTA through PK27GTA Cat. No. QOFP QOM1FP QOM2FP KFP Q2FP 50–125 A 100–225 A For padlocking main circuit breakers in convertible load centers OFF $ Price Schedule 3.60 DE3A 20.30 DE3A 20.30 DE3A 20.30 DE3A 20.30 DE3A PK8FLa 98.00 DE3A PK6FL 93.00 DE3A PK4FL LK70AN LK100AN LK125AN LK150AN 90.00 10.10 10.80 22.10 32.40 PE1A DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A LK225AN 33.20 DE3A PK15GTAL PK18GTAL PK23GTAL PKGTAB QOM1PA QOM2PA 35.00 37.80 40.70 43.80 11.00 11.00 DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A DE2E DE2E QO403L60NF/S does not have provisions for a field-installed lock. QOFP PKGTAB PK4FL PK6FL and PK8FL Table 1.35: Homeline Load Center Accessories Description Handle Padlock Attachment 50–125 A 100–225 A For padlocking main circuit breakers in convertible load center, “OFF” Fills opening in covers if twistout is removed in error Filler Plates Neutral Lugs Retaining Kit for Breakers Used as Back-fed Mains 100–125 A 150–225 A Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load centers Field-installed for 14–2 AWG Al or 14–4 AWG Cu wire Field-installed for 6–2/0 AWG Al/Cu wire Field-installed for 14–2/0 AWG Al/Cu wire Field-installed for 4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu wire. Use in Series S, 150–225 A QO or HOM load center Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main. For HOM612L100F/S, RB and HOM48L125GC, GRB load centers Secures ONE circuit breaker right side of interior when used as a back-fed main For 100–125 A convertible main load centers, Series S01 and S02 Secures ONE circuit breaker right side of interior when used as a back-fed main For 150–225 A convertible main load centers, Series S01 and S02 Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main For 2P 150–200 A circuit breakers Cat. No. QOM1PA QOM2PA HOMFP QOM1FP QOM2FP LK70AN LK100AN LK125AN LK225AN $ Price Schedule 11.00 DE2E 11.00 DE2E 3.20 DE3C 20.30 DE3A 20.30 DE3A 10.10 DE3B 10.80 DE3B 22.10 DE3B 33.20 DE3A HOM1RK 6.50 DE3C HOM4RK2LA 14.70 DE3C HOM4RK2HA 14.70 DE3C HOM5RK 14.70 DE3C Door Lock Kit Use with convertible indoor load center covers (Series S-1) PK6FL 93.00 DE3A Replacement Cover Directory Label 1 through 42 numbered universal replacement directory label for load center covers LSDL 0.54 DE5 Circuit Identification Stickers Circuit identification stickers for use on cover directory labels to identify branch circuits For use on “S” Series NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker For use on “S” Series NEMA 1 and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker For use on “S2” and “S3” Series NEMA 3R QOM2 load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker PSDS 0.75 Generator Circuit Breaker Interlock Kit © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2E DE3A DE3B DE3C DE3D DE3E DE5 PE1A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com DE5 HOMCRBGK1 105.00 DE3D HOMCGK2 105.00 DE3D HOMRBGK2 105.00 DE3D 1-13 LOAD CENTERS QO Load Center Accessories 1 Table 1.34: Homeline™ Circuit Breakers Plug-On Circuit Breakers Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 1 The Square D Homeline circuit breakers are in a 1 in. wide format for 1-pole circuit breakers. They are designed to plug into Homeline load centers. Table 1.41: Ampere Ratingd Table 1.36: LOAD CENTERS HOM 1P 1 Space Required HOM 2P 2 Spaces Required HOM Ampere Rating AIR 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA Table 1.37: 1P—120/240 Vac Cat. No. 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip $ Price HOM115 ab HOM120 ab HOM125 b HOM130 b — HOM140 b — HOM150 b — — — — — — — — — — 26.30 26.30 26.30 26.30 — 26.30 — 26.30 — — — — — — — — — — Cat. No. $ Price HOM215 b HOM220 b HOM225 b HOM230 b HOM235 b HOM240 b HOM245 b HOM250 b HOM260 b HOM270 b HOM280 b HOM290 b HOM2100 b HOM2110 b HOM2125 b HOM2150BB bc HOM2175BB bc HOM2200BB bc 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 123.00 168.00 168.00 168.00 369.00 369.00 428.00 428.00 428.00 1P—120/240 Vac Cat. No. 15 A 20 A HOM115HMb HOM120HMb Table 1.38: 27.60 27.60 HOM-AFI Circuit Breaker Type Combination Arc-fault Circuit interrupter Table 1.39: Ampere Rating 15 A 20 A Poles 120 Cat. No. Vac 1 HOM115CAFIb 1 HOM120CAFIb 267.00 267.00 HOM-GFI Ampere Rating AIR 15 A 20 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA Table 1.40: 1P—120 Vac 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required Cat. No. HOM115GFI HOM120GFI — — — $ Price 212.00 212.00 — — — Cat. No. HOM215GFI HOM220GFI HOM230GFI HOM240GFI HOM250GFI $ Price 413.00 413.00 413.00 413.00 413.00 HOM-EPD—10 k AIR Homeline Equipment Protection Device—Circuit Breakers with 30 mA Equipment Ground Fault Protection (UL Listed) HOM 1P GFI (With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter) 1 Space Required Amperes 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip 1P—120 Vac Cat. No. HOM115EPD HOM120EPD — — — — $ Price 374.00 374.00 — — — — Cat. No. HOM215EPD HOM220EPD HOM225EPD HOM230EPD HOM240EPD HOM250EPD $ Price 660.00 660.00 660.00 660.00 660.00 660.00 HOM 2P GFI (With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter) 2 Spaces Required 1-14 DE3D DE3C DE2E HOMT Quad Tandem Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating d Circuit Breaker Wire Sizese Wire Size (AWG/kcmil) Breaker Type Ampere Rating Aluminum HOM 1P 15–30 A 14–8 AWG 40–50 A 8–2 AWG 15–30 A 14–8 AWG 35–70 A 80–125 A 150–200 A 15–30 A 40–50 A 15–20 A 15–50 A 8–2 AWG 4–2/0 AWG 4 AWG–300 kcmil 14–8 AWG 6–12 AWG 14–10 AWG 12–4 AWG $ Price HOM-GFI circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection, combined with Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 milliamperes or more. HOM 1P AFI (Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter) 1 Space Required Table 1.42: Table 1.43: Homeline Combination Arc Fault Circuit Interrupters—Provide overload and short circuit protection, plus arc fault protection in accordance with the NEC and UL 1699. HOMT Quad Circuit Breaker 2 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price 15 and 15 A 10 kA HOMT1515 b 52.00 15 and 20 A 10 kA HOMT1520 b 52.00 20 and 20 A 10 kA HOMT2020 b 52.00 30 and 15 A 10 kA HOMT3015 b 52.00 30 and 20 A 10 kA HOMT3020 b 52.00 a UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. b UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. — — 2Ps $ Price 1P Tandem—120/240 Vac (One Space Required) — HOM-HM Amperes AIR 2P Tandem—120/240 Vac (Two Spaces Required) AIR 1P 2P Cat. No. $ Price (2) 15 A 15 A 10 kA HOMT1515215 b 120.00 (2) 15 A 20 A 10 kA HOMT1515220 b 120.00 (2) 15 A 25 A 10 kA HOMT1515225 b 120.00 (2) 15 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT1515230 b 120.00 (2) 15 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT1515240 b 120.00 (2) 15 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT1515250 b 120.00 (2) 20 A 20 A 10 kA HOMT2020220 b 120.00 (2) 20 A 25 A 10 kA HOMT2020225 b 120.00 (2) 20 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT2020230 b 120.00 (2) 20 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT2020240 b 120.00 (2) 20 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT2020250 b 120.00 Note: Typical catalog number (e.g. HOMT 1515230) represents two 1P, outer poles (two 15 A 1P CBs) and one 2P inner circuit breaker with common trip (one 30 A 2P CB). High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications where high initial inrush current may occur. HOM2200BB Branch Circuit Breaker 4 Spaces Required www.schneider-electric.us HOMT Tandem Circuit Breakers HOM 2P HOMT and Quad Quad Only HOM-GFI - 1P HOM-GFI - 2P Table 1.44: Copper 14–8 AWG or (2) 14–10 AWG 8–2 AWG 14–8 AWG or (2) 14–10 AWG 8–2 AWG 4–2/0 AWG 4 AWG–300 kcmil 14–8 AWG 6–14 AWG 14–10 AWG 14–6 AWG Accessories Description Handle Attachments Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac single HOM circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P side-by-side HOMT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Handle Clamp: Clamp for holding HOM 1P handle in the ON or OFF position Handle Blocking Device: Attaches to standard HOM 2P circuit breakers for holding the handle in the OFF position Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 1P Standard HOM breakers in the ON or OFF position. 15–70 A Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 2P Standard HOM circuit 80–125 A breakers in ON or OFF position 150–200 A Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking center poles of Homeline Quad breakers in the OFF position. Handle Padlock Attachment: For 50–125 A padlocking main circuit breakers in 100–225 A convertible load center in OFF position Cat. No. $ Price HOM1HTg 3.50 HOMTHTg 3.80 QO1LOh 3.80 HOM2HBDg 10.70 HOM1PAg 9.90 HOM2PALAg HOM2PAHAg HOM2PAVHAg 9.90 9.90 50.00 HOMQPA 9.90 QOM1PAfh 11.00 QOM2PAfh 11.00 Sub-Feed Lugs 125 A 2P plug-on—2 spaces required HOML2125 47.60 225 A 2P plug-on—4 spaces required HOML2225c 296.00 c Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu). Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. d 15–20 A tandem or quad tandem circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 25–50 A tandem or quad tandem circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors only. e 15–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 40–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors. f 50–125 A QOM1 frame size; 100–225 A QOM2 frame size. g DE3C Discount Schedule h DE2E Discount Schedule Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Homeline™ Load Centers Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuits a Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers Load Center Box, Interior and Cover b Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil $ Price (DE3C) Cat. No. Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Order HOM Circuit Breakers (See page 1-14) Factory-installed Fixed Main Lugs 59.00 70 A 2 4 2 HOM24L70F/Sdc 78.00 100 A 6 12 6 HOM612L100F/Sce 125 A 4 8 4 HOM48L125GC 86.00 Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 8 16 8 HOM816L125C 8 16 8 HOM816L125TC 12 12 0 HOM12L125C 12 24 12 HOM1224L125TC 125 A 16 24 8 HOM1624L125C 20 20 0 HOM20L125C 20 24 4 HOM2024L125TC 24 24 0 HOM24L125TC Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 30 30 0 HOM30L150C 150 A 30 30 0 HOM30L150TC 16 32 16 HOM1632L200TC 200 A 16 32 16 HOM1632L200TCFTf 20 40 20 HOM2040L200TC 30 30 0 HOM30L200C 30 30 0 HOM30L200TC 30 40 10 HOM3040L200TC 200 A 40 40 0 HOM40L200C 40 40 0 HOM40L200TC 40 60 20 HOM4060L200TC 42 52 10 HOM4252L200TC 225 A 42 42 0 HOM42L225C I N D O O R Al Cu 12–3 14–4 8–1 12–2/0 132.00 150.00 174.00 204.00 260.00 237.00 288.00 344.00 375.00 396.00 357.00 575.00 417.00 420.00 464.00 479.00 618.00 671.00 839.00 804.00 732.00 Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 8 16 8 HOM816M100C 315.00 8 16 8 HOM816M100TC 333.00 12 12 0 HOM12M100C 294.00 100 A 12 24 12 HOM1224M100TC 384.00 20 20 0 HOM20M100C 396.00 24 24 0 HOM24M100C 513.00 30 30 0 HOM30M100C 672.00 12 24 12 HOM1224M125C 606.00 12 24 12 HOM1224M125TC 620.00 125 A 24 24 0 HOM24M125C 710.00 30 30 0 HOM30M125C 812.00 Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 16 32 16 HOM1632M150TC 636.00 150 A 20 30 10 HOM2030M150TC 750.00 30 30 0 HOM30M150C 776.00 12 24 12 HOM1224M200TC 572.00 16 32 16 HOM1632M200TC 675.00 20 40 20 HOM2040M200C 711.00 20 40 20 HOM2040M200TC 764.00 30 30 0 HOM30M200C 798.00 200 A 30 40 10 HOM3040M200TC 891.00 40 40 0 HOM40M200C 1019.00 40 60 20 HOM4060M200C 1367.00 42 42 0 HOM42M200C 1094.00 42 52 10 HOM4252M200C 1313.00 225 A 42 42 0 HOM42M225C 1116.00 14–2/0 6–2/0 Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Cat. No. $ Price (DE3A) PK3GTA1 11.40 PK7GTA 11.70 PK7GTA Factory-included PK15GTA Factory-installed PK15GTA Factory-installed PK15GTA PK15GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed 17.10 — 17.10 — 17.10 17.10 — — 4–250 4–250 PK23GTA Factory-installed — 4–250 Factory-installed — 4–250 6–250 6–1 6–1 6–2/0 6–2/0 6–1 6–2/0 6–2/0 6–2/0 4–250 4–250 4–250 PK23GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed PK23GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed Factory-installed PK23GTA PK15GTA Factory-installed PK15GTA Factory-installed PK15GTA PK15GTA PK23GTA PK15GTA Factory-installed PK15GTA PK23GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed PK23GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed PK23GTA Factory-installed PK23GTA Factory-installed PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA 21.30 21.30 — — 21.30 — — — 21.30 17.10 — 17.10 — 17.10 17.10 21.30 17.10 — 17.10 21.30 — — 21.30 — — 21.30 — 21.30 — 21.30 21.30 21.30 21.30 21.30 Box No. See Page 1-17 2 4 21 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 9 10 9 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 5 5 6 6 7 8 10 6 6 8 10 9 9 10 9 9 9 9 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 Universal Mains—No Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs QOM2 Main Frame Size—Field-install Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs (See page 1-16) 16 32 16 HOM1632U200TC 293.00 200 A 20 40 20 HOM2040U200TC 357.00 4–250 30 40 10 HOM3040U200TC 530.00 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing HOM and/or HOMT circuit breakers. b C at end of catalog number indicates combination flush/surface cover included with device. c F/S at end of catalog number indicates to order F for flush device or S for surface device. The cover does not have a door. d HOM-GFI and HOM-AFI branch circuit breakers are limited to number 10 maximum wire. e 70 A maximum branch circuit breaker, 100 A maximum back feed main circuit breaker. f Supplied with feed-thru lugs. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE3A DE3C Factory-installed Factory-installed Factory-installed Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com — — — LOAD CENTERS Mains Rating Convertible Main Load Centers (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) 1 Table 1.45: 9 9 10 1-15 Homeline™ Load Centers Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breakers Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Table 1.46: Convertible Main Load Centers (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Mains Rating Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuits a Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers Load Center Box, Interior and Cover Cat. No. (DE3C) Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil $ Price LOAD CENTERS Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Factory-installed Fixed Main Lugs, 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 70 A 2 4 2 HOM24L70RBb 100 A 6 12 6 HOM612L100RBf 125 A 4 8 4 HOM48L125GRB R A I N P R O O F 111.00 129.00 137.00 Al Cu 12–3 14–4 8–1 12–2/0 14–2/0 Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Lugs c, QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) 8 16 8 HOM816L125RB 248.00 12 12 0 HOM12L125RB 234.00 125 A 6–2/0 12 24 12 HOM1224L125RB 278.00 20 20 0 HOM20L125RB 383.00 Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Lugs c, QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) 12 12 0 HOM12L200RB 423.00 20 40 20 HOM2040L200RB 560.00 30 30 0 HOM30L200RB 587.00 200 A 30 40 10 HOM3040L200RB 759.00 4–250 40 40 0 HOM40L200RB 911.00 40 60 20 HOM4060L200RB 1139.00 42 52 10 HOM4252L200RB 1092.00 Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Cat. No. (DE3A) $ Price PK4GTA 10.80 PK7GTA 11.70 PK7GTA Factory-included Box No. See Page 1-18 1R 2R 15R PK15GTA PK15GTA PK15GTA PK15GTA 17.10 17.10 17.10 17.10 3R 3R 3R 4R PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA — PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA 21.30 21.30 21.30 5R 6R 7R — 14R 14R 14R — 21.30 21.30 21.30 Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible Mains with Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) d 8 16 8 HOM816M100RB 429.00 6–1 PK15GTA 17.10 3R 12 12 0 HOM12M100RB 416.00 PK15GTA 17.10 3R 100 A 20 20 0 HOM20M100RB 531.00 6–2/0 PK15GTA 17.10 4R 24 24 0 HOM24M100RB 606.00 PK15GTA 17.10 6R 8 16 8 HOM816M125RB 716.00 PK15GTA 17.10 3R 125 A 6–2/0 24 24 0 HOM24M125RB 858.00 PK15GTA 17.10 6R R A I N P R O O F Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) 150 A 30 30 0 HOM30M150RB 978.00 4–250 PK23GTA 21.30 7R 20 40 20 HOM2040M200RB 872.00 PK23GTA 21.30 6R 30 30 0 HOM30M200RB 1004.00 PK23GTA 21.30 7R 30 40 10 HOM3040M200RB 1152.00 PK23GTA 21.30 7R 200 A 4–250 40 40 0 HOM40M200RB 1277.00 PK23GTA 21.30 14R 40 60 20 HOM4060M200RB 1596.00 PK23GTA 14.20 14R 42 52 10 HOM4252M200RB 1532.00 PK23GTA 14.20 14R 16 24 8 HOM1624M225RB 1182.00 PK15GTA 17.10 7R 225 A 4–250 42 42 0 HOM42M225RB 1323.00 PK23GTA 21.30 14R Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker with Feed-thru Lugs, QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) c 150 A 8 16 8 HOM816M150FTRB 785.00 4–250 PK15GTAL 35.00 6R 200 A e 8 16 8 HOM816M200FTRB 785.00 4–250 PK15GTAL 35.00 6R Universal Main with Feed-thru Lugs—No Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs c QOM2 Main Frame Size—Field-install Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs (See Kits Below) 200 A 8 16 8 HOM816U200FTRB 446.00 4–250 PK15GTAL 35.00 6R Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing HOM and/or HOMT circuit breakers. b HOM-GFI and HOM-AFI branch circuit breakers are limited to number 10 maximum wire. c Side hinge door device allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open. d 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of HOM and HOMT 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current. e Rated 200 A when using copper wire. Reference NEC® Table 310.15(B)(6) when using Al wire. f 70 A maximum branch circuit breaker, 100 A maximum back feed main circuit breaker. 1Ø, Field-Installed Mains Kits Table 1.47: Main Lug Kit QOL125 QOL225 1-16 For Convertible Load Centers Only Main g Use on Convertible Load $ Price Lug Wire Size j Cat. No. Ampere Rating Center with Mains Rating (DE3A) AWG/kcmil 125 A 100–125 A QOL125 44.10 6–2/0 Al or Cu Main Lugs h — 225 A 150–225 A QOL225 104.00 6–300 Al or Cu 50 A 100–125 A QOM50VH 140.00 60 A 100–125 A QOM60VH 140.00 70 A 100–125 A QOM70VH 140.00 80 A 100–125 A QOM80VH 201.00 QOM1 12–2/0 Al or Cu 90 A 100–125 A QOM90VH 201.00 100 A 100–125 A QOM100VH 201.00 110 A 125 A QOM110VH 468.00 Main Circuit Breaker i 125 A 125 A QOM125VH 468.00 100 A 150–225 A QOM2100VH 468.00 125 A 150–225 A QOM2125VH 468.00 150 A 150–225 A QOM2150VH 468.00 QOM2k 4–300 Al or Cu 175 A 200–225 A QOM2175VH 468.00 200 A 200–225 A QOM2200VH 468.00 225 A 225 A QOM2225VH 468.00 g Do not exceed the load center mains rating. h If main circuit breaker knockout has been removed from the load center’s trim, order appropriate filler plate from page 1-13. i 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of HOM and HOMT 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current. j Wire range listed for main device kits is the wire range of that device. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center per UL, see pages 1-5 through 1-11 under Main Wire Size. k Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208, 240 Vac shunt trip. Field-Installed Main Type Frame Size DE3A DE3C Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers Indoor, Dimensions and Knockouts Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us Indoor Knockout Information and Enclosure Dimensions A,B,C,D A,B,C A Table 1.48: A,B,C A A,B,C A A Box 3 Box 2 B,C,D,E B,C,D,E C,D,E,F,G A A,B B,C,D,E C,D,E,F B,C,D,E B,C,D,E A A,B Box 1 A,B A,B A A B,C,D,E B,C,D,E A,B,C,D B,C,D,E B,C,D,E C,D,E,F,G W C,D,E,F,G D in. mm in. mm in. mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3.81 4.81 4.81 8.88 14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 97 122 122 226 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 6.72 9.30 9.30 12.57 14.92 17.92 20.92 26.04 29.86 33.78 37.98 39.37 171 236 236 319 379 455 531 661 758 858 965 1000 3.00 3.19 3.19 3.80 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 76 81 81 97 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 Table 1.49: W H in. mm in. mm in. mm 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 5.88 14.25 20.00 20.00 20.00 5.88 7.56 9.62 8.88 8.55 14.25 149 362 508 508 508 149 192 244 226 217 362 13.12 20.92 50.00 62.00 53.00 16.12 23.12 26.12 14.80 23.92 29.86 333 531 1270 1727 1346 409 587 663 376 608 758 3.38 3.75 5.75 5.75 5.75 3.38 4.25 4.75 3.80 3.95 3.75 86 95 146 146 146 86 108 121 97 100 95 Knockout Information Symbol A B C Conduit Size 1/2 3/4 1 B,C,D,E A A,B C,D,E,F,G D E 1-1/4 1-1/2 F G H I 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 C,D,E,F,G B,C,D,E C,D,E,F A A,B D,E,F,G C,D,E,F B,C,D,E B,C,D,E C,D,E,F A A,B B,C,D,E D,E,F,G B,C C,D,E,F,G D,E,F,G A A,B B,C,D,E D,E,F,G B,C A,B B,C,D,E C,D,E,F D Box No. Knockouts C,D,E,F A A,B Dimensions H Box No. Box 5 Box 4 B,C,D,E Enclosure Dimensions Dimensions A 1 A,B,C A,B A,B A A,B A A A A,B,C,D A,B,C,D Box 6 B,C,D,E C,D,E,F C,D,E,F,G D,E,F,G B,C,D,E Box 7 C,D,E,F,G D,E,F,G Box 10 A A,B C,D,E,F D,E,F,G A,B B,C B,C A,B,C,D C,D,E,F D,E,F,G Box 9 Box 8 B,C,D,E B,C,D,E A A,B B,C,D,E D,E,F,G A,B,C,D C,D,E,F D,E,F,G A,B,C,D D,E,F,G,H D,E,F,G,H,I C,D,E,F A A,B A,B,C D,E,F,G A,B B,C,D,E A,B C,D,E,F C,D,E,F A,B,C,D A A,B A A A,B,C,D C,D,E,F D,E,F,G A,B,C,D B,C,D,E A,B,C,D B,C,D,E C,D,E,F Box 14 Box 13 Box 12 Box 11 Box 15, 16, 17 A C,D,E,F D,E,F,G D,E,F,G A,B D,E,F,G A,B,C D,E,F,G A,B B,C,D,E D,E,F,G B,C C,D,E,F E,F,G,H C,D,E,F A,B,C,D A B,C,D,E A,B B,C,D,E B,C,D,E A A A,B B,C,D,E B,C,D,E B,C,D,E Box 18 Box 19 Box 20 Box 21 LOAD CENTERS A C,D,E,F A,B,C,D C,D,E,F D,E,F,G Box 22 Box 23 1-17 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers Rainproof, Dimensions, Knockouts and Bolt-on Hubs Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 2 1 2" Hub Maximum 1 2 1 2" Hub Maximum Table 1.50: Enclosure Dimensions Dimensions W H in. mm in. 1NM 6.52 166 8.79 1Ra 4.88 124 9.38 2R 8.88 226 12.65 3R 14.75 375 18.92 4R 14.75 375 22.06 5R 14.75 375 26.04 6R 14.75 375 29.86 7R 14.75 375 33.78 8R 14.75 375 37.98 9R 4.56 116 6.50 10R 6.92 176 13.18 11R 7.56 192 23.24 12R 9.62 244 26.24 13R 6.92 176 16.18 14R 14.75 375 39.37 15R 8.88 226 14.80 16R 8.55 217 24.75 17R 8.88 226 12.65 HOME250SPA and QO260NATR top endwall has no hub opening. Box No. B,C B,C A,B A,B LOAD CENTERS Box Box 1NM 1NM A A,B A,B,C,D B,C,D,E A B,C,D,E Box 1R A,B B,C,D,E Box 2R 2 1 2" Hub Maximum 2 1 2" Hub Maximum C,D,E,F,G C,D,E,F,G C,D,E,F A,B,C A A,B C,D,E,F,G C,D,E,F C,D,E,F Box 3R, 4R A,B,C A A,B C,D,E,F,G 2 1 2" Hub Maximum C,D,E,F Box 5R a Table 1.51: D mm 223 238 321 481 560 661 758 858 965 165 335 590 666 411 1000 376 629 321 in. 3.90 4.00 4.27 4.52 4.52 4.52 4.52 4.52 4.52 3.88 4.12 4.75 5.50 4.12 4.52 4.27 4.16 4.27 mm 99 102 108 115 115 115 115 115 115 99 105 121 140 105 115 108 106 108 Knockout Information Knockouts C,D,E,F,G A,B,C Symbol A B C D E F G H Conduit Size 1/2 in. 3/4 in. 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 2 in. 2-1/2 in. 3 in. Box 9R C,D,E,F A,B,C A A,B C,D,E,F,G C,D,E,F 2 1 2" Hub Maximum 2 1 2" Hub Maximum 2 1 2" Hub Maximum Box 6R, 7R, 8R 2 1 2" Hub Maximum 2 1 2" Hub Maximum B,C,D,E B,C,D,E A D,E,F,G B,C,D,E Box 11R C,D,E,F Box 15R B,C,D,E A,B,C,D A,B 2 1 2" Hub Maximum C,D,E,F,G 2 2" Hub Maximum 1 B,C,D,E B, C, D, E Box 10R, 13R B, C, D, E A Power lnlet B, C, D, E 17R A,B C,D,E,F D,E,F,G E,F E,F,G,H A,B,C A A,B C,D,E,F,G C,D,E,F C,D,E,F Box 14R Box 12R Box 16R Bolt-On Hubs Square D equipment with “R’’ or “RB’’ suffix, designated NEMA 3R rainproof construction, utilizes bolt-on hubs listed below. “RB’’ devices will accept 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs without the use of reducers. Off-center conduit thread openings and elongated mounting holes provide quick and easy adjustment to eliminate costly conduit offsets and bends. Catalog suffix “R’’ devices require 3 in. through 4 in. field cut opening. Hubs are suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread. Table 1.52: b 3/4 in. 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 2 in. 2-1/2 in. Hub Cat. No. B075 B100 B125 B150 B200 B250 $ Price 33.30 33.30 33.30 33.30 61.35 Closing cap (Cat. No. BCAP) is provided factory-installed on each device having “RB’’ suffix. Price if ordered separately; $2.50 Table 1.53: “RB’’ Hub 3 in. 3-1/2 in. 4 in. Hub Cat. No. B300 B350 B400 DE1A 102.00 Bolt-On Hubs UL Listed for Mounting in Field-Cut Opening Conduit Size $ Price 1-18 Bolt-On Hubs UL Listed for “RB” Devicesb Conduit Size 186.00 300.00 Designed for mounting in field cut opening. Includes gasket and four mounting bolts and nuts. 368.00 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Service Entrance Devices Rainproof, Meter Mains Class 4119, 4120 www.schneider-electric.us Table 1.54: Meter Mains 200 A None OH/UG — — — — — 10 kA 22 kA C125RB CM200S 368.00 1022.00 22 kA C2M200S 1083.00 $ Price Type 2P (Order separately Ampere Circuits from page 1-22 Rating (Max.) except as noted) (Max.) 1 1 1 1 2 QOM1-VH QOM2-VH QOM2-VH QO-VH QO OH/UG 10 kA C4L200S 1143.00 Surface Mount Only 125 A None OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA SC8L125S 846.00 4 HOM 200 A None OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA SC12L200S 1419.00 6 HOM Semiflush Mount only 125 A None OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA SC8L125F 846.00 4 HOM None OHd/UG OHd/UG 10 kA SC12L200F 1419.00 6 HOM 200 A None OHd/UG OHd/UG 22 kA SC816F200Fe 1187.00 1 QOM2200VHa Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers OH/UG 22 kA SC816F150S e 1187.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A None OH/UG — SC816D150Ce f 1 HOM2150a 10 kA 1250.00 HOM UG SU816D150Ce f 1 OH/UG 22 kA SC816F200S e 1187.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A None OH/UG — SC816D200Cef 1250.00 1 HOM2200a 10 kA UG SU816D200C ef 1250.00 1 HOM Surface Mount Only 1 QOM2-VH 1 QOM2-VH 1 QOM2-VH 22 kA 1 QO-VH 200 A OH/UG — 1 QOM2-VH Lever 10 kA RC2M200SLgi 2090.00 1 QO-VH None 22 kA QC12L200Spgi 1562.00 6 QO-VH None 22 kA QC12L200Cg 1562.00 6 QO-VH Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers Homeline Ringless QO None Lever None Horn a b c d e f g h i 22 kA 10 kA 100 A 100 A RC200Sg RCM200SLgi RC2M200Sg RC2M200SHg 1022.00 1950.00 1083.00 1136.00 Horn OH/UG Horn OH/UG None OH/UG 125 A None OH/UG Horn OH/UG None OH/UG None OH/UG 150 A Horn OH/UG Lever OH/UG None OH/UG Horn OH/UG 200 A Horn OH/UG Lever OH/UG Surface Mount Only — — — — — — — — — — — — — 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA QC816F100SHpegi QC816F100CHegi QC816F125Segi QC816F125Ceg QC816F125SHpegi QC816F150Spegip QC816F150Ceg QC816F150SHpegi QC816F150SLqig QC816F200Spegi QC816F200SHpegi QC816F200CHeg QC816F200SLqig 1356.00 1356.00 1304.00 1304.00 1356.00 1304.00 1304.00 1356.00 2690.00 1356.00 1356.00 1356.00 2690.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 QOM2100VHa QOM2100VHa QOM2125VHa QOM2125VHa QOM2125VHa QOM2150VHa QOM2150VHa QOM2150VHa QOM2150-VHa QOM2200VHa QOM2200VHa QOM2200VHa QOM2200-VHa 125 A 200 A None None OH/UG OH/UG — — 10 kA 10 kA RC8L125So RC12L200Spgi 846.00 1419.00 4 6 200 A None OH/UG — 22 kA QC12L200Cg 1419.00 6 125 A 200 A 200 A 50 A 100 A Max. Quantity 1P Circuits Tandems Line Hub Side Type Main (Order Lugs Ampere separately AWG/ from Rating kcmil page 1-17) (Max.) (Al/Cu) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — A 4–250 (2) 8–2/0 27, 20 A 4–250 (2) 8–2/0 27, 28 125 Ab — 200 Am — — — — — — — A A–L 6–2/0 4–250 6–2/0 8–2/0 31, 24 40, 10 110 A — 200 Aj — 200 A 8 — — 16 — — 8 — A or B300 — A–L 200 Aj A–L 6–2/0 4–250 4–250 6–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 37, 20 47, 10 51, 10 8 16 8 150 An A–L 4–250 8–2/0 40, 10 8 16 8 100 Al A or A–L 6–300 8–1/0 48, 18 8 16 8 200 Am A–L 4–250 8–2/0 40, 10 8 16 8 100 Al A or A–L 6–300 8–1/0 48, 18 A A A A 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 26, 24 60 / 14 27, 20 27, 20 A 6–350 A A 6–350 6–350 (2)8–2/0 8-1/0 (2)8–2/0 (2)8–2/0 8-1/0 8-1/0 8–2/0 12-2/0 43, 21 40, 21 43, 21 40, 21 43, 21 43, 21 40, 21 43, 21 74 / 12 150 A 150 A 50 A 200 A 200 A 50 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 50 A — 200 A 50 A 200 A 200 Aj 100 A 100 A 125 A 125 A 125 A 150 A 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A — — — B A 4–1/0 4–250 Service Weight Ground Each Lug (Lbs) AWG/ and kcmil Pallet (Al/Cu) Qty. 8–1/0 15, 54 (2) 8–2/0 26, 24 60 / 14 43, 21 40, 21 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 100 100 100 100 100 150 Ak 150 Ak 150 Ak 150 A 200 Aj 200 Aj 200 Aj 200 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 8–2/0 12-2/0 8–2/0 12-2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 12-2/0 8–2/0 8-2/0 8–2/0 43, 21 12-2/0 8–2/0 40, 21 74 / 12 HOM HOM 125 Ab — 200 Aj — — — — — — — A A 6–2/0 6–350 6–2/0 8–2/0 27, 32 43, 21 HOM 200 Aj — — — — A 6–350 12-2/0 40, 21 Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers 100 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F100SHpegi 1227.00 1 QOM2100VHa 100 A 8 16 8 100 A 8–2/0 43, 21 100 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F100CHegi 1227.00 1 QOM2100VHa 100 A 8 16 8 100 A 12-2/0 40, 21 125 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F125SHpegi 1227.00 1 QOM2125VHa 125 A 8 16 8 100 A 8–2/0 43, 21 125 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F125CHeg 1227.00 1 QOM2125VHa 125 A 8 16 8 100 A 12-2/0 40, 21 None OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F150Speg 1187.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A 8 16 8 150 Ak 8–2/0 43, 21 None OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F150Ceg 1187.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A 8 16 8 150 Ak 12-2/0 40, 21 Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F150SHpegi 1227.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A 8 16 8 150 Ak 8–2/0 43, 21 150 A A 6–350 Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F150CHegi 1227.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A 8 16 8 150 Ak 12-2/0 40, 21 Lever OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F150SLqig 2690.00 1 QOM2150-VHa 200 A 8 16 8 150 A 8-2/0 72 / 12 None OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F200Spegi 1227.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A 8 16 8 200 Aj 8–2/0 43, 21 None OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F200Ceg 1227.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A 8 16 8 200 Aj 12-2/0 40, 21 Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F200SHpegi 1227.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A 8 16 8 200 Aj 8–2/0 43, 21 200 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F200CHegi 1227.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A 8 16 8 200 Aj 12-2/0 40, 21 Lever OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F200SLqig 2690.00 1 QOM2200-VHa 200 A 8 16 8 200 A 8-2/0 72 / 12 1 HOM2200 a 200 A 8 200 A Horn OH/UG — 10 kA RC816D200CHefoi 1292.00 16 8 100 Al A or B300 6–300 6–1/0 48, 18 1 HOM 50 A Service disconnect supplied factory-installed. j Use only 15–100 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers. 125 A Homeline™ 2P circuit breaker can be installed in top position only. All other positions k Use only 15–100 A and 150 A circuit breakers. are limited to 100 A max. l A 100 A circuit breaker can be installed in bottom position only, all other positions are limited UL short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit breaker to 70 A max. installed. m Use only 15–110 A and 150–200 A breakers. Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit SCTK20. Order separately. n Use only 15–110 A and 150 A breakers. Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors. o Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories, page Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately). 1-22). Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed. p Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS, see accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. — q Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL, see accessories 5th jaw factory-installed. p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE3A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 1-19 LOAD CENTERS Surface Mount Only 125 A None OH/UG OH/UG UL and EUSERC Cat. No. Load Center and Branch Circuit Breakers (Order separately Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-4) 1 Ring Type Homeline™ QO™ UL Service Disconnect(s) Spaces Service (Type of Feed) Short Circuit Current Rating Bypass Type Ampere Rating Meets Federal Spec. W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2, UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment, 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W, NEMA 3R enclosure Combination Service Entrance Devices 100 to 225 A Maximum Rainproof, All-In-Ones Class 4120 www.schneider-electric.us 1 Meter Mains and All-In-Ones • Ring or ringless type meter socket designs available • UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment • Meets EUSERC standards • • • List $ Price Spaces Max. Quantity 1P Hub Type (Order Separately page 1-22) Service Disconnect(s) Cat. No. (DE3A) Ampere Rating (Max.) Load Center and Branch Circuit Breakers (Order Separately Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14) Circuits Service (Type of Feed) UL and EUSERC Short Circuit Current Rating All-In-One Combination Service Entrance Devices Bypass Type Ampere Rating Table 1.55: Tandems 100 A None OH/UG 10 kA SC1624M100S 744.00 1 HOM2100 100 A 16 24 8 125 A 200 A 200 A 200 A None None None None OH/UG OH/UG OH/UGf UG 10 kA 22 kA 10 kA 10 kA SC1624M125S SC2040M200S SC2040M200C b SU2040M200Cb 1518.00 1671.00 1799.00 1799.00 1 1 1 1 HOM2125 QOM2200VH HOM2200 HOM2200 125 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 16 20 20 20 24 40 40 40 8 20 20 20 100 A A 125 Aa 200 Ak A-L 100 A A or A-L 100 A A or A-L OH/UG OH/UG OHc/UG OHc/UG 10 kA 10 kA 22 kA 22 kA OHe/UG 22 kA SC1624M100F SC1624M125F SC2040M125F SC2040M200F SC2636M200FPVd 744.00 1518.00 1671.00 1671.00 2244.00 1 1 1 1 1 HOM2100 HOM2125 QOM2125VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH 100 A 125 A 125 A 200 A 200 A 16 16 20 20 26 24 24 40 40 36 8 8 20 20 10 100 A 110 A 110 A 200 Ak 100 A OHe/UG 22 kA SC3040M200F 2064.00 SC3040M225F 2280.00 SC2636M225FPVd 2520.00 1 1 1 QOM2200VH QOM2225VH QOM2225VH 200 A 225 A 225 A 30 30 26 40 40 36 10 10 10 200 A 200 A 100 A 1 1 1 1 HOM2100 QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH 100 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 10 20 30 40 20 40 40 40 10 20 10 0 80 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 Ak 2P Circuits (Max.) Type (Factory Installed) Ampere Rating (Max.) Line Side Main Lugs AWG/ kcmil (Al/Cu) Service Ground Lug AWG/ kcmil (Al/Cu) Weight Each (Lbs) and Pallet Qty. Surface Mount Only 6–2/0 6–2/0 32, 24 4–250 6–300 6–300 6–2/0 8–1/0 8–1/0 45, 10 47, 18 47, 18 A or B300 6–2/0 6–2/0 44, 20 A-L 4–250 8–2/0 51, 10 A-L 4–250 8–2/0 56, 10 A A 6–1 6–350 4–250 4–250 8–4 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 20, 42 43, 21 50, 10 52, 10 6–300 12–1/0 60, 15 6–2/0 6–2/0 32, 24 8–2/0 43, 21 40, 21 43, 21 40, 21 76 / 12 43, 21 40, 21 43, 21 40, 21 76 / 12 48 / 21 Ring Type Homeline™ Semiflush Mount Only 100 A None 125 A None 200 A None 225 A None Surface Mount Only 100 A 200 A None None OHf OHf 10 kA 22 kA 200 A None OH/UG 22 kA SO1020M100S SO2040M200S SC3040M200S SC40M200S 443.00 1161.00 2010.00 2432.00 A-L REVERSE All-In-One—Semiflush Mount with Service Disconnect (outdoor access) and Load Center (indoor access) 200 A 225 A None None UG UG 10 kA 10 kA OH/UGf 10 kA Horn OH/UGf Horn OH/UGf Horn OH/UGf 150 A Horn OH/UGf Lever OH/UG None OH/UGf None OH/UGf Horn OH/UGf 200 A Horn OH/UGf Lever OH/UG None OH/UGf Surface Mount Only 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 150 A 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA SU3040M200R SU3040M225R 2223.00 2646.00 1 1 QOM2200VH QOM2225VH 200 A 225 A RC1624M100S 744.00 RC1624M125S 1518.00 RC2040M125SHlg 1601.00 RC2040M125CHgh 1601.00 RC2040M150SHlg 1713.00 RC2040M150CHgh 1713.00 RC3040M150SLm 4900.00 RC2040M200Slg 1713.00 RC2040M200Cg 1713.00 RC2040M200SHlg 1713.00 RC2040M200CHg 1713.00 RC3040M200SLm 4900.00 RC2040M200SGP 2602.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HOM2100 HOM2125 QOM2125VH QOM2125VH QOM2150VH QOM2150VH QOM2150VHa QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VHa QOM2200VH 100 A 125 A 125 A 125 A 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A QC2442M150SHlg 1905.00 QC2442M200Slg 1905.00 QC2442M200Cg 1905.00 QC2442M200SHlg 1905.00 1 1 1 QOM2150VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH 150 A 200 A 200 A 30 40 10 16 24 8 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 20 30 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 20 20 20 20 10 20 20 20 20 10 20 100 A 125 Aa 125 A 125 A 150 A 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 24 24 24 42 42 42 18 18 18 150 A 200 A 200 A A or B300 Surface Mount Only Ringless Homeline 100 A 125 A 125 A 125 A QO LOAD CENTERS • Service disconnect(s) are supplied factory-installed, except where noted Semiflush-reverse design available, supplied with load center (indoor access) Supplied with 100% branch neutrals, all unused terminals may be used for equipment grounding wires. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2 a b c d e f 1-20 200 A None Horn None None OH/UGf OH/UGf OH/UGf Horn OH/UGf 22 kA 1 Horn OH/UGf 22 kA QC2442M200CHgh 1905.00 1 200 A Hom OH/UGf 22 kA QC3040M200SHl 2120.00 1 125 A Homeline™ 2P circuit breaker can be installed in top position only. All other positions are limited to 100 A max. Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately). Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTK20). Order separately. For use with Photovoltaic Systems. Provisions for field-installed CT. If required by adopted code, order retaining kit PK2SCPV separately. See page 1-22. Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTK30). Order separately. Device does not meet EUSERC Specifications. A 6–350 43, 21 43, 21 40, 21 A 6–350 8–2/0 QOM2200VH 200 A 24 42 18 200 A 43, 21 QOM2200VH 200 A 24 42 18 200 A 40, 21 QOM2200VH 200 A 30 40 10 200 A 40, 21 g Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed. h 5th jaw factory-installed. i Use only 15–100 A and 150 A circuit breakers. j Use only 15–100 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers. k Use only 15–110 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers. l Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS, see accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. m Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL, see accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. DE3A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Service Entrance Devices 300—400 A Devices Rainproof, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones Class 4119, 4120 www.schneider-electric.us Meter Mains and All-in-Ones • • Ring or ringless type meter socket designs available UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment Meets EUSERC standards where indicated. Table 1.56: • Service disconnects are supplied factory-installed, except where noted Supplied with 100% branch neutrals; all unused terminals may be used for equipment grounding wires Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2 Meter Mains Tandems 1 1 4 QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QO, QO-VH or QOH 200 A 200 A 125 A h — — — — — — — — — — — — 3975.00 1 1 4 1 QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QO, QO-VH or QOH QDL22200 d 200 A 200 A 125 A h 200 A — — — 8 — — — 16 — — — 8 — — — 200 A 4151.00 1 QDL22200 d 200 A 8 16 8 200 A 1 DGP36400E20LHd 400 A — 2f — 200 A 1 QDL22200 d 200 A — — — — QDL, QGL, QJLe 200 A — — — — — — — — 8 16 8 200 A UL and UL EUSERC Ampere Rating (Max.) Line Side Main Lugs AWG/ kcmil (Al/Cu) A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 A–L (2) Studs 4–250 115, 4 A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 Service Weight Ground Each Lug (Lbs) AWG/ and kcmil Pallet (Al/Cu) Qty. 1 Type 2P (Order separately Circuits from page 1-22 (Max.) except as noted) Hub Type (Order Separately page 1-22) 1P Spaces Cat. No. Max. Quantity List $ Price Ampere Rating (Max.) Service Disconnect(s) a Load Center and Branch Circuit Breakers (Order Separately Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14) Circuits Service (Type of Feed) Short Circuit Current Rating Bypass Type Ampere Rating Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2, UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment, 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W, NEMA 3R Enclosure Surface and Semiflush Mount b CU12L400CN c Ring Type 400 A 400 A 400 A 400 A QO™ 400 A None 3810.00 UG UG 25 kA Class 320 Manual UG Bypass — 25 kA UG 25 kA CU816D400CN ci — 25 kA CU816D400CB cik — 65 kAa CUM400CB ck 8688.00 None UG Class 320 Manual UG Bypass Class 320 Manual UG Bypass Class 320 Lever 400 A UG CU12L400FN c CU12L400CB ck — 25 kA CU12L400FB ck QU12L400SL gk 4007.00 3986.00 4182.00 3810.00 1 4 QO, QO-VH or QOHm 125 A h Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and Provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers l Ringless Type 400 A UG — 25 kA QU816D400SLigk QU816D400CK ik 4065.00 1 QDL22200 d 200 A 1 QDL, QGL, QJLe 200 A Surface and Semiflush Mount b 400 A UG — 25 kA Class 320 Lever 400 A 1 QDL22200 d 200 A — — — — QDL, QGL, QJLe QO, QO-VH or QOH QDL22200d QDL, QGL, QJLe 200 A 125 A h 200 A 200 A — — — — — — — — A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 4007.00 4065.00 4262.00 1 4 1 1 8 16 8 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 QU12L400CLgjk 3810.00 QU12L400FLgjk QU816D400CLgjik QU816D400FLgjik UG — 25 kA 320 UG 400 A Class Lever — 65 kAa QUM400CLgk 10000.00 1 DGP36400E20LHd 400 A — 2f — 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 120, 4 K-4 Bolt400 A None — 65kAa QUM400CKck 11175.00 1 DGP36400E20LHd 400 A — 2f — 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 123, 4 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4 Table 1.57: UG All-in-One Combination Service Entrance Devices Ringless a b c d e Homeline™ Ring Type Surface and Semiflush Mount b 300 A 400 A Class 320 Manual UG 25 kA UG UG 25 kA Class 320 400 A Manual UG — 25 kA Class 320 UG Lever — 25 kA — 25 kA 400 A None — K-4 Bolt400 A on UG SU3040D300CB cjk 6600.00 1 QDL22200 d 200 A SU3040D300FB cjk SU3040D400CN cj SU3040D400FN cj SU3040D400CBcjk 6797.00 7050.00 7247.00 7167.00 1 1 1 1 QDL, QGL, QJLe QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QDL22200 d 100 A 200 A 200 A 200 A SU3040D400FB cjk 7364.00 1 QDL, QGL, QJLe 200 A RU3040D400CL gjk RU3040D400FL gjk RU3040D400CK jk RU3040D400FK jk 6993.00 7190.00 6993.00 7190.00 1 1 1 1 QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A UL short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit breaker installed. For 400 A device with suffix CB, CK, CL, or CN, surface-mount convertible to semiflush with FK400 flange kit (order kit separately). Devices wtih suffix FB, FL, FN or FK are semiflush only, with the top endwall factory-installed and flanges factory-included. For use only on 120/240 Vac 1Ø3W system (4-jaw meter socket). Service disconnect supplied factory-installed. Additional service disconnect for field-installation: order prefix QBL at 10 kA, QDL at 25 kA, QGL at 65 kA, or QJL at 100 kA. Order separately. For complete circuit breaker catalog number, see Section 7. f g h i j k l m LOAD CENTERS • • • Option for field installation of two Q-frame, 200 A max. 2-pole branch circuit breakers used as mains for two downstream load centers. Purchase installation kit BMK2Q400 and two Q-frame circuit breakers separately. Order QBL prefix at 10 kA, QDL prefix at 25 kA, or QGL prefix at 65 kA. Fifth jaw factory-installed. QO panel is rated 200 A maximum. Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs for 6 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors. Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories, page 122). Device configuration is not included in EUSERC standards. Consult applicable utility for acceptance. Device with suffix L has Class 320 lever bypass and device with suffix K has a K-4 bolt-on, no bypass. Order two pole circuit breakers for field installation: order catalog designation QO for 10 kA, QOVH for 22 kA or QOH for 42 kA short circuit current rating. See page 1-22 or 1-2. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1-21 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Combination Service Entrance Devices Circuit Breakers, Accessories and Hubs Class 4119, 4120 1 Table 1.58: Ampere Rating a LOAD CENTERS 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 Ampere Rating a Circuit Breakers for use with Meter Mains and All-In-One Devices Type: HOM, 1P Cat. No. (DE3D) — HOM115 HOM120 HOM125 HOM130 — HOM140 — HOM150 — — — — — — — — — — Type: HOM, 2P $ Price — 26.30 26.30 26.30 26.30 — 26.30 — 26.30 — — — — — — — — — — Cat. No. (DE3D) — — — — HOM230 HOM235 HOM240 HOM245 HOM250 HOM260 HOM270 HOM280 HOM290 HOM2100 HOM2110 HOM2125 HOM2150BB HOM2175BB HOM2200BB Type: QO, 1P $ Price — — — — 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 123.00 168.00 168.00 168.00 369.00 369.00 428.00 428.00 428.00 Cat. No. (DE2A) QO110 QO115 QO120 QO125 QO130 QO135 QO140 QO145 QO150 QO160 QO170 — — — — — — — — Type: QOM1-VH, 2P Cat. No. (DE3D) Type: QO, 2P $ Price 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 67.00 — — — — — — — — Cat. No. (DE2A) — — — — QO230 QO235 QO240 QO245 QO250 QO260 QO270 QO280 QO290 QO2100 QO2110 QO2125 QO2150 QO2175 QO2200 Type: QO-VH, 1P $ Price — — — — 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 134.00 189.00 189.00 189.00 428.00 428.00 491.00 491.00 491.00 Cat. No. (DE2A) — QO115VH QO120VH QO125VH QO130VH — — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ Price Type: QOM2-VH, 2P $ Price Cat. No. (DE3D) — 63.00 63.00 73.00 73.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Type: QO-VH, 2P Cat. No. (DE2A) — — — — QO230VH — QO240VH — QO250VH QO260VH QO270VH QO280VH QO290VH QO2100VH QO2110VH QO2125VH QO2150VH QO2175VH QO2200VH $ Price — — — — 146.00 — 146.00 — 146.00 146.00 224.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 1034.00 1034.00 1061.00 1061.00 1061.00 Type: QDL, 2Pc $ Price Cat. No. (DE2A) $ Price — — QDL22070 QDL22080 QDL22090 QDL22100 QDL22110 QDL22125 QDL22150 QDL22175 QDL22200 — — — 50 QOM50VHb 140.00 — — 60 QOM60VH 140.00 — — 70 QOM70VH 140.00 — — 80 QOM80VH 201.00 — — 90 QOM90VH 201.00 — — 100 QOM100VH 201.00 QOM2100VH 468.00 110 QOM110VH 468.00 — — 125 QOM125VH 468.00 QOM2125VH 468.00 150 — — QOM2150VH 468.00 175 — — QOM2175VH 468.00 200 — — QOM2200VH 468.00 225 — — QOM2225VH 468.00 a Do not exceed mains rating of device b Reference National Electrical Code Article 230-79. c For additional interrupting rating circuit breakers, order circuit breaker prefix QBL at 10 kA, QGL at 65 kA or QJL at 100 kA. Table 1.59: www.schneider-electric.us 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 — Accessories, Hubs and Closing Plates Accessories Hubs and Closing Plates Description Cat. No. Generator Kit: Interlocks main service disconnect and generator circuit breaker (order separately). For : • Homeline™ CSED Devices RC816F-, RC2040M-, SO2040M• QO CSED Devices QC816F-, QC2442MBackfed inverter circuit breaker retaining kit for SC2636M200FPV and SC2636M225FPV Meter Main Types: C, RC, SC, QC Fifth Jaw Kit for: All-In-One Types: SC, SU (100–225 A), QC, RC, SO Bypass (Horn Type) for Ringless Type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones (100–200 A) (except for RC8L125S, RC1624M100S and RC1624M125S–use RCHB). Lexan Meter Socket Cover Plate for: • Ring and Ringless Type Meter Mains • Ring and Ringless Type All-In-Ones Meter Socket Sealing Rings for Ring Type Meter Mains and All-In Ones: • Snap Type Aluminum (Std.) • Screw Type Aluminum • Snap Type Stainless Steel Anti-Inversion Kit . For use ONLY on 400 A Meter Mains and All-In-Ones with lever bypass. $ Price Disc. Sch. RCGK2 QCGK3 PK2SCPV 245.00 245.00 47.40 DE4 DE4 DE4 5J 18.30 DE4 MMHB 16.70 DE4 29007 10.10 DE4 2920910001 29008W ARP00026 MMLRK 7.95 20.10 16.70 12.00 DE5 DE4 DE4 DE4 Trim Kit for 2 in. X 6 in. stud wall, used with Reverse All-In-Ones, SU3040M200R, and SU3040M225R SU2X6TRIM 266.00 DE4 Barrel Lock Kit (Barrel Lock not included), supplied with bracket and mounting screw, refer to listings for where used. SCBRLLOCK 53.00 DE4 SC200F 31.80 DE4 FK400 197.00 DE4 R400L 266.00 DE4 CMELK4 137.00 DE4 BMK2Q400 153.00 DE4 OCK400 PK49SP PK15GTA QOFP HOMFP 567.00 39.00 17.10 3.60 3.20 DE4 DE1 DE3A DE3A DE3A LK100AN 10.80 DE3A OHBS OHBL 86.00 94.00 DE4 DE4 Mains: SC816D150/200C and RC816D200CH Semiflush Flange Kit for: Meter All-In-Ones: SC2040M200C Semiflush Flange Kit for ring- and ringless-type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones (400 A Only) Ringless Type Utility Cover for RU3040D400CL/FL, QU12L400CL/FL, and QU816D400CL/FL. Includes one piece meter socket and pull box cover with handles and closing plate. Lug Kit includes (4) lugs, for use with 2 AWG–600 kcmil Al/Cu conductors. Lugs are for standard 2-Hole mounting. Meter Main and All-In-One units supplied with (2) studs per phase and neutral will accept one lug per phase and neutral. Not for use on 400 A devices with “K” suffix. Branch Circuit Breaker Field Installation Kit for two Q-Frame Circuit Breakers (QBL, QDL, or QGL, order separately). For CUM400CB, QUM400CL or QUM400CK - includes (2) mounting pans, (4) wires. Overhead Feed Trough for 400 A ring- and ringless-type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones. Touch-Up Paint (ASA49 Gray) Ground Bar Kit, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones QC, RC, and SC (100–225 A) Filler Plate for: Meter Main Types: QC, CU All-In-One Types: QC Filler Plate for: Meter Main Types: RC, SC All-In-One Types: SC, RC, SU Neutral Lug (6-2/0 AWG) Meter Main Types: RC, SC, QC All-In-One Types: SC, SU, QC, RC for: Overhead Barrier Tunnel Kit for Ringless & Horn Bypass in RC/QC Devices Overhead Barrier Tunnel Kit for Lever Bypass RC/QC Devices Hub Conduit Size Series (inches) Closing Plate for “A” Hub opening 1.00 1.25 1.50 A Cat. No. ACP A100 A125 A150 $ Price 13.40 33.90 33.90 33.90 2.00 A200 47.90 2.50 A250 61.00 Adapter plate to allow use of “A” AAP 33.80 Hubs on “A-L” size hub openings Closing Plate for “A-L” Hub ACPL 18.30 opening 2.00 A200L d 83.00 2.50 A250L 87.00 A-L 3.00 A300L 111.00 3.50 A350L 114.00 4.00 A400L 119.00 Closing Plate for “B” Hub opening BCAP 3.80 0.75 B075 33.30 1.00 B100 33.30 1.25 B125 33.30 B 1.50 B150 33.30 2.00 B200 61.35 2.50 B250 102.00 B300 3.00 B300 186.00 d Supplied with AAP adapter plate and “A” hub. 1-22 Disc. Sch. DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE1A DE1A DE1A DE1A DE1A DE1A DE1A DE1A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Combination Service Entrance Devices Dimensions Class 4119, 4120 www.schneider-electric.us 28.28 718 7.14 B,C,D A C,D,F 181 b 7.50 Drip Hood 191 c Semi-Flush End Wall A B C Conduit Size (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 4.60 4.56 117 117 F G H I J 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 1-1/4 1-1/2 B lank End W all 191 19.58 351 E 7.50 116 13.82 D 21/2" Max “ A” H ub “ A” H ub “ B ” H ub 4.60 Knockouts Symbol LOAD CENTERS “A” Hub 380 Table 1.60: Driphood supplied factory-installed and is required for surface mount installation. For semi-flush installation, remove driphood and install flange kit SC200F (order separately). Unit supplied with blank top endwall (factoryinstalled) for surface mount installation. For semiflush installation, install flange kit FK400 (order separately). Kit includes replacement top endwall (with knockouts) and flanges. Unit supplied with semi-flush top endwall factory installed and semi-flush flanges factory included. a 14.97 13.46 497 28.25 342 7.44 189 10.70 12.80 718 6.44 8.00 164 203 272 18.23 20.79 463 1 325 528 A, B C , D, E, F 41.25 E, F , G , H A, B 1048 C , D, E, F C125RB (Shown) CQRB100 A B ,C D, F , G Ring Type: CM200S C2M200S (Shown) C4L200S Ringless Type: RC200S RC2M200S RC2M200SH SO1020M100S 21/2" Max “ A” H ub A 21/2" Max “ A” H ub 21/2" Max “ A” H ub 135 A, B B ,C A 4.67 CU12L400CNc CU12L400CBc QU12L400CLc QU12L400SL CU12L400FNf CU12L400FBf CU816D400FNf CU816D400FBf QU816D400CKc QU12L400FLf QU816D400FLf 466 3.39 Surf ace C , D, F 18.35 119 122 G ,H ,I,J “ A- L” H ub 5.32 C , D, F 4.80 A, B 86 14.37 365 14.77 375 10.94 14.50 12.57 278 368 10.04 319 255 10.87 276 10.87 276 40.93 48.62 1040 25.12 1235 35.13 638 892 B ,C CU816D400CBc CU816D400CNc QU816D400CLc QU816D400SL (Shown) 21/2" Max “ A” H ub D, F , G B ,C C , D, F 6.95 176 25.12 14.50 638 368 Lever ByPass Devices A 14.81 21/2" Max “ A” H ub D, F , G A A, B B ,C C , D, F C , D, F QC12L200C QC816F100CH QC816F125C QC816F150C QC816F200C QC816F200CH RC12L200C RC816F100CH RC816F125CH RC816F150C RC816F150CH A, B , C C , D, E, F SC8L125F (Shown) SC1624M100F SC1624M125F C , D, E, F RC816F200C RC816F200CH RC2040M125CH RC2040M150CH RC2040M200C RC2040M200CH QC2442M200C QC2442M200CH C , D, E, F A, B A 3.40 86 B ,C 14.62 7.90 371 A, B E, F , G , H A, B , C A A, B D, F , G 21/2" Max “ A” H ub or B 300 A, B D, E, F , G SC8L125S (Shown) RC8L125S SC1624M100S SC1624M125S RC1624M100S RC1624M125S 376 B ,C A, B RC816F100SH C , D, E, F RC816F125SH RC816F150SL RC816F150S,SH RC816F200SL RC816F200S,SH RC12L200S RC2040M125SH RC2040M150SH RC2040M200S,SH RC3040M150SL RC3040M200SL A C , E, F , G , H 21/2" Max “ A- L” H ub 191 SU816D150Cq SU816D200Cq SU2040M200Cq RC816D200CH q SC816D150C q SC816D200C q (Shown) B lank End W all 28.25 718 21/2" Max “ A” H ub 203 1006 899 686 8.00 39.60 35.40 27.00 B ,C C , D, E, F 7.50 B ,C A, B 377 CL Top B ranch C ircuit B reak er 803 819 14.85 201 31.61 32.23 QC816F100SH QC816F125SH QC816F150S,SH (Shown) QC816F150SL QC816F200SL QC816F200S,SH QC12L200S QC2442M150SH QC2442M200S,SH SO2040M200S QC3040M200SH 5.80 147 48.00 21.50 1219 546 262 CL Meter Sock et C , E, F , G , H 21/2" Max “ A- L” H ub B ,C D, F , G 4.40 A B “ A” H ub or B 300 H ub B 3.50 89 B C ,D SU3040M200R (Shown) SU3040M225R 1048 B SC 40M200S B ,C 41.25 A 35.40 899 39.60 1006 SC816F200F SC12L200F SC2040M125F SC2040M200F (Shown) SC3040M200F SC3040M2225F SC2636M200FPV SC2636M225FPV 11.10 282 29.50 749 32.30 820 37.30 C , D, E, F 112 SC 3040M200S 10.30 A 947 G ,H ,I,J “ A- L” H ub C , D, E, F C , D, F B ,C SU3040D400CBc (Shown) SU3040D300CBc RU3040D400CLc SU3040D400CNc RU3040D400CKc RU3040D400FLf SU3040D300FBf RU3040D400FK f SU3040D400FBf CUM400CB c SU3040D400FNf QUM400CL c QUM400CK c C , E, F , G , H 21/2" Max “ A- L” H ub A B ,C B SC12L200S SC816F150S SC816F200S SC40M200S SC2040M200S (Shown) SC3040M200S 1-23 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com RC/QC Solar Ready CSED Devices 150 to 200 A Maximum Rainproof, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones Class 4120 www.schneider-electric.us All-In-One Combination Service Entrance Devices Hub Type (Order Separately page 1-18) 8 8 8 8 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A A 350 8–2/0 Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers None OH/UG 22 kA RC816F150SSbf 1270.00 1 QOM2150VH Lever OH/UG 22 kA RC816F150SLSbg 2878.00 1 QOM2150VH None OH/UG 22 kA RC816F200SSbf 1270.00 1 QOM2200VH 200 A Horn OH/UG 22 kA RC816F200SHSbdf 1313.00 1 QOM2200VH Lever OH/UG 22 kA RC816F200SLSbg 2878.00 1 QOM2200VH 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 8 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A A A A A A 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 Bypass Type Service Disconnect(s) List $ Price Cat. No. Max. Quantity 2P Type Circuits (Factory Installed (Max.) except where noted) 1P Ampere Rating (Max.) Spaces 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A Short Circuit Current Rating Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and Provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers None OH/UG 22 kA QC816F150SSbf 1408.00 1 QOM2150VH Lever OH/UG 22 kA QC816F150SLSbg 2905.00 1 QOM2150VH None OH/UG 22 kA QC816F200SSbf 1408.00 1 QOM2200VH 200 A Lever OH/UG 22 kA QC816F200SLSbg 2905.00 1 QOM2200VH Service Type Tandems Line Side Main Lugs AWG/ kcmil (Al/Cu) Ampere Rating Ampere Rating Circuits Load Center and Branch Circuit Breakers (Order Separately Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14) Service Ground Lug AWG/ kcmil (Al/Cu) Meter Mainsh QO Surface Mount Only Homeline LOAD CENTERS Table 1.61: socket with no provisions for barrel lock to secure the meter cover. UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment Service disconnect(s) are supplied factory-installed, except where noted Supplied with 100% branch neutrals, all unused terminals may be used for equipment grounding wires. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2 Solar Ready kit SR69064A fits All Devices Below, order from Table 1.70 All devices have a 3" KO in the bottom endwall. Provisions for Field Installed CTs All Devices • • • • • • • 150 A 150 A 8 8 All-in-One Combination Service Entrance Devicesh Surface Mount Only QO None Horn 200 A OH/UG OH/UG 22 kA 22 kA QC2442M200SSf QC2442M200SHSdf 2057.00 2057.00 1 1 Horn OH/UG 22 kA RC2040M150SHSdf 1833.00 1 Lever OH/UG 22 kA RC3040M150SLSg 2226.00 1 None OH/UG 22 kA RC2040M200SSf 1833.00 1 Horn OH/UG 22 kA RC2040M200SHSdf 1833.00 1 200 A None OH 22 kA SO2040M200SSf 1242.00 1 Lever OH/UG 22 kA RC3040M200SLSg 2226.00 1 * Kit is to be installed between meter socket and Main Disconnect. May be used with Solar PV, Wind, fuel generators, and other power generation sources up to 80% of Mains Rating Maximum 160 A. a Order two pole QO, QO-VH or QOH circuit breakers separately from page 1-22 or 1-2. The short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit breaker installed. b Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4AWG-250 kcmil Al/Cu conductors. c Ring style device. Barrel lock provisions not provided. d Device supplied with horn bypass and 5th jaw factory installed e Order two pole Homeline circuit breakers separately from page 1-22. f Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS. See accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. g Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL. See accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. h Solar Ready Kit Part Number SR69064A * (This Kit Fits All Solar Ready Devices) List Price: $78.00 150 A Homeline 1 Meter Mains and All-In-Ones • Ringless Meter Sockets with barrel lock provisions factory installed except for Cat. No. SO2040M200SS which is a Ring Style meter SC/SU SOLAR READY CSED Devices Coming Soon—See On-Line Digest Updates for Availability QOM2200VH QOM2200VH 200 A 200 A 24 24 42 42 18 18 200 A 200 A A A 6-350 6-350 8–2/0 8–2/0 QOM2150VH QOM2150VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 20 30 20 20 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 20 10 20 20 20 10 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A A A A A A A 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 21/2" Max “A” Hub 5.32 135 18.35 466 10.94 12.57 278 319 40.93 48.62 1040 Table 1.62: 1235 Knockouts Symbol A B C Conduit Size (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 D E 1-1/4 1-1/2 F G H I J 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 Lever ByPass Devices RC816F150SS RC816F200SS RC816F200SHS QC816F150SS QC816F200SS RC2040M150SHS RC2040M200SS RC2040M200SHS SO2040M200SS QC2442M200SS QC2442M200SHS QC816F150SLS RC816F150SLS RC3040M150SLS QC816F200SLS RC816F200SLS RC3040M200SLS A,B E,F,G,H A,B,C C,D,E,F 1-24 DE3A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Enclosed Devices Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—240 Vac—UL Listed Cat. No. QO260NATS 240 Vac 60 Aab 120/240 Vac 100 Ad QO2000NS Rainproof $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Box. No. See Page 1-17 QO200TR 161.00 161.00 QO200TRNM 191.00 QO260NATR 168.00 2, 9Rc 1NM 1R 276.00 QO2000NRB 13, 10R 338.00 Housing Bracket Description Bracket used with QO200TR for stucco, aluminum and vinyl siding. Order quantity multiples of 10. Cat. No. $ Price PKHB 6.30 Enclosed GFCI Circuit Breakers, GFCI Circuit Breaker Included—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 120/240 Vac Table 1.66: QO3100BNF With Cover Removed Ampere Rating QO250GFI HOM250GFI 1NM (Nonmetallic) 1R (Metallic) General Purpose e Cat. No. Rainproof $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Box. No. See Page 1-17 100 A 125 A QO2100BNF/S QO2125BNF/S 83.00 QO2100BNRB 108.00 QO2125BNRB 135.00 158.00 13, 10R 18, 13R 240 Vac 100 A QO3100BNF/S 149.00 QO3100BNRB 207.00 13, 10R 60A Max. Circuit Breaker Enclosures—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Circuit breaker not included. Order separately from page 1-2. Will not accept QO-GFI circuit breaker nor QO circuit breakers with factory-installed accessories. 60 A a — — QO2TR 95.00 9R c Q Frame Enclosures and Q Frame Circuit Breakers Type 1—General Purpose e Cat. No. Circuit Breaker (Order Separately) Type 3R—Rainproof $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Box No. See Page 1-17 2P 240 Vac Maximum Q22200NS h or Q23225NF/S 176.00 Q22200NRBh or 218.00 Q23225NRB 380.00 19, 11R 417.00 20, 12R 3P 240 Vac Q23225NF/S 218.00 278.00 20, 12R Table 1.69: 528.00 473.00 Box. No. See Page 1-17 120/240 Vac Enclosure Onlyg Service QOE250GFINM HOME250SPA Circuit Breaker Included 2-Pole Circuit Circuit Breaker Enclosures—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 240 Vac Table 1.68: $ Price Not for use with one pole QO or QOVH breakers. Circuit breakers not included. Order QO™, QOVH, QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-EPD and QO-PL circuit breakers separately from pages 1-2 and 1-3. Accepts QO circuit breakers with factory-installed accessories. Order equipment ground bar PKOGTA2, if required. Table 1.67: QO200TRNM Cat. No. 50 A Service PKHB Housing Bracket Type 3R—Rainproof Ampere Rating Service Q23225NRB 10 k AIR 25 k AIR 65 k AIR 100 k AIR Ampere Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A QBL22070 QBL22080 QBL22090 QBL22100 QBL22110 QBL22125 QBL22150 QBL22175 QBL22200 QBL22225 QBL32070 QBL32080 QBL32090 QBL32100 QBL32110 QBL32125 QBL32150 QBL32175 QBL32200 QBL32225 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 QDL22070 QDL22080 QDL22090 QDL22100 QDL22110 QDL22125 QDL22150 QDL22175 QDL22200 QDL22225 QDL32070 QDL32080 QDL32090 QDL32100 QDL32110 QDL32125 QDL32150 QDL32175 QDL32200 QDL32225 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 QGL22070 QGL22080 QGL22090 QGL22100 QGL22110 QGL22125 QGL22150 QGL22175 QGL22200 QGL22225 QGL32070 QGL32080 QGL32090 QGL32100 QGL32110 QGL32125 QGL32150 QGL32175 QGL32200 QGL32225 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 QJL22070 QJL22080 QJL22090 QJL22100 QJL22110 QJL22125 QJL22150 QJL22175 QJL22200 QJL22225 QJL32070j QJL32080j QJL32090j QJL32100j QJL32110j QJL32125j QJL32150j QJL32175j QJL32200j QJL32225j 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 QOM2 Enclosures and QOM2 Circuit Breakers QOM2 Circuit Breaker (Order Separately) i Enclosure Onlyf Service Type 1 General Purposee Cat. No. QOM22225NS With Cover Removed Q22200NS With Cover Removed Q23225NF (Order Q-Frame circuit breaker separately) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved $ Price Type 3R Rainproof Cat. No. $ Price Box No. See Pages 1-17 Ampere Rating 22 k AIR Cat. No.k $ Price 100 A QOM2100VH 468.00 125 A QOM2125VH 468.00 150 A QOM2150VH 468.00 QOM22225NF/S 234.00 QOM22225NRB 440.00 22, 16R 175 A QOM2175VH 468.00 2P 240 Vac Maximum 200 A QOM2200VH 468.00 225 A QOM2225VH 468.00 a Not suitable for service equipment. h Accepts 200 A max. 2P Q Frame circuit breakers. b Maximum 10 hp 240 Vac. i Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208 or 240 Vac shunt trip. Add $126. c Top endwall has no hub opening. j When these 3P circuit breakers are mounted in d Maximum 20 hp 240 Vac. an enclosure, the maximum AIR rating is 65 kA at e Order F for flush, S for surface. 240 Vac and 100 kA at 208 Vac. f Equipment ground bar kit PKOGTA2 k DE3A Discount Schedule. factory-included. g Factory-installed groundable neutral assembly includes (2) ground lugs and (2) neutral lugs. Equipment ground kit PKOGTA2 also included. DE2A DE3A LOAD CENTERS General Purpose Ampere Rating Service Table 1.64: Table 1.65: Enclosed Molded Case Switch, Switch Included, Does NOT provide overcurrent protection Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 1-25 1 Table 1.63: Servicepak™ Power Outlet Panels Class 1140 www.schneider-electric.us 1 (For Dimensions/Drawings go to Supplemental Digest, hardcopy or on-line version.) T LOAD CENTERS T T 1C T T 3C T T requirements. Each enclosure is rainproof. 10 kA short circuit current rating. UL Listed as suitable for use as temporary site service equipment. Provided with neutral bonding provisions. Boxes have provisions for type “B’’ hubs to be field-installed. • • • • • T 2C T T For Construction Sites • Provide temporary power at construction sites. • Each receptacle protected by QO-GFI circuit breaker in compliance with NEC® T Table 1.70: 4C T T 5C T T T 6C 7C T 10C T Mains Ampere Rating 1C 2C 2C 1Ø2W 1Ø2W 1Ø2W 40 A 40 A 40 A 3C 1Ø3W 70 A 4C 1Ø3W 70 A 5C 1Ø3W 70 A 6C 1Ø3W 70 A 7C 1Ø3W 70 A 8C 1Ø3W 70 A 9C 1Ø3W 100 A T T T 11C 12C T 13C Service a 9C 8C T Power Outlet Configuration T T T 14C Construction Site Panels Circuit Breaker (Included) (1) QO120GFI (2) QO120GFI (2) QO120GFI (1) QO120GFI (1) QO230GFI (1) QO120GFI (1) QO220GFI (1) QO120GFI (1) QO250GFI (1) QO120GFI (1) QO250GFI (2) QO120GFI (1) QO220GFI (2) QO120GFI (1) QO250GFI (1) QO120GFI (2) QO250GFI 20 A 125 V 2W and Grd. NEMA 5-20R B 30 A 125 V 2W and Grd ANSI 73.13 C 50 A 125/250 V 3W and Grd. NEMA 14-50R D 20 A 250 V 2W and Grd. NEMA 6-20R Table 1.71: E 30 A 125/250 V 3W and Grd. NEMA 14-30R Power Outlet Service Mains Circuit Breaker Ampere Configuration a (Included) Rating All non-pedestal devices have provisions to fieldinstall a Type “B’’ hub on the bottom endwall for bottom feed from a conduit riser. Order Type “B’’ bolt-on hub (B250 Max.) and two mounting screws (Cat. No. 8002505501) and two hex nuts (Cat. No. 2340102000). D E 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 Cu Al PAK10C1 PAK11Ce PAK11C1 441.00 818.00 818.00 14–6 14–6 14–6 12–6 12–6 12–6 PAK31CGFI 974.00 8–1 8–1 PAK36C1GFI 974.00 8–1 8–1 PAK51CGFI 974.00 8–1 8–1 PAK55CGFI 974.00 8–1 8–1 PAK72CGFI 1323.00 8–1 8–1 PAK76CGFI 1323.00 8–1 8–1 PAK1004CGFI 1581.00 14–1 12–1 F 1 1 $ Price Recreational Vehicle Park Panels Receptacles (Included) b B Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil f Cat. No. f g h i j 11C 1Ø2W 12C 1Ø2W $ Price C Underground or Overhead Loop-Feed Terminals—Non-Pedestal cg 11C 1Ø2W 40 A (2) QO120GFI 2 PAK11CTG QO120GFI 12C 1Ø2W 50 A (1) 1 1 PAK41CTG h (1) QO130 (2) QO130 (1) QO120GFI PAK75CTG 14C 1Ø3W 100 A (1) QO250 1 1 1 (Not Loop Feed) h (1) QO130 Pedestal Mounted—Underground Loop-Feed Terminals ij a b c d e 1-26 C 1 2 2 A 50 A 250 V 2W and Grd. NEMA 6-50R A Main Wire Size AWG d Cat. No. c For Recreational Vehicle Parks • Provide electrical power to individual recreational vehicle park sites. • Each receptacle protected by appropriate GFI or Standard QO™ circuit breaker. • All receptacles and circuit breakers included. • 10 kA short circuit current rating. • UL Listed. • All enclosures are rainproof. • No neutral bonding provisions. • Loop-feed provisions. A F Receptacles (Included) Phase and Neutral Cu Al 14–6 12–6 14–1 12–1 795.00 564.00 12–1 669.00 40 A (2) QO120GFI 2 PAK11PG 1035.00 QO120GFI 50 A (1) 1 1 PAK41PG h 852.00 (1) QO130 QO120GFI 13C 1Ø2W 75 A (1) 1 2 PAK61PG h 914.00 (2)6–250 (2)6–250 (2) QO130 (1) QO120GFI 14C 1Ø3W 100 A (1) QO250 1 1 1 PAK75PG h 1007.00 (1) QO130 (1Ø2W 120 Vac) (1Ø3W 120/240 Vac) 20 A receptacles protected by 20 A GFI circuit breaker. Devices have a bolt-on factory-installed closing cap. Order type “B’’ bolt-on hub separately from page 1-18. Equipment ground terminal suitable for (2) 14 or 12 AWG Cu or (2) 12 or 10 AWG Al. Receptacles in this device are in bottom endwall and are accessible with outer door padlocked. “Order Only’’ from Lexington—Minimum order quantity is 50 devices. Two wires each per phase, neutral, and equipment ground—for loop feed (except PAK75CTG). Equipment ground terminal suitable for (2) 14–12 AWG Cu or (2) 12–10 Al. GFI circuit breaker can be substituted for standard 30 A circuit breaker. For 30 ampere receptacles add $140.00 per circuit breaker. Add suffix "FI’’ to catalog number. Example: PAK41CTGFI. Stabilizer foot available for use in unstable ground, order HNPSF $27.50 list. Equipment ground terminals suitable for (2) 10–2/0 AWG Cu or (2) 6–2/0 AWG Al. DE4 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ Load Centers Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Breaker Class 736, 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us QO Plug-on Neutral Load Centers and CAFI Breakers connect are engineered for a quick Plug-on Neutral connectio non every unit. Mains Rating QO Plug-on Neutral CAFI Load Center (accepts QO only QO Circuit Breakers) Load Center Box and Interior $ Price Max. Max. Spaces 1P Tandem (Interior, Circuits Breakers Box & Cover) Cat. No. Equipment Main Wire Ground Bar Kit Box No. Size (Order Separately See AWG/kcmil If Priced) Page 1-17 $ Price Al/Cu Cat. No. $ Price Indoor Cover with Door (Order Separately) Flush Cat. No. $ Price Surface Cat No. Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus QOM1 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker 125 A 24 24 0 572.00 QO124L125PG 534.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 6–2/0 PK15GTA LOAD CENTERS Table 1.72: 7 200 A I N D O O R QO154M200P 30 30 0 684.00 QO130L200PG 597.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 6–250 PK23GTA, LK100AN 42 42 0 1018.00 QO142L225PG 907.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 (2) PK15GTA 6–300 54 54 0 1356.00 QO154L225PG 1177.00 QOC54UF — 179.00 PK23GTA, LK100AN Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker 225 A 100 A 24 24 0 828.70 QO124M100P 791.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 6–2/0 PK15GTA Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker 30 30 0 1130.00 QO130M200P 1043.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 PK18GTA 42 42 0 1360.00 QO142M200P 1249.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 PK23GTA 200 A 4–250 54 54 0 1618.00 QO154M200P 1439.00 QOC54UF — 179.00 PK23GTA 60 60 0 1916.00 QO160M200PCa 1916.00 Included PK23GTA a Door kit available separately Order QOCDK60 $237.00. Table 1.73: 17.10 7 18.80 21.30 21.30 21.30 9 11 12 24 QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakers 1P 120 Vac © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 9 11 12 Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating Plug-On Neutral Arc-fault Interrupter 15 A 20 A 1P 120 Vac 10 k AIR 22 k AIR 1 Space Required 1 Space Required Cat. No. Cat. No. QO115PCAFI QO120PCAFI DE2A $ Price 282.00 QO115VHPCAFI 282.00 QO120VHPCAFI DE3A $ Price 534.00 534.00 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 1-27 1 Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus QOM2 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker www.schneider-electric.us 1 LOAD CENTERS 1-28 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Table of Contents Back to Product Index Section 2 Section Listing Metering Equipment Meter Sockets Ring and Ringless Type Individual Meter Sockets 2-2 Horizontal Ganged, Test Block Bypass Sockets and Accessories 2-3 Dimensions 2-4 MP Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Individual Meter Socket Page 2-2 Ring and Ringless Devices 2-5 Tenant Circuit Breakers and Accessories 2-6 Dimensions 2-7 EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers 2-8 2-9 1 Phase Main Devices 2-10 1 Phase Branch Devices 2-11 3 Phase Main Devices 2-12 3 Phase Branch Devices 2-13 3 Phase Branch Devices and Main Devices with Busway Taps 2-14 Tenant Circuit Breakers and EZM Accessories 2-15 Dimensions 2-16 2 Selection Information METERING EQUIPMENT Indoor/Rainproof EZM General Information MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment Page 2-5 EZ Meter-Pak Metering Equipment Page 2-8 2-1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Meter Sockets Ring and Ringless Type Individual Meter Sockets Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us • Available single or three phase, 600 Vac max., with and without horn or lever bypass, overhead and underground service feed. • 10 kA short circuit current rating (or higher with utility approval). • UL Listed, NEMA 3R enclosure. • Units supplied with bonded neutral. • Units supplied with hub opening in top endwall require the use of a bolt-on hub, or closing plate. • Units supplied with solid top are for underground feed only. • Accessories, refer to page 2-3. This metering is generally utility specific. Always check with local utility company before installing. Contact your nearest Field Sales Office for additional catalog numbers, if required by utility. Table 2.1: Individual Meter Sockets Lug Wire Range (Al/Cu) UTRS101B Ampere Jaw Ratingj Qty. Service Type Cat. No.a $ Price Line, Load, and Neutral (AWG/kcmil) Top Endwall Conf. Box No. see page 2-4 Gnd. (AWG) Material Hub Openingb Closing Plate b 1/2 in. Hex Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted 1/2 in. Hex 1/2 in. Hex 1/2 in. Hex 1/2 in. Hex 1/2 in. Hex 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 Steel Steel Aluminum Steel Steel Steel Aluminum Steel Steel Aluminum Steel Solid Topd Series A Series A Series A Series A Series A Series A Solid Topd Series A Series A (2)Series A — ACP ACPA ACP ACP ACP ACPA — ACP ACPA (2)ACPg 1R 1R 1R 1R 1R 3R 3R 5R 5R 5R 7R Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., With Horn Bypass, Without Jaw Release 125 4 OH/UG UHTRS101B 161.00 8–2/0 Slotted 125 5 OH UGHTRS101Lc 161.00 8–2/0 Slotted 125 4 OH URS101BDQh 138.00 8–2/0 1/2 in. Hex 125 5 OH/UG UGHTRS111Cf 207.00 8–2/0 Slotted 200 4 OH/UG UBHMRS212Be 210.00 8–250 1/2 in. Hex 200 4 OH UHTRS202B 206.00 8–250 1/2 in. Hex 200 4 OH/UG UHTRS212Be 206.00 8–250 1/2 in. Hex 200 4 OH/UG UHTRS213Be 213.00 1/0–350 1/2 in. Hex 200 4 UG UHTRS223Ad 272.00 1/0–350 1/2 in. Hex 200 4 UG URS212ADQdh 203.00 8–250 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 14–2 None 14–2 None 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 None Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Series A A125 c Series A Series A Series A Series A Series A Series A Solid Topd Solid Topd ACP — ACP ACP f ACP ACP ACP ACP — — 1R 1R 1R 4R 4R 3R 4R 5R 2R 4R Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., With Lever Bypass and Jaw Release 200 4 OH UTH4203T 465.00 6–350 1/2 in. Hex 200 4 OH/UG UTH4213Te 479.00 6–350 1/2 in. Hex 200 5 OH UTH5203T 494.00 6–350 1/2 in. Hex 200 5 OH/UG UTH5213Te 564.00 6–350 1/2 in. Hex 320 4 OH/UG UTH4330Tei 749.00 Studs Only 3/8 in. dia. studs 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–1/0 Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Series A-L Series A-L Series A-L Series A-L Series A-L ACPL ACPL ACPL ACPL ACPL 8R 9R 8R 9R 11R Ringless Type, 3Ø4W 600 Vac Max., With Lever Bypass and Jaw Release 200 7 OH/UG UTH7213Te 666.00 6–350 1/2 in. Hex 320 7 OH UTH7300Ti 830.00 Studs Only 3/8 in. dia. studs 14–2 14–1/0 Steel Steel Series A-L Series A-L ACPL ACPL 9R 10R Steel Series A-L ACPL 12R Aluminum Series A-L ACPLA 12R 2 Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release 125 4 UG UTZRS101Ad 123.00 8–2/0 125 4 OH UTRS101B 123.00 8–2/0 125 4 OH UATRS101B 137.00 8–2/0 125 4 OH URS101BCPL 135.00 8–2/0 125 5 OH/UG 1003880Ae 161.00 8–2/0 200 4 OH UTRS202B 177.00 8–250 200 4 OH UATRS202B 195.00 8–250 200 4 UG UTRS213Ad 212.00 1/0–350 200 4 OH/UG UTRS213Be 212.00 1/0–350 200 4 OH/UG UATRS213Be 225.00 1/0–350 200 4 OH/UG U92197CCCPLg 240.00 1/0–350 METERING EQUIPMENT UTRS202B (cover not shown) Enclosure Information Wire Binding Ringless Type, 3Ø4W 600 Vac Max., Bolt-On Socket Without Bypass UTH5203T (cover not shown) 400 7 OH/UG UK7T ei 2423.00 Studs Only 400 7 OH/UG UAK7Tei 2678.00 Studs Only 1/2 in.–20 dia. studs 1/2 in.–20 dia. studs 1/2 in.–20 dia. studs 1/2 in.–20 dia. studs Ring Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release 125 4 OH/UG URTRS101Be 123.00 8–2/0 Slotted 14–2 Steel Series A ACP 1R 200 4 OH/UG URTRS213Be 212.00 1/0–350 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Series A ACP 5R a Device requires approval from the serving utility, consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office. b Order appropriate bolt-on hub or closing plate separately and install on TOP endwall. c Device supplied with 1-1/4 in. bolt-on hub (Cat.No. A125) mounted on TOP endwall. d Device supplied with solid top endwall (without hub opening). e When unit is installed for underground feed, the appropriate closing plate must be ordered separately and installed over hub opening in TOP endwall of device. f Device supplied with closing plate ACP mounted on TOP endwall. g Device supplied with two closing plates ACP mounted in TOP endwall. h Contains “Duquesne Light Co.” approved label. i Order lugs separately, refer to accessories, page 2-3. j Rating is continuous. URTRS213B 2-2 DE4 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Meter Sockets Horizontal Ganged, Test Block Bypass Sockets and Accessories Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Horizontal Ganged Meter Sockets • 1Ø, 600 Vac max., main lugs only, 2 through 6 meter positions, with and without horn or lever bypass, end or center feed, overhead and underground service feeds. 10 kA short circuit current rating (or higher with utility approval). UL Listed, NEMA 3R enclosure. Supplied with ground lugs. Supplied with hub opening in top endwall, requires the use of a bolt-on hub, or closing plate. • • • • This metering is generally utility specific. Always check with local utility company before installing. Contact your nearest Field Sales Office for additional catalog numbers, if required by utility. Ringless Type, 1Ø3W, 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release Branch Ratings No. of Amperesc Positions 100 A 200 A Socket Service Jaw Type Qty.b 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 4 5 4 OH/UG OH/UG 6 a b c Mains Rating (A) Cat. No. 200 205 205 250 300 205 360 UT2R1121B UT3R1121B UT4R1131B UT5R1131B UT6R1131B UT2R2122B UT4R2352T 453.00 560.00 660.00 908.00 1157.00 647.00 1106.00 500 UT5R2392TU 1383.00 620 UT6R2392TU 1548.00 $ Price Main Lugs Phase and Neutral Al/Cu (AWG/kcmil) Branch Lugs Phase and Neutral Al/Cu (AWG) 6–250 6–250 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–250 1/0–500 1/0–500 or (2)1/0–350 1/0–500 or (2)1/0–350 8–2/0 8–250 Top Endwalla Hub Type Closing Plate Box No. See Page 2-4 (Order (Order Separately) Separately) Series A ACP Series A Series A-L ACP ACPL 13R 13R1 14R 15R 16R 17R 18R Series A-L ACPL 19R Series A-L ACPL 20R For hubs and closing plates, see Accessories table below. Fifth jaw kit available to convert 4-jaw socket to a 5-jaw socket. See Accessories table below. Rating is continuous. Meter Mains with Test Block Bypass (Meets EUSERC Requirements) Table 2.3: Ring Type, 1Ø3W and 3Ø4W, Meter Main with Test Block Bypass (Meets EUSERC Requirements) Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Suitable for overhead or underground service. UL Listed File E6294. EMT3225CB d e f g System (Incoming) Meter Ampere Short Circuit Main Circuit Breaker Type and Socket Rating Current Rating Cat. No.f $ Price (Order Separately)d Service (Outgoing) Type (Max.) 120/240 Vac 1Ø3W 5-Jaw 225 A 100 kA max. EMT1225CB 4095.00 2P Type QB, QD, QG, QJ, QOe, QO-VHe or QOHe 208Y/120 Vac 3Ø4Wg or 7-Jaw 225 A 65 kA max. EMT3225CB 5355.00 3P Type QB, QD, QG or QJ 240/120 Vac 3Ø4W Delta Refer to page 2-15 to select main circuit breaker. Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately), when using QO (40 A–125 A, 2-pole) 10 kA max. SCCR, QO-VH (40 A–60 A, 2-pole) 22 kA max. SCCR, or QOH (40 A–60 A, 2-pole) 42 kA max. SCCR. Refer to page 2-15 for pricing. Refer to page 2-4 for box dimensions. 100 kA max. Table 2.4: EMT Terminal Wire Size h Line Phase Lug Line Neutral Lug Service Ground Lug 6 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu 6 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu 4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu h Refer to circuit breaker listings for usable load lug wire sizes. Equipment Ground Lug 6 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu Load Neutral Lug 4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu Meter Socket Accessories Table 2.5: EMT1225CB Without Covers Meter Socket Accessories Accessory Fifth-Jaw Kit Closing Plates (to seal hub openings) Series A Hubs (listed by conduit size) Series A-L Series B Adapter Plate Lug Kits Sealing Ring i © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Description Cat. No. Converts a 4-jaw meter socket to a 5-jaw meter socket. A5J For use on meter sockets supplied without lever bypass or jaw release only. For Series A (steel) ACP For Series A (aluminum) ACPA For Series A-L (steel) ACPL For Series A-L (aluminum) ACPLA 1.00 inch A100 1.25 inch A125 1.50 inch A150 2.00 inch A200 2.50 inch A250 2.00 inch A200L 2.50 inch A250L 3.00 inch A300L 3.50 inch A350L 4.00 inch A400L 3.00 inch B300i To allow the use of a Series A Hub on a device that is setup for a series A-L Hub. AAP For use on meter sockets supplied with Line, Load, and Neutral Studs only. Be sure to order enough lugs for each device (a typical 1Ø device requires 6 lugs). Includes one, two-barrel lug (6-250 kcmil) ARP00118 Includes one, single barrel lug (4-600 kcmil) ARP00129 Includes three, two-barrel lugs (6-350 kcmil) ARP00427 Snap-on Aluminum (Standard) 2920910001 Snap-on Stainless Steel (Non-standard) ARP00026 Screw Type Aluminum (Non-standard) 29008W $ Price 14.90 13.40 11.90 18.30 16.50 33.90 33.90 33.90 47.90 61.00 83.00 87.00 111.00 114.00 119.00 186.00 33.80 38.10 55.00 135.00 8.00 16.70 20.10 DE1A Discount. DE4 DE1A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 2-3 METERING EQUIPMENT Table 2.2: 2 UT2R1121B Meter Sockets Dimensions Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 D W Hub Opening D Meter Socket D Solid Top W Hub Opening Meter Socket H H E,F,G S A,B,C,D C,D,E,F A,B,C,D S A A 2R W Hub Opening D Meter Socket 3R, 6R Hub Opening W D W Hub Opening Meter Socket Meter Socket Offset H C,D,E,F,G S S C,D,E,F,G F,G,H 1R D H D,E,F,G A S H F,G,H A,B A A,B S 2 D,E,F,G A F,G,H F,G,H 4R, 5R 8R 7R D W METERING EQUIPMENT Hub Opening D Meter Socket A,B W D Hub Opening H F,G,H F,G,H,I A,B A Hub Opening Enclosure Dimensions F,G,H,I 9R 10R Box Hub Opening H W D No. (Max. Conduit Size) a 1R 10.88 8.00 3.50 Series A 2R 13.00 13.00 4.94 Solid Top 3R 14.00 8.00 4.38 Series A 4R 14.00 11.00 4.38 Series A 5R 15.00 11.00 4.38 Series A 6R 15.50 8.00 4.36 Series A 7R 17.13 13.00 4.94 (2) Series A 8R 19.00 10.50 4.94 Series A-L 9R 19.00 13.00 4.94 Series A-L 10R 34.50 15.00 5.68 Series A-L 11R 36.62 15.00 5.68 Series A-L 12R 43.00 20.25 6.00 Series A-L 13R 14.12 24.31 4.50 Series A 13R1 14.12 32.50 4.50 Series A 14R 14.12 40.62 4.50 Series A 15R 14.12 48.75 4.50 Series A 16R 14.12 57.00 4.50 Series A 17R 14.12 24.31 5.38 Series A 18R 14.12 40.62 5.38 Series A-L 19R 14.12 54.75 5.38 (2) Series A-L 20R 14.12 63.00 5.38 (2) Series A-L aRefer to page 2-3 for closing plates and hubs. Table 2.7: Knockouts Symbol S A B C D E Conduit 5/16 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 Size (in.) b bKnockout for grounding conductor. S A Knockout Information H F,G,H,I H S A F,G,H D W Meter Socket Offset Meter Socket S Table 2.6: www.schneider-electric.us Dimensions (Inches) Meter Socket Offset H A,B,C,D,E W F,G,H,I Hub Opening G,H,I,J H Meter Socket Main Lugs S C,D,E,F,G (13R, 17R) A,B 12R Meter Socket H S A C,D,E,F,G (13R) F,G,H (17R) C,D,E,F,G (13R, 17R) C,D,E,F,G (14R, 18R) D Main Lugs H A C,D,E,F,G (14R) F,G,H (18R) Meter Socket Left position omitted on 5-Gang unit (15R) W C,D,E,F,G (14R, 18R) Hub Opening H A Main Lugs S C,D,E,F,G 4 14R and 18R W S J 3-1/2 Main Lugs 13R and 17R Meter Socket I 3 Hub Opening Hub Opening D H 2-1/2 W D W D Meter Socket G 2 11R Hub Opening W F C,D,E,F,G H A C,D,E,F,G 13R1 C,D,E,F,G 7.50 191 22.44 570 Supplied with (2) ACP Closing Plates. Order A-Hubs separately for overhead service feed. C,D,E,F,G D Meter Socket Left position omitted on 5-Gang unit (19R) W Hub Opening (2 Locations) Main Lugs 30.00 762 C,D,E,F,G 15R and 16R S C,D,E (3 Locations) H A E,F,G,H (8 Locations) C,D,E,F,G (19R, 20R) F,G,H (19R, 20R) C,D,E,F,G (19R, 20R) 19R and 20R A,B EMT1225CB and EMT3225CB 2-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers Ring and Ringless Devices Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Ring and Ringless Type Devices • • • • • • • • • • • • • MP44125 No. of Poles Factory-Installed Main Lug Ampacity (See page 2-6 for alternate lugs) Main Bus Ampacity (A) Cat. No. 2 200 200 MP22125 b 977.00 3 300 300 MP33125 c 1187.00 400 400 MP44125 c 1730.00 500 MP55125 c 2079.00 600 MP66125 c 2415.00 4 125 400 Al 500 Cu 400 Al 500 Cu 5 6 Line Lug Wire Size Al/Cu AWG/kcmil $ Price 2 400 400 MP42200 c 1274.00 3 400 400 MP43200 c 2151.00 4 400 600 MP64200 c 2814.00 5 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MP85200 c 6 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MP86200 c For A and A-L Hubs see page 2-3, for B Hubs see page 3-9. Meets EUSERC standards. Meets EUSERC standards with addition of lug landing kit, MMSK2. 3377.00 4040.00 (1) 4–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (2) 3/0–500 (2) 3/0–500 200 a b c Table 2.9: $ Price Horn Bypass Cat. No. $ Price Lever Bypass Cat. No. QOM2-MM, QOM2-MVH $ Price 2 200 200 MPR22125 995.00 MPH22125 1002.00 — — 300 300 MPR33125 1220.00 MPH33125 1253.00 — — 4 400 400 MPR44125 1781.00 MPH44125 1830.00 — — 500 MPR55125 2246.00 MPH55125 2330.00 — — 2 3 4 2 3 400 Al 500 Cu 400 Al 500 Cu 400 400 400 350 400 4 400 6 200 No. Bypass Cat. No. 3 5 QO, QO-VH, QOH 600 MPR66125 2615.00 MPH66125 2715.00 400 400 600 350 500 MPR42200 MPR43200 MPR64200 — — 1290.00 2186.00 2865.00 — — MPH42200 MPH43200 MPH64200 — — 1299.00 2219.00 2916.00 — — 600 — — — — — MPL32225 MPL53225 1739.00 2741.00 MPL64225 3656.00 — — — — 225 200 d e Hub Prov.a Semi-Flush Flange Kit Wt Lbs Box No. A/B300 MPSF12 46 1R A-L MPSF14 95 2R A-L MPSF14 97 2R (4) A-L MPSF16 130 3R (4) A-L MPSF16 132 3R MPSF23 99 4R MPSF23 99 4R MPSF24 135 5R MPSF26 MPSF26 173 173 6R 6R (4) A-L Ringless Type MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment with 125 A (42 kAMaximum SCCR) or 200 A Type MPR, MPH (22 kA Maximum SCCR) or 225 A Type MPL (100 kA Maximum SCCR) Meter Socket Positions Factory-Installed Amperes Main Lugs No. Main Bus Per Ampacity Pos. of Pos. (See page 2-6 for Ampacity alternate lugs) 125 Circuit Breaker Type (2P) — — — 5 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MPR85200 3545.00 MPH85200 3627.00 6 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MPR86200 4241.00 MPH86200 4341.00 For A and A-L Hubs see page 2-3, for B Hubs see page 3-9. Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to oage 2-15 for pricing. Line Lug Wire Size Al/Cu AWG/kcmil Circuit Breaker Type Hub (2P) Prov. d (See page 2-6) (1) 4–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 QO, QO-VH, QOH (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 QOM2-MM, QOM2-MVH (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (2) 3/0–500 (2) 3/0–500 A/B300 Semi-Flush Flange Kit Wt Lbs Box No. MPSF12 46 1R MPSF14 95 2R MPSF14 97 2R MPSF16 130 3R MPSF16 132 3R MPSF23 MPSF23 MPSF24 N/A N/A 99 99 135 105 147 4R 4R 5R 7R 8R N/A 200 9R MPSF26 MPSF26 173 173 6R 6R A-L (2) A-L QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or (2) A-L QJ-TM QOe, QO-VHe or QOHe QOM2-MM, QOM2-MVH UL Listed short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE4 METERING EQUIPMENT Amperes per Pole Ring Type MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment with 125 A (42 kA Maximum SCCR) or 200 A (22 kA Maximum SCCR) Meter Socket Positions Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 2-5 2 Table 2.8: Consult local utility for approval before installation. 120/240 Vac 1Ø3W. Main lugs only—two to six meter sockets. Enclosures are indoor/rainproof NEMA 3R construction. Suitable only for use as service equipment. Swingable mounting feet supplied at bottom of device. Factory-installed mechanical lugs, alternate lugs and NEMA/EUSERC lug landing kits available. Surface mount, convertible to semi-flush with field installed flange kit. Ring type devices supplied with 4-jaw meter sockets (5th jaw kits available, order separately). Ringless type devices supplied with 5-jaw meter sockets, available with and without horn or lever bypass. Provisions for mounting 2-pole circuit breaker for each meter socket position (order circuit breakers separately). Mounting channel supplied, except for box 1R (125 A, 2-position). Combination overhead/underground feed. MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers Tenant Circuit Breakers and Accessories Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Tenant Circuit Breakers UL Listed Short Circuit Current Rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. (Refer to the table on the bottom of page 2-9 for Square D certified ratings for downstream panelboards and load centers.) Table 2.10: Tenant Circuit Breakers 10 k AIR 120/240 Vac Amperes $ Price (DE2A) 22 k AIR 120/240 Vac $ Price (DE2A) 42 k AIR 120/240 Vac $ Price (DE2A) 100 k AIR 120/240 Vac $ Price (DE2A) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — For use in 125 A Max. Type MP, MPR and MPH Meter-Pak Metering Equipment QO2100VH 2P, Plug-on Type Circuit Breaker 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 QO240 QO250 QO260 QO270 QO280 QO290 QO2100 QO2125 67.00 67.00 67.00 134.00 189.00 189.00 189.00 428.00 QO240VHa QO250VHa QO260VH QO270VH QO280VH QO290VH QO2100VH QO2125VH 146.00 146.00 146.00 224.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 1034.00 QOH240 QOH250a QOH260a QOH270a QOH280a QOH290 QOH2100 QOH2125 317.00 317.00 317.00 528.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 1389.00 For use in 200 A Max. Type MP, MPR and MPH Meter-Pak Metering Equipment 2 QDP22200TM 2P, Bolt-on Type Circuit Breaker 100 125 150 175 200 QOM2100MM QOM2125MM QOM2150MM QOM2175MM QOM2200MM Amperes 10 k AIR 120/240 Vac 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 $ Price (DE2A) QOM2100MVH QOM2125MVH QOM2150MVH QOM2175MVH QOM2200MVH 25 k AIR 120/240 Vac 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 $ Price (DE2A) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 65 k AIR 120/240 Vac $ Price (DE2A) 100 k AIR 120/240 Vac $ Price (DE2A) METERING EQUIPMENT For use in 225 A MPL Lever Bypass Meter-Pak Metering Equipment 40 QO240b 67.00 QO240VHacb 146.00 QOH240bd 50 QO250b 67.00 QO250VHacb 146.00 QOH250bda 60 QO260b 67.00 QO260VHacb 146.00 QOH260bda 70 QBP22070TM 474.00 QDP22070TM 1143.00 QGP22070TM 80 QBP22080TM 474.00 QDP22080TM 1143.00 QGP22080TM 90 QBP22090TM 474.00 QDP22090TM 1143.00 QGP22090TM 100 QBP22100TM 474.00 QDP22100TM 1143.00 QGP22100TM 110 QBP22110TM 474.00 QDP22110TM 1143.00 QGP22110TM 125 QBP22125TM 474.00 QDP22125TM 1143.00 QGP22125TM 150 QBP22150TM 474.00 QDP22150TM 1143.00 QGP22150TM 175 QBP22175TM 474.00 QDP22175TM 1143.00 QGP22175TM 200 QBP22200TM 474.00 QDP22200TM 1143.00 QGP22200TM 225 QBP22225TM 474.00 QDP22225TM 1143.00 QGP22225TM a Order only. Not stocked in PDS. Order Point: Lincoln. b Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to page 2-15 for pricing. c QO-VH tenant circuit breakers are rated 22 kAIR at 120/240 Vac. d QOH tenant circuit breakers are rated 42 k AIR at 120/240 Vac. 317.00 317.00 317.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 — — — QJP22070TM QJP22080TM QJP22090TM QJP22100TM QJP22110TM QJP22125TM QJP22150TM QJP22175TM QJP22200TM QJP22225TM — — — 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 QOM2200MVH Accessories Table 2.11: Accessories Accessory Description Cat. No. Fifth Jaw Kit 5J For MPR and MPH only MMHB For Bolt-on Q2M tenant circuit breakers (40–125 A, 2P) EZM125QOA 125 A Ring Style 2 Position Top Meter (Only) MM125MBe Slider Type Manual Circuit Closing: 125 and 200 A Ring Style MM200MBe Snap-on Aluminum 2920910001 Sealing Rings: Screw Type Aluminum 29008W Snap-on Type Stainless Steel ARP00026 ™ ™ Meter Cover-Lexan Meter Cover-Lexan 29007 (1) 1/0–600 AWG/kcmil or MMLK250fg (2) 1/0–250 AWG/kcmil per phase Optional Lug Kits: (2) 3/0–500 AWG/kcmil per phase MMLK500g (2) 2–600 AWG/kcmil per phase MMLK600g 125 A 2 Position MPSF12 125 A 3–4 Position MPSF14 125 A 5–6 Position MPSF16 Semiflush Kits: 200 A 2–3 Position MPSF23 200 A 4 Position MPSF24 200 A 5–6 Position MPSF26 For 3 through 6 position 125 A and 200 A devices. Each pad rated 600 A maximum and NEMA/EUSERC Lug Landing Kit: MMSK2g includes (2) 1/2-13 studs and mounting hardware. For use ONLY on MPL43225, MPL53225 and MPL64225 with optional lugs. See wiring NEMA Lug Landing Kit: MMSK4 diagram of each device for optional lugs. 125 A 2 Position ONLY MP43X8PED 125 A 3–6 Position MP43X11PED 200 A 2–6 Position MP43X11PED MP Meter-Pak Wireway: (Wall Mount Pedestal) MPL32-225 MP35X11PEDh MPL53-225 MP43X11PED MPL64-225 MP35X11PEDh Used ONLY with MP43X8PED MP12X8PEDEXTh MP Meter-Pak Wireway Extensions: Used with MP43X11PED and MP35X11PED MP12X11PEDEXTh e The meter center short circuit current rating is 10 kA when manual circuit closing is used. Not rated for continuous duty. f Standard lug for 3 through 6 position 125 A and 2 through 4 position 200 A devices. g Cannot be installed on 2 position 125 A device. h Order only. Not stocked in PDS. Order point: Lexington. Fifth Jaw Kit Horn Bypass Kit QO Adapter MMLK500 $ Price 18.30 16.70 273.00 171.00 171.00 8.00 20.10 16.70 10.10 150.00 200.00 233.00 101.00 134.00 218.00 144.00 171.00 255.00 185.00 276.00 441.00 504.00 504.00 504.00 504.00 504.00 102.00 126.00 For hubs and closing plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2-3 2-6 DE4 DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers Dimensions Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Dimensions and Knockouts A Hub Opening Supplied with ACP Closing Plate A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plate 7.28 A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates 7.28 7.28 185 185 185 12.28 Mounting Holes (4) Locations (Supplied without Mounting Channel) 36.46 24.34 312 926 618 Top Position Omitted on 3-Gang Unit Top Left Position Omitted on 5-Gang Unit 37.50 953 9.00 9.00 229 Typ. 9.00 229 Typ. 229 48.12 42.37 1222 1076 18.50 470 11.19 C,D,F 284 C,D,F 11.19 C,D,F 284 C,D,F A,B D,F,G and A or B300 Hub Provision A E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision C,D,F Box 1R A Box 3R A,B Box 2R A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates 8.28 210 E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision METERING EQUIPMENT C,D,F A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates 8.28 210 8.28 210 29.44 46.68 748 1186 29.44 748 Top Position Omitted on 2-Gang Unit Top Left Position Omitted on 5-Gang Unit 9.00 229 Typ. 9.00 9.00 229 Typ. 229 Typ. 43.41 43.41 1103 2 1103 52.00 1321 12.22 12.22 310 C,D,F 310 C,D,F 12.22 C,D,F E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision 310 C,D,E,F C,D,E,F Box 4R E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision A,B A,B,C C,D,E,F A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates Box 5R 9.62 244 A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates A,B A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates 19.43 Box 6R 9.62 244 35.37 9.62 494 898 244 35.37 898 14.00 356 60.25 53.12 1530 67.37 1349 34.00 1711 14.00 864 14.00 356 Typ. 356 Typ. C,D,E,F 13.43 C,D,E,F 341 C,D,E,F 13.43 341 E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision C,D,E,F E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision C,D,E,F Box 7R E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision C,D,E,F A,B A,B Box 8R Box 9R A,B Knockouts Symbol Conduit Size (in.) A B C 1/2 3/4 1 D E 1-1/4 1-1/2 F G H I J 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2-7 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Indoor/Rainproof EZM General Information Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 NEMA 3R Construction Branch Units 240 Vac Maximum, for use on AC systems, suitable for use as Service Equipment. Utility Company Requirements Review local utility requirements to ensure that metering equipment meets their standards. • 2 Incoming Service to Main Device 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards: METERING EQUIPMENT 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W (4-jaw ring type meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers) (5-jaw ringless meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers). Incoming Service to Main Device 240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W Delta • Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards: • • 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W (Fed from transformer’s “A-Phase” and “C-Phase” only.) NOTE: Connection to High-Leg “B-Phase” not permitted for this service (4-jaw ring type meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers) (5-jaw ringless meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers) Standard 3Ø IN/1Ø OUT branch units are not suitable for use on this Delta System. Special branch units are available for this System by adding suffix: “CA” to catalog number (Typical Examples: EZM313125CA, EZM313125XCA, EZM313125CUXCA, EZM314225CA, EZM314225XCA, EZM314225CUXCA, EZM315225CA, EZM314225CUCA, etc.). 240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W Delta (7-jaw meter sockets, three-pole circuit breakers). Incoming Service to Main Device 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards: • • 120/208 Vac, 1Ø3W (5-jaw meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers) 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W (7-jaw meter sockets, three-pole circuit breakers). • • mounted. • • 2000 A main disconnect must be center mounted and requires use of branch units having 1200 A continuous horizontal cross bus. 400, 800 and 1200 A Type EZM-TBU terminal boxes supplied with lug landings to meet EUSERC requirements. Main Circuit Breaker ratings: 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 and 2000 A Main Fusible Switch ratings: 400, 600, 800, and 1200 A (1Ø3W only) Main Lugs Terminal Box ratings: 225, 400, 600, 800, 1200, 1600, and 2000 A Tenant circuit breakers must be ordered separately for these branch units. 125 A max. units make use of Type QO, QO-VH or QO-H two-pole tenant circuit breakers (40–125 A). 225 A max. units make use of Type QDP-TM, QBP-TM, QGP-TM and QJP-TM two-pole tenant circuit breakers (70–225 A), and may also make use of two-pole Type QO (40–125 A at 10 kA max.), two-pole Type QO-VH (40–60 A at 100 kA max.), or two-pole Type QO-H (40–60 A at 100 kA max.) tenant circuit breakers. 225 A commercial branch units are available in ring type or ringless type construction and are supplied with 1200 A copper horizontal cross bus with aluminum vertical connectors as standard (Example: EZML314225). For optional 1200 A continuous all-copper bussing, add suffix “CU” to catalog number (Example: EZML314225CU). Plugin style commercial meter sockets are available as ring type EZMT with test block bypass (meets EUSERC requirements), ringless type EZMR without bypass, and ringless type EZML with lever bypass. 225 A max. units make use of type QDP-TM, QBP-TM, QGPTM and QJP-TM two-pole or three-pole tenant circuit breakers (70– 225 A), and may also make use of two-pole type QO (40–125 A at 10 kA max.), two-pole type QO-VH (40–60 A at 100 kA max.), or two-pole type QO-H (40–60 A at 100 kA max.) tenant circuit breakers. Note: QO, QO-VH and QO-H tenant circuit breakers used in 225 A branch units require the use of adapter EZM125QOA (purchased separately). Refer to page 2-15 for pricing. • 400 A branch units are available in ringless type Main Devices • 400, 600 and 800 A main disconnects may be end mounted with branch units having 800 A or 1200 A continuous horizontal cross bus. 1000 and 1200 A main disconnect or terminal box must be center mounted when used with branch devices with main bus rated 800 A continuous. 1600 A main disconnect or terminal box must be center 125 A and 225 A residential branch units are available in ring type or ringless type construction and are supplied with 800 A continuous aluminum horizontal cross bus as standard (Example: EZM314125). For optional 1200 A continuous copper horizontal cross bus with aluminum vertical connectors, add suffix “X” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125X). For optional 1200 A continuous all-copper bussing, add suffix “CUX” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CUX). NOTE: 5-gang 225 A EZM, EZMR and EZMH residential branch units are supplied with 1200 A continuous Cross Bus as standard, do not add suffix “X” or “CUX” to these units (Examples: EZMR315225 or EZMR315225CU). Plug-in style residential meter sockets are available as ring type EZM without bypass, ringless type EZMR without bypass, and ringless type EZMH with horn bypass. EZ Meter-Pak meter center enclosures meet NEC wire bending requirements, and are designed for wall mounting only (not suitable for floor mounting). All unmetered conductor compartments may be sealed by the utility company. EZ Meter-Pak meter centers have UL Listed short circuit current ratings up to 100 kA at 240 Vac when properly applied. For three-tier series ratings refer to Data Bulletin 4100DB0301 and Instruction Bulletin 80043-303-22. Suitable incoming services for an EZM main device and available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards from EZM branch section(s)— • www.schneider-electric.us • • construction only, and are supplied with 1200 A continuous all-copper bussing as standard (Example: EZML332400). These branch units are supplied with factory-installed type DJM tenant circuit breakers that have a field adjustable ampere rating trip setting from 160 A min. to 400 A max. A tamper-evident seal kit is available where needed, order seal kit 29375 (refer to NEC 240-6 [c]). 400 A branch units are available as Type EZML with plug-in style lever bypass type meter sockets, or Type EZMK with bolt-on style with manual bypass type meter sockets. Units having 800 A continuous horizontal cross bus WILL CONNECT with units having 1200 A continuous horizontal cross bus. Single phase units (three bus bars in horizontal cross bus) WILL NOT CONNECT with three phase units (four bus bars in horizontal cross bus). For Load Center Three-Tiered Series Ratings used downstream from Metering Equipment, refer to Data Bulletins : 4100DB0301 and 2700DB9901. 2-8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Selection Information Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us • Review local utility requirements to ensure that metering equipment meets their standards. Check local utility to determine available fault current at the meter center. • • Using the SCCR table: — — — — Table 2.12: Select meter center configuration, main lugs only (Six Disconnect Rule), or remote main, main circuit breaker, or main fusible switch. Read down to select SCCR equal to, or greater than desired rating. Read across to select branch unit tenant circuit breaker type. Continue reading across to select EZM main device type. UL Listed Meter Center Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR) Tenant circuit breakers of same frame size having higher AIR values may replace tenant circuit breakers as listed in tables below and maintain the series rating. Short Circuit Current Rating (240 Vac Maximum)ab Figures T ransformer EZM Main Lugs Terminal Box Figure 1 EZM Main Lugs Terminal Box EZM Branch Units Load Centers (Main Lugs) f Upstream Disconnection Means and Overcurrent Protection as required Figure 2 QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d QB (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A ) 22 kA QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d 400–2000 A Main Lugs Terminal Box 25 kA QD (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) (Tenant Circuit Breakers used as Service Disconnects—6 maximum) QOH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) 42 kA QOH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d 65 kA QG (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) QJ (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) c 100 kA DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)ec EZ Meter-Pak 225–2000 A Main Lugs Terminal Box Applications Protected by Remote Main—See Figure 2 QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 10 k AIR 10 kA QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) minimum DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P 160–400 A)e QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 22 k AIR 22 kA QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d minimum DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 25 k AIR 25 kA DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e minimum QOH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 42 k AIR QOH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d minimum DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e 42 kA QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) Must be protected by a Square D circuit breaker Type LA (400 A max.) or MA QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d (1000 A max.) Rated 42 k AIR minimum QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) QG (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 65 k AIR minimum DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) 65 kA Must be protected by a Square D circuit breaker Type LH (400 A max.), MG (800 QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d A max.), MH (1000 A max.), PG (1200 A max.) or RG (2000 A max.) rated 65 k QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) AIR minimum. DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160-400 A)e 10 kA QJ (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A )c DJM (400 A 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)ec 100 kA QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A) DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160-400 A)e QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 100 k AIR minimum Must be protected by an upstream disconnection means with Class R (600 A Max.); Class J (600 A Max); Class T6 (800 A Max.); Class T3 (1200 A Max.) or Class L (1200 A Max.). Must be protected by an upstream disconnection means with Class R (600 A Max.); Class J (600 A Max); Class T6 (800 A Max.); Class T3 (1200 A Max.) or Class L (1200 A Max.) fuses or by a Square D circuit breaker Type MJ (800 A Max.); PJ (1200 A Max.); or RJ (2000 A Max.) rated 100 k AIR minimum. EZ Meter-Pak—Main Circuit Breaker Applications—See Figure 3 QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) 10 kA QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) 400-2000 A EZM Main Device with Type LH (400 A Max.); MH (1000 A Max.); PG QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) or PJ (1200 A Max.); RG or RJ (2000 A Max.) QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d 65 kA QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d 1000 A Main Device with catalog number suffix "CBU" supplied with EZM Circuit Breaker Main QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A) Type MHF circuit breaker. or EZM Main Fusible Switch QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c EZM Branch Units 100 kA DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A) QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c 1200–2000 A EZM Main Device with Type PJ (1200 A Max.) or RJ (2000 A Max.) DJM (400 A 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e EZ Meter-Pak—Main Fusible Switch Applications—See Figure 3 Transformer QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) Tenant Load Circuit Centers 10 kA QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d 400–1200 A EZM Main Device (1Ø or 3Ø) with Class T (300 Vac) fuses installed. Breakers (Main Lugs)f QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) Figure 3 QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d 100 kA QD (225 A 2P, only, 70–225 A) 400–1200 A EZM Main Device (1Ø or 3Ø) with Class T (300 Vac) fuses installed. QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e a Meter center short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest short circuit current rating given in table for any circuit breaker installed in any meter panelboard in the meter center. b Short circuit current rating is measured at the LINE SIDE terminals of the integral mounted or remote mounted main providing overcurrent protection for the EZM metering equipment lineup. c 3P only tenant circuit breaker(s) are limited to: 100 kA Max. at 208Y/120 Vac or 65 kA Max at 240/120 Vac. d Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to page 2-15 for pricing. e Supplied with factory-installed circuit breaker(s), with an adjustable trip range of 160–400 A. f For three-tier series ratings refer to Data Bulletin 4100DB0301 and Instruction Bulletin 80043-303-22. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2-9 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com METERING EQUIPMENT Service Disconnects (6 Max.) 2 Load Centers (Main Lugs) f Tenant Circuit Breakers EZM Main Device with Integral Mounted Main, Remote Mounted Main or without an Upstream Mounted Main (Six Disconnect Rule) EZ Meter-Pak (Six Disconnect Rule Applications)—See Figure 1 EZM Branch Units Transformer EZM Meter Center Overcurrent Protection Devices EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breaker Types Available (Branch Unit Amperes max., Number of Poles, Tenant Circuit Breaker Amperes Rating Range) EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Indoor/Rainproof 1 Phase Main Devices Class 4161 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø 3W 120/240 Vac EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers—1Ø, Indoor/Rainproof, UL Listed 1200 A Main CB/Fusible Switch Devices come Standard with 2-STEP Removable Service Entrance Endwalls Select EZM meter center short circuit current rating from Table 2.12 on page 2-9. Using this table as a reference, make the following selections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Select EZM 1Ø main device from Table 2.13 or 2.14, below, with an equal or higher short circuit rating than the application. Select EZM 1Ø branch units from Tables 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17. Select proper 2P type QO, QO-VH, QOH, QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM branch circuit breakers for use as tenant mains in branch unit from Table 2.24, page 2-15. Select accessories as required from Table 2.25, page 2-15. Dimensions; page 2-16. Select Main Devices—NEMA 3R Construction Table 2.13: Main Devices, Overhead/Underground Feed Horizontal Cross Ampere Bus Rating and Rating Bus Bar Material Width (in.) Cat. No.f Factory-Installed Line Side Lug (Conductors per Phase and Neutral) Wire Size (AWG/kcmil) 2 Main Circuit Breaker (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) METERING EQUIPMENT EZM1800CB 65 kA $ Price 100kA $ Price 400 400 A Al EZM1400CBa 6180.00 — — 18.66 600 600 A Al EZM1600CBa 8573.00 — — 18.66 800 800 A Al EZM1800CBa 11364.00 — — 18.66 1000 1000 A Al EZM11000CBa 15767.00 — — 18.66 1200 1200 A Cu EZM11200GCBTbj 20366.00 EZM11200JCBTbj 23563.00 23.69 1600 1200 A Al/Cu EZM11600GCBCcb 29904.00 EZM11600JCBCcb 34650.00 30.19 2000 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM12000CBc 54518.00 30.19 Main Fusible Switches (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately) 400 400 A Al — — EZM1400FS 3989.00 18.66 600 600 A Al — — EZM1600FS 6978.00 18.66 800 800 A Al — — EZM1800FS 8972.00 18.66 1200 1200 A Cu — — EZM11200FSTj 11564.00 23.69 Main Lug Terminal Boxes (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) 225 800 A Al — — EZM1225TBd 798.00 11.66 400 800 A Al — — EZM1400TBg 915.00 17.15 600 800 A Al — — EZM1600TBg 998.00 17.15 800 800 A Al — — EZM1800TBg 1236.00 18.66 800 800 A Cu — — EZM1800TBCUhg 1658.00 24.08 1600 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM11600TBchg 3588.00 22.48 2000 1200 A Cu — — EZM12000TBg 9600.00 30.19 Table 2.14: (1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0-500 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250 (1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0-500 (1) 4–300 (2) 3/0–500 (2) 1/0–750 or (4) 1/0–300 (4) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0–500 (6) 1/0-750 or (12) 1/0-300 6 (Order Lugs Separately) Main Devices, Underground Feed Only Ampere Horizontal Cross Bus Rating and Rating Bus Bar Material Width (in.) Cat. No. Factory-Installed Lug Landings for use with Crimp-Type Lugs (2-Hole Mounting) Qty. per Phase and Neutral, except non-EUSERC 1200A device. e Main Circuit Breakers (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)e EZM1800CBU 65 kA $ Price 100 kA $ Price 400 400 A Al EZM1400CBUa 6380.00 — — 20.46 600 600 A Al EZM1600CBUa 9171.00 — — 26.19 800 800 A Al EZM1800CBUa 11762.00 — — 26.19 1000 1000 A Al/Cu — — EZM11000CBUc 16547.00 34.19 1200 1200 A Cu EZM11200GCBUifb 17590.00 EZM11200JCBUifb 20372.00 23.69 1200 1200 A Cu EZM11200GCBEb 18550.00 EZM11200JCBEb 21332.00 32.39 1600 1200 A Al/Cu EZM11600GCBUcfb 31658.00 EZM11600JCBUcfb 36404.00 30.19 2000 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM12000CBUfc 52755.00 30.19 Main Fusible Switches (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)e Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately) 400 400 A Al — — 600 600 A Al — — 800 800 A Al — — 1200 1200 A Cu — — 1200 1200 A Cu — — Main Lug Terminal Boxes (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) EZM1400FSU EZM1600FSU EZM1800FSU EZM11200FSBi EZM11200FSE 6180.00 9369.00 11564.00 13194.00 14154.00 20.46 20.46 20.46 23.69 32.39 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 3 (Order Lugs Separately) (4) 3/0-500 3 (Order Lugs Separately) 6 (Order Lugs Separately) 6 (Order Lugs Separately) 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 2 (Order Lugs Separately) (4) 3/0-500 3 (Order Lugs Separately) 400 800 A Al — — EZM1400TBUg 1544.00 17.16 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 800 800 A Al — — EZM1800TBUg 1827.00 25.16 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM11200TBUg 3725.00 33.16 3 (Order Lugs Separately) a Available by special order with main circuit breaker supplied with other standard ampere ratings, consult local Field Office (allow 6 weeks for delivery). b Ampere rating of the circuit breaker supplied with this device can be changed to a LOWER value in the field by changing the setting on the circuit breaker. c Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars. d 225 A terminal box supplied with isolated neutral that cannot be bonded Not suitable for use on the LINE side of service equipment. e For mechanical lugs (3/0 AWG–600 kcmil) order kit CMELK4, Price $91.00. Kit includes 4 lugs only. Multiple kits may be required, consult factory. For crimp-type lugs refer to Anderson Electrical Connector Products Catalog AEC-40R. f Does not meet EUSERC Standards. g Terminal box is suitable for use on LINE or LOAD side of service equipment. Supplied with isolated neutral and provided with neutral bonding kit for use as required. Refer to page 2-9 for appropriate short circuit current ratings. h Feed-thru lug kit available, see Accessories, page 2-15. i For field installed Lug Landing Kit Order catalog number EZM1200ULL, List Price $460.00, order lugs separately. j Top feed only. 2-10 DE4 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 1 Phase Branch Devices Class 4161 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction Table 2.15: Branch Units—1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing System Type Width (in.) Ring Type 4-Jaw Meter Socketm without Bypassa Number Horizontal Cross of Meter Bus Rating and Sockets Bus Bar Material Cat. No. Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket without Bypass $ Price Cat. No. Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket with Horn Bypass $ Price Cat. No. $ Price EZMH113125c EZMH113125CUX EZMH114125c EZMH114125CUX EZMH115125c EZMH115125CUX EZMH116125c EZMH116125CUX 1755.00 2282.00 2153.00 3043.00 2910.00 3742.00 3549.00 4438.00 125 A Maximum (Order Type QO, QO-VH or QOH Circuit Breakers Separately) b 800 A Al EZM113125c 1436.00 EZMR113125c 1436.00 1200 A Cu EZM113125CUX 2282.00 EZMR113125CUX 2282.00 800 A Al EZM114125c 1914.00 EZMR114125c 1914.00 1Ø3W 4 1200 A Cu EZM114125CUX 3043.00 EZMR114125CUX 3043.00 120/240 Vac 12.25 2P Branch 800 A Al EZM115125c 2354.00 EZMR115125c 2354.00 5 Circuit Breakers 1200 A Cu EZM115125CUX 3742.00 EZMR115125CUX 3742.00 800 A Al EZM116125c 2792.00 EZMR116125c 2792.00 6 1200 A Cu EZM116125CUX 4438.00 EZMR116125CUX 4438.00 225 A Maximum Branch Units (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately) d 3 800 A Al EZM112225c 2273.00 EZMR112225c 2273.00 EZMH112225c 2474.00 1200 A Cu EZM112225CUX 3615.00 EZMR112225CUX 3615.00 EZMH112225CUX 3615.00 800 A Al EZM113225c 2792.00 EZMR113225c 2792.00 EZMH113225c 3069.00 1Ø3W 3 1200 A Cu EZM113225CUX 4438.00 EZMR113225CUX 4438.00 EZMH113225CUX 4438.00 120/240 Vac 17.38 2P Branch 800 A Al EZM114225c 3588.00 EZMR114225c 3588.00 EZMH114225c 4028.00 4 Circuit Breakers 1200 A Cu EZM114225CUX 5705.00 EZMR114225CUX 5705.00 EZMH114225CUX 5705.00 1200 A Al/Cu EZM115225 4715.00 EZMR115225 4715.00 EZMH115225 4715.00 5 1200 A Cu EZM115225CU 7090.00 EZMR115225CU 7090.00 EZMH115225CU 7090.00 a Snap-on aluminum sealing rings supplied as standard. b Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided. c For 1200 A main cross bus add suffix “X” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125X). Add 3% adder to list per device. Allow 6 weeks for delivery. d Type QO, QO-VH and QOH branch circuit breakers (40–60 A) may be installed with use of EZM125QOA adapter kits, refer to page 2-15. Table 2.16: Branch Units—225 A Maximum Commercial (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately, see page 2-15)e Number of Meter Sockets System Type EZML113225 e f g h Width $ Price (in.) 1200 A Al/Cu EZML111225 2453.00 EZMT111225f 22.42 3387.00 1 1200 A Cu EZML111225CU 19.44 3901.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZML111225Dg 2576.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZML112225 4466.00 EZMT112225f 22.42 6143.00 2 1200 A Cu EZML112225CU 19.44 7101.00 — — — 1Ø3W 1200 A Al/Cu EZML112225Dg 4689.00 — — — 120/240 Vac 2P Branch 1200 A Al/Cu EZML113225 6579.00 EZMT113225fh 22.42 9215.00 Circuit Breakers 3 1200 A Cu EZML113225CU 19.44 10461.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZML113225Dg 6908.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZML114225 8813.00 — — — 4 1200 A Cu EZML114225CU 19.44 14013.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZML114225Dg 9254.00 — — — 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15. Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Use main lugs terminal box type EZM-TBU for Six Disconnect Rule applications to feed this device. Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars. Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided. Does not meet EUSERC 48 in. minImum / 75 in. maximum meter height requirements for outdoor installations. The bottom meter socket is 37 inches above ground when the device is mounted with the top meter socket at 75 inches above ground. EUSERC indoor requirements are 36 in. minimum / 75 in. maximum. Table 2.17: 1Ø3W 120/240 Vac 2P Branch Circuit Breakers i j © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Cat. No. Width (in.) $ Price Cat. No. Branch Units—400 A Maximum Commercial System Type EZMT111225 Ring Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket with Test Block Bypass. Meets EUSERC Requirements Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release Horizontal Cross Bus Ratingand Bus Bar Material Number of Meter Sockets Main Cross Bus Rating and Bus Bar Material Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release. Includes Factory-Installed 400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker ij Cat. No. Width (in.) $ Price Ringless Type K Bolt-on 4-Jaw Meter Socket with Manual Bypass. Includes Factory-Installed 400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker i Cat. No. Width (in.) $ Price 1 1200 A Cu EZML111400 23.21 5981.00 EZMK111400 27.56 7424.00 2 1200 A Cu EZML112400 23.21 11963.00 EZMK112400 27.56 14531.00 DJM circuit breaker has adjustable trip settings from 160–400 A. Use seal kit 29375, if required. DJM circuit breaker terminal lug kit 32508 factoryinstalled and accomodates (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu per phase. Alternate lug kit 32510 for DJM circuit breaker is available, see Accessories, page 2-15. Additional field-installed DJ circuit breaker accessories are available, see page 7-35. Supplied with Class 320 lever bypass meter socket. Utilizes anti-inversion clip kit MMLRK, if required, refer to page 2-15. DE4 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 2-11 2 EZMH114125 METERING EQUIPMENT 2 EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 3 Phase Main Devices Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us 3Ø4W 208Y/120 Vac or 240/120 Vac Delta EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers— 3Ø Indoor/Rainproof, UL Listed 1200 A Main CB/Fusible Switch Devices come Standard with 2-STEP Removable Service Entrance Endwalls Select EZM meter center short circuit current rating from Table 2.12 on page 2-9. Using this table as a reference, make the following selections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Select 3Ø EZM main device below with an equal or higher short circuit rating than the application from Tables 2.18 and 2.19. Select EZM 3Ø branch units from Tables 2.20, 2.21 and 2.22. Select proper 2P type QO, QO-VH, QOH, QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM or 3P QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM branch circuit breakers for use as tenant mains in branch unit; from Table 2.24. Select accessories as required, from Table 2.25. Dimensions, page 2-16. Main Devices—NEMA 3R Construction Table 2.18: Main Device, Overhead/Underground Feed Ampere Horizontal Cross Bus Rating and Rating Bus Bar Material Cat. No.f Factory-Installed Line Side Lug (Conductors per Phase and Neutral) Wire Size (AWG–kcmil) Width (in.) Main Circuit Breakers (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (400–1600 A Max.), 100 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (2000 A Max.) 2 METERING EQUIPMENT Short Circuit Rating 65 kA $Price 100 kA $Price 400 400 A Al EZM3400CBa 6620.00 — — 18.66 600 600 A Al EZM3600CBa 10247.00 — — 18.66 800 800 A Al EZM3800CBa 13650.00 — — 18.66 1000 1000 A Al EZM31000CBa 17027.00 — — 18.66 1200 1200 A Cu EZM31200GCBTbk 23127.00 EZM31200JCBTbk 26237.00 23.69 1600 1200 A Al/Cu EZM31600GCBCc 35288.00 EZM31600JCBCc 40034.00 30.19 2000 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM32000CBc 57518.00 30.19 Main Fusible Switches (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately) 400 400 A Al — — EZM3400FS 4466.00 18.66 600 600 A Al — — EZM3600FS 8373.00 18.66 800 800 A Al — — EZM3800FS 11565.00 18.66 1200 1200 A Cu — — EZM31200FSTk 14906.00 23.69 Main Lug Terminal Boxes (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) 225 800 A Al — — EZM3225TBd 1013.00 11.66 400 800 A Al — — EZM3400TBg 1113.00 17.15 600 800 A Al — — EZM3600TBg 1196.00 17.15 800 800 A Al — — EZM3800TBg 1442.00 18.66 800 800 A Cu — — EZM3800TBCUhg 3545.00 24.08 1600 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM31600TBchg 4028.00 22.48 2000 1200 A Cu — — EZM32000TBg 11820.00 30.19 EZM3600FS Table 2.19: (1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0-500 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250 (1) 1–600 or (2 )1–250 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0-500 (1) 4–300 (2) 3/0–500 (2) 1/0–750 or (4) 1/0–300 (4) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0–500 (6) 1/0-750 or (12) 1/0-300 6 (Order Lugs Separately) Main Device, Underground Feed Only Ampere Horizontal Cross Bus Rating and Rating Bus Bar Material Cat. No. Width (in.) Factory-Installed Lug Landings For use with Crimp-Type Lugs (2-Hole Mounting) Qty. per Phase and Neutral, except non-EUSERC 1200A device.e Main Circuit Breakers (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) EZM31600CB a b c d e f g h i j k 2-12 Short Circuit Rating 65 kA $ Price 100 kA $Price 400 400 A Al EZM3400CBUa 7178.00 — — 20.46 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 600 600 A Al EZM3600CBUa 10806.00 — — 26.19 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 800 800 A Al EZM3800CBUa 14115.00 — — 26.19 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 1000 1000 A Al/Cu — — EZM31000CBUc 17943.00 34.19 3 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200 A Cu EZM31200GCBUifb 20609.00 EZM31200JCBUifb 23363.00 23.69 (4) 3/0-500 1200 1200 A Cu EZM31200GCBEb 21569.00 EZM31200JCBEb 24323.00 32.39 3 (Order Lugs Separately) 1600 1200 A Al/Cu EZM31600GCBUcfb 37170.00 EZM31600JCBUcfb 41916.00 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately) 2000 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM32000CBUcf 57255.00 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately) Main Fusible Switches (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately) 400 400 A Al — — EZM3400FSU 6978.00 20.46 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 600 600 A Al — — EZM3600FSU 11364.00 26.19 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 800 800 A Al — — EZM3800FSU 15152.00 26.19 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200A Cu — — EZM31200FSBif 17586.00 23.69 3 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200A Cu — — EZM31200FSE 18546.00 32.39 3 (Order Lugs Separately) Main Lugs Terminal Boxes (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) 400 400 A Al — — EZM3400TBUg 1838.00 17.16 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 800 800 A Al — — EZM3800TBUg 2100.00 25.16 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200 A Cu — — EZM31200TBUg 4463.00 33.16 3 (Order Lugs Separately) Available by special order with main circuit breaker supplied with other standard ampere ratings, consult your nearest Field Sales Office (allow 6 weeks for delivery). Ampere rating of the circuit breaker supplied with this device can be changed to a LOWER value in the field by changing the setting on the circuit breaker. Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars. 225 A terminal box supplied with isolated neutral that cannot be bonded. For mechanical lugs (3/0 AWG–600 kcmil) order kit CMELK4, Price $91.00. Kit includes 4 lugs only. Multiple kits may be required, consult factory. For crimp-type lugs refer to Anderson Electrical Connector Products Catalog AEC-40R. Does not meet EUSERC requirements. Terminal box is suitable for use on LINE or LOAD side of service equipment. Supplied with isolated neutral and provided with neutral bonding kit for use as required. Refer to page 2-9 for appropriate short circuit current ratings. Feed-thru lug kit available, see Accessories, page 2-15. For field installed Lug Landing Kit order catalog number EZM1200ULL, List Price $460.00, order lugs separately. Does not meet EUSERC requirements. Top feed only. DE4 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 3 Phase Branch Devices Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction Table 2.20: Branch Units—3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing System Type Width (in.) Number of Meter Sockets Horizontal Cross Bus Ratinga and Bus Bar Material Ring Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket without Bypassb Cat. No. $ Price Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket without Bypass Cat. No. Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket with Horn Bypass $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 1554.00 — 2473.00 2039.00 — 3234.00 2592.00 — 4121.00 2991.00 4756.00 EZMH313125a — EZMH313125CUX EZMH314125a — EZMH314125CUX EZMH315125a — EZMH315125CUX EZMH316125a EZMH316125CUX 125 A Maximum (Order Type QO, QO-VH or QOH Circuit Breakers Separately)cd 800 A Al EZM313125a 1554.00 EZMR313125a 800 A Cu EZM313125M10e 4253.00 — 1200 A Cu EZM313125CUX 2473.00 EZMR313125CUX 800 A Al EZM314125a 2034.00 EZMR314125a 3Ø4W 4 800 A Cu EZM314125M10e 5670.00 — 208Y/120 Vac 5-Jaw-Meter Socket 12.25 1200 A Cu EZM314125CUX 3234.00 EZMR314125CUX 2P Branch 800 A Al EZM315125a 2592.00 EZMR315125a Circuit Breakers 5 800 A Cu EZM315125M10e 7088.00 — 1200 A Cu EZM315125CUX 4121.00 EZMR315125CUX 800 A Al EZM316125a 2991.00 EZMR316125a 6 1200 A Cu EZM316125CUX 4756.00 EZMR316125CUX 225 A Maximum (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM,QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately)cf 3 800 A Al EZM312225a 2273.00 EZMR312225a 2273.00 EZMH312225a 2474.00 1200 A Cu EZM312225CUX 3615.00 EZMR312225CUX 3615.00 EZMH312225CUX 2473.00 3Ø4W 800 A Al EZM313225a 2792.00 EZMR313225a 2792.00 EZMH313225a 3111.00 3 208Y/120 Vac 1200 A Cu EZM313225CUX 4438.00 EZMR313225CUX 4438.00 EZMH313225CUX 4947.00 5-Jaw-Meter Socket 17.38 800 A Al EZM314225a 3749.00 EZMR314225a 3749.00 EZMH314225a 4148.00 2P Branch 4 Circuit Breakers 1200 A Cu EZM314225CUX 5961.00 EZMR314225CUX 5961.00 EZMH314225CUX 6595.00 1200 A Al/Cu EZM315225 4920.00 EZMR315225 5457.00 EZMH315225 5718.00 5 1200 A Cu EZM315225CU 7409.00 EZMR315225CU 7409.00 EZMH315225CU 8154.00 a For 1200 A main cross bus, add suffix “X” to catalog number. Example: EZMR313125X. Add 3% adder to list per device. Allow 6 weeks for delivery. b Snap-On aluminum sealing rings supplied as standard. c For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains the same as the base catalog number. Order only branch units, not stocked in PDS (6-week delivery). d Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided. e Distance between meter sockets as measured from centerline to centerline is 10 inches. f 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15. Table 2.21: Branch Units—225 A Maximum Commercial EZMT311225 System Type Number Horizontal Cross Bus of Rating Meter Sockets and Bus Bar Material Ringless Type Meter Socket without Bypass Cat. No. Width (in.) Ringless Type Meter Socket with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release $ Price Cat. No. Width (in.) $ Price Ring Type Meter Socket with Test Block Bypass. Meets EUSERC Requirements Cat. No. 3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing g (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM,QGP-TM or QJP-TM circuit breakers separately) h 1 1200 A Al/Cu — — — — — — EZMT311225i 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML312225 4266.00 EZMT312225i 3Ø4W 2 1200 A Cu — — — EZML312225CU 19.44 6785.00 — 208Y/120 Vac 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML312225Dj 4479.00 — 5-Jaw 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML313225 6420.00 EZMT313225ik Meter Sockets 2P 3 1200 A Cu — — — EZML313225CU 19.44 10208.00 — Branch 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML313225Dj 6741.00 — Circuit 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML314225 8732.00 — Breakers 4 1200 A Cu — — — EZML314225CU 19.44 13884.00 — 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML314225Dj 9168.00 — 3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing (Order QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM circuit breakers separately, see page 2-15) Width (in.) $ Price 22.42 22.42 — — 22.42 — — 3545.00 6695.00 — — 10041.00 — — — — — — 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML331225 2792.00 EZMT331225i 22.42 3938.00 1200 A Cu — — — EZML331225CU 19.44 4438.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML331225Dj 2931.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZMR332225 4686.00 EZML332225 5105.00 EZMT332225i 22.42 6957.00 2 1200 A Cu EZMR332225CU 19.44 7451.00 EZML332225CU 19.44 8117.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZML332225Dj 5360.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZMR333225 7337.00 EZML333225 7794.00 EZMT333225ik 22.42 10304.00 3 1200 A Cu EZMR333225CU 19.44 11664.00 EZML333225CU 19.44 12395.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZML333225Dj 8184.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZMR334225 10169.00 EZML334225 10667.00 — — 4 1200 A Cu EZMR334225CU 19.44 16167.00 EZML334225CU 19.44 16959.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZML334225Dj 11214.00 — — For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains the same as the base catalog number. Order only branch units, not stocked in PDS (6-week delivery). 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15. Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Use main lugs terminal box type EZM-TBU for Six Disconnect Rule applications to feed this device. Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars. Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided. Does not meet EUSERC 48 in. minImum / 75 in. maximum meter height requirements for outdoor installations. The bottom meter socket is 37 inches above ground when the device is mounted with the top meter socket at 75 inches above ground. EUSERC indoor requirements are 36 in. minimum / 75 in. maximum. 1 EZMT311225 Without Cover 3Ø4W 240/120 Vac Delta or 208Y/120 Vac 7-Jaw Meter Socket 3P Branch Circuit Breakers g h i j k 400 A maximum Commercial Branch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2-14. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE4 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com METERING EQUIPMENT 2 2-13 2 EZML313225 1875.00 — 2980.00 2474.00 — 3933.00 3111.00 — 4947.00 3788.00 6023.00 EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers EZM 3 Phase Branch and Main Devices with Busway Taps Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction (Continued) Table 2.22: Branch Units—400 A Maximum Commercial System Type Number of Meter Sockets 3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing c 3Ø4W 208Y/120 Vac 5-Jaw Meter Socket 2P Branch Circuit Breakers 3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing Horizontal Cross Bus Rating Ringless Type Meter Socket with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release— IncludesFactory-Installed 400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker. ab Cat. No. Width (in.) $ Price Ringless Type K Bolt-on Meter Socket with Manual Bypass— Includes Factory-Installed 400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker. a Cat. No. Width (in.) $ Price 1 1200 A Cu EZML311400 23.21 5981.00 EZMK311400 27.56 8924.00 2 1200 A Cu EZML312400 23.21 11963.00 EZMK312400 27.56 17534.00 2 3Ø4W 1 1200 A Cu EZML331400 23.21 6978.00 EZMK331400 27.56 10515.00 240/120 Vac Delta or 208Y/120 Vac 2 1200 A Cu EZML332400 23.21 13956.00 EZMK332400 27.56 20715.00 7-Jaw Meter Socket 3P Branch Circuit Breakers a DJM circuit breaker has adjustable trip settings from 160–400 A. If required, order seal kit, catalog number 29375. DJM circuit breaker terminal lug kit 32508 factory-installed and accomodates (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu per phase. Alternate lug kit 32510 for DJM circuit breaker is available, see Accessories, page 2-15. Additional field-installed DB circuit breaker accessories are available, see page 7-35. b Supplied with Class 320 lever bypass meter socket. Use anti-inversion clip kit, catalog number MMLRK, if required. Order from page 2-15. c For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZML312400CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains the same as the base catalog number. “Order only” branch units, not stocked in PDS (4–6 week delivery). Order point Lexington. EZM Main with Busway Tap METERING EQUIPMENT EZMK311400 EZ Meter-Pak metering equipment is available for use in high rise applications for connection to 800–5000 A I-Line™ or I-Line II plug-in busway installed as a vertical riser. Three phase only EZM main devices in the form of a main circuit breaker or main fusible switch are available with an integral busway tap extending from the right or left side of the main device and phased to align with the busway for either neutral front or neutral back installations. Busway Mains, 3Ø only (Indoor only) ordering instructions: Wall 5.75 146 CL of Busway Plan View Detail Step 1: Determine height to center line of busway plug-in opening, check local utility requirements for minimum and maximum meter socket heights. Step 2: Determine side of EZM main section for busway tap to extend from (busway tap is an integral part of the main and extends to the left or right on the EZM device as viewed from the front). Step 3: Check phasing of busway riser to insure that it matches phasing of busway tap on main section (indicated as neutral front or neutral back as viewed from the front). Step 4: Select Cat. No. from tables below. Step 5: Busway main devices are build to order specials and require 4 to 6 weeks for delivery (order point Lexington). Width Top of EZM Mounting Channel (See Note) EZM Bus Tap Table 2.23: 1200 A EZM Mains with Busway Tap (Three Phase Only—Note positioning left or right below) Ampere Width Horizontal Rating (in.) Cross Bus Rating Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Tap d Neutral Front Neutral Back Main Fusible Switch with Busway Tap e $ Price Neutral Front Neutral Back $ Price Busway to Right of metering equipment lineup 56.11 400 18.66 400 A Al EZM3400CBNFBTR EZM3400CBNBBTR 8886.00 EZM3400FSNFBTR EZM3400FSNBBTR 6732.00 1425 CL of Busway 600 18.66 600 A Al EZM3600CBNFBTR EZM3600CBNBBTR 12513.00 EZM3600FSNFBTR EZM3600FSNBBTR 10640.00 Plug-in Opening 800 18.66 800 A Al EZM3800CBNFBTR EZM3800CBNBBTR 15744.00 EZM3800FSNFBTR EZM3800FSNBBTR 13830.00 31.11 1000 18.66 1000 A Al EZM31000CBNFBTRg EZM31000CBNBBTRg 19292.00 — — — 4.11 790 104 Busway to Left of metering equipment lineup Floor Level 400 18.66 400 A Al EZM3400CBNFBTL EZM3400CBNBBTL 8886.00 EZM3400FSNFBTL EZM3400FSNBBTL 6732.00 600 18.66 600 A Al EZM3600CBNFBTL EZM3600CBNBBTL 12513.00 EZM3600FSNFBTL EZM3600FSNBBTL 10640.00 EZM3800CBNFBTR 800 18.66 800 A Al EZM3800CBNFBTL EZM3800CBNBBTL 15744.00 EZM3800FSNFBTL EZM3800FSNBBTL 13830.00 1000 18.66 1000 A Al EZM31000CBNFBTLg EZM31000CBNBBTLg 19292.00 — — — Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Tap Width Busway to Right of Metering Equipment Lineup A EZM31200GBNFTBRfgd EZM31200GBNFBTRdfg 25394.00 EZM31200JBNFBTRhfg EZM31200JBNBBTRhfg 29108.00 1200 23.36 1200 Top of EZM AI/Cu Mounting Channel Busway to Left of Metering Equipment Lineup A EZM31200GBNFTBLfgd EZM31200GBNFBTLdfg 25394.00 EZM31200JBNFBTLhfg EZM31200JBNBBTLhfg 29108.00 1200 23.36 1200 (See Note) EZM AI/Cu Bus Tap Main Fusible Switch with Busway Tap 56.11 1425 Busway to Right of Metering Equipment Lineup CL of Busway A Plug-in Opening 1200 23.36 1200 — — — EZM31200FSNFBTRefg EZM31200FSNBBTRefg 23480.00 AI/Cu 31.11 790 Busway to Left of Metering Equipment Lineup 4.11 104 A 1200 23.36 1200 — — — EZM31200FSNFBTLefg EZM31200FSNBBTLefg 23480.00 AI/Cu Floor Level d Has a maximum 65 kA short circuit current rating. e Has a 100 kA short circuit current rating. Requires Class T ( 300 Vac) fuses, order separately. EZM3800FSNBBTL f Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars. g Requires use of branch units supplied with 1200 A horizontal cross bus. h Has a 100 kA short circuit current rating. Note: Dimensions shown will position the centerline of top meter socket of a 125 A, 5-Gang or 6-Gang branch unit at 72" above floor level. Check with utility to meet local requirements. 2-14 DE4 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Tenant Circuit Breakers and EZM Accessories Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 2.24: Tenant Circuit Breakers Poles Ampere Rating 10 k AIR Cat. No. 22 k AIR $ Price Cat. No. 42 k AIR $ Price Cat. No. 100 k AIR $ Price Cat. No. $ Price — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 125 A Max. EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breakers 2 67.00 67.00 67.00 134.00 189.00 189.00 189.00 428.00 428.00 10 k AIR 40 QO240a 67.00 50 QO250a 67.00 60 QO260a 67.00 70 QBP22070TM 474.00 80 QBP22080TM 474.00 90 QBP22090TM 474.00 2 100 QBP22100TM 474.00 110 QBP22110TM 474.00 125 QBP22125TM 474.00 150 QBP22150TM 474.00 175 QBP22175TM 474.00 200 QBP22200TM 474.00 225 QBP22225TM 474.00 70 QBP32070TM 1248.00 80 QBP32080TM 1248.00 90 QBP32090TM 1248.00 100 QBP32100TM 1248.00 110 QBP32110TM 1248.00 3 125 QBP32125TM 1248.00 150 QBP32150TM 1248.00 175 QBP32175TM 1248.00 200 QBP32200TM 1248.00 225 QBP32225TM 1248.00 a Must use EZM125QOA adapter. b QO-VH tenant circuit breaker is rated 22 k AIR max. 317.00 317.00 317.00 528.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 1389.00 1389.00 65 k AIR 100 k AIR 146.00 QOH240ca 317.00 — — 146.00 QOH250ca 317.00 — — 146.00 QOH260ca 317.00 — — 1143.00 QGP22070TM 1521.00 QJP22070TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22080TM 1521.00 QJP22080TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22090TM 1521.00 QJP22090TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22100TM 1521.00 QJP22100TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22110TM 1521.00 QJP22110TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22125TM 1521.00 QJP22125TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22150TM 1521.00 QJP22150TM 1890.00 1521.00 QJP22175TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22175TM 1143.00 QGP22200TM 1521.00 QJP22200TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22225TM 1521.00 QJP22225TM 1890.00 1784.00 QGP32070TM 2442.00 QJP32070TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32080TM 2442.00 QJP32080TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32090TM 2442.00 QJP32090TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32100TM 2442.00 QJP32100TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32110TM 2442.00 QJP32110TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32125TM 2442.00 QJP32125TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32150TM 2442.00 QJP32150TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32175TM 2442.00 QJP32175TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32200TM 2442.00 QJP32200TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32225TM 2442.00 QJP32225TMd 2796.00 c QOH tenant circuit breaker is rated 42 k AIR max. d 3-pole QJP tenant circuit breaker is rated 65 k AIR max. at 240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W High Leg Delta, or 100 k AIR max. at 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W. Accessories (continued) Accessory Cat. No. EZM1EXT6 EZM1EXT EZM3EXT6 EZM3EXT EZM1CORNER EZM1ELBOW EZM3CORNER EZM3ELBOW $ Price 767.00 767.00 966.00 966.00 1788.00 1788.00 2217.00 2217.00 EZM1TRANR EZM3TRANR EZM1TRANL EZM3TRANL 237.00 252.00 315.00 332.00 EZM72MC 63.00 MMSAMKe 80.00 EZMSK2 246.00 (1) 1/0–600 kcmil or (2) 1/0–250 kcmil per lug MMLK250 Al/Cu Lug Kits (Each kit includes (2) 3/0–500 kcmil per lug MMLK500 three, 2-barrel lugs.) (2) 2–600 kcmil per lug MMLK600 Feed -Thru for (4) 750 kcmil Al/Cu lugs per phase and neutral. Al EZM600FTLK3 EZM-TBCU 800 A wire 600 A max. Cu wire 800 A max. Terminal Box QO Adapter for bolton Q-frame tenant circuit breakers DJM Circuit Breaker Alternate Lug (DE2) DJM Circuit Breaker Seal Kit Meter Socket Closing Plates QO240VHba QO250VHba QO260VHba QDP22070TM QDP22080TM QDP22090TM QDP22100TM QDP22110TM QDP22125TM QDP22150TM QDP22175TM QDP22200TM QDP22225TM QDP32070TM QDP32080TM QDP32090TM QDP32100TM QDP32110TM QDP32125TM QDP32150TM QDP32175TM QDP32200TM QDP32225TM Table 2.25: Description 1Ø3W Bus Extension (6 in.wide) 1200 A Bus 1Ø3W Bus Extension (12 in.wide) Extension (Indoor/ 3Ø4W Bus Extension (6 in. wide) Outdoor Cu bus) 3Ø4W Bus Extension (12 in. wide) 1Ø3W Inside Corner (14.75 in. wide) 1200 A Bussed 1Ø3W Outside Corner (6.20 in. wide) Corner Sections Inside Corner (14.75 in. wide) (Indoor Cu bus only) 3Ø4W 3Ø4W Outside Corner (6.20 in. wide) 1200 A Transition Add right of old style 1Ø EZM lineup Sections— Add right of old style 3Ø EZM lineup Old to New Add left of old style 1Ø EZM lineup (10.7 in. wide Cu Add left of old style 3Ø EZM lineup bus) Mounting Channel 72" long Secondary Surge For use with 1 or 2-SDSA1175 or 1-SDSA3650 Arrester Mounting kit (order surge arrester separately) Stud Kit for EZM-TB Includes (2) 1/2 in.-13 studs per pad and mounting 400–600 A terminal hardware. Four pads per kit. box Anti-inversion Clip QOH240 QOH250 QOH260 QOH270 QOH280 QOH290 QOH2100 QOH2110 QOH2125 25 k AIR Accessories Accessory Feed-Thru for EZM-TB 1600 A Terminal Box Fifth jaw Kit Horn Bypass Kit Slider Type Manual Circuit Closer 146.00 146.00 146.00 224.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 1034.00 1034.00 225 A Max. EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breakers Accessories Table 2.25: QO240VH QO250VH QO260VH QO270VH QO280VH QO290VH QO2100VH QO2110VH QO2125VH 150.00 200.00 233.00 480.00 (24) additional lugs, 600 kcmil Al/Cu, (6) per phase EZM1600FTLK3 915.00 and neutral. 1 per kit 5J f Use with Type EZMR 1Ø meter socket only MMHB For (1) 125–225 A ring-type socket only— MM200MBgh indoor/outdoor Rejects 100 A and 200 A watt-hour meters in Class MMLRK 320 meter sockets in Type EZML branch units. For 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QOH (40–60 A, 100 EZM125QOA kA max. meter center SCCR) Kit includes (3) 2-barrel lugs for (2) 2/0 AWG–350 32510 kcmil AL/Cu or (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL per lug. Tamper-evident kit to seal DJM trip dial cover, (1) 29375 per circuit breaker, if required. Meets NEC 240-6 [c] Lexan Closing Plate—EZM, EZMR, EZMH, EZMT 29007 Metal Closing plate—EZMR, EZMH, EZML RSG4 18.30 16.70 Description Cat. No. $ Price Snap-on (Stainless Steel) ARP00026 16.70 Sealing Rings Screw-Type (Aluminum) 29008W 20.10 Latch-Type (Aluminum)-standard 2920910001 8.00 For use on ringless EZM or MP branch unit covers, Barrel Lock Kit includes 6 each of head protectors, lock nuts and MMBLC 66.00 sealing caps. (Barrel lock not included.) Tenant Circuit 125 A Branches—2P Type QO (2 per opening) QOFP 3.60 Breaker Filler Plates 225 A Branches—2P and 3P Q-Frame EZMPCP 26.00 e Consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for details. f All sockets include 5th Jaw factory-installed except EZM11__ devices. g Meter center short circuit current rating is 10,000 RMS symmetrical amperes with manual circuit closers installed (bypass is not designed for use as continuous duty). h For use on ring type meter sockets only. Busway Transition Section EZM busway transition section provides no overcurrent protection for the downstream EZM branch units. Tenant main circuit breakers in these branch units must be selected as “fully rated” equipment. (Examples: QO for 10 kA, QO-VH for 22 kA or QOH for 42 kA.) Table 2.26: EZM Busway Transition Sections (3Ø only) Ampere I-Line™ Busway location Rating 1200 RIGHT of EZM Transition Section 1200 LEFT of EZM Transition Section Neutral Front Neutral Back EZM3BUSRF EZM3BUSLF EZM3BUSRB EZM3BUSLB 16.11 273.00 4.11 — 10.10 122.00 104 EZM Bus Tap Top of EZM Mounting Channel EZM Bus Tap 1.00 1.00 55.11 55.11 25 Top of EZM Mounting Channel 25 CL of Busway Plug-in Opening CL of Busway Plug-in Opening 56.11 — 2625.00 2625.00 409 Width 4.11 104 12.00 $ Price 16.11 409 Width 171.00 Width (in.) 12.00 12.00 1425 1400 1400 Floor Level EZM3BUSRF and EZM3BUSRB 56.11 1425 Floor Level EZM3BUSLF and EZM3BUSLB © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2-15 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com METERING EQUIPMENT QDP22200TM Poles QO240 QO250 QO260 QO270 QO280 QO290 QO2100 QO2110 QO2125 2 QO2100VH 2P, Plug-on Type Circuit Breaker 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Ampere Rating EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Dimensions Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 W Table 2.27: Main Devices Dimensions (in.) Height MC (Mounting Channel) Cat. No. H Main Device W T METERING EQUIPMENT B MC (Mounting Channel) 2 H Branch Device Width Depth MC Cat. No. EZM1ELBOW (indoor only) a EZM31000CB EZM31000CBU EZM31200G/JCBT EZM31200G/JCBE EZM31200TBU EZM31200G/JCBU EZM31200FSB EZM31200FST EZM31200FSE EZM31600G/JCBC EZM31600G/JCBU EZM31600TB EZM32000CB EZM32000CBU EZM32000TB EZM3225TB EZM3400CB EZM3400CBU EZM3400FS EZM3400FSU EZM3400TB EZM3400TBU EZM3600CB EZM3600CBU EZM3600FS EZM3600FSU EZM3600TB EZM3800CB EZM3800CBU EZM3800FS EZM3800FSU EZM3800TB EZM3800TBCU EZM3800TBU EZM3EXT EZM3EXT6 EZM3CORNER (indoor only) Each leg of elbow section measures 6.17 in. corner of wall to start of next enclosure. Device supplied without mounting channel, secure to wall by use of swingable mounting feet. Each leg of this corner section measures 14.72 in. from wall to start of next enclosure. EZM11000CB EZM11000CBU EZM11200G/JCBT EZM11200G/JCBE EZM11200FST EZM11200FSE EZM11200G/JCBU EZM11200FSB EZM11200TBU EZM11600G/JCBC EZM11600G/JCBU EZM11600TB EZM12000CB EZM12000CBU EZM12000TB EZM1225TB EZM1400CB EZM1400CBU EZM1400FS EZM1400FSU EZM1400TB EZM1400TBU EZM1600CB EZM1600CBU EZM1600FS EZM1600FSU EZM1600TB EZM1800CB EZM1800CBU EZM1800FS EZM1800FSU EZM1800TB EZM1800TBCU EZM1800TBU EZM1EXT EZM1EXT6 EZM1CORNER (indoor only) c a b c Table 2.28: www.schneider-electric.us Dimensions 53.97 70.05 46.90 66.20 46.90 66.20 65.30 65.30 44.71 68.70 68.70 55.09 68.70 68.70 71.09 21.81 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 30.46 35.71 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 30.46 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 53.97 51.76 39.96 19.34 19.34 19.50 18.66 34.19 23.69 32.39 23.69 32.39 23.69 23.69 33.16 30.19 30.19 22.48 30.19 30.19 30.19 11.66 18.66 20.46 18.66 20.46 17.15 17.16 18.66 20.46 18.66 20.46 17.15 18.66 20.46 18.66 20.46 18.66 22.48 25.16 11.66 6.00 14.40 11.50 18.33 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 11.68 18.33 18.33 13.00 18.33 18.33 21.46 6.37 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 7.09 8.00 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 7.09 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 7.09 11.68 6.37 6.37 8.02 34.30 46.99 13.75 50.09 13.75 50.09 49.11 49.11 31.17 38.13 49.12 27.92 44.25 44.25 37.62 13.00 b 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 16.29 27.17 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 16.29 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 34.30 28.01 31.17 11.85 b 11.85 b 11.85 b Height Width Depth MC 19.50 53.97 70.05 46.90 66.20 44.71 65.30 65.30 46.90 66.20 68.70 68.70 55.09 68.70 68.70 71.09 21.81 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 30.46 35.71 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 30.46 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 53.97 51.76 39.96 19.34 19.34 19.50 14.52 18.66 34.19 23.69 32.39 33.16 23.69 23.69 23.69 32.39 30.19 30.19 22.48 30.19 30.19 30.19 11.66 18.66 20.46 18.66 20.46 17.15 17.16 18.66 26.19 18.66 26.19 17.15 18.66 26.19 18.66 26.19 18.66 22.48 25.16 11.66 6.00 14.40 8.01 11.50 18.33 13.69 13.69 11.68 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 18.33 18.33 13.00 18.33 18.33 21.46 6.37 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 7.09 8.00 11.50 11.65 11.50 11.65 7.09 11.50 11.65 11.50 11.65 11.50 7.09 11.68 6.37 6.37 8.02 11.85 b 34.30 46.99 13.75 50.09 31.17 49.11 49.11 13.75 50.09 38.13 49.12 27.92 44.25 44.25 37.62 13.00 b 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 16.29 27.17 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 16.29 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 34.30 28.01 31.17 11.85 b 11.85 b 11.85 b Branch Device Dimensions (in.)d Cat. No. Single Phase EZM112225 [X, CUX] EZM113125 [X, CUX] EZM113225 [X, CUX] EZM114125 [X, CUX] EZM114225 [X, CUX] EZM115125 [X, CUX] EZM115225 [CU] EZM116125 [X, CUX] EZMH112225 [X, CUX] EZMH113125 [X, CUX] EZMH113225 [X, CUX] EZMH114125 [X, CUX] EZMH114225 [X, CUX] EZMH115125 [X, CUX] EZMH115225 [CU] EZMH116125 [X, CUX] EZMK111400 EZMK112400 EZML111225 [CU] EZML111225D Three Phase EZM312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM313125M10 EZM313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM314125M10 EZM314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM315125M10 EZM315225 [CU, CA, CUCA] EZM316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZMH312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH315225 [CU, CA, CUCA] EZMH316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMK311400 [CA] EZMK312400 [CA] EZMK331400 EZMK332400 EZML311400 [CA] EZML311225 [CU, CA, CUCA] EZML312225 [CU, CA, CUCA] EZML312225D [CA] EZML312400 [CA] EZML313225 [CU, CA, CUCA] EZML313225D [CA] Height Width Depth MC Top Bottom Cat. No. Height Width Depth MC Top Bottom 43.41 42.37 43.41 48.12 52.00 57.12 61.00 66.12 43.41 42.37 43.41 48.12 52.00 57.12 61.00 66.12 45.55 72.99 39.06 39.06 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 27.56 27.56 19.44 19.44 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 9.74 9.74 9.44 9.44 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.35 40.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.35 40.30 37.81 37.81 25.51 25.51 22.18 13.18 13.18 9.93 12.77 9.93 12.77 9.93 22.18 13.18 13.18 9.93 12.77 9.93 12.77 9.93 24.51 22.26 25.67 25.67 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 21.04 21.04 13.39 13.39 EZML111400 EZML112225 [CU] EZML112225D EZML112400 EZML113225 [CU] EZML113225D EZML114225 [CU] EZML114225D EZMR112225 [X, CUX] EZMR113125 [X, CUX] EZMR113225 [X, CUX] EZMR114125 [X, CUX] EZMR114225 [X, CUX] EZMR115125 [X, CUX] EZMR115225 [CU] EZMR116125 [X, CUX] EZMT111225 EZMT112225 EZMT113225 44.55 39.06 39.06 69.61 53.06 53.06 67.06 67.06 43.41 42.37 43.41 48.12 52.00 57.12 61.00 66.12 25.45 60.56 79.56 23.21 19.44 19.44 23.21 19.44 19.44 19.44 19.44 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 22.42 22.42 22.42 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 9.38 9.38 9.38 37.81 25.51 25.51 37.81 39.51 39.51 39.51 39.51 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.35 40.30 16.19 43.63 48.25 24.02 11.67 11.67 20.64 11.67 11.67 11.67 11.67 22.18 13.18 13.18 9.93 12.77 9.93 12.77 9.93 4.67 12.67 12.67 21.53 13.39 13.39 21.53 13.39 13.39 13.39 13.39 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 20.45 28.89 28.89 43.41 42.37 42.37 43.41 48.12 52.12 52.00 57.12 62.12 61.00 66.12 43.41 42.37 43.41 48.12 52.00 57.12 61.00 66.12 45.55 72.99 45.55 72.99 45.55 39.06 39.06 39.06 69.61 53.06 53.06 17.38 12.25 12.25 17.38 12.25 12.25 17.38 12.25 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 27.56 27.56 27.56 27.56 23.21 19.44 19.44 19.44 23.21 19.44 19.44 8.09 7.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 9.74 9.74 9.74 9.74 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 32.34 31.30 24.29 32.34 31.30 34.29 32.34 31.30 34.29 32.35 40.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.35 40.30 30.60 37.81 30.60 37.81 37.81 25.51 25.51 25.51 37.82 39.51 39.51 22.18 13.18 10.18 13.18 9.93 9.93 12.77 9.93 9.93 12.77 9.93 22.18 13.18 13.18 9.93 12.77 9.93 12.77 9.93 24.51 22.26 24.51 22.26 24.02 25.67 11.67 11.67 20.64 11.67 11.67 12.23 11.19 12.19 12.23 11.19 12.19 12.23 11.19 12.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 21.04 21.04 21.04 21.04 21.53 13.39 13.39 13.39 21.53 13.39 13.39 EZML314225 [CU, CA, CUCA] 67.06 19.44 9.44 EZML314225D [CA] 67.06 19.44 9.44 EZML331225 [CU] 39.06 19.44 9.44 EZML331225D 39.06 19.44 9.44 EZML331400 45.55 23.21 9.44 EZML332225 [CU] 39.06 19.44 9.44 EZML332225D 39.06 19.44 9.44 EZML332400 [CU] 69.61 23.21 9.44 EZML333225 [CU] 53.06 19.44 9.44 EZML333225D 53.06 19.44 9.44 EZML334225 [CU] 67.06 19.44 9.44 EZML334225D 67.06 19.44 9.44 EZMR312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 43.41 17.38 8.09 EZMR313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 42.37 12.25 8.09 EZMR313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 43.41 17.38 8.09 EZMR314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 48.12 12.25 7.09 EZMR314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 52.00 17.38 8.09 EZMR315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 57.12 12.25 7.09 EZMR315225 [CU, CA, CUXCA] 61.00 17.38 8.09 EZMR316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 66.12 12.25 7.09 EZMR332225 [CU] 39.06 19.44 9.44 EZMR333225 [CU] 53.06 19.44 9.44 EZMR334225 [CU] 67.06 19.44 9.44 EZMT311225 [CA] 25.45 22.42 9.38 EZMT312225 [CA] 60.56 22.42 9.38 EZMT313225 [CA] 79.56 22.42 9.38 EZMT331225 25.12 22.42 9.38 EZMT332225 60.56 22.42 9.38 EZMT333225 79.56 22.42 9.38 d Standard branch units are available without suffix added. 39.51 39.51 25.51 25.51 37.81 35.51 35.51 37.82 39.51 39.51 39.51 39.51 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.35 40.30 25.51 39.51 39.51 16.19 43.63 48.25 16.19 43.63 48.25 11.67 11.67 25.67 25.67 24.02 11.67 11.67 20.64 11.67 11.67 11.67 11.67 22.18 13.18 13.18 9.93 12.77 9.93 12.77 9.93 11.67 11.67 11.67 4.67 12.67 12.67 4.67 12.67 12.67 13.39 13.39 13.39 13.39 21.53 13.39 13.39 21.53 13.39 13.39 13.39 13.39 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 13.39 13.39 13.39 20.45 28.89 28.89 20.45 28.89 28.89 2-16 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Table of Contents Back to Product Index Section 3 Section Listing Safety Switches Light Duty Fusible 3-2 Application Data and Dimensions 3-3 Standards: • • UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches. UL Listed under File E2875. NEMA Standards Publication KS1. Enclosed Switches. General Duty Light Duty, p. 3-2 Fusible and Non-Fusible 3-2 Application Data and Dimensions 3-3 Standards: • • UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches. UL Listed under File E2875. NEMA Standards Publication KS1. Enclosed Switches. Heavy Duty Fusible 3-4 Non-Fusible 3-6 Special Application Enclosures 3-7 Motor Disconnect and Receptacle Switches General Duty, p. 3-2 3-8 Accessories 3-11 Application Data and Dimensions 3-13 Standards: • • • UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches. UL Listed under files E2875, E154828, E233505 and E317818. UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment, file E 164864. NEMA Standards Publication KS1 Enclosed Switches (UL98 Switches Only). Fusible and Non-Fusible 3-15 Accessories 3-18 Standards: • • Heavy Duty, p. 3-4 UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches. UL Listed under files E2875 (unless otherwise noted). NEMA Standards Publication KS1 Enclosed Switches (applies to Type DT and DTU series F only). Application Data and Dimensions 1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch 3-19 3-22 3 Standards: • • • • • • UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches UL Listed under file E343347 IEC 60947 - 1 Electrical IEC 60947 - 3 Mechanical NEMA standard. Publication KS-1 Enclosed Switches IP 63 and NEMA 3 Enclosure Stainless Steel Heavy Duty, p. 3-7 3-1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com SAFETY SWITCHES Double Throw General Duty Safety Switches Light Duty Class 3130 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Light Duty—Visible Blades 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating The Square D light duty enclosed switch is ideal for home applications in disconnecting power to workshops, hobby rooms, furnaces, and garages. Table 3.1: System L221N Fusible Amperes Fuse NEMA 1 Indoor Cat. No. $ Price 2 Wire (1 Blade and Fuseholder, 1 Neutral)—120 Vac 30 a Plug L111N Horsepower Ratings Std. Max. 1/2 2 $54.00 System NEMA 1 Indoor Amperes Fuse Horsepower Ratings Cat. No. $ Price Std. 3 Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—120/240 Vac Max. 30 Plug L211N 72.00 1-1/2a 3a 30 Cart. L221N 98.00 1-1/2a 3a For single phase hp rating, use two switching poles. General Duty—Up To 100 kA Short Circuit Current Rating With Proper Current Limiting Fusing General duty safety switches are designed for residential and commercial applications where durability and economy are prime considerations. Typical loads are lighting, air conditioning, and appliances. They are suitable for use as service equipment when equipped with a factory- or field-installed neutral assembly or a field-installed service grounding kit, (see Table 3.6) as applicable. General duty safety switches are UL Listed, File E2875, and meet or exceed the NEMA Standard KS1. D223N Table 3.2: Fusible UL Listed Short Circuit Withstand Rating Short Circuit Rating Plug 10 kA H 10 kA K 10 kA Fusible J 100 kA R 100 kA T 100 kA H 10 kA K 10 kA NonJ 100 kA Fusiblea R 100 kAb T 100 kA a The UL Listed short-circuit current rating for Square D general duty, not fusible switches is based on the switch being used in conjunction with fuses. Evaluation of nonfusible switches in conjunction with molded case circuit breakers above 10,000 amps has not been performed. For applications requiring greater protection, consider using a heavy duty safety switch. Refer to UL Listed Maximum Short Circuit Current Ratings—AC only—on page 3-6. If a UL Listed short-circuit current rating is required, this nonfusible switch must be replaced with a Square D general duty fusible safety switch equipped with the appropriate class and size fusing. Consult the wiring diagram of the switch to verify the UL Listed shortcircuit current rating. b 50 kA for 60 A non-fusible switch. Switch Type Fuse Class NEMA 1 Indoor System Amperes NEMA 3Ra Rainproof Class R Fuse Kits Field-Installedb Fuse Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 2 Wire (1 Blade and Fuseholder, 1 Neutral)—120 Vac 30 Plug Use Light Duty Device for this Application (see below) 30 Cart. Use three-wire devices for this application. 3 Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—120/240 Vac (Plug), 240 Vac (Cart.) Maximum 30 Plug D211N 90.00 D211NRB 177.00 — — 30 Cart. D221N 122.00 D221NRB 188.00 DRK30 25.65 60 Cart. D222N 206.00 D222NRB 326.00 RFK03H 25.50 100 Cart. D223N 426.00 D223NRB 480.00 RFK10 47.70 200 Cart. D224Ne 884.00 D224NRBe 1200.00 HRK1020 47.70 400 Cart. D225N 2555.00 D225NR 3459.00 DRK40 111.00 600g Cart. D226N 5109.00 D226NR 6569.00 DRK600 111.00 Horsepower Ratings Std. (Fast Acting One-Time Fuses) Max. (Dual Element Time-Delay Fuses) 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø — — — — — — — — 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 — — — 3c 7-1/2c 15 c 25 c — — 3 3 10 15 — — — — 7-1/2c 15c 30c 60c — — 3 SAFETY SWITCHES 4 Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac Maximum 30 Cart. D321N 188.00 D321NRB 293.00 DRK30 25.65 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 60 Cart. D322N 326.00 D322NRB 441.00 RFK03H 25.50 3 7-1/2d 10 15d 100 Cart. D323N 564.00 D323NRB 816.00 RFK10 47.70 7-1/2 15d 15 30d 200 Cart. D324Ne 1202.00 D324NRBe 1461.00 HRK1020 47.70 15 25d — 60d 400 Cart. D325N 3113.00 D325NR 3893.00 DRK40 111.00 — 50 — 125 400f Class T D325NT 2994.00 D325NTR 3741.00 — — — 50 — — 600g Cart. D326N 5823.00 D326NR 7877.00 DRK600 111.00 — 75 — 150 600f Class T D326NT 5598.00 D326NTR 7569.00 — — — 75 — — 800f Class T T327N 9722.00 T327NR 12438.00 — — — 100 — — a Bolt-on hubs—Refer to page 3-10. b When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses. c For corner grounded delta systems only. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. See data bulletin 2700DB0202 for additional information. d If corner grounded delta, use outer switching poles for ungrounded conductors. e For 200% neutral, order (1) additional neutral kit SN20A and (1) neutral jumper kit SN20NI. f Class T 400–800 A general duty safety switches use 300 Vac Class T fuses and are UL Listed for use on systems with up to 100 kA available fault current. g Order Class J fuse kit: GDJK600 for Class J fuses. Table 3.3: System Non-Fusible Amperes NEMA 3R Rainproof h NEMA 1 Indoor Cat. No. $ Price 2 Wire (2 Blades)—240 Vac Maximum 30 — 60 — 60 QO260NATSij 100 QO2000NSij 200 Use 3P Switch 400p Use 3P Switch 600 Use 3P Switch — — 161.00 276.00 — — — Cat. No. DU221RB DU222RB QO200TR ijk QO2000NRBik Use 3P Switch Use 3P Switch Use 3P Switch Horsepower Ratings (Max.) $ Price 177.00 353.00 161.00 338.00 — — — 1Ø 3Ø 3 10 10 20 — — — — — — — — — — 3 Wire (3 Blades)—240 Vac Maximum 30 DU321 155.00 DU321RB 293.00 3 7-1/2 60 DU322 206.00 DU322RB 443.00 10 15 100 DU323l 477.00 DU323RBl 816.00 15 30 200 DU324m 884.00 DU324RBm 1461.00 15 60n 400p DU325 2198.00 — — — 125 600 DU326n 4191.00 — — — 150 h Bolt-on hubs—Refer to page 3-10. i Enclosed molded case switch—Refer to page 1-24. j Includes factory-installed grounding kit. k Not service entrance rated—Refer to page 1-19 for more information. l If a neutral assembly is required, order and field-install SN0610. m If a neutral assembly is required, order and field install a SN20A Neutral Assembly Kit. For a 200% neutral application, order and field install (2) SN20A Neutral Assembly Kits and (1) SN20NI Neutral Jumper Kit. n If a neutral assembly is required, order part number D600SN. Available for field-installation. o For single phase hp rating, use two switching poles. p To accept J class fuses, move fuse bases to the embossed guide inside of the switch. 3-2 DE1A DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Duty Safety Switches Accessories, Lug Data and Dimensions Class 3130 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Terminal Lug Data a Table 3.4: Table 3.6: Wire Range Amperes Conductors Wire Bending Space Per NEC Table 312.6 Per Phase AWG/kcmil 30 60 100 200 1 1 1 1 1 or 2 Lug Wire Range AWG/kcmil 12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu) 10–2 (Al) or 14–2 (Cu) 12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu) 6 –300 (Al/Cu) (1) 1/0 –750 (Al/Cu) 400 or NEMA 1 (2) 1/0 –300 (Al/Cu) (1) 1 –600 (Al/Cu) 400 2 1/0–250 (Al/Cu) or NEMA 3R (2) 1/0 –250 (Al/Cu) 600 2 4 –500 (Al/Cu) 4 –600 (Al/Cu) 800 3 3/0 –500 (Al/Cu) 3/0 –500 (Al/Cu) o o a 30–100 A switches suitable for 60 C or 75 C conductors. 200–800 A switches suitable for 75oC conductors. Cat. No. 30 PK3GTA1 11.40 60a PK3GTA1 11.40 60b GTK03 11.40 12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu) 10–3 (Al) or 14–3 (Cu) 12–1 (Al) or 14–1 (Cu) 6 –250 (Al/Cu) 1/0 –600 (Al/Cu) or 1/0 –300 (Al/Cu) a b NOTE: Field-installed lug kits are located in the Supplemental Digest page 2.2. Kit consists of three fuse pullers as required for a 3P, fusible, 60 and 100 A general duty switch. Kits can be installed in 60 and 100 A Series F switches. Table 3.5: Fuse Puller Kits Description Cat. No. FPK03 FPK0610 $ Price 100 GTK0610 200 PKOGTA2 400 PKOGTA2 600 (Two Required) 800 PKOGTA3 Series E switch only. Series F switch only. 18.90 55.00 55.00 123.00 Wire Size (AWG) (2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Al/Cu Max. (2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Al/Cu Max. (2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Al/Cu Max. (2) 1/0 Al/Cu Max. (2) 2/0 Al/Cu Max. (2) 2/0 Al/Cu Max. Per Lug (6) 3/0 Al/Cu Max. Field-Installed Electrical Interlock Kits Field-Installed Fuse Puller Kits Series F 60 A Fuse Puller Kit Series F 100 A Fuse Puller Kit Field-Installed Service Grounding Kits Amperes $ Price 30.00 42.60 Electrical interlocks for Series F 100–200 A general duty safety switches and Series F 60 A fusible general duty safety switches are available in kit form for field installation. Each kit contains instructions for proper field mounting. A pivot arm operates from switch mechanism, breaking the control circuit before the main switch blades break. Switches with electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed. Table 3.7: Electrical Interlock Kit Switch’s Amperes Rating Series 60 Fb 100–200 F Electrical Interlock Kit Cat. No.a EIK031 or EIK032 EIK1 or EIK2 W a b $ Price 218.00 311.00 Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with -1 suffix indicates one normally open and one normally closed contact; -2 indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts. Kits are UL Listed. Fusible series. H W/H H W W/H D Std. Cat. No. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm Pack L111N E2 7.63 194 5.00 127 6.13 156 4.00 102 1 D325NTRc L211N E2 7.63 194 5.00 127 6.13 156 4.00 102 1 D326Nc L221N E2 7.63 194 5.00 127 6.13 156 4.00 102 1 D326NTc D211Nc E3 9.25 235 6.75 171 7.25 184 3.63 92 5 D326NRc D211NRBc E2 9.63 245 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 D326NTRc D221Nc E3 9.25 235 6.75 171 7.25 184 3.63 92 5 DU221RBc D221NRBc E3 9.63 245 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 DU222RBc D222N F1 14.63 372 6.50 165 7.45 189 4.88 124 1 DU321c D222NRB F1 14.88 378 6.63 168 7.45 189 4.88 124 1 DU321RBc D223N F3 17.50 445 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 DU322c D223NRB F3 17.50 445 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 DU322RBc D224N F1 29.00 737 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 DU323 D224NRB F1 29.25 743 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 DU323RB D225N E3 45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 DU324 D225NR E1 30.63 778 21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257 1 DU324RB D226Nc E3 49.13 1248 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 DU325c D226NRc E1 49.13 1248 24.75 629 25.13 638 8.88 226 1 DU326c D321Nc E3 9.25 235 6.75 171 7.25 184 3.63 92 5 QO200TRc D321NRBc E3 9.63 245 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 QO260NATSc D322N F1 14.63 372 6.50 165 7.45 189 4.88 124 1 QO2000NRBc D322NRB F1 14.88 378 6.63 168 7.45 189 4.88 124 1 QO2000NSc D323N F3 17.50 445 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 T327Nc D323NRB F3 17.50 445 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 T327NRc D324N F1 29.00 737 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 D324NRB F1 29.25 743 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 D325Nc E3 45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 D325NTc E3 45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 D325NRc E1 30.63 778 21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257 1 o o c 30–100 A switches suitable for 60 C or 75 C conductors. 200–800 A switches suitable for 75oC conductors. Cat. No. Series © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 DE3A Series E1 E3 E3 E1 E1 E2 E1 E2 E2 E1 E1 F3 F3 F1 F1 E3 E3 G3 E2 E1 E1 E1 E1 H in. 30.63 49.13 49.13 49.13 49.13 9.63 9.63 9.25 9.63 9.25 9.63 17.50 17.50 29.00 29.25 45.12 49.13 6.50 9.25 14.00 13.38 49.13 49.13 mm 778 1248 1248 1248 1246 245 245 235 245 235 245 445 445 737 743 1146 1248 165 235 356 340 1248 1248 W W/H D Std. in. mm in. mm in. mm Pack 21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257 1 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 24.75 629 25.13 638 8.88 226 1 24.75 629 25.13 638 8.88 226 1 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 6.75 171 7.25 184 3.63 92 5 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 6.75 171 7.25 184 3.63 92 5 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 4.63 118 — — 3.88 99 5 4.88 124 — — 3.25 83 1 7.75 197 — — 4.50 114 1 6.13 156 — — 3.50 89 1 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 24.75 629 25.13 638 8.88 226 1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 3-3 SAFETY SWITCHES Approximate Dimensions 3 Table 3.8: D Heavy Duty Safety Switches 240 Volt Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Visible blade heavy duty safety switches are designed for application where maximum performance and continuity of service are required. All heavy duty safety switches feature quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism, a dual cover interlock and a color coded indicator handle. They are suitable for use as service equipment when equipped with a field- or factory-installed neutral assembly or equipment grounding kit, unless a 600Y/347 V or 480 Y/277 V, 1000 A or greater, solidly grounded WYE system is used, per NEC 215-10. Heavy duty safety switches are UL Listed (except as noted), File E2875 and 154828 and meet or exceed the NEMA Standard KS1. For UL Listed short circuit current ratings, see page 3-6. NEMA 3R NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless Steel NEMA 1 Table 3.9: System NEMA 12 240 Volt—Single Throw Fusible Amperes NEMA 3R Rainproof (Bolt-on Hubs, page 3-10) NEMA 1 Indoor Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. NEMA 4, 4X, 5, a 304 Stainless Steel (for 316 stainless, see page 3-7) Dust tight, Watertight, Corrosion Resistant (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) NEMA 12K With Knockouts (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 3884.00 7281.00 11483.00 15486.00 H221DS — H222DS H223DS H224DS H225DS H226DS — — 1947.00 — 2337.00 5094.00 6960.00 14481.00 20772.00 — — H221A — — H223A H224A — — — — $ Price NEMA 12, 3R b Without Knockouts (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price Horsepower Ratings c 240 Vac Std. (Using Fast Acting, One Time Fuses) Max. (Using Dual 250 Vdcd Element, Time Delay Fuses) 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 — — 50 50 3e — 7-1/2 e 15 e 25 e — 75 e — — 3 3 10 15 — — — 50 50 7-1/2e — 15 e 30 e 60 e — 200 e — — 5 5 10 20 40 50 50 50 50 3 e 7-1/2 e 15 e 25 e 50 e 75 e — — 3 10 15 — — — 50 50 7-1/2 e 15 e 30 e 60 e 125 e 200 e — — 5 10 20 40 50 50 50 50 2-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 Use three-wire devices For two-wire applications H225 H226 H227 H228 2729.00 5424.00 8459.00 11682.00 H225R H226R H227Rg H228Rg 3 SAFETY SWITCHES 3-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H221N 236.00 H221NRB 447.00 60 H222N 471.00 H222NRB 842.00 100 H223N 716.00 H223NRB 1086.00 200 H224N 1289.00 H224NRB 1562.00 400 H225N 3092.00 H225NR 4245.00 600 H226N 5819.00 H226NR 7677.00 800 H227N 10067.00 H227NRg 12216.00 1200 H228N 12422.00 H228NRg 16665.00 H225NDS H226NDS — — 14787.00 21081.00 — — — — — — 3-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 60 Use four-wire devices For three-wire applications 100 200 400 H325 3425.00 H325R 3975.00 600 H326 6170.00 H326R 8286.00 800 H327 11456.00 H327Rg 14849.00 1200 H328 14517.00 H328Rg 18728.00 H321DS H322DS H323DS H324DS H325DS H326DS — — 2049.00 2532.00 5346.00 7496.00 14961.00 21399.00 — — H321A H322A H323A H324A — — — — 4-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H321N 314.00 H321NRB 555.00 60 H322N 528.00 H322NRB 891.00 100 H323N 842.00 H323NRB 1278.00 200 H324N 1451.00 H324NRB 1748.00 400 H325N 3788.00 H325NR 4322.00 600 H326N 6519.00 H326NR 8622.00 800 H327N 12189.00 H327NRg 15563.00 1200 H328N 15314.00 H328NRg 19709.00 4-Wire (4 Blades and Fuseholders) a b c d e f g 504.00 H221AWK 473.00 — H2212AWKf 588.00 — H222AWK 647.00 1008.00 H223AWK 948.00 1737.00 H224AWK 1643.00 — H225AWK 4163.00 — H226AWK 6543.00 — H227AWK 10325.00 — H228AWK 15815.00 H225NAWK H226NAWK H227NAWK H228NAWK 4304.00 6936.00 12338.00 17184.00 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 — — 50 50 H321AWK H322AWK H323AWK H324AWK H325AWK H326AWK H327AWK H328AWK 639.00 864.00 1331.00 1926.00 4253.00 7365.00 14528.00 17450.00 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 — — 50 50 3 7-1/2 15 25 50 75 100 100 3 10 15 — — — 50 50 7-1/2 15 30 60 125 200 250 250 5 10 20 40 50 50 50 50 4635.00 7757.00 15879.00 20015.00 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 — — 50 50 3 7-1/2 15 25 50 75 100 100 3 10 15 — — — 50 50 7-1/2 15 30 60 125 200 250 250 5 10 20 40 50 50 50 50 Use two-wire devices, Field-installed solid neutral assemblies Order separately See page 3-11. — — — — 639.00 914.00 1412.00 2040.00 — — — — Use three-wire devices, Field-installed solid neutral assemblies Order separately. See page 3-11 H325NDS H326NDS — — 15321.00 21759.00 — — — — — — — — — — H325NAWK H326NAWK H327NAWK H328NAWK 30 60 100 Use 600 Vac devices. See page 3-5. 200 400 600 Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12. For NEMA 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall. Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall. Refer to page 7-31 for additional motor application data. The starting current of motors of more than standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay characteristics. For switching dc, use two switching poles. For corner grounded delta systems only and with neutral assembly installed. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. 60 ampere switch with 30 ampere fuse spacing and clips. Must use 60 A enclosure accessories including electrical interlocks. Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed. Accessories: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3-10 through 3-12 Dimensions: NEMA 1 and 3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-13 Dimensions: NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless and NEMA 12 . . . . . . . page 3-14 3-4 DE1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches 600 Volt Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 3.10: 600 Volts—Single Throw Fusible Horsepower Ratingsc System NEMA 1 Indoor Amperes Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 3R Rainproof (Bolt-on Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 4, 4X, 5a 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 12K (for 316 stainless, see With Knockouts page 3-7) Dust tight, (Watertight Hubs, Watertight, Corrosion page 3-10) Resistant (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 480 Vac NEMA 12, 3Rb Without Knockouts (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. 600 Vac Max. Std. Max. Std. (Using (Using (Using (Using Dual Fast Dual Fast Element, Acting, Element, Acting, Time One Time One Time Delay Time Delay Fuses) Fuses) Fuses) Fuses) dce $ Price 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø 250 600 5025.00 7341.00 15276.00 18044.00 — — — — 100 d 150 d — — — — — — 250 d 400 d — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 50 50 50 — — — — 50 50 50 50 5 5 15 25 50 100 150 200 200 15 15 30 60 125 250 400 500 500 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 30 60 125 200 250 250 20 20 50 75 150 350 500 500 500 5 — — — 40 50 50 50 50 15 15 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 5 15 25 50 100 150 200 200 15 30 60 125 250 400 500 500 7-1/2 15 30 60 125 200 250 250 20 50 75 150 350 500 500 500 — — — 40 50 50 50 50 15 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 2Ø 2Ø 2Ø 2Ø 7-1/2 15 25 50 100 150 20 40 50 — 250 400 10 20 30 50 125 200 25 50 75 — 350 500 5 10 20 40 50 50 15 30 30 50 50 50 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø 25 60 30 75 — — 2-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 Use three-wire devices for two-wire applications H265 H266 H267 H268 4206.00 6653.00 10365.00 14570.00 H265R 5424.00 H266R 10686.00 H267Rg 16385.00 H268Rg 17991.00 H265DS H266DS — — 14961.00 21399.00 — — — — — — — — — — H265AWK H266AWK H267AWK H268AWK 3-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc e 30 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 H361 H361-2f H362 H363 H364 H365 H366 H367 H368 528.00 H361RB 899.00 617.00 H3612RBf 1049.00 638.00 H362RB 1055.00 1188.00 H363RB 1644.00 1707.00 H364RB 2259.00 4551.00 H365R 5532.00 7649.00 H366R 10899.00 13319.00 H367R g 16500.00 17507.00 H368Rg 20009.00 H361DS — H362DS H363DS H364DS H365DS H366DS — — 2520.00 H361A — H361-2A f 2771.00 H362A 5493.00 H363A 7685.00 H364A 15321.00 — 21084.00 — — — — — 1014.00 H361AWK 956.00 1035.00 H3612AWKf 977.00 1047.00 H362AWK 984.00 1626.00 H363AWK 1539.00 2544.00 H364AWK 2400.00 — H365AWK 5462.00 — H366AWK 9203.00 — H367AWK 16352.00 — H368AWK 19706.00 4-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—600 Vac, 600 Vdce H361N 617.00 H361NRB 986.00 H362N 710.00 H362NRB 1134.00 H363N 1278.00 H363NRB 1737.00 H364N 1869.00 H364NRB 2408.00 H365N 4898.00 H365NR 5765.00 H366N 8019.00 H366NR 11054.00 H367N 14043.00 H367NRg 17205.00 H368N 18114.00 H368NRg 20993.00 Use three-wire devices field-installed solid neutral assemblies. Order separately. See page 3-11. H364NDS H365NDS H366NDS — — 7871.00 15668.00 22122.00 — — H364NA — — — — 2715.00 — — — — H364NAWK 2558.00 H365NAWK 5823.00 H366NAWK 9600.00 H367NAWK 17253.00 H368NAWK 20820.00 H461DS H462DS H463DS H464DS — — 2937.00 3069.00 8345.00 12596.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — H461AWK H462AWK H463AWK H464AWK H465AWK — 1115.00 1257.00 1932.00 3222.00 6807.00 — 5112.00 4-Wire (4 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdch 30 60 100 200 400 600 H461 H462 H463 H464 H465 H466 914.00 1065.00 1778.00 2957.00 6210.00 10104.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — 6-Wire (6 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac h a b c d e f g h 100 — — — — H663DS 25964.00 — — H663AWK 200 — — — — H664DS 35393.00 — — H664AWK For applications requiring motor disconnect 12222.00 capability, use electrical interlock. Refer to page 3-10. Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12. Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall. Refer to page 7-35 for additional motor application data. The starting current of motors of more than standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay characteristics. For corner grounded delta systems only and with neutral assembly installed. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. On 3P devices, use two outside poles for switching dc. 60 A switch with 30 A fuse spacing and clips. Must use 60 A enclosure accessories including electrical interlocks. Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed. Not suitable for use as service equipment. Class H Fuse Provisions: Fusible Square D 30 through 600 A heavy duty safety switches accept Class H fuses as standard. With Class H fuses installed, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 10 kA available fault current. SAFETY SWITCHES 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 Fusible Square D 30–600 A heavy duty safety switches will accept Class R fuses as standard. A field-installed rejection kit is available which, when installed, rejects all but Class R fuses. With the installation of the rejection kit and Class R fuses, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 200 kA available fault current. See Class R fuse kits on page 3-10. Class J Fuse Provisions: Class R Fuse Provisions for installing Class J fuses are included in 30 through 400 A 600 Volt, and 100 through 400 A 240 Volt, fusible heavy duty safety switches. Conversion to Class J fuse spacing requires relocating the load side fuse base assembly from the standard Class H fuse location to an alternate position as marked in the enclosure. With Class J fuses installed, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 200 kA available fault current. Switches rated 600 A, 240 or 600 Volt, require the addition of an adapter kit, H600J at $456. One kit per 3P switch. Class L Fuse Provisions: Fusible 800 A and 1200 A safety switches use Class L bolt-in fuses and are rated for use on systems with up to 200 kA at 600 Vac maximum. 1200 A switches accept class L fuses from 601–1200 A, 800 A switches accept class L fuses from 601–800 A. Accessories: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 3-10 through 3-12 Dimensions: NEMA 1 and 3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-13 Dimensions: NEMA 4, 4X and 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-14 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 3-5 3 Class R Fuse Provisions: Heavy Duty Safety Switches Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 Table 3.11: System www.schneider-electric.us 600 Volt—Single Throw Non-Fusible NEMA 4, 4X, 5 a 304 Stainless Steel (for 316 stainless, see page 3-7) Dust tight, Watertight Corrosion Resistant (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) NEMA 3R Rainproof (Bolt-on Hubs, page 3-10) NEMA 1 Indoor Amperes Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 12K With Knockouts (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 12, 3Rb Without Knockouts (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price Horsepower Ratings (Max.) c Volts ac 240 480 600 dcd 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 250 600 — — — — — — 50 50 — — — — — — 50 50 — — — — — — — — 2-Wire (2 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 Use three-wire devices for two-wire applications. HU265 HU266 HU267 HU268 2750.00 4896.00 7467.00 10226.00 HU265R HU266R HU267Re HU268Re 3764.00 7533.00 12884.00 17393.00 3-Wire (3 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc 30 HU361 279.00 HU361RB 488.00 30 HU361EIf 638.00 HU361RBEIf 846.00 30 HU3612g 369.00 HU3612RBg 638.00 60 HU362 488.00 HU362RB 876.00 60 — — — — 100 HU363 783.00 HU363RB 1226.00 200 HU364 1209.00 HU364RB 1485.00 400 HU365 2804.00 HU365R 3840.00 600 HU366 4992.00 HU366R 7683.00 800 HU367 9978.00 HU367R e 13050.00 1200 HU368 13421.00 HU368R e 17867.00 4-Wire (4 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc k 30 HU461h 827.00 — — 60 HU462h 914.00 — — 100 HU463h 1647.00 — — 200 HU464h 2399.00 — — 400 HU465 5201.00 — — 600 HU466 9072.00 — — HU265DS HU266DS — — 12812.00 18455.00 — — HU361DS HU361DSEIf — HU362DS HU362DSEIf HU363DS HU364DS HU365DS HU366DS — — 2120.00 2480.00 — 2520.00 2972.00 5102.00 6960.00 14294.00 19062.00 — — HU461DS HU462DS HU463DS HU464DS — — 2586.00 3027.00 7401.00 11244.00 — — — — — — — — — — HU265AWK HU266AWK HU267AWK HU268AWK HU361A 689.00 HU361AWK HU361AEIf 1047.00 HU361AWKEIf HU3612Ag 710.00 HU3612AWKg HU362A 875.00 HU362AWK — — — HU363A 1265.00 HU363AWK HU364A 1697.00 HU364AWK — — HU365AWK — — HU366AWK — — HU367AWK — — HU368AWK — — — — — — — — — — — — HU461AWKi HU462AWK HU463AWK HU464AWK HU465AWK — 3 SAFETY SWITCHES 6-Wire (6 Blades)—600 Vack 30 — — — — HU661DS 11903.00 — — HU661AWKl 60 — — — — HU662DS 13254.00 — — HU662AWKl 100 — — — — HU663DS 20643.00 — — HU663AWKl 200 — — — — HU664DS 28316.00 — — HU664AWKl a Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12. b Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall. c Refer to page 7-32 for additional motor application data. d For switching dc, use two switching poles. e Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed. f Switches with EI suffix are stocked with factory-installed electrical interlocks with one normally-open and one normally-closed contact. g Use 60 A enclosure accessories, including electrical interlocks. h No knockouts are provided. i Requires 60 A accessories. See page 3-14 for series rating.. j HU461AWK (Series F6) is rated 5 hp@250 Vdc, 10 hp@600 Vdc. k Not suitable for use as service equipment. l One enclosure for NEMA 1, 3, 3R or 12 applications. UL Listed. 3212.00 5408.00 12957.00 17522.00 647.00 1007.00 666.00 833.00 — 1194.00 1604.00 4023.00 6711.00 13097.00 17940.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 50 — 50 — — — — 50 50 50 50 915.00 1008.00 1791.00 2832.00 5672.00 — 5 5 5 10 10 20 15 — — 50 50 2Ø 10 20 30 50 — — 10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15 10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15 10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15 20 25 50 30 60 10 30 20 25 50 30 60 10 30 40 40 75 40 100 20 50 60 50 125 50 150 40 50 125 — 250 — 350 50 50 200 — 400 — 500 50 50 250 50 500 50 500 50 50 250 50 500 50 500 50 50 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 10 20 20 25 30 10j 15j 20 40 50 50 60 10 30 40 50 75 50 75 20 30 60 50 125 50 150 40 50 125 — 250 — 350 50 50 200 — 400 — 500 50 50 3357.00 3884.00 4793.00 10538.00 — — — — 3Ø 10 20 40 60 — — — — 3Ø 20 50 75 125 3Ø — 30 — 60 — 75 — 150 — — — — — — — — UL Listed Maximum Short Circuit Current Ratings—AC only Non-Fusible Safety Switches NOTE: Consult the wiring diagram of the switch to verify the UL Listed short circuit current rating. Table 3.12: Fusible Safety Switches For the short circuit current rating, refer to the table below. Heavy Duty Safety Switch Type m 3-6 UL Listed Fuse Class UL Listed Short Circuit Current Ratings H, K 10 kA Fusible R, J, L 200 kAm On 600 V, 200 A switches, 100,000 A max. on corner grounded delta when protected by Class J or R fuses. DE1 Any brand of circuit breaker or fuse not exceeding the ampere rating of the switch may be used in conjunction with an non-fusible safety switch when there is up to 10 kA short circuit current available (see table below). Above 10 kA—When applied on systems with greater than 10 kA short circuit current available, the UL Listed short circuit current rating for Square D non-fusible switches is based upon the switch being used in conjunction with fuses or Square D circuit breakers or Mag-Gard motor circuit protectors. Table 3.13: Non-Fusible Safety Switches Heavy Duty Switch Rating Safety Switch Type (A) n Fuse or Circuit Breaker Typeo 3-Phase 480 Vac 600 Vac Any brand circuit breaker Up to 10 kA All H, K R,T,J.L 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 30–100 Hp 65 kA 35 kA 35 kA 30–100 FA 14 kA 14 kA 14 kA Non-Fusible Switches 30–100 FH 18 kA 18 kA 18 kA 200 H, J p 65 kA 35 kA 35 kA 200 KA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 400 LA 200 KH 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 400 LH n Applies to NEMA 1, 3R, 4X stainless, 12 switches. o Ampere rating of fuse or circuit breaker not to exceed switch ampere rating. p All H and J circuit breakers are acceptable, but will only support the noted Short Circuit Current Ratings. Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 240 Vac © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches Special Applications Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us 316 Grade Stainless Steel—NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12 Type 316 stainless steel enclosure safety switches offer superior corrosion resistance to a wider range of chemicals than Type 304 stainless switches. Type 316 better resists chloride and is often used in marine, waste treatment and transportation applications. Use watertight hubs from page 3-10. Equipment grounding lugs are supplied as standard. (For Type 304 stainless switches see pages 3-4–3-6.) Table 3.14: 3P 600 Vac, 600 Vdc Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa Amperes Cat. No $ Price 480 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vdcb Std. Max. Std. Max. Max. Fusible H361SS 30 60 100 200 400 600 Non-Fusible 30 60 100 200 400 600 H361SS H362SS H363SS H364SS H365SS H366SS 3444.00 3792.00 7562.00 10592.00 21622.00 30528.00 5 15 25 50 100 150 15 30 60 125 250 400 7-1/2 15 30 60 125 200 20 50 75 150 350 500 15 30 50 50 50 50 HU361SS HU362SS HU363SS HU364SS HU365SS HU366SS 2898.00 3444.00 7029.00 9623.00 17758.00 26306.00 — — — — 100 150 20 50 75 125 250 400 — — — — 125 200 30 60 100 150 350 500 15 30 50 50 50 50 Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Enclosures—NEMA 4X Fiberglass reinforced polyester enclosures are watertight, corrosion resistant, and impervious to windblown dust, rain, and splashing liquid. The molded fiberglass is extremely stable in a wide range of operating temperatures and can withstand heavy impact. Switches are furnished with hubs (page 3-14) and equipment grounding lugs. UL Listed. Table 3.15: Amperes H363DF 3P 600 Vac, 600 Vdc Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Fusible 30 60 100 200 Non-Fusible H361DF H362DF H363DF H364DFd 3570.00 3968.00 7613.00 9729.00 RFK06 RFK06H RFK10 HRK1020 30 60 100 200 HU361DF HU362DF HU363DF HU364DFd 3402.00 3782.00 7241.00 9695.00 — — — — Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa Electrical Interlock Kits Field-Installed Cat. No. c Class R Fuse Kits 480 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vdcb 1 NO/1 NC Contact 2 NO/2 NC Contacts Std. Max. Std. Max. Max. 25.50 25.50 47.70 47.70 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999R8 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999R9 5 15 25 50 15 30 60 125 7-1/2 15 30 60 20 50 75 150 15 30 50 50 — — — — 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999R8 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999R9 — — — — 20 50 75 125 — — — — 30 60 100 — 15 30 50 50 Krydon™ Enclosures—NEMA 4X Krydon enclosures are compression molded of fiberglass reinforced polyester, specially formulated to withstand attack from almost any corrosive atmosphere found in the toughest industrial application. Switches are furnished with hubs (page 3-14) and equipment grounding lugs. UL Listed. Amperes 3P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc Cat. No. $ Price Electrical Interlock Kits Field-Installed Cat. No. c Class R Fuse Kits Cat. No. $ Price Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa 480 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vdcb 1 NO/1 NC Contact 2 NO/2 NC Contacts Std. Max. Std. Max. Max. 25.50 25.50 47.70 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999TC20 5 15 25 15 30 60 7-1/2 15 30 20 50 75 15 30 50 — — — 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999TC20 — — — 20 50 75 — — — 30 60 100 15 30 50 Fusible H361DX 30 60 100 Non-Fusible 30 60 100 H361DX H362DX H363DX 4161.00 4626.00 8858.00 RFK06 RFK06H RFK10 HU361DX HU362DX HU363DX 3960.00 4406.00 8438.00 — — — SAFETY SWITCHES Table 3.16: An enclosed automatic molded case switch for use in Divisions 1 and 2 of the following: Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; or Class III, Hazardous Locations as defined in NEC™ Article 500. Furnished with threaded conduit openings in both top and bottom endwall (page 3-14). Suitable for use as service equipment and listed as “Raintight’’ for outdoor applications. cULus Listed. Equipment grounding lugs supplied as standard. Table 3.17: Amperes H60XFA a b c d e f g © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3P, Non-Fusible, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc Maximum, Short Circuit Rating 10 kA AIR Enclosed Molded Case Switchdf Solid Neutral Assembly Horsepower Ratings—3Ø Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 240 Vac 480 Vac 60 H60XFA 2571.00 100SNA 143.00 15 30 60 H60XFA1212 2886.00 100SNA 143.00 15 30 100 H100XFA 3045.00 100SNA 143.00 30 60 100 H100XFA1212 3287.00 100SNA 143.00 30 60 225 H225XJGg 6387.00 225SNA 189.00 60 125 225 H225XJGAAeg 6701.00 225SNA 189.00 60 125 Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. For switching dc use two switching poles. Electrical interlock not available. For auxiliary switches, refer to page 7-4 for catalog number suffix and price adder (e.g. H60XFA1212). Includes PKDB1, breather and drain kit, required for rainproof application—NEMA 7 only. Includes auxiliary contacts. For available options, contact customer service prior to placing an order. Not UL listed or CSA Certified due to wire bending space. DE1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 600 Vacb 50 50 75 75 150 150 3-7 3 NEMA 7 and 9 UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches MD Motor Disconnect Switches Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us The MD motor disconnect switch is listed UL508 Suitable For Motor Control (UL File E164864). It is in a compact NEMA 4X enclosure suitable for use in NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 applications. The MD's key benefits are an extremely small footprint, a more economically efficient NEMA 4X solution and a handle interlock preventing cover removal when the switch is in the ON position. Table 3.18: MD Motor Disconnect Switch—Non Metallic NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 Enclosureabc Maximum Horse Power Ratings Amperes Cat. No. Three Phase Vac 220–240 a b c $ Price Height (in.) Width (in.) Depth (in.) 3.9 4.94 4.37 4.37 600 30 MD3304X 7.5 20 25 121.00 6.38 60 MD3604X 20 40 40 161.00 8.27 See table 8.9 for accessories. Complies with OSHA lockout/tagout requirements—accepts up to three 8 mm padlocks. Suitable for NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 enclosure applications. Table 3.19: D 440–480 MD Motor Disconnect Accessories Cat. No. Description MDSAN20 MDSAN11 MDS30P 2 Normally open auxiliary contact module 1 normally open and 1 normally closed auxiliary contact module 30 Amp Add on power pole $ Price 57.00 27.00 35.00 H W MD Motor Disconnect Switches 3 SAFETY SWITCHES 3-8 DE1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches Receptacle Switches Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Interlocked Receptacle Switches Interlocked Receptacle Switches are furnished with a factory-installed three-phase four-wire Appleton Powertite™, Crouse-Hinds Style 2 Arktite™, or Hubbellock™ receptacle. The fourth wire is connected to the switch equipment grounding terminal and is not a neutral termination. Interlocking linkage between the receptacle and switch mechanism prevents insertion or removal of the plug while the switch is in the “ON’’ position or insertion of any plug other than specified. Grounding lugs are included. Appleton Powertite Receptacle • • • Devices are UL Listed and CSA Certified, suitable for use as service equipment. Receptacles are epoxy powder coated over copper-free cast aluminum and NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 rated. Appleton receptacles are UL Classified for use with the Crouse-Hinds plugs listed below. Short circuit rating: 10 kA when used in conjunction with Class H or K fuses; 200 kA when used in conjunction with Class R or J fuses. NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA 1 Amperes Cat. No. H362AWA Interlocked Receptacle Switch with Appleton Powertite Receptacle $ Price Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H361WA 2076.00 60 H362WA 2412.00 100 H363WA 3689.00 Horsepower Ratings–3Øb Use with Plug a NEMA 12, 3R Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price H361DSWA H362DSWA H363DSWA 4401.00 4668.00 8468.00 H361AWA H362AWA H363AWA 2289.00 2508.00 3758.00 ACP3034BC ACP6034BC ACP1034CD 1235.00 1295.00 1928.00 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdcc Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max. 5 15 25 15 30 60 7-1/2 15 30 20 50 75 5 10 20 — — — Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 HU361WA 1893.00 HU361DSWA 4001.00 HU361AWA 2076.00 ACP3034BC 1235.00 — 20 — 30 — 5 60 HU362WA 2306.00 HU362DSWA 4412.00 HU362AWA 2357.00 ACP6034BC 1295.00 — 50 — 60 — 10 100 HU363WA 3153.00 HU363DSWA 8010.00 HU363AWA 3347.00 ACP1034CD 1928.00 — 75 — 100 — 20 a Receptacle UL Listed for use with “Appleton ACP or CPH” plugs; UL Classified for use with Crouse-Hinds “APJ” Arktite plugs listed on this page. b Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. c For switching dc, use two switching poles. Crouse-Hinds Arktite Receptacle • • UL Listed, suitable for use as service equipment. Short circuit ratings: 10 kA when used in conjunction with Class H or K fuses; 200 kA when used in conjunction with Class R or J fuses. Table 3.20: Amperes Cat. No. $ Price Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum 30 H361WC 2139.00 60 H362WC 2751.00 100 H363WC 6005.00 H362AWC Interlocked Receptacle Switch with Crouse-Hinds Arktite Receptacle NEMA 12, 3R Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. H361DSWC H362DSWC H363DSWC 6377.00 7749.00 14826.00 H361AWC H362AWC H363AWC Horsepower Ratings–3Ød Use with Plug $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 480 Vac 600 Vac Std. Max. Std. Max. 2355.00 2846.00 6087.00 APJ3485 APJ6485 APJ10487 1235.00 1295.00 1928.00 5 15 — 15 30 60 7-1/2 15 — 20 50 75 Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum 30 HU361WC 1952.00 HU361DSWC 5888.00 HU361AWC 2136.00 60 HU362WC 2634.00 HU362DSWC 7374.00 HU362AWC 2678.00 100 HU363WC 5249.00 HU363DSWC 14025.00 HU363AWC 5444.00 d Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. APJ3485 APJ6485 APJ10487 1235.00 1295.00 1928.00 — — — 20 50 60 — — — 30 60 100 Hubbellock Receptacle • • UL Listed, suitable for use as service equipment. Short circuit rating: 10 kA. Note: The Hubbellock receptacle switch utilizes the Square D interlocked plug SD12781 available only from Square D. SAFETY SWITCHES NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA 1 Table 3.21: Cat. No. $ Price Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum 60 H362WH 2351.00 NEMA 12 Cat. No. H362AWH Use with Plug $ Price 2459.00 Cat. No. SD12781f $ Price 609.00 Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum 60 HU362WH 2237.00 HU362AWH 2310.00 SD12781f 609.00 e Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. f Hubbell plug is furnished with a Kellems grip for 1-1/2 in. to 1-21/64 in. cable diameter. Horsepower Ratings—3Øe 480 Vac 600 Vac 3 NEMA 1 Amperes Std. Max. Std. Max. 15 30 15 50 — 50 — 60 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3-10 through 3-12. H362AWH Interlocked Receptacle Switch with Hubbell™ Hubbellock Receptacle © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 3-9 Heavy Duty Safety Switches Accessories Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs—for use on NEMA 3R Enclosure RB Hub Conduit Size 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 Closing Cap Hub Cat. No. B075 B100 B125 B150 B200 B250 B300 B350 B400 BCAP $ Price Each 33.30 33.30 33.30 33.30 61.00 102.00 186.00 300.00 368.00 3.80 (DE1A) Note: NEMA 3R rainproof enclosures with Cat. No. ending in RB have a bolt-on closing cap factory-installed. Order bolt-on hubs separately 1• can be directly installed on RB devices. Devices requiring threefrom table above. For more details see page 1-13. Hubs through size 2- 2 inch or larger hubs must have holes cut in the field. Gaskets are provided on three-inch and larger hubs. Note: All hubs are UL Listed for indoor and rainproof applications and suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread. Watertight Hubs—for use on NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless Steel and NEMA 12 Enclosures Conduit Trade Size 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 Standard-Zinc Hub Cat. No. H050 H075 H100 H125 H150 H200 H250 H300 H350 H400 138.00 177.00 282.00 Zinc $ Price Each Chrome Plated Hub Cat. No. Chrome Plated $ Price Each 31.10 45.00 47.10 54.00 83.00 120.00 H050CP H075CP H100CP H125CP H150CP H200CP — — — — 40.70 56.00 64.00 67.00 96.00 137.00 — — — — Electrical Interlock Kits Table 3.24: Electrical interlocks for heavy duty 30–1200 A safety switches are available factory-installed or in kit form for field installation. Each kit contains instructions for proper field mounting. A pivot arm operates from switch mechanism, breaking the control circuit before the main switch blades break. Switches with electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed. For factory-installed electrical interlocks add EI (for one contact) or EI2 (for two contacts) suffix to catalog number. See Supplemental Digest page 2-4 for electrical interlock contact ratings. Table 3.22: Electrical Interlock Kit a 3 SAFETY SWITCHES Switch’s Series Number Electrical Interlock Kit $ Price Factory-Installed Amperes Rating (See pages 3-13, 3-14) Cat. No.b $ Price EIK031c d F1, F5–F7 218.00 359.00 EIK032c d 30 EIK1 F3 311.00 452.00 EIK2 EIK1 F1-F3 311.00 452.00 F5–F7 (600 V) EIK2 60 EIK031e F4 218.00 359.00 F5–F6 (240 V) EIK032e EIK1 100–200 F2–F7 311.00 452.00 EIK2 EIK40601 400–1200 E1–E4 533.00 674.00 EIK40602 a See page 3-7 for electrical interlocks on NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester and Krydon™. b Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with 1 suffix indicates one normally open and one normally closed contact; 2 indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts. Kits are UL Listed. c HU461AWK uses EK3061 or EK3062. d The following Series F5–F7 devices use EIK-1, 2: H3612, H3612A, H3612AWK, H3612RB, H461, H461DS, H461AWK, HU461, HU461DS, HU661DS, HU661AWK, H361AWA, H361AWC, HU361AWA and HU361AWC. e H362WA, HU362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, HU362AWA, H362AWC, HU362AWC, and H2212AWK use EIK1 or EIK2 electric interlock. f Single-pole single-throw interlock kits are rated 1/2 hp @ 110 and 220 Vac. Class R Fuse Kits When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses. Kits are available for field installation. For factory installation, add “CLR’’ suffix to catalog number. Amperes Class R Fuse Kits—240 V (one kit per 3P switch) Series Number Class R Fuse Kit (See pages 3-13, 3-14) Cat. No. 30 F5–F7 RFK03Lg 60 F1, F2, F3 RFK06 60 F4–F7 RFK03H 100 F2–F7 RFK10 200 F5–F6 HRK1020 400–600 E HRK4060 g H221-2AWK uses RFK06 Class R fuse kit. Amperes $ Price 25.50 25.50 25.50 47.70 47.70 111.00 Class R Fuse Kit Cat. No. $ Price Factory-Installed $ Price Internal Barrier Kits provide an additional barrier that helps prevent accidental contact with live parts. Field-installed transparent barriers do not restrict visual inspection of the switch. Barriers provide IEC529 IP2X “finger safe” protection when door of enclosed disconnect switch is open. Convenient door allows use of test probes without accessing fuses and replacement of fuses without removing barrier. Barrier can also be used with the skirt kit to enclose a panel mounted Type 9422 disconnect. Safety Switch Application 9422 Type T $ Price (F Series Only) Disconnect Application 240 / 600 Vac – 30 A Interior Barrier for 30 A SS03 NA 150. Safety Switchj 240 Vac – 60 A Interior Barrier for 60 A 600 Vac – 30 A SS06 Safety Switch, 30 or 600 Vac – 60 A 165. 600 Vac – 60 A 60 A 9422 Switch Interior Barrier for 100 A SS10 Safety Switch or 240 / 600 Vac – 100 A 600 Vac – 100 A 195. 100 A 9422 Switch Interior Barrier for 200 A SS20 240 / 600 Vac – 200 A NA 225. Safety Switch Skirt Kit to Enclose 30 or 600 Vac – 30 A SS0306SK 60 A 9422 Switch NA 225. 600 Vac – 60 A (requires SS06) Cat. No. Description Skirt Kit to Enclose 100 A 9422 Switch NA 600 Vac – 100 A (requires SS10) Requires arc shield on 240 V switches be changed to 600 V arc suppressor. SS10SK 255. Fuse Puller Kits Factory-Installed $ Price 195.00 195.00 195.00 231.00 231.00 360.00 DE1 Series Number (See pages 3-13, 3-14) Internal Barrier Kits Kit consists of three fuse pullers as required for a 3-pole fusible 240 V or 600 V heavy duty switch. Kits can be installed in switches manufactured after February, 1980. Fuse pullers supplied as standard equipment on NEMA 12, 12K, NEMA 4, 4X, 5 stainless steel, NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester and KRYDON switches through 100 A. k l 3-10 Class R Fuse Kits—600 V (one kit per 3P switch) 30h F1, F5–F7 RFK03Hi 25.50 293.00 30 h F3 RFK06 25.50 293.00 60 h F1–F7 RFK06H i 25.50 293.00 100 h F2–F7 RFK10 47.70 231.00 200 F5–F6 HRK1020 47.70 231.00 400–600 E2–E4 HRK4060 111.00 360.00 h See page 3-7 for Class R Fuse Kits in NEMA 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester and Krydon switches. i The following Series F5–F7 devices use RFK06: H3612, H3612A, H3612AWK, H3612RB, H461, H461DS, H461AWK, H361AWA and H361AWC. j Table 3.23: 381.00 DE1A Amperes Series Number Fuse Puller Kit Cat. No. $ Price 30 30 F1, F5–F7 F3 FPK03 k FPK0610 30.00 42.60 60 60 l F1, F2, F3, F5–F7 (600 V) F4 l, F5–F7 (240 V) FPK0610 FPK03 l 42.60 30.00 100 F2–F7 FPK0610 42.60 30 A 4- and 6-pole, H361-2 and H361-2RB Series F5 use FPK0610. H362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, H362AWC, H362WH and H362AWH use FPK0610 fuse puller kit. Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches Accessories and Special Features Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Neutral Assemblies—Field-Installed Neutral Assemblies for Fusible and Non-Fusible 240 and 600 Volt Safety Switches Standard Neutral Kit Cat. No. Amperes Series Number (See pages 3-13, 3-14) 30 F1, F5–F6 F1–F3, F5–F6 (600 V) F4, F5–F6 (240 V) SN0610 100 F2–F6 SN0610 200b F5–F6 SN20A 60 400 and 600 E1–E4 Terminal Data AWG/kcmil SN03a $ Price Optional Copper Only Neutral Kit Cat. No. (3) 2 Max. Al/Cu (2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu (2) 6 Max. Al/Cu SN03a (3) 2 Max. Al/Cu E2–E4 107.00 SN0610C $ Price (3) 6 Max. Cu (2) 1/0 Max. Cu (2) 6 Max. Cu 102.00 (3) 6 Max. Cu 102.00 114.00 83.00 SN03Ca SN0610C 200.00 SN20C 327.00 H600SNC 753.00 — — — 1034.00 — — — (4) 750 Max. Al/Cu (1) 300 Max. Al/Cu (6) 750 Max. Al/Cu (2) 350 Max. Al/Cu (8) 750 Max. Al/Cu 1200 E2–E4 H1200SNE4 (2) 350 Max. Al/Cu Note: Neutrals cannot be installed in 4P, 6P, or 200 A NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester safety switches. a The following Series F5–F6 devices use SN0610(C): H-361-2, H-361-2RB, H-361-2A and H-361-2AWK. b For 200% neutral, order (2) neutral kits and (1) SN20NI neutral jumper kit. (2) 350 Max. Al/Cu. 800 SN03C a 107.00 (2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu (2) 6 Max. Al/Cu (2) 250 Max. Al/Cu (1) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu H600SN 83.00 Terminal Data AWG/kcmil H800SNE4 (2) 1/0 Max. Cu (2) 6 Max. Cu (2) 250 Max. Cu (1) 1/0 Max. Cu (2) 600 Max. Cu (2) 350 Max. Cu (1) 250 Max. Cu 114.00 246.00 452.00 Equipment Grounding Kitsg Equipment grounding kits are field-installed and UL Listed in 30–1200 A heavy duty switches. For factory installation of equipment grounding kit, add suffix GL to standard Cat. No. (Example: H361GL). Price = Switch + Kit Price. Equipment Grounding Kits—Field- or Factory-Installed Equipment Grounding Kits–240 and 600 V Series Number (See pages 3-13, 3-14) Standard Cat. No. F1, F5–F7 F1–F3d, F5–F7 (600 V) F4, F5–F6 (240 V) F2–F7 F5–F7 GTK03 c 30 60 d 60 GTK03 $ Price Optional Copper Only Cat. No. Terminal Data AWG/kcmil $ Price (2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Max. Al/Cu 11.40 GTK03C c (1) 6 Max. Cu 13.40 (2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu 18.90 GTK0610Cd (2) 4 Max. Cu 22.70 (2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Max. Al/Cu 11.40 GTK03C (1) 6 Max. Cu 13.40 GTK0610 (2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu 18.90 GTK0610C (2) 4 Max. Cu 22.70 PKOGTA2 (2) 2/0 Max. Al/Cu 55.00 PKOGTC2 (2) 4 Max. Cu 58.00 PKOGTA2e PKOGTC3 400 and 600 E2–E4 (2) 2/0 Max. Al/Cu 55.00 (3) 1/0 Max. Cu 107.00f (2 Required) 800 E2–E4 PKOGTA7 (4) 350 Max. Al/Cu 198.00f — — — 1200 E2–E4 PKOGTA8 (8) 350 Max. Al/Cu 203.00f — — — c The following Series F5–F6 devices use GTK0610(C): H-361-2 and H-361-2RB. d 4- and 6-pole 30 A F Series. e Two required if grounding conductors are run in parallel. f PE1A Discount Schedule g Equipment Ground Kits are factory-installed standard in 30–200 A series F NEMA 4-4X-5 (stainless) and 12. Equipment Ground Kits are standard on all NEMA Types, Series F 30–200 A 4 and 6 pole switches. Table 3.25: Square D Gray Paint Description 16 oz. Aerosol Paint Can, Square D Gray Paint Note: Shipped in quantities of 6. Price Adder Each Switch Cat. No. PK49SP $ Price 39.00 ea. Quantity 10 $ Price 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 242.00 278.00 434.00 479.00 1137.00 2801.00 3501.00 4376.00 Special Paint Lock-Off Guard Kitsd UL Listed heavy duty switches are available painted with special safety colors. To order safety colored switches add suffixes as noted in Table 3.26 to the standard switch commercial reference number. All colors comply with OSHA Standard 1910.144 and ANSI Specification Z535.1 for marking physical hazards. Available factory- or field-installed the lock-off guard works by covering the lockout/tagout opening whenever the switch is in the ON position. This prevents a padlock from being inadvertantly inserted into the switch lockplate. The device is designed to help prevent accidental misapplication of a lockout device. These kits are marked cURus (UL Component Recognized) for field or factory installation. Table 3.26: Safety Colors Safety Color Suffix Black SP0 Red SP2 Orange SP3 Yellow SP4 Green SP5 Blue SP6 Purple SP7 Gray SP8 Gray ANSI 61 SP861a White SP9 a Standard Square D ANSI 49 grey paint, when selecting this suffix, switches will receive additional coat of paint. A minimum quantity of 10 is required. Not available for NEMA Type 7/9 or stainless steel products. Amperesc 30 A 60 A 240 V 60 A 600 V 100 and 200 A b c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 PE1A 3 100 200 GTK0610 d Terminal Data AWG/kcmil FactoryInstalled $ Price Kit Cat. No. Field-Installed $ Price LOGK1 44.30 146.00 LOGK2 45.00 177.00 For factory installation, add suffix “LOG” to the switch catalog number. For use with 30–200 Ampere Series F NEMA 1, 3R, 12 and 12K switches only. Factory install and kits are available for NEMA 1, 3R, 12 and 12K switch enclosures only. Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com SAFETY SWITCHES Amperes 3-11 Heavy Duty Safety Switches Accessories and Special Features Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 Key Interlock Systems Factory-installed only on heavy duty safety switches and double throw safety switches. Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized operator from making an unauthorized operation. Not available on hazardous location devices (NEMA 7/9) or fiberglass reinforced polyester (NEMA 4X). The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of applying individual key interlock units and assemblies to the above equipment so as to require operation in a predetermined sequence. UL Listed. Table 3.30: Detailed information is required before an order can be processed. Please see Supplemental Digest Section 2 for further information. Use these suffixes on switch catalog numbers: Price Adder Per Lock a Switch Type $ Price 30–1200 A Heavy Duty 2055.00 30–600 A Double Throw 1988.00 Prices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked, as these schemes normally require more than one key assembly per device. Lock-On Provisions Lock-off provisions are standard on all heavy duty safety switches. Provision for one 3•8-inch hasp padlock is available factory-installed on NEMA 1, 3R, 4-4X-5 stainless steel and 12 switches. This modification will allow the switch to be locked in the “ON’’ position. UL Listed. Table 3.28: Price Adder Per Each Switch 3 Safety Switch Rating To order, add suffix SPLO to standard catalog number. Example: H364-SPLO $ Price 30–1200 A 155.00 Cover Viewing Window SAFETY SWITCHES Optional cover viewing window is positioned over the blades to allow visual verification of “ON-OFF’’ status. Available on 30 through 1200 A heavy duty switches, all NEMA Types. (Not available on NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester, Krydon™ enclosures, or NEMA 7 and 9 devices.) Factory-installed only: add “VW’’ suffix to the Cat. No. See table below for price adder. Table 3.29: Amperes 30–200 A 400–1200 A Factory-Installed Adder per Switch Double Lug Kits KI = 1 lock per switch KI2 = 1 lock with 2 cylinders (2 keys) per switch KIKI = 2 separate locks per switch a Kit $ Price 30 CL0306F 69.00 224.00 60 CL0306F 69.00 224.00 100 CL10F 159.00 431.00 200 CL20F 264.00 717.00 400 CL40F 549.00 1490.00 600 CL60F 893.00 2426.00 800 — — — 1200 — — — bOne kit includes all phase line/load lugs for a 3pole switch. Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number, availability, and pricing prior to quoting a job. Table 3.27: Kits–Wire size (pp 3-13) Lug Kit Amperes Cat. No.b Quoting: • • • www.schneider-electric.us Copper Only Lug Kits Heavy duty safety switches are supplied standard with Al lugs, which accept both Cu and Al wires. For field installation of copper-only lug kits, order kits below. For factory installation of copper only lugs, add suffix SLC to standard Cat. No. Note: 30 through 200 Amperes NEMA 12, 12K and stainless steel switches with factory-installed lugs bear the UL Marine Listed manifest for use on vessels over 65 feet long. 30 through 200 Amperes NEMA 12, 12K and stainless steel switches using fieldinstalled copper only lug kits are UL Marine Listed, but do not bear the marine manifest. Price Adder Per Switch—UL Listed 2- and 3-Pole 38.00 2297.00 4- and 6-Pole 75.00 — Al/Cu to Cu Only Kitc Amperes Lug Cat. No. Kit $ Priced 200 A heavy duty F-series switches are supplied standard with lugs listed on page 3-13 (one wire per phase). For lugs that accept two wires per phase and neutral, order the following kit: Lug wire range per phase and neutral AWG/kcmil (2) 6 –300 Cu/Al Switch wire range per phase and neutral AWG/kcmil (2) 6 –250 Cu/Al 200 AL20DTF 159.00 c Not UL Listed. d Kit contains 3 lugs. For double lugs for line and load, order 2 kits. Table 3.31: 800 and 1200 A Compression Lug Kits– Field- Installed (See page 3-13 for 100–600 A Switches) Series E4 800 and 1200 A safety switches are equipped as standard with mechanical lugs. Alternate compression lug kits are available for field installation and are UL Listed. Each kit consists of VCEL07512H1 Versa-Crimp™ Compression Lugs and lug landing connectors capable of converting line and load side of one switch pole or neutral. Order one field-installed kit per pole or neutral per table below. Example: Three-pole three-wire requires three kits; three-pole, four-wire requires four kits. Lug Kit Cat. No. 800 H8LKE2 1200 H12LKE2 Note: For terminal lug data, refer to table below. Amperes $ Price Per Pole or Neutral 893.00 1109.00 Table 3.32: Factory-Installed Series E4 800 and 1200 A safety switches are available with factoryinstalled VCEL-075-12H1 Versa-Crimp compression lug kits (above). For factory installation, add suffix LK to standard Cat. No. (Example: H367LK) and use price adder from table below based on system type. Switch Lubricant Field maintenance lubricant is available for servicing blade and jaw components in switches 600 V and below. Catalog number SWLUB (list price $24.14) consists of one tube of BG20 High Performance Synthetic Grease manufactured by Dow Corning®. SWLUB is available in warehouse stock, shipped individually or in multiples of 12 units per carton. Amperes 2 Wire 3 Wire 4 Wire 2 Wire 1200 3 Wire 4 Wire Note: For terminal Lug data refer to table below. 800 Table 3.33: Amperes 800 1200 3-12 DE1 DE5 System Factory-Installed $ Price Adder Per Switch 2106.00 2972.00 3839.00 2591.00 3696.00 4806.00 Terminal Lug Data—800 and 1200 A Compression Lugs Conductors Per Phase (3) Line and (3) Load (4) Line and (4) Load Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Compression Lug (VCEL-075-12H1) Wire Range 500–750 kcmil (Al) or 500 kcmil (Cu) 500–750 kcmil (Al) or 500 kcmil (Cu) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches NEMA Type 1 and 3R—Dimensions, Lug Data Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 3.34: W Wire Range Wire Bending Space Per NEC Table 312.6 AWG/kcmil 1 12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu) 14–10 (Cu) solid or 14–10 (Cu) stranded 14–3 (Al) or 14–3 (Cu) 12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu) 6–250 (Al/Cu) 30c 60d 100 200e D W/H W/H 1 1 1 D Typical NEMA 3R Approximate Dimensions Cat. No. H221N H221NRB H222N H222NRB H223N H223NRB H224N H224NRB H225, N H225NR, R H226, N H226NR, R H227, N H227NR, R H228, N H228NR, R H265 H265R H266 H266R H267 H267R H268 H268R H321N H321NRB H322N H322NRB H323N H323NRB H324N H324NRB H325, N H325R, NR H326, N H326R, NR H327, N H327R, NR H328, N H328R, NR H361, N H361-2 H361NRB, RB H361WA H361WC H362, N H362NRB, RB H362WA H362WC H362WH H363, N H363NRB, RB H363WA H363WC Series F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 F5 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F5 F6 F6 H W Optional Versa-Crimp™ Compression Lug Field-Installedb 12–2 (Al) or 14–2 (Cu) — — 12–2 (Al) or 14–2 (Cu) 12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu) 6–300 (Al/Cu) VCEL02114S1 VCEL030516H1 VCEL07512H1 1 1/0–750 (Al/Cu)f 1/0–750 (Al/Cu) or 400 or or and VCEL030516H1g 2 1/0–300 (Al/Cu) 1/0–300 (Al/Cu) and VCEL05012H1 600 2 3/0–500 (Al/Cu) 3/0–500 (Al/Cu) VCEL05012H1 800 3 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) H8LKE2h 1200 4 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) H12LKE2 h o a 30–100 A switches suitable for 60°C or 75°C conductors. 200–1200 A switches suitable for 75 C conductors. b For NEMA 1 and 3R only. c HU461AWK— 14–3 AWG (Al or Cu). d H60XFA— 14–6 AWG (Cu). e H225XKA— 4 AWG–300 kcmil (Cu). f Max. wire range is (1) 600 kcmil or (2) 300 kcmil Al/Cu on NEMA 4X Stainless and NEMA 12. g Order two PK516KN mounting kits when installing VCEL030516H1 lugs. Only one kit is required on 2-Pole switches. h See page 3-12, 800 and 1200 A compression lug kits for additional information. H Typical NEMA 1 2 Lug Wire Range AWG/kcmil Approximate Dimensions D W/H Cat. No. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 14.60 14.88 14.60 14.88 21.25 21.25 29.00 29.25 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 14.60 14.88 14.60 14.88 21.25 21.25 29.00 29.25 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 14.60 17.50 14.88 18.19 18.19 17.50 17.50 18.19 16.75 18.19 21.25 21.25 21.85 21.85 371 378 371 378 540 540 737 743 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 371 378 371 378 540 540 737 743 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 371 445 378 462 462 445 445 462 425 462 540 540 462 555 6.50 6.63 6.50 6.63 8.50 8.50 17.13 17.25 27.63 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 27.63 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 6.50 6.63 6.50 6.63 8.50 8.50 17.13 17.25 27.88 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 6.50 9.00 6.63 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 8.50 8.50 9.00 9.00 165 168 165 168 216 216 435 438 702 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 702 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 165 168 165 168 216 216 435 438 708 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 165 229 168 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 216 216 229 229 4.88 4.88 4.88 4.88 6.38 6.38 8.25 8.50 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 4.88 4.88 4.88 4.88 6.38 6.38 8.25 8.50 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 4.88 6.38 4.88 6.81 6.81 6.38 6.38 6.81 7.00 6.81 6.38 6.38 6.81 6.81 124 124 124 124 162 162 210 216 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 124 124 124 124 162 162 210 216 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 124 162 124 173 173 162 162 173 178 173 162 162 173 173 7.55 7.55 7.55 7.55 10.50 10.50 18.50 18.63 27.63 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 27.63 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 7.55 7.55 7.55 7.55 10.50 10.50 18.50 18.63 27.88 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 7.55 10.50 7.55 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 192 192 192 192 267 267 470 473 702 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 702 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 192 192 192 192 267 267 470 473 708 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 192 267 192 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 H364, N H364RB, NRB H365, N H365R, NR H366, N H366NR, R H367, N H367NR, R H368, N H368NR, R H461 H462 H463 H464 H465 H466 HU265 HU265R HU266 HU266R HU267 HU267R HU268 HU268R HU361 HU361RB HU361WA HU361WC HU362 HU362RB HU362WA HU362WC HU362WH HU363 HU363RB HU363WA HU363WC HU364 HU364RB HU365 HU365R HU366 HU366R HU367 HU367R HU368 HU368R HU461 HU462 HU463 HU464 HU465 HU466 Series F5 F5 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 F5 F5 F5 F5 E4 E4 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 F5 F5 F5 F5 E4 E4 H W D W/H in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 29.00 29.25 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 20.50 20.50 20.50 29.00 50.25 50.25 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 14.60 14.88 18.19 18.19 17.50 17.50 18.19 16.75 18.19 21.25 21.25 21.85 21.85 29.00 29.25 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 20.50 20.50 20.50 29.00 50.25 50.25 737 743 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 521 521 521 737 1276 1276 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 371 378 462 462 445 445 462 425 462 540 540 462 555 737 743 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 521 521 521 737 1276 1276 17.13 17.25 27.63 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 14.75 14.75 14.75 23.25 33.88 33.88 27.63 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 6.50 6.63 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 8.50 8.50 9.00 9.00 17.13 17.25 27.63 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 14.75 14.75 14.75 23.25 33.88 33.88 435 438 702 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 375 375 375 591 861 861 702 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 165 168 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 216 216 229 229 435 438 702 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 375 375 375 591 861 861 8.25 8.50 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 6.85 6.85 6.85 8.75 10.13 10.13 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 4.88 4.88 6.81 6.81 6.38 6.38 6.81 7.00 6.81 6.38 6.38 6.81 6.81 8.25 8.50 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 6.85 6.85 6.85 8.75 10.13 10.13 210 216 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 174 174 174 222 257 257 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 124 124 173 173 162 162 173 178 173 162 162 173 173 210 216 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 174 174 174 222 257 257 18.50 18.63 27.63 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 16.13 16.13 16.13 24.88 33.88 33.88 27.63 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 7.55 7.55 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 18.50 18.63 27.63 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 16.13 16.13 16.13 24.88 33.88 33.88 470 473 702 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 410 410 410 632 861 861 702 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 192 192 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 470 473 702 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 410 410 410 632 861 861 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3-13 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com SAFETY SWITCHES H Terminal Lug Data (NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9, 12)a Conductors Per Phase and Neutral 3 W Rating (A) Heavy Duty Safety Switches NEMA Types 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9, 12 and 12K Dimensions Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9 and 12 W Approximate Dimensions Cat. No. W D H H H W/H D Typical NEMA 4X Typical NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12, Fiberglass Reinforced ™ 12K (Stainless has flat front) Polyester and Krydon Table 3.35: W D Typical NEMA 7, 9 Optional Copper Only Lug Kits (See page 3-12 for pricing. See page 3-13 for terminal lug data for the series switches listed in the dimension table below.) Amperes a Optional Lug Kit Cat. No.a Lug Wire Range Per Phase AWG/kcmil 30–60 CL0306F (1) 14–8 Cu solid or 14–4 Cu strand 100 CL10F (1) 14–8 Cu solid or 14–1/0 Cu strand 200 CL20F (1) 6–250 Cu 400 CL40F (1) 1–600 Cu plus (1) 6–250 Cu 600 CL60F (2) 4–350 Cu One kit includes all phase line/load lugs for a 3-pole switch. Table 3.36: Conduit Provisions (NEMA 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester and Krydon, NEMA 7 and 9.) Top and Bottom Endwall Amperes b c NEMA 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester and Krydonb 30 3/4 in. 60 1-1/4 in. 100 2 in. 200 2-1/2 in. Hubs and hub drilling templates are provided for field-installation. Threaded conduit opening. NEMA 7 and 9c — 3/4 in. 1-1/4 in. 2-1/2 in. Approximate Dimensions Cat. No. 3 SAFETY SWITCHES H60XFA H100XFA H221AWK, A H221DS H221-2AWK H222AWK, A H222DS H223AWK, A H223DS H224A,AWK H224DS H225AWK, DS H225NAWK, NDS H225XJG H226AWK, DS H226NAWK, NDS H227AWK, NAWK H228AWK, NAWK H265AWK, DS H266AWK, A, DS H267AWK, NAWK H268AWK, NAWK H321AWK, A H321DS H322AWK, A H322DS H323AWK, A H323DS H324A,AWK H324DS H325AWK, DS H325NAWK, NDS H326AWK, DS H326NAWK, NDS H327AWK, NAWK H328AWK, NAWK H361AWA H361AWC H361AWK, A H361DS H361DSWA H361DSWC H361DF H361DX H361SS H361-2AWK, A H362AWA H362AWC H362AWH H362AWK, A H362DS Series E1 E1 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 E4 E4 C2 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 F7 F7 F6 F6 F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F6 F7 F7 F6 F6 F6 H in. 15.93 15.93 14.60 14.93 16.50 14.60 14.93 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 46.25 46.25 22.56 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 14.60 14.93 14.60 14.93 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 46.25 46.25 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 16.50 16.50 14.60 14.93 16.87 16.87 16.50 19.40 14.93 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.87 W mm 405 405 371 379 419 371 379 521 529 737 737 1175 1175 573 1175 1175 1756 1756 1175 1175 1756 1756 371 379 371 379 521 529 737 737 1175 1175 1175 1175 1756 1756 419 419 371 379 428 428 419 493 379 419 419 419 419 419 428 in. 9.87 9.87 6.63 7.22 9.00 6.63 7.22 9.00 9.36 17.25 17.75 26.25 26.25 10.88 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 6.63 7.22 6.63 7.22 9.00 9.36 17.25 17.75 26.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 9.00 9.00 6.63 7.22 8.92 8.92 11.00 11.40 7.22 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 8.92 www.schneider-electric.us D mm 251 251 168 183 229 168 183 229 238 438 451 667 667 276 667 667 930 930 667 667 930 930 168 183 168 183 229 238 438 451 667 667 667 667 930 930 229 229 168 183 227 227 279 290 183 229 229 229 229 229 227 in. 6.96 6.96 4.96 5.11 7.00 4.96 5.11 7.00 6.97 8.75 8.88 10.13 10.13 7.75 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 4.96 5.11 4.96 5.11 7.00 6.97 8.75 8.88 10.13 10.13 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 7.00 7.00 4.96 5.11 5.11 5.11 8.80 8.60 5.11 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 6.97 W/H mm 177 177 125 130 178 125 130 178 177 216 226 259 259 197 259 259 451 451 259 259 451 451 125 130 125 130 178 177 216 226 259 259 259 259 451 451 178 178 125 130 130 130 224 218 130 178 178 178 178 178 177 in. 9.87 9.87 7.55 8.67 10.50 7.55 8.67 10.50 11.25 18.63 19.25 26.25 26.25 10.88 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 7.55 8.67 7.55 8.67 10.50 11.25 18.63 19.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 10.50 10.50 7.55 8.67 10.81 10.79 11.00 11.40 8.67 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.81 mm 251 251 192 220 267 192 220 267 286 473 489 667 667 276 667 667 930 930 667 667 930 930 192 220 192 220 267 286 473 489 667 667 667 667 930 930 267 267 192 220 275 274 279 290 220 267 267 267 267 267 275 H362DSWA H362DSWC H362DF H362DX H362SS H363AWA H363AWC H363AWK, A H363DS H363DSWA H363DSWC H363DF H363DX H363SS H364A,AWK H364DS,NDS H364NA,NAWK H364DF H364SS H365AWK, DS, SS H365NAWK, NDS H366AWK, DS H366NAWK, NDS, SS H367AWK, NAWK H368AWK, NAWK H461AWK H461DS H462AWK H462DS H463AWK H463 DS H464AWK H464DS H465AWK H663AWK H663DS H664AWK H664DS HU265AWK, DS HU266AWK, DS HU267AWK HU268AWK HU361AWA HU361AWC HU361AWK, A HU361DS HU361DSWA HU361DSWC HU361DF HU361DX HU361SS HU362AWA HU362AWC HU362AWH HU362AWK, A HU362DS HU362DSWA HU362DSWC HU362DF HU362DX HU362SS HU363AWA HU363AWC HU363AWK, A HU363DS HU363DSWA HU363DSWC HU363DF HU363DX HU363SS HU364A,AWK HU364DF HU364DS HU364SS HU365AWK, DS, SS HU366AWK, DS, SS HU367AWK HU368AWK HU461AWK HU461DS HU462AWK HU462DS HU463AWK HU463DS HU464AWK HU464DS HU465AWK HU661AWK HU661DS HU662AWK HU662DS HU663AWK HU663DS HU664AWK HU664DS Series F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F7 F7 F6 F6 F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F6 F6 F6 E1 F6 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 E4 F6 F6 F6 F6 E4 E4 E4 E4 F7 F7 F6 F6 F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F7 F7 F6 F6 F6 F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F7 F7 F6 F6 F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F6 E1 F6 F6 E4 E4 E4 E4 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 E4 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 H W D W/H in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 16.87 16.87 16.50 19.40 16.87 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.82 20.82 20.82 24.80 25.25 20.82 29.00 29.00 29.00 31.30 29.00 46.25 46.25 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 20.50 20.82 20.50 20.82 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 46.25 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 16.50 16.50 14.60 14.93 16.87 16.87 16.50 19.40 14.93 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.87 16.87 16.87 16.50 19.40 16.87 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.82 20.82 20.82 24.80 25.25 20.82 29.00 31.30 29.00 29.00 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 20.50 20.82 21.25 20.82 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 46.25 20.50 20.82 20.50 20.82 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 428 428 419 493 428 521 521 521 529 529 529 630 641 529 737 737 737 795 737 1175 1175 1175 1175 1756 1756 521 529 521 529 521 529 737 737 1175 521 529 737 737 1175 1175 1756 1756 419 419 371 379 428 428 419 493 379 419 419 419 419 428 428 428 419 493 428 521 521 521 529 529 529 630 641 529 737 795 737 737 1175 1175 1756 1756 521 529 540 529 521 529 737 737 1175 521 529 521 529 521 529 737 737 8.92 8.92 11.00 11.40 8.92 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.36 9.36 9.36 13.70 11.40 9.36 17.25 17.75 17.25 26.30 17.75 26.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 14.75 15.08 14.75 15.08 14.75 15.08 23.25 23.75 32.50 14.75 15.08 23.25 23.75 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 9.00 9.00 6.63 7.22 8.92 8.92 11.00 11.40 7.22 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 8.92 8.92 8.92 11.00 11.40 8.92 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.36 9.36 9.36 13.70 11.40 9.36 17.25 26.30 17.75 17.75 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 14.75 15.08 16.13 15.08 14.75 15.08 23.25 23.75 32.50 14.75 15.08 14.75 15.08 14.75 15.08 23.25 23.75 227 227 279 290 227 229 229 229 238 238 238 348 290 238 438 451 438 668 451 667 667 667 667 930 930 375 383 375 383 375 383 591 603 826 375 383 591 603 667 667 930 930 229 229 168 183 227 227 279 290 183 229 229 229 229 227 227 227 279 290 227 229 229 229 238 238 238 348 290 238 438 668 451 451 667 667 930 930 375 383 410 383 375 383 591 603 826 375 383 375 383 375 383 591 603 5.11 5.11 8.80 8.60 6.97 7.00 7.00 7.00 6.97 6.97 6.97 12.00 8.60 6.97 8.75 8.88 8.75 11.80 8.88 10.13 10.13 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 8.75 8.88 10.13 6.80 6.97 8.75 8.88 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 7.00 7.00 4.96 5.11 5.11 5.11 8.80 8.60 5.11 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 6.97 5.11 5.11 8.80 8.60 6.97 7.00 7.00 7.00 6.97 6.97 6.97 12.00 8.60 6.97 8.75 11.80 8.88 8.88 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 8.75 8.88 10.13 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 8.75 8.88 130 130 224 218 177 178 178 178 177 177 177 305 218 177 216 226 216 300 226 259 259 259 259 451 451 173 177 173 177 173 177 222 226 259 173 177 222 226 259 259 451 451 178 178 125 130 130 130 224 218 130 178 178 178 178 177 130 130 224 218 177 178 178 178 177 177 177 305 218 177 216 300 226 226 259 259 451 451 173 177 173 177 173 177 222 226 259 173 177 173 177 173 177 222 226 10.81 10.79 11.00 11.40 10.81 10.50 10.50 10.50 11.25 11.25 11.25 13.70 11.40 11.25 18.63 19.25 18.63 26.30 19.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 24.88 25.25 32.50 16.13 16.85 24.88 25.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 10.50 10.50 7.55 8.67 10.81 10.79 11.00 11.40 8.67 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.81 10.81 10.79 11.00 11.40 10.81 10.50 10.50 10.50 11.25 11.25 11.25 13.70 11.40 11.25 18.63 26.30 19.25 19.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 24.88 25.25 32.50 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 24.88 25.25 275 274 279 290 275 267 267 267 286 286 286 348 290 286 473 489 473 668 489 667 667 667 667 930 930 410 428 410 428 410 428 632 641 826 410 428 632 641 667 667 930 930 267 267 192 220 275 274 279 290 220 267 267 267 267 275 275 274 279 290 275 267 267 267 286 286 286 348 290 286 473 668 489 489 667 667 930 930 411 428 410 428 410 428 632 641 826 410 428 410 428 410 428 632 641 3-14 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Double Throw Safety Switches Fusible and Non-Fusible Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us 30–100 A Types DT, DTU (Series F) •Fusible (DT) and non-fusible (DTU) switches available •Manually-operated switch suitable for use in accordance with article 702 of the NEC, ANSI/NFPA 70 •Standards: UL 98, NEMA KS1, CSA, and NOM •Modular design—switch handle, lock-plate, switch mechanism; line and load bases are field replaceable •UL Listed short circuit current ratings up to 200 kA (using Class R, J, or T fuses—see table for rating) •Load make/break rated •Meets NEMA hp ratings •Dual cover interlock •May be padlocked ON (I) or OFF (O) •Lock-off accepts up to three padlocks •Side-opening door •Quick make / quick break mechanism •Meets NEMA requirements as heavy duty switch •Field-installed electrical interlock kits •Field-installed neutral assembly kits (2P and 3P switches) •UL Listed as suitable for use as service equipment •Supplied as standard for switching one load between two power sources, and may be field-converted to switch on power source between two loads. 30 (Series T4), 200–600 A Types 82,000 and 200 A DTU (Series E, A) •Non-fusible •Designed for manual transfer of loads from one supply to another •UL Listed switches are suitable for use in accordance with Article 702 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI / NFPA 70 •All 82,000 and DTU double throw switches are continuous duty rated for their nameplate ampere rating •The 82,000 and DTU (Series E, A) switches are load make/break rated •UL Listed as suitable for use as service equipment •Horsepower rated only as footnoted. Field-Installed Accessories: SAFETY SWITCHES —Neutral —Electrical Interlock —Grounding Terminals 3 30–100 A DT, DTU (Series F) NEMA 1 82,000 Line NEMA 1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3-15 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Double Throw Safety Switches Table 3.37: 240 Volt Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us 240 V Double Throw Safety Switches Horsepower Ratings ab System Amperes Current Series NEMA 1 NEMA 4,4X,5 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 3R NEMA 12 Gasketed 240 Vac Std. Cat. No. $ Price Max. Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 15 d 15 30 d 250 Vdcc Fusible—2P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc Line 100 F DT223 2379.00 DT223RB 3056.00 — — — — 7.5 20 30 F DT321 1646.00 DT321RB 2216.00 — — 1.5 e 3d 3e 7.5 d 5 F DT322 1970.00 DT322RB 2612.00 — — — — 60 — — 3e 7.5 d 10 e 15 d 10 100 F DT323 3104.00 DT323RB 3725.00 — — — — 7.5 e 15 d 15 e 30 d 20 962.00 1371.00 — DTU223RB — 1347.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 15 — — 10 f 20 f 585.00 — 1815.00 DTU224NRB ghk — — 5850.00 82255R g — 2177.00 — 8715.00 — — — — — — — — — H82254 — H82255 g — 4671.00 — 10335.00 — 15 15 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 804.00 1119.00 1764.00 — — 1953.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 3d — — 5e 10 e 15 e 10 d 15 d 30 d 5f 10 f 20 f 687.00 — — 2564.00 DTU324NRB gh 3005.00 2798.00 — — 8040.00 82355R g 13038.00 12555.00 DTU326R 13890.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 15 15 — 125 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 Line Load Fusible—3P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc Line Line Load Non-Fusible—2P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc Line Line 60 100 F F DTU222 DTU223 30 200 — 400 T4 E — A 92251 g 82254 k — 82255 gk Load 3 Non-Fusible—3P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc Line SAFETY SWITCHES 30 60 100 F F F DTU321 DTU322 DTU323 30 200 200 400 600 Non-Fusible—4P, 240 Vac T4 E E A A 92351 g 82354 g DTU324N gh 82355 g DTU326 30 200 400 T4 E A 92451 g 82454 k 82455 k 953.00 5184.00 11505.00 — 82454R k 82455R — 7517.00 16200.00 — — — — — — — H82454 j H82455 — 6779.00 15975.00 — — — — 15 j — — — — — — — — — — 600 A DTU426 20355.00 DTU426R 20595.00 — — — — — 125 — — 50 Line — — DTU323RB Load a b c d e f g h i j k — — H82354 gi 5408.00 — — H82355 g 11715.00 — — Refer to page 7-31 for additional motor application data. The starting current of motors or more than standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay characteristics. Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. For switching dc, use two switching poles. If used on corner grounded delta systems, install neutral and use outer switching pole for ungrounded conductors. Use outer switching poles. Maximum rating. 240 Vac only. Neutral included with device. Suitable for use as service equipment. Hp rating applies only to H82454. 250 V dc rated. 600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19 Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20 Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21 3-16 DE1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Double Throw Safety Switches 600 Volt Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 3.38: 600 V Double Throw Safety Switches Horsepower Ratings ao NEMA 1 Amperes Current Series System NEMA 4,4X,5 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 3R NEMA 12 Gasketed 240 Vac std max 480 Vac std 600 Vac max std max Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø b 3Øb 3Ø 3Ø DT361 DT362 DT363 2016.00 2111.00 3686.00 DT361RB DT362RB DT363RB 2678.00 3135.00 4427.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7.5 15 30 20 50 75 Vdcb 250 600 Fusible 3P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc Line 30 60 100 Line F F F 5 15 25 15 30 60 5 — — 15 30 50 10 30 40 30 5 60 g 10 75 h 20 15 30 50 — — 50 — — — Load 1Ø d 3Ø b 1Ø d 3Ø b 1Ø d 3Ø Non-Fusible 3P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc Line Line 30 60 100 F F F 200 400 600 E A A DTU361 DTU362 DTU363 879.00 DTU361RB 1254.00 DTU362RB 2036.00 DTU363RB 1544.00 — 2045.00 DTU362DS 3425.00 DTU363DS — — — 6306.00 DTU362AWK p 3635.00 9414.00 DTU363AWK p 3894.00 5 10 20 10 20e 40h 7.5 20 25 50 g 40 75 hi 82344jn 2783.00 82344RB jn 5868.00 82344DSjr 11415.00 H82344ljq 7503.00 82345 n 8213.00 82345R mn 13140.00 82345DS nm 15675.00 H82345 12105.00 DTU366 ns 13890.00 DTU366R ns 19800.00 — — DTU366AWKns 21675.00 — — — — — 125 — — — 15 k — 250 — — — — — 350 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 20 30 20 40 40 50 50 75 50 50 60 75 10 20 30 30 — — — — — 125 — — — — — 250 — — — — — 350 — — 50 — — — 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø — — 20 40 — — 50 75 — — 60 75 10 20 30 50 Load Non-Fusible 4P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc Line Line 60 100 F F 200 400 600 E A A DTU462 DTU463 3035.00 Use NEMA 12 3851.00 — — DTU462DS DTU463DS 6683.00 DTU462AWK p 4184.00 9978.00 DTU463AWK p 6123.00 82444 n 6143.00 82444R n 8130.00 82444DS n 15105.00 82445 mn 12578.00 82445R m 16800.00 — — DTU466 n 20355.00 DTU466R n 23475.00 — — H82444 ljn 7143.00 H82445 m 16845.00 — — Non-Fusible 6P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc Line Line 60 100 F F — — — — — — — — — — DTU662AWK p 8474.00 DTU663AWK p 12735.00 — — SAFETY SWITCHES Load 3 Load a b c d e f g h Refer to page 7-31 for additional motor application data. The starting current of motors or more than standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay characteristics. If used on corner grounded delta systems, install neutral and use outer switching pole for ungrounded conductors. For switching dc, use two switching poles. Use outer switching poles. Maximum Hp is 15 for corner grounded delta systems. Maximum Hp is 30 for corner grounded delta systems. Use 75oC #4 Cu or #2 Al conductors only. Use 75oC #1 Cu conductors only. i j k l m n o p q r s Maximum Hp is 60 for corner grounded delta systems. 480 Vac maximum only, 250Vdc. Standard Hp rating. Not suitable for use as service equipment. 600 Vac max. 250 V dc rated. Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. (Non-fusible switches have max rating unless noted.) Complete rating on switch is NEMA 3R or 12. For 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall. H82 ... and H92 ... devices are NEMA 12 only, intended for use indoors only. Not UL Listed. Copper lugs not listed or available. 240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19 Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20 Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 3-17 Double Throw Safety Switches Accessories Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 Table 3.38: www.schneider-electric.us Neutral Assembly Field-Installed Terminal Field-Installed Terminal $ Price $ Price Standard Neutral Kit Data Copper only Data Cat. No. AWG/kcmil Neutral Kit Cat. No. AWG/kcmil 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) (2- and 3-pole switches only) SN0310 14–1/0 Al/Cu 114.00 SN0310C 14–1/0 Cu 120.00 30 A (Series T4) (2- and 3-pole switches only) a a 908.00 — — — 200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) b a a 1110.00 — — — (1) 4–600kcmil or 400 A Type 82000 DT400N 105.00 — — — (2) 1/0–250kcmil 600 A Type DTU (Series A) DT600NKD 250–500kcmil 452.00 — — — a For Type 82,000 switches, neutral is available factory-installed on 2P and 3P double throw switches. Not UL Listed. To order, add suffix N to the standard catalog number and add the above price to the list price of the switch. For DTU switches, neutral is factory-installed in standard device and is UL Listed. b Neutral assembly catalog number DT200N can be added to 4P Type 82000 switches in the field. Switch Table 3.39: Electrical Interlocks (For Electrical Interlock Contact Ratings, see Supplemental Digest page 2-4.) Factory-Installed Switch Field-Installed Electrical Interlock Kit Cat. No. c $ Price $ Price Adder Per Switch 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) EIK1, EIK2 dh 311.00 905.00e 200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) f g — 1113.00e 400 A Type 82000 EK400DTU2 260.00 — 600 A Type DTU (Series A) DS200EK2D 438.00 — c Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with “1” suffix indicate one normally open and normally closed contact; “2” indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts. See page 3-10 for electrical interlock ratings. d 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) switches contain (2) separate switching mechanisms. Each mechanism will accept an electrical interlock. Some applications may therefore require (2) electrical interlocks. e 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) switches with factory-installed electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed and interlocks are furnished with 2 N.O. /2 N.C. contacts installed in both “ON” positions. To order, add suffix EI to standard catalog number. f Electrical interlock EK400DTU2 can be added to 4-pole Type 82000 switches in the field. g Type 82000 and DTU switches are available with electrical interlock factory-installed only. Not UL listed. Electrical interlocks are furnished with 2 N.O./N.C. contacts and are installed in both “ON” positions. To order, add suffix EI to standard switch catalog number. h Double throw switches 92251, 92351, and 92451 are not available with factory or field installed electrical interlocks. Table 3.40: Service Grounding Kit (Required for service equipment use.) Switch Included DT30SG DT100SG PKOGTA2 (2 required) DS468GKD 400 A Type 82000 600 A Type 82000 (Series A) Table 3.41: Terminal Data AWG/kcmil Included (4) 14–4 Cu/Al (3) 14–1/0 Cu/Al (4) 10–2/0 Cu or (4) 6–2/0 Al 6–250kcmil Field-Installed Service Grounding Lug Kit Cat. No. 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) 30 A Type 92,000 200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) $ Price std. 29.40 30.00 55.00 309.00 Class R Fuse Kits When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses. Kits are available for field installation. For factory installation, add “CLR” suffix to catalog number. Switch Series Number Class R Fuse Kit Cat. No. $ Price Factory-Installed $ Price 3 SAFETY SWITCHES Class R Fuse Kits—240 V (two kits per 3P switch) 30 A F5 60 A F5 100 A F5 RFK03 RFK06 RFK10 24.50 25.50 47.70 390.00 390.00 390.00 Class R Fuse Kits—600 V (two kits per 3P switch) 30 A F5 60 A F5 100 A F5 RFK06 RFK06H RFK10 25.50 25.50 47.70 390.00 390.00 390.00 Key Interlock Systems For factory-installed key interlocks, refer to page 3-12. Phenolic Legend Plate For factory-installed phenolic legend plates, refer to Supplemental Digest page 2.3. Lock-On Provisions—UL Listed 30–100 A type DT, DTU (Series F) and type 92,000 included on standard device. Type 82,000 and 200 A DTU (Series E) available factory-installed. Add SPLO to catalog number and add $410. to list price. Table 3.42: “RB Hub” Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs—for use on NEMA 3R Enclosures Conduit Size 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 Closing Cap Hub Cat. No. B075 B100 B125 B150 B200 B250 B300 B350 B400 BCAP $ Price Eachi 33.30 33.30 33.30 33.30 61.00 102.00 186.00 300.00 368.00 3.80 Note: NEMA 3R rainproof enclosures with catalog number ending in RB have a bolt-on closing cap factory-installed. Order bolt-on hubs separately from table above. For more details see page 1-13. Hubs through size 2-1/2 in. can be directly installed on RB devices. Devices requiring 3 in. or larger hubs must have holes cut in the field. Gaskets are provided on 3 in. and larger hubs. Note: All hubs are UL Listed for indoor and rainproof applications and suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread. i See Discount Schedule. Table 3.43: Watertight Hubs—for use on NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless Steel and NEMA 12 Enclosures Conduit Trade Size 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 Standard-Zinc Hub Cat. No. H050 H075 H100 H125 H150 H200 H250 H300 H350 H400 120.00 138.00 177.00 282.00 381.00 Zinc $ Price Each Chrome Plated Hub Cat. No. Chrome Plated $ Price Each 31.10 H050CP 45.00 H075CP 40.70 47.10 H100CP 56.00 64.00 54.00 H125CP 67.00 83.00 H150CP 96.00 H200CP 137.00 — — — — — — — — 240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16 600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19 Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20 Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21 3-18 DE1 DE1A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Double Throw Safety Switches Application Data Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us 30–100 A Type DT (Series F): Select DT switches from pages 3-16, 3-17, which have provisions for accepting fuses. 30 A, 200–600 A Type 82,000 (Series E, T4, A), all DTU devices: Use the non-fusible double throw switches from pages 3-16, 3-17 in conjunction with standard fusible devices, and install them according to diagram 1 or 2, below. Line Non-Fusible Double Throw Switch Line Table 3.44: UL Listed Short Circuit Current Ratings Switch Type Type DT (Series F) Type DTU b (Series F) DTU224NRB and DTU324NRB (Series E) Voltage Rating UL Listed Fuse Class 30–100 A 240 V or 600 V 30–100 A 240 V or 600 V H, K R, J H or K R, J or T Short Circuit Current Rating a (A) 10,000 200,000 10,000 c 200,000 200 A 240 V H, K 10,000 c H, K 10,000 c DTU324N 200 A 240 V (Series E) R, J 100,000 H, K 10,000 c 240 V Type 82,000 all R, J 100,000 d 600 V H, K 10,000 c H, K 10,000 Type DTU (A series) 600 A 240 V or 600 V R, J, T 100,000 a Rating applies to AC only. The UL Listed short circuit current rating for non-fusible switches is based on the switch being used in conjunction with the corresponding fuse type. Evaluation of non-fusible switches in conjunction with molded case circuit breakers has not been performed. b The DTU361 and DTU361RB are also suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than (A) 18 kA, 600 Vac maximum when protected by Type FH circuit breaker rated 30 A maximum or (B) 14 kA, 600 Vac maximum when protected by Type FA circuit breaker rated 30 A maximum. c Any brand of circuit breaker or fuse not exceeding the ampere rating of the switch may be used ahead of a non-fusible safety switch when there is up to 10 kA short circuit current available. d 400 A 82,000 switch is only 10 kA. Table 3.45: Terminal Lug Data for Type DT, DTU (Series F) Double Throw Safety Switches NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Wires per Phase Wire Range Wire Bending Space Per NEC Table 373-6 AWG/kcmil 30–60 A 12–2 Al Type DT, DTU 1 or (Series F) 14–2 Cu 100 A 12–1/0 Al Type DT, DTU 1 or (Series F) 14–1/0 Cu e Thomas and Betts catalog numbers. f Hubbell Versa-Crimp™ catalog numbers. Switch Type Fusible Single Throw Switch or Circuit Breaker Amperes Table 3.46: Load Standard Lug Wire Range AWG/kcmil 12–2 Al or 14–2 Cu 12–1/0 Al or 14–1/0 Cu Amperes Wires per Phase Wire Range Wire Bending Space Per NEC Table 373-6 AWG/kcmil 30 A (Series T4) h 1 14–8 Al/Cu Line 200 Non-Fusible Double Throw Switch Load g h i VCEL02114S1 f Optional Copper Only Lug See pages 3-12 and 3-14 for appropriate kit. Order two kits per switch. Terminal Lug Data for Types 82,000 and for A and E-Series DTU devices Diagram 1 Fusible Single Throw Switch or Circuit Breaker Optional Compression Lug Field-Installed C10-14, D8-14, or E6-14 e 1 1 400 or 2 600 2 o 200–600 A switches suitable for 75 C conductors. 30 A switches suitable for 60oC or 75oC conductors. Hubbell Versa-Crimp™ catalog numbers. 6–300 Al/Cu 1/0–600 Al/Cu or 1/0–300 Al/Cu 250–500 Al/Cu g Lug Wire Range AWG/kcmil Optional Compression Lugs Field-Installed 12–2 Al or 14–2 Cu 6–300 Al/Cu VCEL030516H1 i 1/0–600 Al/Cu — 250–500 Al/Cu — — SAFETY SWITCHES Situations Requiring Fuses 240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-16 600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-18 Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-20 Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-21 3 Fusible Single Throw Switch or Circuit Breaker Line Diagram 2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 3-19 Double Throw Safety Switches Dimensions—Series F Devices Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 Table 3.47: W H D W/H NEMA 1 W H 3 W/H D www.schneider-electric.us 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F)—Approximate Dimensions Cat. No. Series DT223 DT223RB DT321 DT321RB DT322 DT322RB DT323 DT323RB DT361 DT361RB DT362 DT362RB DT363 DT363RB DTU222 DTU223 DTU223RB DTU321 DTU322 DTU323 DTU323RB DTU361 DTU361RB DTU362 DTU362AWK DTU362DS DTU362RB DTU363 DTU363AWK DTU363DS DTU363RB DTU462 DTU462AWK DTU462DS DTU463 DTU463AWK DTU463DS DTU662AWK DTU663AWK F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F6 F6 F6 F6 H in. 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 29.94 29.94 30.50 29.94 29.94 29.94 30.50 29.94 30.50 29.94 29.94 30.26 30.50 29.94 29.94 30.26 30.50 29.94 30.26 30.26 29.94 30.26 30.26 30.26 30.26 W mm 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 760 760 775 760 760 760 775 760 775 760 760 769 775 760 760 769 775 760 769 769 760 769 769 769 769 in. 9.88 6.87 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 9.88 6.87 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 9.88 6.87 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 15.50 15.50 10.25 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 W/H mm 251 174 260 260 260 260 251 174 260 260 260 260 251 174 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 394 394 260 394 394 394 394 in. 11.13 8.12 11.50 11.80 11.50 11.80 11.13 8.12 11.50 11.80 11.50 11.80 11.13 8.12 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.50 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.50 11.96 11.96 16.75 16.75 11.96 16.75 16.75 16.75 16.75 D mm 283 206 292 300 292 300 283 206 292 300 292 300 283 206 304 304 304 304 304 304 304 304 304 304 304 292 304 304 304 292 304 304 425 425 304 425 425 425 425 in. 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 7.12 6.93 6.93 6.93 7.12 6.93 6.93 7.12 7.12 6.93 7.12 7.12 7.12 7.12 mm 171 168 171 168 171 168 171 168 171 168 171 168 171 168 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 181 176 176 176 181 176 176 181 181 176 181 181 181 181 240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16 600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19 Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21 NEMA 3R SAFETY SWITCHES W H D W/H NEMA 4, 4X, 5 and 12 3-20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Double Throw Safety Switches Dimensions—Series A, E, and T4 Devices Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us 30, 200–600 A Types 82,000 and E-Series DTU devices, NEMA 1 and 3R—Approximate Dimensions Cat. No. W/H W D H NEMA 1 W/H W D H DTU—200 A NEMA 3R DTU224NRB a 82254 a 82254NW a 82344 a 82344RB a 82354 92251 82344DS DTU324N DTU324NRB H82344 H82444 a H82454 82454 82444 82454R a 82444R H82254 H82354 82444DS a 82255 a 82255R 82345a 82345DSa 82345Ra 82355 a 82355R a 82445 82445R 82455 a 82455R H82255 H82345 H82355 H82445 H82455 DTU326 DTU426 DTU366 DTU466 DTU326R DTU426R DTU366R DTU466R DTU366AWK a 250 V dc rated. Series E1 E1 E1 E2 E1 E1 T4 E1 E1 E1 E2 E2 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 H in. 32.50 30.88 30.88 30.88 32.50 30.88 10.00 30.88 32.50 32.50 32.50 32.50 32.50 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 32.50 32.50 38.00 38.50 39.00 38.50 39.00 39.00 38.50 39.00 38.50 39.00 38.50 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 63.31 63.31 63.31 63.31 63.76 63.76 63.76 63.76 63.76 W mm 826 784 784 784 826 784 254 784 826 826 826 826 826 965 965 965 965 826 826 965 978 991 978 991 991 978 991 978 991 978 991 991 991 991 991 991 1608 1608 1608 1608 1619 1619 1619 1619 1619 in. 20.63 15.75 20.00 20.00 20.63 20.00 8.00 20.00 24.50 24.50 24.50 30.21 30.21 29.62 29.62 29.62 29.62 24.50 24.50 29.62 26.10 26.62 26.10 26.62 26.62 26.10 26.62 30.10 30.21 30.10 30.21 26.62 26.62 26.62 30.21 30.21 23.66 27.00 23.66 27.00 23.66 27.00 23.66 27.00 23.66 W/H mm 524 400 508 508 524 508 203 508 622 622 622 767 767 753 753 753 753 622 622 753 663 676 663 676 676 663 676 765 767 765 767 676 676 676 767 767 601 686 601 686 601 686 601 686 601 in. 24.00 19.63 23.88 23.88 24.00 23.88 9.75 23.88 26.25 26.25 26.25 33.61 33.61 33.02 33.02 33.02 33.02 26.25 26.25 33.02 29.51 30.02 29.51 30.02 30.02 29.51 30.02 33.50 33.61 33.50 33.61 30.02 30.02 30.02 33.61 33.61 24.46 27.80 24.46 27.80 24.46 27.80 24.46 27.80 24.46 D mm 610 499 607 607 610 607 248 607 667 667 667 854 854 839 839 839 839 667 667 839 750 763 750 763 763 750 763 851 854 851 854 763 763 763 854 854 621 706 621 706 621 706 621 706 621 in. 10.63 9.75 11.75 11.75 10.63 11.75 4.75 11.75 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 mm 270 248 298 298 270 298 121 298 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 226 226 226 226 226 226 226 226 226 3 240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16 600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20 Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20 SAFETY SWITCHES Table 3.48: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3-21 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Dimensions 1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch Class 3110 www.schneider-electric.us Put over 100 years of Schneider Electric’s experience as a global specialist in energy management to work on your photovoltaic (PV) project. The Square D™ 1000 Vdc disconnect switch is the perfect solution for your 1000 Vdc PV disconnect applications. It is compact and available in both a 100 and 200 amp non-fusible versions. IEC 609471 and 3 certified (file 136861) and UL 98 certified (file E343341). Extended Life Expectancy Designed for Harsh PV Environments Exceeds IEC 60947-3 mechanical endurance requirements by factor of 18 Exceeds IEC 60947-1 electrical endurance requirements by factor of 10 Exceeds NEMA KS-1 mechanical endurance requirements by factor of 3. NEMA Type 3 and IP63 enclosure • • Resists windblown dirt/dust Exceeds NEMA Type 1, 3R and 12 Operating range of -37°C to 50°C Specially designed PV paint reduces solar gain up to 35% over standard grey enclosures Easy to Install Preconfigured solar solution Familiar enclosed safety switch design Suitable for both grounded and ungrounded PV Table 3.49: 1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch Pricing and Accessories Factory Installed Accessories NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 3 and IP63 System Amperes Cat. No. Electrical Interlock Electrical Interlock Single Contacta Two Contactsb Viewing Windows Terminal Blocks (Copper)c 3 Wire Ground Lugd $ Price $ Price No. $ Price No. $ Price No. $ Price $ Price No. Suffix Adder No. Suffix Adder Suffix Adder Suffix Adder Suffix Adder Height Width (in.) (in.) Depth (in.) 3 Pole Groundede Three-Pole (Grounded System) Connector Line Connector 100 REHU393IP 1672.00 EI 452.00 EI2 496.00 VW 150.00 TBC 409.00 GL 263.00 22.13 18.63 8.75 200 REHU394IP 2246.00 EI 452.00 EI2 496.00 VW 175.00 TBC 409.00 GL 263.00 22.13 18.63 8.75 100 REHU493IP 2507.00 EI 452.00 EI2 496.00 VW 150.00 — — GL 263.00 29.00 18.63 8.75 200 REHU494IP 3965.00 EI 452.00 EI2 496.00 VW 175.00 — — GL 263.00 29.00 18.63 8.75 Load PE Protective earth terminal 3 4 Pole Ungrounded Four-Pole (Ungrounded System) SAFETY SWITCHES Load Line Load Line Connector PE Protective earth terminal a b c Order EIK1PV for single contact field-installed kit $311.00. Order EIK2PV for double contact field-installed kit $355.00. Accommodates (2) 250 max Cu or (1) 1/0 max Cu wiring; Order d e SN20CPV for field-installed kit $246.00. Order REHGND KIT for field installable kit $100.00. Terminal blocks standard with 3 pole switches; accommodates (2) 1/0 max Al/Cu or (2) 6 max Al/Cu wiring. Schneider Electric gives the Photovoltaic market place the most comprehensive one stop shop for Residential and Light Commercial Photovoltaic Balance of System components. Schneider Electric's Inverters, and Square D brand DC and AC disconnect switches and Load Centers are ideal solutions to your Balance of Systems requirements. See the Balance of System solution chart below for your single phase PV system. Table 3.50: 200 A Enclosed Switch Dimensions (inches) PV Balance of System Solution Package—Grid Tie System Voltage Kilowatts Amps DC Disconnect Inverter 250 Vdc 2.8 30 HU361RB 878-2801 D221NRB 250 Vdc 3.3 60 HU362RB 878-3301 D222NRB QO140M225 250 Vdc 3.3 100 HU363RB 878-3301 D223NRB QONQ42MS400 600 Vdc 3.8 30 HU361RB 878-3801 D221NRB QO130M200 600 Vdc 5.0 60 HU362RB 878-5001 D222NRB QO140M225 600 Vdc 5.0 100 HU363RB 878-5001 D223NRB QONQ42MS400 For internal 600 Vdc PV combiner box switches please see our offering of 9422 switches 600 Vdc UL98 listed in digest pages 8-14. 3-22 DE1 AC Disconnect Load Center Product QO130M200 For our 600 Vdc PV switch offering please see digest pages 3-5–3-6. Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved String Combiner Boxes Dimensions Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Square D PV string combiner boxes are used to integrate multiple PV strings into one output circuit. Its tough exterior and safety features protect wiring from weather and overcurrent. The exterior coating ensures low operating temperatures and longer life of internal components. The specially engineered enclosure is designed to provide dust tight and rain tight protection; it meets or exceeds NEMA® 3R, 12, and 4 requirements. Traditional Square D visible blade switch architecture confirms disconnection, while touch-safe interior shielding protects against accidental contact with live components. Features Flexible • • • Vertical, horizontal, and angled mounting options Flexible installation with top, bottom, and side entry Substantial wire-bending space Robust • • • Dust tight and rain tight engineered enclosure for outdoor use UV-resistant white exterior coating to reduce solar gain by 35% Meets or exceeds NEMA 3R, 12, and 4 requirements Safe • • • • Square D traditional visible blade switch architecture for confirmation of disconnect Touch-safe interior shielding guards against accidental contact with current-carrying components Seismic-certified 100–400 amp string combiner boxes for earthquake safety Optional integrated 2.5 kV surge arrestor to protect PV electronics from lightning strikes Listings • UL 1741 • Switches tested to UL98B • CSA C22.2 Spec 107.1 Catalog Numbera 600 Vdc Photovoltaic Combiner Boxes Number Input Circuits (Max.) Maximum Continuous Maximum Continuous DC Output PV Module Input Current Current Isc Rating (Max.) (Amps) Per String (Amps) Wire Range (AWG/kcmil—Copper Only) List Price $ Output Input Circuit Number of Circuit Output Conductors (+ and -) (+ and -) (+ or -) REHSC126100 12 100 838.00 #12–#6 REHSC166200 16 200 1067.00 #12–#6 10.4 13 REHSC246300 24 300 1378.00 #12–#6 REHSC326400 32 400 2226.00 #12–#6 a For factory installed surge protection device add the suffix “S” to the catalog number. Table 3.52: Catalog Numbera #6–1/0 #6–300 MCM 1/0–300 1/0–300 1 1 2 2 Outside Dimmensions Height Width Depth Ground In Ground Out in. mm in. mm in. mm #14–4 Or 2X #14–#12 #6–2/0 #6–2/0 #6–2/0 #6–2/0 20.78 27.78 35.78 35.78 528 706 909 909 14.50 20.25 20.25 20.25 368 514 514 514 6.13 6.13 6.13 6.13 156 156 156 156 600 Vdc Photovoltaic Combiner Boxes With Disconnects Number Input Circuits (Max.) Maximum Continuous Maximum Continuous DC Output PV Module Input Current Current Isc Rating (Max.) (Amps) Per String (Amps) Wire Range (AWG/kcmil—Copper Only) List Price $ Output Input Output Circuit Number of Circuit Conductors (+ and -) (+ and -) (+ or -) REHSC126100DU 12 100 1438.00 #12–#6 REHSC166200DU 16 200 1899.00 #12–#6 10.4 13 REHSC246300DU 24 300 3035.00 #12–#6 REHSC326400DU 32 400 3883.00 #12–#6 a For factory installed surge protection device add the suffix “S” to the catalog number. #6–1/0 #6–300 MCM 1/0–300 1/0–300 1 1 2 2 Outside Dimmensions Height Width Depth Ground In Ground Out in. mm in. mm in. mm #14–4 Or 2X #14–#12 #6–2/0 #6–2/0 #6–2/0 #6–2/0 31.00 31.00 41.00 41.00 787 787 1041 1041 19.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 483 635 635 635 9.00 9.00 10.50 10.50 229 229 267 267 SAFETY SWITCHES Table 3.51: The 600 Vdc Type 2 Surge Protection Device (SPD) is for medium risk PV applications. The SPD when installed in a Square D combiner box protects solar modules, power tracking and blocking diodes from physical damage resulting from lightning induced transients. The SPD device uses Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV)/Gas-Filled Spark Gap (GSP) protection circuits for longer life and no current leakage. The devices are UL1449 ed 2 compliant Low Voltage TVSS. The SP are available as factory installed by adding the suffix “S” to the combiner box catalog number or as kits a kit: REHTYPE2SP. Table 3.53: Typical String Combination Box Dimensions 600 Vdc Type 2 Surge Protection Device Catalog Number Network Voltage Nominal Discharge Current per 20 micro sec Maximum Discharge Current per 20 micro sec Operating Current Operating Temperature; Celsius List Price $ REHTYPE2SP 600 Vdc 20kA 40kA <0.1nA -40 to +85 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Kit 337.00 Factory Installed 490.00 3-23 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 3 Surge Protection Device www.schneider-electric.us 3 SAFETY SWITCHES 3-24 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Table of Contents Back to Product Index Section 4 Section Listing Power Monitoring and Control PowerLogic™ Energy and Power Management Systems Remote Energy Management ION-E software CM4000 ION7650 Sepam series 80 HDM4 Panel Introduction Power Monitoring Software PowerLogic ION Enterprise Software Remote Energy Management PowerLogic Scada PowerLogic ION EEM Enterprise Energy Management Software PowerLogic Metering ION8650 ION7550/7650 ION7350/7330/7300 ION6200 PowerLogic ION and Power and Energy Meter Selection DM6200 Panel Meter PM1200 Multifunctional Power Meter Series 700 Power Meter Series 800 Power Meter Series 4000 Circuit Monitor Submetering Tenant Metering Software PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter High Density Meter Enclosures (HDM) Multi Circuit Energy Meters Energy Meter Enercept™ Meter Split Core Current Transformers Branch Circuit Power Meter Branch Current Monitor Multi-Circuit Meter Submeter Display Remote Energy Management Solutions PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online Communications Ethernet Gateways Web Page Generator Engineering Services Consulting & Analysis Industrial Energy Efficiency Power Monitoring Applications Power System Control Applications System Integration Factory Assembled Enclosures Technical Support Power Management University 4-2, 4-3 4-4 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-7 4-8 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-11 4-13 4-13 4-14 4-14 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-17 4-18 4-19 4-19 4-20 4-20 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-22 4-23 4-23 Sepam Digital Protective Relays Series 80, 60, 40 & 20 Features Series 80, 60, 40, 20 & 10 Applications 4-24 4-25 Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation Systems 4-26 ReactiVar™ Reactive Power Compensation and Harmonic Mitigation Solutions Active Harmonic Filter 4-28 4-29 4-31 4-32 4-33 4-34 4-36 4 Low Voltage Automatic Capacitor Bank Reactive Power Compensation and Harmonic Mitigation Solutions Low Voltage Fixed Capacitor Low Voltage Automatic Capacitor Banks LV Transient Free Reactive Compensation Banks Medium Voltage Capacitors Accusine™ PCS Active Harmonic Filter Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC) POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL VAMP 221 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-1 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerLogic™ www.powerlogic.com Three dimensions of energy and power management savings Volatile energy prices and stringent emissions standards have made it more challenging to control operational costs thus putting profits at risk. Square D PowerLogic™ energy and power management systems will help you make the most of your energy by: Reducing Utility Costs & Increasing Energy Efficiency Achieve significantly reduced direct consumption-related costs through improved efficiency, lower emissions and more accountability. And if you're a property manager, you can increase the accuracy of energy settlements that can help attract or retain tenants. By simply installing a PowerLogic™ power monitoring system, our customers over the past twenty years have reported realizing a 2–4% savings in utility costs-but that's just the “tip of the iceberg” in terms of your potential savings. Optimizing Equipment Utilization Avoid or defer capital costs by better utilizing existing electrical infrastructure typically results in another 2–5% savings. By monitoring key points and collecting system loading information, engineering is able to make decisions on a plant's capacity to handle new production lines or to determine if additional distribution equipment is required for a building expansion. Improving System Reliability & Safety Typically, another 10% can be found by discovering power system reliability improvements with powerful PowerLogic™ metering that offers extremely accurate and high speed event capture information. Once detected, future power disturbances are often correctable and can help facilities avoid expensive and often hidden risks to productivity. As an added benefit, PowerLogic monitoring system information is accessible from the safety of your personal computer. This offers improved worker safety since it is not necessary to suit up in personal protective equipment to access energized equipment over the network. PowerLogic™ systems give you the power to achieve this kind of savings, resulting in a quick return on your investment. We pride ourselves on reliable products, innovative systems, expert engineering services, and our ability to provide single-source energy and power management solutions. It's not just a concept to us, it's a legacy and a promise-for companies that seek an edge in productivity. That's why leaders turn to Schneider Electric. 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 4-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerLogic™ www.powerlogic.com Table 4.1: Data Presentment & Management Data Acquisition, Alarms & Monitoring Enterprise Online Energy Analysis Data Centers; Industrial Buildings, Property Management, Utilities Utilities For products see DIGEST section: 4–6 4–17 4–5 4–4 thru 4–12 4–13 thru 4–16 For services see DIGEST section: 4–20 4–20 4–21 4–21 4–22 Automatic Meter Reading • •••• •• Revenue Metering • •••• •• Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition Power Monitoring System Tenant Submetering Water/Wastewater, Heavy Industrial, large Commercial Buildings, Process Industry, Data commercial buildings, Government Buildings, Centers, Critical Power Military Bases, Healthcare Military Bases Meter Application WAGES Utility Pulses ••• Sub-billing ••• ••• Measurement & Verification •••• •• •••• •••• ••• • •• •• ••• • • ••• • •• ••• ••• ••• ••• Commissioning & Troubleshooting ••• •••• Equipment Monitoring: transformers, MCCs, switchgear, switchboards, circuit breaker status, protective equipment, capacitors, generators, panelboards, PDU, UPS, etc. ••• •••• ••• Cost Allocation & Utility Billing Energy Usage Analysis Reduce Energy Costs & Energy Procurement Optimization Efficiency Allocate Energy Costs • Interval Benchmarking & Profiling •••• Total Load Aggregation •••• • • Energy Efficiency Emissions Tracking •• ••• Power Factor Correction • • Peak Demand Reduction •• • ••• Demand Response & Curtailment Improve Maintenance Practices Optimize Equipment Utilization Facility Planning Identify Equipment Capacity ••• Determine Transformer Stress ••• Equipment Asset Optimization •• •• ••• Improve Efficiency Balance Circuit Loading ••• Balance Generator Usage ••• Optimize Chiller & Mechanical Equipment • System Monitoring & Analysis Improve Reliability & Safety Transient Voltage Detection •••• Sag/Swell Disturbance Monitoring •••• Power Quality & Harmonic Analysis Power Quality Compliance •••• •••• • ••• • ••• •••• Alarm & System Diagnositics Electrical Distribution Alarm & Event Analysis Waveform capture viewing •••• Remote alarm notification •••• ••• Energy Services •••• see section 4–20 for Engineering Services Peak Shaving/Generator Control ••• •••• Load Management/Shedding see section 4–20 for Engineering Services •••• WAGES •• see section 4–20 for Engineering Services •• ••• Advanced Reliability Services Engineering Services Auto Throw Over (ATO) •••• Emergency Power Supply System Test Reporting Sequence of Events Recording (1ms time/stamp) GPS Time Stamping •• •••• see section 4–20 for Engineering Services •••• ••• •••• ••• Power System Control •••• • Network Protection •••• •• see section 4–20 for Engineering Services Consulting Services System Studies (SC/TCC/Arc Flash) see section 4–20 for Engineering Services 4 Power System Assessments POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Total Energy Control Services © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-3 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerLogic™ PowerLogic Operations Software www.powerlogic.com Remote Energy Management ION Enterprise Software PowerLogic ION Enterprise Software PowerLogic ION Enterprise software is an all-in-one package for operational power system monitoring, analysis and control that helps you reduce energy-related costs. It offers control capabilities, comprehensive power quality and reliability analysis and helps reduce energy related costs. The software is a suite of applications that allows you to collect, process, analyze, store, and share data across your entire enterprise. PowerLogic ION Enterprise software is designed to give you the information and analysis tools you need to make sound decisions. Its cutting-edge flexibility and compatibility allow you to extend your energy management system at your own pace, adding newer components as they become available, without interrupting or impacting existing functions. PowerLogic ION Enterprise collects data through serial, wireless, modem or Ethernet links and can manage a single site or, through the Internet, connect a global network of devices. Table 4.2: PowerLogic ION Enterprise Software Ordering Information Description Catalog No. $ Price Core Software Productsa ION Enterprise Base software ION Enterprise Device license (For 100+ devices, please call the factory for volume pricing) ION Enterprise Client license ION Enterprise Quantity 50 Pack Device licenses ION Enterprise v6.0 Device licenses OPC Server support for ION Enterprise SQL Server 2005 bundle option (CD and 1-CPU license) SQL Server 2005 additional CPU license PQDIF Exporter for ION Enterprise IE60BASEENG IE60DLS IE60CL IE60DLS50 IE60DLUNLTD IONEOPCV1 IONESQL2005 IONESQL2005CPU IONEPQDIFV1 1079.00 252.00 1079.00 10080.00 24750.00 3055.00 3509.00 2157.00 3660.00 IE60BASEENGUPG IE60DLSUPG IE60DLS50UPG IE60DLUNLTDUPG IE60CLUPG 288.00 126.00 5040.00 12375.00 520.00 Upgrades to PowerLogic ION Enterprise 6.0 ION Enterprise Base Upgrade from v5.5 or later ION Enterprise Single Device License Upgrade ION Enterprise Quantity 50 Pack Device Licenses Upgrade ION Enterprise v6.0 Unlimited Device License Upgrade ION Enterprise Client license upgrade Related Items ION Enterprise Replacement CD IONE60REPCD 215.00 a Every new system must be ordered with 1 IONE56-Base software and a minimum of 5 IONE56-DL device licenses. Note: Software versions may have upgraded since release of this digest. Please check with your Schneider Electric Sales Rep or local distributor for latest ION Enterprise version. Remote Energy Management Web-Hosted Service Schneider Electric Remote Energy Management (REM) is a web-hosted service that easily turns energy usage data into actionable information, accessible via any standard web browser. With REM, users can easily identify energy waste, reduce energy consumption, save on utility bills, and measure, report on and implement energy and emission reduction initiatives...all easily made available through predefined reports and customizable dashboards • 4 • • POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • • Compare energy usage among similar facilities to establish benchmarks and identify poorly performing facilities. Normalize consumption against weather, production, hours of operation, sq footage, and occupancy. Measure the effectiveness of various energy efficiency efforts. View carbon emissions reports. Easily view all monitored sites around the globe on a single screen through the Enterprise Map View. • • • • • • Optimize equipment run hours and setting to avoid setting costly new demand peaks. Compare consumption data between different meters or a group of meters. Identify exceptional usage patterns. Track, report, and analyze information from all utility sources including water, gas, electric, and steam. Compare usage to utility bills to verify correct billing from the utility. Use “what if” analysis tools to make accurate assessments of what utility costs would be on different utility rates. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for pricing and availability. 4-4 PM1 PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ SCADA Software www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Scada Software PowerLogic SCADA 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL PowerLogic™ SCADA software was created to meet the requirement for real-time monitoring and control of electrical distribution systems, including fast response times and high reliability through redundancy. PowerLogic SCADA is powered by Citect™ SCADA technology but is specifically designed for electrical power systems applications. The complete PowerLogic supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) solution includes a dynamic graphical user interface, enhanced alarm management, one second response times for control operation and status, transparent redundancy, and reliable communications (through hardware components and network topology). The system also features Sequence of Events Recorder (SER) logs with time stamps of 1ms resolution. PowerLogic SCADA software includes a web-based client for remote viewing capability. The graphical user interface consists of animated objects which change according to status information. The flexible graphics editor includes both ANSI and IEC electrical symbols to facilitate easy one-line diagram creation. Real-time and historical trending is also supported. For pricing information, please contact your local PowerLogic representative. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4-5 PowerLogic™ ION EEM Enterprise Energy Management Software www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic ION EEM is a complete enterprise energy management solution that unites business and energy strategies across your entire enterprise by unifying and extending the benefits of your existing energy-related data resources. Stakeholders from management to operations will be empowered by actionable energy intelligence to reveal opportunities, isolate problems and drive cost and risk reduction strategies. Personalized dashboards help management and operations personnel monitor all aspects of energy use and respond to opportunities or threats. PowerLogic ION EEM automatically acquires data from power monitoring and control systems, building and process automation systems, utility information systems, weather services, spot-market energy pricing feeds, and enterprise business applications, cleanses and warehouses it. Personalized, browser-based dashboards and innovative visualization and modeling tools then make the information available to whomever needs it, so you can accurately monitor, validate, predict and control energy-related expenses. From operational cost reductions to procurement support through cost allocation, benchmarking and budgeting, key performance indicators and advanced analytics, PowerLogic ION EEM helps you manage energy in financial terms. It also helps you gain unique insight into the impacts of power quality on your business and all energy assets. From the service entrance to the boardroom, PowerLogic ION EEM software allows energy to be managed as a variable cost. Key features Produce aggregate billing, load profile, cost allocation, power quality, forecasting or budget reports to help inform stakeholders and track results against goals. • • • • • • • • • • True enterprise-level software architecture: data quality assurance, data warehouse, web framework Web portal: personalized dashboards, key performance indicators, charts, trends, real-time conditions Reporting: rich and customized content, support for complex data and graphics, scheduled distribution Trending: advanced visualization, dimensional analysis, prediction, statistical rollups Modeling: regression analysis, normalization, correlation, integration of all relevant drivers and contextual data Billing: built-in rate engine and rate wizard Power quality analysis: wide-area event monitoring, classification, filtering, correlation Alarms and events: triggering on complex conditions, notification, logging Integration: data acquisition systems, weather and pricing feeds, other enterprise applications (e.g. BAC, ERP) CO2 Report Typical applications Use advanced billing functions to support energy procurement and manage load or generation assets in response to curtailment or pricing signals. 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Monitor power quality risk factors, benchmark performance, determine impacts, validate contract compliance, isolate problem sources, and confirm your return-on-investment. • • • • • • • • • • • • Manage all utilities (electricity, gas, water, etc.) and emissions through a single, unified interface Benchmark facility performance across an entire enterprise to identify energy inefficiencies Measure and verify savings from energy conservation projects or performance contracts Reduce operational costs, improve processes, and prolong asset life Meet corporate environmental stewardship goals or mandated impact targets Manage demand control schemes, load shedding, peak shaving, base loading or on-site generation Enable participation in real-time pricing and load curtailment programs Optimize procurement by forecasting and budgeting for energy needs and comparing utility rates Identify utility billing errors and validate contract compliance Allocate and recover utilities costs from tenants, departments, processes, etc. Maximize the use of existing infrastructure capacity and avoid overbuilding Identify and reduce risks to uptime Data presentation tier Web portal delivers enterprise-wide access through personalized dashboards, reports, detailed analytics, and integration of views from third-party systems. Schedule information and report distribution to the people who need it, for use on their desktop or mobile devices. Business applications tier Standard and optional modules tailor functionality to specific needs. Advanced analytics and reporting on every driver and relationship affecting energy cost and reliability. Data management tier Integration of data from many sources: power monitoring and control systems (PowerLogic or third party), utility metering systems (water, air, gas etc.), Internet weather, real-time energy pricing feeds, manual input, energy assets (power distribution and reliability equipment, generators), line-of-business systems (BAC, DCS, ERP, EAM, accounting). Data quality module assures complete and reliable data from all inputs. For price and ordering information, contact your local PowerLogic Sales Specialist or PowerLogic Inside Sales at 615-287-3535. 4-6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerLogic™ ION8650/7550/7650 Power and Energy Meters www.powerlogic.com ION8650/7550/7650 Power and Energy Meters The web-enabled PowerLogic ION8650 is used to monitor electric distribution networks, service entrances and substations. It enables businesses to manage complex energy supply contracts that include power quality guarantees. Low-range current accuracy makes it ideal for independent power producers and cogeneration applications that require the accurate bi-directional measurement of energy. It is well suited to load curtailment, equipment monitoring and control and energy pulsing and totalization applications. Integrate it with PowerLogic ION EEM enterprise energy management software, PowerLogic ION Enterprise operations software or other energy management and SCADA systems. PowerLogic ION8650 Power and Energy Meter Features Feature set C includes: • • • • • • • • • • Table 4.3: 9S, 35S, 36S socket and switchboard cases True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, power and meets stringent ANSI revenue metering standards including ANSI C12.20 0.2 and Class 2, 10, & 20 Power quality: sag/swell, individual, even, odd, total harmonics to the 31st and symmetrical components 32MB log/event memory, min/max for any parameter, historical logs up to 64 channels, timestamp resolution to 0.001 seconds and GPS time synchronization Transformer/line loss compensation and Instrument transformer correction Communications: Ethernet, Serial, Modem, Internet and Ethernet to serial gateway and ION, DNP 3.0, Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, MV-90 protocols, IEC 61850 Dial-out capability when memory is near full Multi-user, multi-level security with control and customized access to sensitive data for up to 16 users Data push capability through SMTP (email) 65 setpoints — math, logic, trig, log, linearization formulas • • Password protection and anti-tamper seal protection Built-in I/O: 4 KYZ digital outs and 3 form A digital ins, 4 KYZ digital outs and 1 form A digital out and 1 form A digital in, an optional external I/O expander provides additional I/O Feature set B adds the following to feature set C: • Harmonics—individual, total even, total odd up to the 63rd • 64MB standard memory • Historical logs up to 320 channels • Modbus RTU Master on serial ports • Cycle setpoint minimum response time Feature set A adds the following to feature sets C and B: • • • • • Waveform capture up to 1024 samples/cycle, PQ compliance monitoring, flicker to EN50160, IEC 61000-4-7/4-15 (also configurable to IEEE 519-1992, IEEE159, SEMI) CBEMA/ITIC Transient detection to 6517µs at 60Hz; Harmonics: magnitude, phase and inter-harmonics to the 50th 128MB standard memory Max 96 cycles of waveform logs and 800 channels of historical logs Typical PowerLogic ION8650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Description ION8650, feature set A, 9S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 10MB memory, 127–177 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: 10BaseT, RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs ION8650, feature set A, 35S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 10MB memory, 120–480 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: 10Base T, RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs ION8650, feature set C, 9S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 2MB memory, 120–277 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs ION8650, feature set C, 35S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 2MB memory, 120–277 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs Catalog No. $ Price S8650A0C0E6E0B0A 7077.00 S8650A1C0E6E0B0A 7077.00 S8650C0C0E6A0B0A 2889.00 S8650C1C0E6A0B0A 2889.00 PowerLogic ION7550 and ION7650 Power and Energy Meters Used at key distribution points and sensitive loads, the web-enabled PowerLogic ION7550 and PowerLogic ION7650 meters combine a wealth of advanced features from power quality analysis capabilities, revenue accuracy and multiple communications options, through web compatibility, and control capabilities. Both are compatible with PowerLogic ION EEM enterprise energy management software, PowerLogic ION Enterprise operations software can be integrated with other energy management or building control systems through multiple communication channels and protocols. The meters are ideal for compliance monitoring, disturbance analysis, cost allocation and billing, demand and power factor control and equipment monitoring and control. The meters have a high visibility, adjustable front panel display that can depict TOU, harmonics, event logs, phasers, and instantaneous power parameters. They meet stringent ANSI C12.20 0.2, Class 10 & 20 revenue metering standards. PowerLogic ION7550 and ION7650 Power and Energy Meter Features The PowerLogic ION7550 includes: • • • • • Table 4.4: • 3.5” x 4.5” (87 x 112 mm) backlit LCD display True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, and power that meets stringent ANSI C12.20 0.2, Class 2, 10, & 20 Power quality: sag/swell, harmonics - individual, even, odd, total to the 63rd, waveform capture at 256 samples/cycle 5MB log/event memory (10MB optional), waveform logging up to 96 cycles, up to 800 channels historical, min/max, timestamp resolution to 0.001 seconds, GPS time synchronization and historical trends through front panel Communications: fiber, Ethernet, serial, internal modem, optical port, and a gateway functionality, ION, DNP 3.0, Modbus RTU - master & slave, Modbus TCP, MV-90, and IEC 61850. IEC 61850 only available with 5MB memory and Ethernet options Dial-out capability when memory is near full Data push capability through SMTP (email) Multi-user, multi-level security with control and customized access to sensitive data for up to 16 users • 65 configurable 1/2 cycle setpoints for single, multi-condition and dial out on alarm and math, logic, trig, log, linearization formulas • Password protection and anti-tamper seal protection enhance meter security • Extensive standard I/O includes: 8 digital inputs, 4 digital outputs and 3 onboard relays The ION7650 has all the features of the ION7550 and adds: • • • • • • Waveform capture up to 1024 samples/cycle Transient detection to 17µs at 60Hz Harmonics: magnitude, phase and inter-harmonics to the 40th Flicker to EN50160 and IEC 61000-4-7/4-15 (also configurable for IEEE 519-1992, IEEE159, SEMI), plus CBEMA/ITIC Symmetrical components Power quality measurements per IEC 61000-4-30 Class A, Ed. 2 Typical PowerLogic ION7550/7650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Description Catalog No. $ Price Typical PowerLogic ION7550 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Integrated display, with 256 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O Integrated display, with 256 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port), standard I/O S7550A0C0B6E0A0A 6318.00 S7550A0C0B6A0A0A 5589.00 S7650B1C0B6E0A0E 9279.00 S7650A0C0B6E0A0A 7869.00 S7650A0C0B6C1A0A 8409.00 S7650A0C0B6A0A0A 7140.00 S7650B1C0B6E0A0A 9279.00 Integrated display, with 1024 samples/cycle, 10 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O, EN50160 compliance monitoring Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port) plus Ethernet and 56k modem, standard I/O Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port), standard I/O Integrated display, with 1024 samples/cycle, 10 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O Note: Please refer to powerlogic.com for the most complete and up-to-date list of feature availability. Some features are optional. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PM1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4 Typical PowerLogic ION7650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • • 4-7 PowerLogic™ ION7350/7330/7300/6200 Power and Energy Meters www.powerlogic.com Used in diverse applications such as feeder monitoring and sub-metering, the PowerLogic ION7300 series meters are also suitable for high-accuracy power and energy metering, bill verification, cost allocation and billing, demand and power factor control, load studies, circuit optimization, equipment monitoring and control and preventative maintenance. They are ideal replacements for analog meters, with a multitude of power and energy measurements, analog and digital I/O, communication ports and industry-standard protocols. The ION7330 meter adds on-board data storage, emails of logged data and an optional modem. The ION7350 meter is further augmented by more sophisticated power quality analysis, alarms and a call-back-on-alarm feature. They are compatible with PowerLogic ION EEM enterprise energy management software, PowerLogic ION Enterprise operations software or can be integrated with other energy management or building control systems through multiple communication channels and protocols. PowerLogic ION7350, ION7330 and ION7300 Power and Energy Meter Features The PowerLogic ION7300 includes: • • • • • • • Multiple form factors: transducer integrated and remote display models True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, and power that meets stringent ANSI C12.16, Class 10 Power quality: harmonics—individual, even, odd, total to the 15th, maximum 32 samples/cycle Communications: 1 RS-485 port, 1 optional Ethernet port, 1 ANSI Type 2 infrared optical port, 1 PROFIBUS DP port (ION7300 only), onboard web server Supported protocols include : ION, Modbus RTU slave on serial, modem, I/R ports, Modbus TCP through Ethernet Extensive standard I/O includes: 4 analog inputs, 4 analog outputs, 4 digital relay outputs Minimum/maximum recording - The ION7330 adds the following features: • Time of use - multi-year scheduling, hourly activity profiles • 4 digital inputs for status monitoring and pulse counting • Communications: a second RS-485 port, internal modem, DNP 3.0 through serial, modem and I/R ports, EtherGate and ModemGate, data/alarms via e-mail and MV-90 on serial and Ethernet ports • 12, one second setpoints for single, multi-condition alarms, plus math, logic, trig, log, and linearization formulas • Non-volatile onboard memory capacity of 300kb, min/max logging, min/max logging, up to 32 channels of historical logs, timestamp resolution to 0.001 seconds The ION7350 includes the following additional features: • • • Power Quality: sag/swell, individual, even, odd, total harmonics up to 31st , maximum 64 samples/cycle Up to 96 channels of logs and up to 48 cycles of waveform logs Alarm notifications via e-mail - Table 4.5: Typical PowerLogic ION7350/7330/7300 Power and Energy Ordering Configurations Description Catalog No. $ Price Typical PowerLogic ION7350 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) plus 10BaseT Ethernet S7350A0B0B0E0A0A 3567.00 Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) S7350A0B0B0A0A0A 2906.00 Typical PowerLogic ION7330 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) plus 10BaseT Ethernet S7330A0B0B0E0A0A 2800.00 Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) S7330A0B0B0A0A0A 2159.00 Typical PowerLogic ION7300 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (one RS-485 port) S7300A0B0B0A0A0A 1436.00 The modular PowerLogic ION6200 is a low-cost, ultra-compact meter that offers outstanding versatility and functionality. It is simple to use, and has a big, bright LED display. It offers four-quadrant power, demand, energy, power factor and frequency measurements, and is available in a variety of flexible configurations. It is available as a low-cost base model to which enhanced functionality can be added over the long term. The PowerLogic ION6200 is ideal for customers who need revenue-accurate and/or certified measurements and want easy integration with power distribution assemblies and building automation systems. A Megawatt version is available for applications requiring readings in megawatts and kilovolts. It is well suited for sub-metering, energy cost tracking load profiling, and substation panel metering and is an ideal replacement for analog meters. It can be used for stand-alone metering in custom panels, switchboards, switchgear, gensets, motor control centers and UPS systems. The meter consists of a base unit with options card and a power supply pack, with a remote display being optional. PowerLogic ION6200 Power and Energy Meter Features • • • 4 • • POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • • Only two inches deep, and fits a standard ANSI four-inch switchboard cutout, or as a TRAN model with no display and can be fastened to a flat surface with a 4” (10cm) ANSI bolt pattern or mounted to a DIN rail. A remote display module (RMD) can be ordered for the TRAN and mounted through an ANSI 4” (10cm) and DIN 96 cutout. LED display with twelve 3/4” (19mm) high digits that display all basic power parameters Pulse Outputs: optional kWh, kVARh and/or kVAh pulsing Via two Form A outputs Communications: optional RS-485 port with Modbus RTU and ION compatible 64 samples per cycle true RMS 3-phase voltage and current inputs - Table 4.6: The standard ION6200 is available with the following parameters: Voltage L-N average and per phase, Voltage L-L average and per phase, Current average and per phase Option EP#1, includes the standard measurements and provides the following additional parameters: I4, kW/mW total, kWh/mWh total, kW/mW peak, Current demand average and per phase, Current peak demand average and per phase, Power factor total Optional Enhanced Package, includes the standard measurements and provides the following additional parameters: kW/mW per phase, kVAR/mVAR total and per phase, kVA/mVA total and per phase, kWh/mWh and del/rec per phase, kVARh/mVARh total and del/rec per phase, kVAh/mVAh total and per phase, kW/mW demand, kVAR/mVAR demand and peak, kVA/mVA demand and peak, Power Factor per phase, Voltage THD per phase, Current THD per phase - Typical PowerLogic ION6200 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Description Catalog No. Integrated display, 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs, Enhanced S6200A0A0B0A0B0R Package #2 TRAN Model, with remote display, 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs, S6200R1A0B0A0B0R Enhanced Package #2 TRAN Model, (no display), 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs, S6200T1A0B0A0B0R Enhanced Package #2 Note: Please refer to powerlogic.com for the most complete and up-to-date list of feature availability. Some features are optional. 4-8 PM1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com $ Price 1021.00 1055.00 831.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Circuit Monitor and Power Meter Selection www.powerlogic.com Table 4.7: PowerLogic ION Power and Energy Meter Selection Featuresb ION8650 ION7650 ION7550 ION7350 ION7330 ION7300 ION6200 •/• 8,8 / 3,4 AC/DC •/• 16,4 / 4,4 AC/DC •/• 16,4 / 4,4 AC/DC •/• 4,4 / 4,4 AC/DC •/• 4,4 / 4,4 AC/DC •/• 4,4 / 4,4 AC/DC •/• 0,2 / AC/DC • • •/• 0.2 • • •/• 0.2 • • •/• 0.5 • • • •/ 0.5 • • •/ 0.5 • • • • •/• 0.2 • • • • •/• 0.5 • • • • •/• 0.2 • • • • • • • 63 rd • • • 63 rd • • 31st • 15th 15th THD •/• • • 0.001 • •/• • • 0.001 • •/• • • 0.001 • • • • 0.001 • • • 0.001 •/• • • •/• • • •/• • • •/• • • •/ • • • • A B C •/• 8,8 / 3,4 AC/DC •/• 8,8 / 3,4 AC/DC • • •/• 0.2 • • • • • • • • • • 63 rd • 63 rd 31st •/• • • 0.001 • •/• • • 0.001 • •/• • • •/• • • Inputs, outputs and control power 3-phase / single-phase Digital in and out / analog in and out Power supply options Power and energy measurements V, I, F, PF Power, demand Energy / time-of-use (energy per shift) ANSI energy accuracy class (% of reading) Measurement Canada Approval Loss compensation Power quality analysis Compliance monitoring (e.g. EN50160) Flicker measurement Transient disturbance capture Sag and swell monitoring Disturbance direction detection Harmonics measurement Waveform capture Data and event logging Trend / snapshot Min/max Events Timestamp resolution (seconds) GPS sync Setpoints, alarms and control Annunciation / call out on alarm Trigger logging Trigger relay or digital output control Special features Custom programming: arithmetic, boolean, object-oriented Downloadable firmware • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Communications 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Ethernet port / web / email •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/ •/ / Telephone modem port • • • • • • • Infrared port • • • • • • • • RS485 / RS232 ports •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/ •/ •/ •/ Modbus / DNP / MV-90 protocols •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/ / •/ / IEC 61850 protocol • • • • • b Specifications represent maximum capabilities with all options installed. Some options are not available concurrently. This is not a complete feature list, please refer to detailed product specifications. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4-9 PowerLogic™ Metering www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic DM6200 Panel Meter and PowerLogic PM1200 Multifunction Power Meter The PowerLogic DM6200 digital panel meter and the PM1200 multifunction power meter provide all the basic features needed to monitor an electrical panel or circuit affordably. Rugged enough to withstand industrial and commercial environments, these meters will help save on energy and installation costs, are easy to use, and adapts to various circuit requirements onsite. DM6200 Panel Meter DM6200 Features PM1200 Features • • • • • • Measures basic measurements (V, A, Hz & PF). Used for equipment monitoring, preventative maintenance scheduling, monitoring load locally, and replacing multiple analog meters. Onsite configuration of CT and PT ratios and various other set points. Configurable analog bar for at-a-glance check of lad on feeders. Standard modbus output fo remote monitoring and data logging. • Measures basic measurements (V, A, Hz & PF) PLUS energy, power, demand, and THD. Used for energy and power monitoring, demand monitoring, load studies and circuit optimization, energy balancing and optimization, etc. Table 4.8: PM1200 Multifunction Power Meter Description Catalog No. Basic V, A, F, PF meter w/display, Modbus RS 485 comm port Power Meter w/display basic readings, THD, demand, Modbus RS 485 comm port METSEDM6200 METSEPM1200 $ Price 400.00 550.00 PowerLogic Series 700 Power Meter The PowerLogic PM700 series power meters offer all of the measurement capabilities required to monitor an electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm unit extending only 50 mm behind the mounting surface (less than 2 inches). With its large display, you can monitor all three phases and neutral at the same time. The anti-glare display features large 11 mm high characters and powerful backlighting for easy reading, even in extreme lighting conditions and viewing angles. • • Series 700 Power Meter • • Panel instrumentation (OEMs) Sub-billing and cost allocation Remote monitoring of an electrical installation Harmonic monitoring (THD) Power and current demand, THD and min/max reading in basic version A high-performance solution for trouble-free monitoring of your electrical installation. Energy IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S (PM750 Only) and IEC62053-21 Class 1 (PM710) Suitable for sub-billing and cost-allocation applications. Alarms and Digital I/O The PM750 adds alarming functionality (no RTC) and two digital inputs and one output. Table 4.9: Description Series 700 Power Meters PM710 Class 1 (IEC62053-21) Power Meter with integrated display and RS-485 communications port PM750 Class 0.5S (IEC 62053-22) Power Meter with integraded display, alarms (no RTC), (2) digital inputs, (1) digital output and RS-485 communications port Catalog No. $ Price PM710 710.00 PM750 950.00 PowerLogic Series 800 Power Meters The PowerLogic PM800 series Power Meter is a high-performance power-monitoring unit able to provide advanced power measurement capabilities in a compact 96x96 mm unit. Its large, easy to read display allows you to monitor all three phases and neutral simultaneously. With its easy to use intuitive interface and self guiding menus, the large anti-glare and back lit display makes this meter the easiest yet to navigate and use. The modular design allows for flexibility with an easy upgrade path to grow the meter's capabilities with the addition of Communication and I/O Modules. Series 800 Power Meter • • • • • • • • • • Monitor current, voltage, power and energy simultaneously Trending/Forecasting Curves functionality (PM850/870) 128 samples/cycle-zero blind metering Waveform capture (PM850), configurable waveform capture (PM870) Onboard logging (80k in PM820, 800k in PM850/PM870) Detection of sub-cycle sags/swells on both voltage and current (PM870 Only) V & I individual harmonics up to 31st (PM820) or up to the 63rd for the PM850 and PM870. Five input metering channels WAGES PQ Advanced Evaluation (EN50160, ITI/CBEMA, SEMI F-47) for the PM850 and PM870 Type 12 Remote Display Compliant • • • • • • • Complies with ANSI C37.90 for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) and IEC 61000-4-12 for Surge Immunity Available with 2 standard Digital I/O Field installable Digital and Analog I/O THD measurement Meets ANSI 12.20 Class 0.2 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S accuracy for active energy. Optional field installable Ethernet communications card with standard and custom web pages GPS Time Synchronization Table 4.10: 4 Description Catalog No. $ Price POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Series 800 Power Meters PM820 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 80 kb Logging PM850 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, Waveform Capture PM870 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, configurable Waveform Capture, Sag/Swell Detection PM820RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 80 kb Logging PM850RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, Waveform Capture PM870RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, configurable Wafeform Capture, Sag/Swell Detection PM820 Meter unit only without display PM850 Meter unit only without display PM870 Meter unit only without display PM820 PM850 PM870 PM820RD PM850RD PM870RD PM820U PM850U PM870U 2390.00 3889.00 4799.00 2550.00 4058.00 4958.00 2050.00 3529.00 4460.00 Series 800 Power Meter Accessories PM800 Display for integrated meter unit PM8D 443.00 PM800 remote display and adapter with 12’ cable PM8RD 584.00 PM800 remote display adapter only PM8RDA 428.00 PM800 Module, 2 digital outputs (relays), 6 digital inputs PM8M26 635.00 PM800 Module, 2 digital out, 2 digital in, 2 analog out, 2 analog in PM8M2222 856.00 PM800 Mounting adapter for CM2000 PM8MA 267.00 PM8ECC Ethernet Communications Card; provides a 10/100 Base Tx UTP port, an RS-485 Modbus serial master port, Ethernet-to-serial line gateway functionality, and an embedded web server that is fully compliant with Transparent Ready—Level 1 (TRe1) systems. The PM8ECC supports a private host PM8ECC MIB. Use of this MIB allows the reading of Basic PM8ECC 1150.00 Metering Data, Configuration and Status of I/Os and Configuration and Status of Alarms, plus SNMP Trap generation in response to any PM8 on-board alarms. 4-10 PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Metering www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor The award winning, Web-enabled PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor (CM4250) is the most advanced permanently mounted circuit monitor in the industry today. Designed for critical power and large energy users who cannot afford to be shut down, the CM4250 provides the ability to monitor, troubleshoot and preempt power quality problems. Transients (disturbances lasting less than one cycle) are particularly difficult to detect, due to their short duration. The CM4000T detects and captures oscillatory and impulsive transients (up to 10,000V peak, line-to-line at 5 MHz per channel) as short as one microsecond in duration. The CM4000T automatically performs a high-speed transient waveform capture and a longer disturbance capture to show the conditions surrounding an event. The CM4000T maintains a complete historical record of the number of transients per phase, along with the magnitude, duration and time of occurrence of each. It also performs a stress calculation to determine the circuits that have received the greatest stress from transient overvoltages. • • Waveform capture with up to 512 samples/cycle Built-in Trending and Forecasting functionality allows you to forecast energy usage up to 4 days in advance Sag/Swell disturbance monitoring Two option card slots for field installable cards Optional field installable Ethernet communications card with standard and custom web pages Alarm Setpoint Learning feature allowing optimum threshold setting (patent pending) Multiple alarms including standard, digital, Boolean, high-speed, and disturbance alarms Waveshape alarm monitoring High speed transient voltage detection at 5 MHz per channel with field installable CVMT current/voltage module True RMS Metering through the 255th harmonic CM4000T with VFD Display • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Extended waveform capture (up to 110 seconds) Field installable Digital/Analog I/O cards and flexible I/O extender modules Harmonic powerflows up to the 40th harmonic Standard KYZ pulse output Standard 32 MB of non-volatile memory Integrated power quality standards including EN50160, IEC 61000-4-15 (Flicker) Sequence of events recording using GPS synchronization technology Oscillatory transient detection and recording UL Listed, CSA Approved, CE Marking, NOM Approved, FCC compliant PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor Optional Displays • • • • High visibility remote VF (vacuum fluorescence) display Displays metering data, min/max values, alarms, inputs Remote LC (liquid crystal) display with backlighting also available Optional user configurable display screens Table 4.11: Series 4000 Circuit Monitors Description Catalog No. $ Price Series 4000 Circuit Monitors Instrumentation, On-board Data Logging, Waveform Capture, Disturbance Recording, Configurable I/O, 0.04% Accuracy Same as CM4250 plus Impulsive Transient Detection and Flicker (IEC 61000-4-15) CM4250 CM4000T 6386.00 8474.00 Field installable I/O card with 3 relay outputs, 1 pulse output (KYZ) and 4 status inputs I/O Extender module with 4 DC status inputs, 2 DC digital outputs, 1 analog input and 1 analog output I/O Extender module with 4 status inputs and 4 analog inputs (4–20 mA) I/O Extender module with 8 status inputs IOC44 IOX2411 IOX0404 IOX08 796.00 1253.00 1650.00 703.00 I/O Extender module with no pre-installed I/O a Ethernet Communications Card; 100 MB Fiber or 10/100 MB UTP Ethernet port and 1 RS-485 master port Current/Voltage module Current/Voltage module with high speed transient detectionb IOX ECC21 CVM42 CVMT 459.00 1948.00 2251.00 5393.00 4-line x 20—character liquid crystal display with backlighting 4-line x 20—character vacuum fluorescent display with proximity sensor 4 foot display cable 12 foot display cable 30 foot display cable CMDLC CMDVF CAB4 CAB12 CAB30 688.00 1207.00 53.00 89.00 161.00 Series 4000 Circuit Monitor Accessories a b IOC44 I/O Card Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for additional I/O options. CM4250 is field upgradeable to provide additional features of specified module. Table 4.12: SER Time Synchronization Description Catalog No. STS3000 STRM 9788SER3200 9788EZCIRIGB SAM SAIF200 PS080 $ Price 5348.00 2827.00 2700.00 115.00 2292.00 611.00 558.00 4 PowerLogic Satellite Time System, Circuit Monitor and SEPAM GPS Time Synchronization, 100 microsecond accuracy Satellite Time Reference Module CyTime Sequence of Events Recorder, 24 Vdc power / 24 Vdc inputs, 32 inputs, web server SER 3200 EZ connector for IRIG-B signal Smart Antenna Module Smart Antenna Module Interface Cable—200 FT Power Supply, 24DC/50W, DIN-mountable POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL ECC21 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4-11 PowerLogic™ Submetering www.powerlogic.com Table 4.13: PowerLogic Circuit Monitor and Power Meter Selection Features CM4000T CM4250 PM870 PM850 PM820 PM750 PM710 PM1200 DM6200 •/• •/• •/• Inputs, outputs and control power 3-phase / single-phase •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• Digital in and out / analog in and out 24 / 4 24 / 4 18 / 8 18 / 8 18 / 8 3/ Power supply options AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC V, I, F, PF • • • • • • • • • Power, demand • • • • • • • • Energy / energy per shift (time-of-use) •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/ •/ •/ Energy accuracy (%) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 Standards compliance to ANSI / IEC •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/ Compliance monitoring (e.g. EN50160) • • • • Flicker measurement • High-speed transient disturbance capture (200 ns) Transient disturbance capture • • • sag/swell Disturbance direction detection • • Sag/swell monitoring • • • Harmonics measurement • • • • • THD THD • Uptime (number of 9's) calculation • • Waveform capture • • • • Waveshape alarm • • Trend / billing •/ •/ •/• •/• Minimum and maximum • • • • • • • •/• •/• •/ •/ •/ •/ •/ 0.001 0.001 1 1 1 • • • • • Power and energy measurements Power quality analysis Data and event logging Events / maintenance Timestamp resolution (seconds) GPS sync /• Setpoints, alarms and control Annunciation / call out on alarm •/• •/• •/ •/ •/ Trigger logging • • • • • Trigger relay or digital ouput control • • • • • Custom programming: arithmetic, boolean • • Downloadable firmware • • • • • •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/• •/• •/• •/• • • • • •/ Special features • • •/• •/ •/ • • • • • • • Communications Ethernet port / web / email RS485 / RS232 ports Modbus protocol 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 4-12 PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Submetering www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Submetering In today's increasingly competitive commercial property market, attracting and retaining high-quality, long-term tenants by offering exceptional value is the primary goal. Balancing these premium services and reliable infrastructure vs. the financial exposure to volatile utility costs is the challenge. Minimizing energy costs requires information on how energy usage translates into money spent. PowerLogic energy sub-metering systems are specifically engineered to address the measurement, verification and billing needs of multi-tenant properties. • • • • • • Residential high-rise and low-rise Campuses Shopping centers Malls / food courts Offices Commercial buildings PowerLogic energy management and metering systems are ideal for multi-tenant buildings providing: • • • • Metering & Verification tools to assure compliance to Energy Policy Act 2005 Integrated approach from simple energy allocation requirements to high-end power quality Monitor energy usage and efficiency to accurately recover the costs while providing tenants with energy and a reliable infrastructure Implement energy efficiency initiatives essential to obtaining LEED certification PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter The E5600 is a cost effective socket meter that combines high accuracy, superior quality and wide-ranging capability in a device that is simple to install. The PowerLogic E5600 socket meter can help reduce electrical costs, increase property values and attract good tenants by providing the information needed to manage energy costs. Track and allocate costs by circuit or suite, accurately bill tenants for energy used, and verify energy conservation efforts. It is a foundational component for LEED and Energy Star certification as a part of green buildings. Green buildings enjoy higher tenant retention, higher tenant quality, and recognition by the community while typically allowing property managers to charge more for rent. Unlike traditional sub-metering solutions, which must be manually read or may lack software for effective sub-billing or comprehensive energy management, the PowerLogic E5600 enables businesses to utilize their existing S-based socket infrastructure with a low-cost meter that is part of an end-to-end solution for tenant sub-metering. • • • • • • Real, reactive, and apparent energy values. Onboard interval data logging (load profiles). Revenue grade accuracy – ANSI C12.20 0.2% / 0.5%. Automatic configuration of service type and voltage. Onboard diagnostics continually monitors for equipment failures, improper installation wiring, poor load conditions, poor power quality conditions and tampering. S-base meter socket compatible. Table 4.14: Catalog No. E5600020SQD E5600090SQD E5600120SQD E5600160SQD E5600360SQD E5600450SQD OPTICALPROBEUSB $ Price 960.00 1080.00 1080.00 1080.00 1080.00 1080.00 719.00 4 PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Description Form 2S, Single-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter Form 9S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter Form 12S, 3-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter Form 16S, 3-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter Form 36S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter Form 45S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter Optional USB Optical Communications Probe © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4-13 PowerLogic™ Submetering www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic High Density Metering High Density Metering (HDM) is engineered to answer the metering and billing needs of multi-tenant properties: Features and Benefits • • • • • • • • • HDM comes standard with the PowerLogic PM210, PM750, PM820 or ION6200 meters. Lockable, 16 gauge NEMA Type 1 enclosure provides tamper-resistant security. NEMA Type 3R also availalbe. Please consult factory. Mounting channel and surface-mount flanges simplify installation. Factory installed cover plates are included to cover empty meter spaces. Factory installed wiring harness simplifies installation of additional meters and provides future system expansion. Each High Density Metering cabinet is provided with standard RS485 Modbus®, and optional Modbus Ethernet TCP communications are availalbe. For wireless communications, please consult factory. Available in the following configurations: 208 Y/120 V wye; 240 V delta, 48 = 480 Y/277 V wye (PM210, PM750, and PM820), and with provided 2.5:1 CPT (control power transformer) 480 Y/277 V wye (6200); 480 V delta (6200, PM210, PM750 or PM820). CTs required. Must select separately. Table 4.15: Category High Density Metering factory assembled enclosure for multi-tenant properties HDM High Density Metering Cabinet Meter Enclosure # Enclosure Voltage Phasing Series Size Meters Rating ION6200 12, 4Ta 3 1 or 4 1-4b Rc or 1 Description 1 or 4 High Density Meter Enclosure with ION6200 meters; ideal for outdoor as well as indoor applications at all voltage levels including 600V delta and 347/600 V wye systems 8 or 16 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM210 meters; ideal for single or three phase indoor commercial building applications 8 or 16 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM750 meters; ideal for 3 phase indoor commercial building applications 8 or 16 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM750 meters; ideal for 3 phase indoor commercial building applications 48, 1 or 3 1, 4, 8, or 1-16b HDM PM210 12, 1 4Ta 16 12, 48, 1, 4, 8 or 1-16b HDM PM750 3 1 4Ta 16 48, 1, 4, 8 or 1-16b HDM PM820 12, 3 1 4Ta 16 a Voltage Ordering Notes: 12 = 208 Y/120 V wye; 240 V delta. 48 = 480 Y/277 wye; (PM210/PM750) 4T = with provided 2.5:1 CPT (control power transformer); 480 Y/277 wye (6200); 480 V delta (6200, PM210 or PM750) b Meters Ordering Notes: Please indicate the number of meters to be pre-installed when placing your order. You may order any number of meters in the enclosure between one and the maximum number of meters each cabinet will hold. c Please enter R as the last digit for Type 3R outdoor on 1 or 4 HDM enclosure with the 6200 series meter. High Density Meter System includes: • • • • • Enclosure Power Meters, installed Installation bulletin for Enclosure Wall hanging bracket Installation bulletin for Meters Table 4.16: 8 meter configuration Accessories and Options Description Catalog No. $ Price Auxiliary Wiring Harness for installation of additional meters HDMPMHKIT27 221.00 (includes connectors and shorting terminal blocks) Cover plate for empty meter base HDMCVRPLT 5.90 Water and Gas Meters Consult factory for details 50 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT050S1 51.00 100 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT100S1 51.00 125 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT125S1 73.00 150 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT150S1 62.00 200 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT200S1 62.00 250 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT250S1 62.00 400 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT400S1 62.00 Power Meter with display, basic readings, Modbus RS485 communications porta PM210 550.00 a To order all other loose meters, please visit metering sections within digest related to particular meter. Multi Circuit Energy Meters 16 meter configuration The PowerLogic EM4800 multi-circuit energy meter combines accurate electricity sub-metering with advanced communications technology. They are ideal for multi-tenant or departmental metering applications within office towers, condominiums, apartment buildings, shopping centers and other multipoint environments, metering up to 24 individual circuits from the same meter. The EM4800 series has an accuracy of Class 0.5% for power and energy. Each meter is available separately or as part of a Scquare D integrated power center (IPC) for use in building retrofits or new construction. 4 Table 4.17: POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Description Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet; modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with 80mA low-power CTs (solid-core) Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet; modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with 333mV low-power CTs (solid-core or split-core) Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet; modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with standard 5A CTs (solid-core or split-core) 200 A current transformer (CT), 80 mA secondary, solid-core (1 CT) 50 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size 100 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size 150 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size 200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size 100 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size 150 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size 200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size 400 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size 200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size 400 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size 600 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size 600 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 3 x 5 in Window Size 800 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 3 x 5 in Window Size 4-14 PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Catalog No. $ Price METSQEM488016 3980.00 METSQEM483316 3980.00 METSQEM480516 5350.00 METSECT802000 ECT075050SC ECT075100SC ECT075150SC ECT075200SC ECT125100SC ECT125150SC ECT125200SC ECT125400SC ECT200200SC ECT200400SC ECT200600SC ECT300600SC ECT300800SC 38.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 141.00 141.00 141.00 141.00 171.00 171.00 171.00 241.00 241.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Submetering www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Energy Meter The Energy Meter is ideal for stand-alone and systems-based submetering applications. It is easy to install and provides exceptional metering accuracy. Available in Basic and Extended Range models. The Basic model is designed for metering of 120/240 and 208Y/120 volt services. The Extended Range model will meter 120/240 volt up to 480 volt Wye connected services. Extended Range meters come with pulse output and phase loss output not available on the Basic unit. Optional Modbus™ RS-485 serial communications are provided with the Energy Meter Comms Board, EMCB. Optional kW demand is also provided by the EMCB. Meter up to 3 individual services with one Energy Meter. The Energy Meter will allow the addition of up to 3 sets of parallel CTs for metering multiple electric loads. Additional sets of CTs can be ordered separately. Please refer to the multiple CT application notes in the Energy Meter instruction bulletin for the proper installation procedures. Energy Meter Energy Meter Table 4.18: Catalog No. EMB1010 EMB1021 EMB1032 EMB2010 EMB2021 EMB2032 EMB2043 EMB2083 EMB3010 EMB3021 EMB3032 EMB3043 EMB3083 EMB3084 EMB3164 Table 4.19: Table 4.20: Basic 120/240 V to 208Y/120 V Description $ Price Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 1 CT Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 1 CT Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 2 CTs Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 2 CTs Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 2 CTs Basic 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs Basic 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 3 CTs Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 3 CTs Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 3 CTs Basic 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs Basic 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs Basic 800 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs Basic 1600 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs 426.00 440.00 482.00 438.00 464.00 480.00 505.00 517.00 750.00 766.00 799.00 825.00 855.00 903.00 903.00 Catalog No. EME1010 EME1021 EME1032 EME2010 EME2021 EME2032 EME2043 EME2083 EME3010 EME3021 EME3032 EME3043 EME3083 EME3084 EME3164 Table 4.21: Additional CT Sets Catalog No. Description $ Price EMCT010 100 A, .518” x 1.28” ID, 1 CT 92.00 EMCT021 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT 99.00 EMCT032 300 A, .90” x 1.90” ID, 1 CT 106.00 EMCT043 400 A, 2.45” x 2.89” ID, 1 CT 106.00 EMCT083 800 A, 2.45” x 2.89” ID, 1 CT 123.00 EMCT084 800 A, 2.45” x 5.50” ID, 1 CT 130.00 EMCT164 1600 A, 2.45” x 5.50” ID, 1 CT 130.00 Note: CT quantity and amperage must match meter model. Total of combined loads must not exceed rating of meter. All additional CTs shipped with 6 ft. white and black color-coded wire leads. Extended Range 120/240 V to 480Y/277 V Description $ Price Extended Range 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 1 CT 471.00 Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT 483.00 Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 1 CT 518.00 Extended Range 100 A, n.518"x1.28" ID, 2 CTs 511.00 Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 2 CTs 536.00 Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 2 CTs 550.00 Extended Range 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs 567.00 Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs 585.00 Extended Range 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 3 CTs 811.00 Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 3 CTs 829.00 Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 3 CTs 864.00 Extended Range 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs 880.00 Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs 921.00 Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs 971.00 Extended Range 1600 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs 971.00 Energy Meter Accessories Catalog No. Description $ Price EMCB Energy Meter Communication Boarda 267.00 EMFP1 Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 1 47.00 EMFP2 Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 2 94.00 EMFP3 Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 3 142.00 EMBOND Energy Meter Bonding Kit 117.00 a Energy Meter communication board (EMCB) can be used with all models of the Energy Meter. Order one EMCB for each Energy Meter where either kW demand and/or communication is specified. PowerLogic Enercept™ Meter Table 4.22: Enercept Meter Table 4.23: Catalog No. Description 3020B012b Basic 100 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID 3020B032b Basic 300 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID 3020B043b Basic 400 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID 3020B083b Basic 800 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID 3020B084b Basic 800 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID 3020B164b Basic 1600 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID 3020B244b Basic 2400 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID 3020E012 Enhanced 100 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID 3020E032 Enhanced 300 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID 3020E043 Enhanced 400 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID 3020E083 Enhanced 800 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID 3020E084 Enhanced 800 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID 3020E164 Enhanced 1600 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID 3020E244 Enhanced 2400 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID b See Handout / Instruction Bulletin for derating properties. $ Price 776.00 800.00 823.00 847.00 869.00 893.00 916.00 1035.00 1066.00 1097.00 1128.00 1159.00 1190.00 1221.00 Catalog No. SMD SMD OPN 2W485C EMBK-3 PS24 Table 4.24: Accessories Description Submeter display mounted in enclosure Open style submeter display, no enclosure 2-Wire 232–485 Conv Enercept Mounting Brackets (Set of 3) 24 Vdc Power Supply (for use with EDI or ENA) $ Price 725.00 595.00 78.00 75.00 157.00 Enercept Metering Quantities Basicb Enhanced• kWh, energy usage kW, real power kWh, kW per phase and total, min kW, max kW, kWd, kVAR, kVA, PF per phase and total voltage- V, L-L, L-N per phase and avg. Current - A, per phase and average PowerLogic Split Core Current Transformers-Instrument Grade 5 Amp Split-Core Current Transformers SA Split-Core Current Transformers The 3090 SCCT series of split-core current transformers provide secondary amperage proportional to the primary (sensed) current. For use with Circuit Monitors, Power Meters, data loggers, chart recorders and other instruments the 3090 SCCT series provides a cost-effective means to transform electrical service amperages to a 0–5A level compatible with monitoring equipment. Note: Max. Voltage without additional insulation 600 Vac. Do Table 4.25: not apply 600 V Class current transformers to circuits having Catalog No. Description $ Price a phase-to-phase voltage greater than 600 V, unless adequate additional insulation is applied between the primary 3090SCCT022 Split Core CT—200 A (sz.2): 1.25" x 1.51 120.00 3090SCCT032 Split Core CT—300 A (sz.2): 1.25" x 1.51 120.00 conductor and the current transformers. Square D assumes 3090SCCT043 Split Core CT—400 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89 129.00 no responsibility for damage of equipment or personal injury 3090SCCT063 Split Core CT—600 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89 129.00 caused by transformers operated on circuits above their 3090SCCT083 Split Core CT—800 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89 129.00 3090SCCT084 Split Core CT—800 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.05 137.00 published ratings. Split Core CT—1200 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.50 Split Core CT—1600 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.50 160.00 165.00 4 3090SCCT124 3090SCCT164 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Enercept Meter The Enercept Meter is the ideal solution for submetering electric loads where space is at a premium. The compact design consists of three interconnected split-core CTs with the metering and communication electronics built into the CT housing. Simply snap on the CTs, connect the voltage inputs, the communication lines, and installation is complete. Both versions can be connected to either three-phase or single-phase circuits. Enercept meters employ the Modbus™ RTU 2-wire communication protocol, and can utilize the same communication network and PowerLogic System Manager™ software as other PowerLogic devices. Data from the Enercept meters can be presented in tabular or graphical format, used for alarming and historical logging and trending, and to produce reports. Optional Submeter display (SMD) acts as a stand-alone operator interface supporting up to 32 meters (63 with a repeater). In addition, the Submeter display (SMD) can act as a network adapter allowing Enercept meters to be incorporated into a network. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4-15 PowerLogic™ Submetering Class 3030 www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Branch Circuit Power Meter BCPM Solid Core CT Power Meter The Branch Circuit Power Meter (BCPM) is ideal for data center customers who are focused on eliminating costly downtime, managing existing capacity efficiently, and reducing energy cost. The BCPM helps data center managers by providing alarms that signify potential issues within the power system and supplying power and energy data down to the circuit level. This data can indicate areas wither over-used or under-used within the facility. It can also be used to effectively control energy cost. The BCPM can monitor up to 84 circuits and fits any Power Distribution Unit (PDU) or Remote Power Panel (RPP) with minimal space requirements. It has a wide monitoring range allowing customers to monitor circuit current from 0.25 A to 100 A with high accuracy (3% for current 0.25 A to 2 A and 2% for current 2 A to 100 A. It can also measure power and energy readings at the circuit level as well as the incoming main. This eliminates the need for two different meters. The BCPM also has a flexible numbering scheme which allows customers to match that of the PDU or RPP and field configuration adds ease to either a new or a retrofit installation. Key features: • • • Full PDU monitoring Flexible configuration Split core version for retrofit installations • • • Wide monitoring range Low current monitoring Advanced alarming • • Cost effective communications Easily integrates into a PowerLogic system or other existing networks using Modbus™ communications Table 4.26: Catalog No. BCPM Split Core CT Power Meter BCPMA042D BCPMB042D BCPMC042D BCPMA142D BCPMB142D BCPMC142D BCPMA084D BCPMB084D BCPMC084D BCPMA184D BCPMB184D BCPMC184D Description $ Price Solid Core CT, 42 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 3569.00 Solid Core CT, 42 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 2901.00 Solid Core CT, 42 circuit current meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 2331.00 Solid Core CT, 42 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 3569.00 Solid Core CT, 42 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 2901.00 Solid Core CT, 42 circuit current meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 2331.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 5748.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 4627.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit current meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 3495.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 5748.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 4627.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit current meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 3495.00 Table 4.27: Catalog No. Typical BCPMSC panelboard installation 4 3-phase, 4-wire (with neutral current wiring) Description BCPMSCA42D Split Core BCPM, Advanced Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits BCPMSCA84D Split Core BCPM, Advanced Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits BCPMSCB42D Split Core BCPM, Intermediate Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits BCPMSCB84D Split Core BCPM, Intermediate Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 84 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits BCPMSCC42D Split Core BCPM, Basic Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits BCPMSCC84D Split Core BCPM, Basic Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 84 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits BCPMSCADPBDD Adapter board for use with Split Core BCPM BCPMSCCT0 Qty 6 x 50 A Split Core CTs for use with Split Core BCPM, 6 ft leads BCPMSCCT0R20 Qty 6 x 50 A Split Core CTs for use wtih Split Core BCPM, 20 ft leads BCPMSCCT2 Qty 6 x 100 A Split Core CTs for use with Split Core BCPM, 4 ft leads BCPMSCA1D Split Core BCPM meter, Advanced Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards BCPMSCA2D Split Core BCPM meter, Advanced Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards BCPMSCB1D Split Core BCPM meter, Intermediate Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards BCPMSCB2D Split Core BCPM meter, Intermediate Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards BCPMSCC1D Split Core BCPM meter, Basic Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards BCPMSCC2D Split Core BCPM meter, Basic Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards BCPMCOVERD Clear cover bor BCPM printed circuit board, compatible with Solid Core and Split Core versions Note: CT hole size accommodates up to #6 THHN insulated conductor. $ Price 4418.00 6694.00 3592.00 5867.00 2887.00 5163.00 897.00 197.00 240.00 431.00 3260.00 4270.00 2392.00 3402.00 1652.00 2662.00 100.00 PowerLogic Multi-Circuit Meter Designed for OEM style placement in electrical distribution equipment the MCM8364 is configurable to meter 1 or 3 phases of up to eight individual loads, six loads if neutral monitoring is required. The MCM will monitor up to 10,000 amps per service using standard 5 Amp CTs. All of the metered circuits must share a common voltage source. The MCM8364 is a great solution for monitoring critical power distribution equipment and provides 24 different electrical metering quantities plus an additional nine Modbus register alarms. With one RS-485 connection, the multi-circuit meter provides Modbus RTU communications output that communicates to each individual metered circuit. Up to 30 multi-circuit meters can be addressed on the same Modbus network. The multi-circuit meter can provide warnings to the central monitoring computer via its Modbus output using the MNode software provided or can be integrated into PowerLogic SMS software. The MCM also works with the submeter display as shown below. Electrical Data: Energy Consumption (kWHr), Real Power (kW), Reactive Power (kVAR), Apparent Power (kVA), Power Factor Total, Voltage, L-L, avg. of 3 phases, Voltage, L-N, avg. of 3 phases, Current, average of 3 phases, Real Power (kW) phase A, B, & C, Power Factor, phase A, B,&C, Line to Line Voltage, phase A-B, B-C, A-C, Line to Neutral Voltage, phase A-N, B-N, C-N, Current, phase A, B, & C, Frequency (measured from phase A) (Hz). Modbus Alarms: Over Voltage, Under Voltage, Over Current, Under Current, Over kVA, Under kVA, Phase Loss A, Phase Loss B, Phase Loss C Table 4.28: Catalog No. MCM8364 Description Multi-Circuit Meter 8364 $ Price 1863.00 PowerLogic Submeter Display POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL The PowerLogic Submeter Display (SMD) is a comprehensive electrical submetering display that provides a view of electrical parameters from multiple metering products with one networked LCD. In addition to viewing system data on the display itself, you can also view data on a remote PC via a network connection. Touch pad buttons provide a convenient way to view downstream devices on the power-monitoring network. The display is RS-485 Modbus RTU compatible. It has additional RS-485 and RS-232 Modbus ports for networking to additional displays or to a master PC. The submeter display is compatible with the following metering devices: BCM, MCM, & Enercept™ meters. Table 4.29: Submeter Display 4-16 Catalog No. SMD SMD OPN Description Submeter display mounted in enclosure Open style submeter display, no enclosure PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com $ Price 725.00 595.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Remote Energy Management www.powerlogic.com Web Hosted Solutions Schneider Electric Remote Energy Management solutions are webhosted, subscription based Software-As-A-Service (SaaS) offers. This means that all of our data is hosted at a secure Schneider Electric data center facility available for you to view from any webenabled device, 365 days per year, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. No additional servers, PCs, software or IT personnel are needed when utilizing a remote hosted solution. All data is easily obtained through standard communications methods (Ethernet) from multiple device types and sources such as meters, existing systems, and building management systems (BMS). A remote energy management solution allows you to easily: Identify energy waste • Easily view information that is most important to you through a customizable dashboard • View energy profiles to quickly identify energy waste in a single facility or across your enterprise Lower capital expenses with better utilization of current infrastructure (i.e. HVAC and Lighting) Reduce energy consumption • • • • Use historical comparisons to determine profiles of day-to-day, month-tomonth, and year-to-year energy consumption Compare energy usage around similar facilities to establish benchmarks and identify poor performing facilities Normalize facility consumption against weather, production, hours of operation, square footage, and occupancy to measure the true energy content Measure the effectiveness of various energy efficiency and conservation efforts Save on utility bills • • • View your environmental impact from a single screen to track emission reduction initiatives Compare usage to utility bills to ensure the utility is billing correctly Optimize equipment run hours and setting to avoid setting new demand peaks Make accurate assessment of what utility costs would be on different utility rates Measure, report on and implement energy and emission reduction initiatives • Utilize emissions reporting to determine the CO2 baseline, establish targets, and monitor improvements to help manage your carbon footprint 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Easily save reports and export them to a personal web-page for easy tracking and reporting © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-17 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerLogic™ PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online (EPO) is a web-hosted service that is the industry's foremost load data visualization and analysis application. This flexible, easy to use system turns customer usage data into actionable information, freely accessible to all customers and internal users. For commercial and industrial energy customers, managing energy costs is the primary objective, but they can’t control what they can’t measure. EPO enables energy customers to take control of their costs by providing the information they need to understand how their organization uses energy. They can then take steps to reduce costs by implementing conservation measures, investing in more efficient equipment, or participating in new pricing or load curtailment programs. Bill estimates provide valuable information for budgeting and forecasting For the utility, EPO provides an intuitive, easy-to-maintain tool for better understanding customer usage patterns and meeting customers’ growing need for information. It also provides a convenient platform from which to administer real-time pricing (RTP) or load curtailment programs. EPO's instinctive online functionality gives first-time users an extremely short learning curve, while its powerful configuration options address the needs of more sophisticated users. The service is available to users at their convenience, 24/7, and regular updates ensure that customers get the most current information. Key features: Applications: • • • • • • • • • • - Comparison statistics display Data access and analysis Automated reporting Estimated bills and rate comparisons Demand response and curtailment programs RTP programs Alarming Administration tool • • Energy load analysis Energy budgeting and bill forecasting Demand response and load curtailment program management Real-time pricing program management EPO's Real-Time Pricing module lets users see interval data for accounts with future pricing information, and multiply that data against a price stream. - For price & ordering information, contact your local PowerLogic Sales Specialist or PowerLogic Inside Sales at 615-287-3535. Typical comparison graph showing time of usage 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 4-18 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerLogic™ Web-Enabled Network Components Class 3030 www.powerlogic.com Communications for high-speed access to critical information From a single building to a multi-site enterprise, PowerLogic Web-Enabled Network Components provide fast, reliable serial to Ethernet connectivity in the most demanding applications: • • • • EGX100 Ethernet Gateway Energy management Power distribution Building automation Factory automation PowerLogic Ethernet Gateways are available in two models-EGX100 and provide direct connection to Ethernet-Modbus™/TCP networks to make energy and power monitoring information available over local and wide area networks. • • The EGX100 provides low-cost, reliable, Ethernet to serial-line connectivity in a compact, DIN-rail mounted package. Enabled by Power over Ethernet (PoE IEEE 802.3af), the EGX100 simplifies installation by eliminating the need for power supplies plus provides a Web-based interface for configuration and diagnostics. The EGX300 is an integrated gateway-server that is web based with 1 serial port and has the ability to connect to an additional 32 devices remotely through Ethernet, plus log/trend historical data allowing electrical distribution systems to be better managed by utilizing Ethernet and Internet technologies. Advantages • • • • • • EGX100 lets the Administrator assign access to setup pages by user groups • • • Easy to install—easy DIN rail mounting solution. Easy to setup—No special software required. Configuration via Microsoft Internet Explorer or Hyperterminal. Easy to troubleshoot—Detailed diagnostics for communication ports through a Web interface. Easy to maintain—Field upgradable firmware lets you add new features while reducing costly downtime. Secure-Customizable, password-protected access to configuration. Cost-effective, high-speed communications—Use existing LAN infrastructure to reduce communications wiring and network management costs. Open platform provides broad connectivity—Modbus TCP/IP over Ethernet allows transparent access via intranet/internet. Each gateway supports up to 32 Modbus or PowerLogic protocol devices. Subnet initiated communications—The gateway supports a slave mode for connecting a serial-line based system to Ethernet. For example, a building management system with a Modbus serial interface can route to 16 remote Modbus TCP/IP interfaces supporting up to 128 serial-line devices. Extended temperature range— -25 to 70°C enables operation in harsh environments. Built in tabs provide easy Table 4.30: DIN rail mounting solution. EGX100 Type Part No. EGX300 $ Price 950.00 1895.00 Control Power 24 Vdc / 7W DIN mount power supply (SOLD SEPARATE) Power Over Ethernet Injector Kit (SOLD SEPARATE) 3090PS24 TCSEAV0100 157.00 185.00 157.00 185.00 Protocols Ethernet: HTTP, FTP, Modbus TCP/IP, SMTP, SNMP (MIB2), SNTP, TCP, UDP, ICMP, ARP x x Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII (EGX100 only), JBUS, PowerLogic (SY/MAX) x x 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ports Serial: RS485 Serial: RS232/485 configurable Ethernet UTP (10/100) Fiber (100 Mb) Integral web server x x x x x x 32 devices x Historical Data Logging Interval data Transfer files on an interval and periodic scheduled basis Export to Excel via web query Export files by e-mail, FTP, or HTTP x email x x PowerLogic WebPageGenerator 4 The PowerLogic WebPageGenerator (WPG) creates and downloads application specific web pages to PowerLogic Ethernet gateways (EGX300, ECC21, PM8ECC) with minimal user intervention. The user simply identifies the serial devices connected to the Ethernet gateway in this wizard-based software utility. The utility takes care of the rest. This utility is available for download from www.powerlogic.com. POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL EGX300 Ethernet Gateway offers you a “window” into your power equipment Web page generation tool Maintenance/diagnostics Gateway administration setup Comprehensive meter reading Interval logging/trends User defined custom pages © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4-19 PowerLogic™ Engineering Services www.powerlogic.com Consulting & Analysis Power System Engineering The Square D Power System Engineering team offers a wide range of engineering services to improve the safety, efficiency and reliability of your power distribution system. The team is comprised of registered professional engineers, safety trained and equipped, to perform a variety of engineering functions. Power System Studies The Square D Power System Engineering Team provides expertise for a variety of electrical power system studies. Some of the more common system studies include… • • • • • Short-circuit analysis Time-current coordination Motor starting/voltage drop Motor starting/torque-speed Safe motor re-energization • • • • Harmonic analysis Transient analysis Power factor correction analysis Other system specific analysis Arc Flash Analysis Square D offers on-site services to perform arc flash analysis for a facility, complex, office, or campus. An Arc flash analysis is used to determine … • • • Flash Protection Boundary Incident Energy Value Hazard/Risk Category • • Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Low cost arc flash reduction methods Features of Square D arc flash analysis include… • • • • • • • Time current coordination analysis showing both existing and recommended over/current device settings Short-circuit study to ensure adequacy of equipment Onsite verification and documentation of equipment Arc flash labels (populated with the results of the arc flash analysis) Arc flash label affixation NFPA 70E—Safe Workplace Practices Training provided by OSHA authorized outreach instructors Recommendations and solutions to reduce potential arc flash hazards Power Quality Studies Square D offers onsite power quality engineering studies and solutions to eliminate process disruptions, power system shutdowns, and equipment damage due to electrical power system disturbances. A power quality study is used to... • • • • • Determine compliance with the IEEE 519-Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems guidelines Identify most cost-effective solution to power quality problems Solve process disruptions due to power disturbances Reduce economic effects of poor power quality Identify disturbances originating on electric utility system and improvements to reduce the number and severity Power System Assessment Square D offers engineering services to meet a variety of power system needs … • • • • • • Basic codes and standards compliance Protective coordination assessment Maintenance program review Recommendations for power system optimization Power quality troubleshooting and analysis Power factor and harmonics analysis • • • • • Electrical safety hazards Short-circuit withstand overview Single-line documentation of power system Power monitoring recommendations Loading measurements Power System Improvement Projects Square D offers engineering services for … 4 • • • • • New equipment installation Existing equipment modification Ground Fault Schemes for multiple source distribution systems High Resistance Grounding (HRG) Conversion Automatic Transfer Control Schemes & Generator Operations POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Square D professional engineers - safety trained and equipped - will listen to your concerns and goals, define the problem or enhancement, and engineer the solution that best satisfies your needs. For additional information on power system engineering services and pricing, contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric office. Industrial Energy Efficiency Schneider Electric Certified Energy Managers (CEM’s) work on-site with knowledgeable plant personnel to develop a long-term, comprehensive, “Energy Action Plan”, that serves as the blueprint for energy savings. Unlike performance contracts or one-time energy audits, the Total Energy ControlSM program offers a strategic partnership for energyintensive industrials who want to improve energy efficiency. • • Total Energy Control – Comprehensive integration of all three areas affecting energy efficiency — Procurement (electricity and gas) — Demand management — Optimization of process and plant utilities Program deliverables: — Long-term Energy Action Plan — Energy efficiency projects — Ongoing accountability for results 4-20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerLogic™ Engineering Services www.powerlogic.com Engineered Solutions Schneider Electric provides an engineered solution approach to your specific power system applications. Our total solutions for power monitoring and power system controls allow greater safety, reliability, and energy efficiency of your power systems. As a long standing industry leader in Power Monitoring and Control Systems, we understand your power system requirements and needs. All of our Engineered Solutions are tailored to your specific system requirements. Schneider Electric is your total Solution provider. Power Monitoring Applications Increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency Increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency are key results produced from our Power Monitoring Applications. Schneider Electric power monitoring applications provide detailed reporting, testing and analysis capabilities for your systems and related components. • • • • EPSS Emergency Power Supply Systems – The PowerLogic EPSS Test Report provides information regarding the health and status of the emergency power supply system, including automatic transfer switches and generators. SER Sequence of Events Recording – The PowerLogic Sequence of Events Recorder (SER) Module is a root-cause analysis tool for rapid response for problem resolution that is ideal for pinpointing the cause of a service disruption in very large complex power systems. WAGES Water, Air Gas, Electric, Steam – PowerLogic energy and power management systems can provide instantaneous readings, alarm notifications, and graphical diagrams for monitoring electrical and piped utilities (Water, Air, Gas, Electric, Steam). APM Active Pager Module – The PowerLogic Active Pager Module allows automatic paging to alphanumeric pagers, cell phones and PCs. Power System Control Applications Automated solutions for increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency Schneider Electric engineers provide Power System Control Applications with automated solutions for addressing your system reliability and efficiency control needs. Our offer covers Automatic Throwover Schemes, Load Shedding/Peak Shaving, and Load Preservation. • • • PowerLogic Engineers provide graphic solutions for realtime monitoring of power systems. Automatic Throwover Systems – Automatic selection of available utility or generator sources to maintain service continuity to connected loads. Load Shedding/Peak Shaving – Control peak demand levels or ensure service continuity to critical load or operate breakers in accordance with user specified sequences and time delays such as bringing large motors online across several billing kw demand periods to avoid demand penalties. Load Preservation – Fast acting sophisticated control systems designed to stabilize critical power systems to the greatest extend possible by monitoring frequency and power sources from utility plus generator capacity versus total circuit load. System Integration System Design and Engineering Our Square D Engineering Services solution specialists can work with you to design or upgrade your existing system to best achieve your energy and power management objectives and informational needs. With expertise in electrical systems, communications, and automatic control systems, we can integrate, install, and commission your system for optimal performance. System Design and Bill of Material Recommendations Power Monitoring and Control WAGES (Water, Air, Gas, Electric, Steam) Enterprise web-based monitoring Specification development, drawings, documentation Enclosure panel design and build Metering Connection Verification/Testing Power distribution automation On-Site Installation Assistance, Component Configuration & Startup Turn-key project management Third Party Device and communication interfaces Configured Workstations, User Software Interfaces Interactive Graphic Design to mimic facility layout, one-lines, equipment status Custom Software, Reports & Applications – Billing and Paging POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL PowerLogic Engineers specialize in the design and setup of Emergency Power Supply Systems (EPSS). • • • • • • • • • • • • • • For additional information, contact your nearest Square D / Schneider Electric office. 4 PowerLogic Engineers design power control systems that meet your operational requirements. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-21 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerLogic™ Engineering Services www.powerlogic.com Factory Assembled Equipment Square D™ PowerLogic™ Factory Assembled Equipment offers a wide range of designs for metering, communications, and control applications to simplify retrofit installations. Our equipment is designed to order as a free-standing or wallmounted system. With PowerLogic™ Factory Assembled Equipment, you’ll receive professionally crafted, factory tested, pre-wired equipment that will greatly improve the speed of your system startup. All backed by the Square D™ quality standard of excellence. • • Assemblies include meters & devices wired to terminal blocks, disconnects, and shorting blocks or test switches Tailored to any system voltage : — — — • • • • • 208/120 V, 480/277 V & 600/347 V Wye 240 V, 480 V & 600 V Delta Utilization of PT's required for higher voltage levels Wall mountable and easy to install using concealed holes in the back of the enclosure. Complete with necessary documentation and mounting hardware for quick and easy installation Carbon steel construction, with industry standard ANSI 61 gray powder coat finish Equipped with concealed hinged door, and universal pad-lockable latch. Custom engraved nameplates available for all units. Table 4.31: Industrial Enclosure Types 1*, 12, & 4, UL & CUL 508A Listed Available Meter Types PM 810, 820, 850 & 870 CM 4250 & 4000T ION 6200 ION 7300, 7330 & 7350 ION 7550 & 7650* • • • Digital Inputs Up to 11 / Meter Up to 8 / Meter N/A Up to 4 / Meter Up to 16 / Meter Digital Outputs Up to 7 / Meter Up to 7 / Meter Up to 2 / Meter Up to 4 / Meter Up to 7 / Meter Analog Inputs Up to 2 / Meter Up to 1 / Meter N/A Up to 4 / Meter Up to 4 / Meter Analog Outputs Up to 2 / Meter Up to 1 / Meter N/A Up to 4 / Meter Up to 4 / Meter Supports Single or Multiple Voltage Sources for Indoor (Typse 1 and 12) & Outdoor (Type 4) applications Available with 1–4 meters per panel. Serial & Ethernet Communications are options for all units EGX & ION RTU Communication Enclosures with 1–4 devices per panel also available Light Industrial Enclosure Type 1, UL & CUL 508A Listed • • • • Available for the following meter types: PM820 (with ethernet), and ION6200 Supports Single Voltage Source only for Indoor (Type 1) applications. Available with 1–12 meters per panel. Serial Communications are standard for all units. No Digital or Analog I/O is available for this option. Service Entrance/Utility Socket Enclosure Type 3R, UL & CUL 508A Listed • • • • • • • • Available for ION8600 only, with up to 3 Digital Inputs and 4 Digital Outputs and ION5600 2 Digital Inputs and 2 Digital Outputs. Supports Single Voltage Source only for Indoor & Outdoor (Type 3R) applications. Units are Ring Type with removable cover. Available with 1 meter per panel. Serial & Ethernet Communications options available. Supports Form 9S, 35S, 36S, 39S and 76S configurations for ION8600 and forms 9S and 36S for ION5600. Options available for remote mounted CTs Options available for integrated, bar type CTs Optional Test Switch. Additional engineered to order products are available for a wide variety of design solutions. 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • Switchgear Transfer Control Panels Generator Control Panels Load Shed Control Panels Sequence of Events Recording (SER) Panels Control System Mimic Panels Lighting Control Interface Panels Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Control Panels (Hot Standby, Relay Control, Data Concentration etc. ...) Emergency Power Supply Systems (EPSS) Control Panels Water, Air, Gas, Electrical, and Steam (WAGES) Monitoring Panels Input Status Monitoring & Alarming Panels Remote Annunciator Control Panels Remote Operator Control Panels Serial, Ethernet, and Cellular Wireless Systems Server Rack and Network Equipment (Servers, Switches, UPS’s) for Energy Management Systems. Industrialized PC’s, Touch Screens (Magelis), and Human Machine Interfaces (HMI’s) with Custom System Graphics. Designed to fit any environment – Indoor (Type 1 & 12) & Outdoor (Type 3R & 4) applications For additional information and pricing please contact your local PowerLogic sales specialist or PowerLogic Inside Sales Support at 615-287-3535. Equipment pricing and literature available for download on our website at www.powerlogic.com/products/enclosures. To better serve you please have the following information on hand when calling. • • • • • • Enclosure type (Indoor or Outdoor) and Environment details (Corrosive or Non-Corrosive) Power System Voltage Level and Type (Direct Current (DC) or Alternating Current (AC)) Digital & Analog Input and Output requirements Device Type and Quantity per enclosure Ethernet and Serial Communication Requirements For Drawout Retrofits, need existing cradle type (i.e. GE, Westinghouse, etc.) 4-22 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerLogic™ Engineering Services www.powerlogic.com Technical Support There are several ways to receive top quality support on PowerLogic products: Priority Support: Excellent Service, Free Software Upgrades, Training Discounts & More! • • • • • Latest PowerLogic SMS and ION software upgrades to ensure up-to-date systems Direct access to expertise for quick issue resolution More efficient PowerLogic SMS and ION system utilization Higher reliability Improved productivity and personal efficiency on the job Priority Support: Tenant Metering Now the great support provided to SMS and ION systems is now available for Tenant Metering systems. Support includes ... • • • • • Direct email (4-hr response time) and toll-free 800 number support for prompt response to urgent or non-urgent requests from highly trained support engineers. Hours of service 7:30am to 7pm US Central time PowerLogic™ Tenant Metering software upgrades at no charge Proactive notification of software service packs and fixes Remote diagnostics support engineer can troubleshoot any issues of the TMS system remotely without the customer’s help. Premium Support: Priority + Proactive System Checks + Sr. Technician Assigned to your site Remote eServices Let expert Square D technicians ensure high-quality performance in your PowerLogic SMS and ION system by performing remote, online services through our secure WEB EX Portal. Services include … Choose Premium Support when you need to . . . • • • • • Enhance your PowerLogic SMS and ION system's operation with single-sourced pro-active problem identification, solutions recommendations and change management skills Partner with technical experts who help coordinate support, provide hands-on assistance, and share knowledge and know-how with you Obtain personalized services tailored to your business environment and objectives Take advantage of remote software upgrade capabilities Anticipate and communicate necessary change • • • • Additional Support Options: 7x24 Support Option • • PowerLogic 7x24 support provides 1-hour phone response by senior support engineer during off-hours. Additionally, 4-hour response (max) for remote connection to customer system for advanced • troubleshooting. • On-Site Maintenance Option Installations, upgrades, & software patches System device setup & configuration along with alarming & historical trending Graphical Screen Development Remote, Online System Maintenance — Software Updates - Patches & Upgrades — PC Checks - Hard Disk Space, Network & DB Configurations, Viruses, etc. — PowerLogic or ION Software Checks Communications, Data Logging, & Task Execution — E-mailing system scorecard & maintenance recommendations One-on-one training on system software features Power Quality (PQ) & Energy Usage Analysis On site maintenance includes pre-scheduled visits by PowerLogic system engineers who perform software upgrades, updates to custom graphic screens, device firmware upgrades, and system performance analysis and correction. Scope of work is determined by customer request. Power Management University Our training centers offer a variety of training courses designed to improve your total energy management skills. Our instructor led courses are 70% hands-on, with each student having their own lab workstation. We have two main training centers located in Nashville, TN and Victoria, BC and offer training at a variety of Square D sites across the US and Canada. Table 4.32: New Course No. PowerLogic SMS Systems (Factory and Regional Courses) PowerLogic SMS Fundamentals Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12) PowerLogic System I&T PowerLogic SMS Administrator Regional SMS Overview Regional SMS Overview Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12) Power Monitoring with SMS Power Monitoring with SMS Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12) PowerLogic ION Systems (Factory and Regional Courses) PowerLogic ION Enterprise Fundamentals Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12) PowerLogic ION Enterprise Programmer PowerLogic ION Enterprise Administrator Regional ION Overview 3 Day Regional ION Overview Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12) PowerLogic ION Designer Intro Regional ION Utility Meter Programmer Regional ION Administrator Overview Custom Onsite Training Customer Onsite Training US $ Tuition 3000PLUCWEB 3000PMUDEMAND12 3000PMUDEMAND6 500.00 1500.00 1000.00 3000PLUC205 3000PLUC100 3000PLUC300 3000PLUC190 3000PLUC195 3000PLUC191 3000PLUC192 2750.00 2150.00 2150.00 1800.00 2400.00 1200.00 1800.00 3000PMUFUNDCR 3000PMUPROG 3000PMUADMIN 3000PMUCION 3000PMUCIONCR 3000PMUCPROG 3000PMUMTRPRG 3000PMUCADMIN 2750.00 2150.00 2150.00 1800.00 2400.00 1200.00 1200.00 1200.00 3000PMUSITE by Quote 4 All classes bundled wtih the 3000PMUDEMAND12 can be ordered without the bundle at a discounted price. Please call 615-287-3304 for more info. POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Course Description Webinars and Online Webinar Training (for any webinar) OnDemand Training (12 month access) OnDemand Training (6 month access) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1T Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4-23 Sepam™ Protective Relays Series: 10, 20, 40/50, 60 and 80 www.powerlogic.com Series 20, 40, 60 and 80 The Sepam family of protective relays, Series 20, 40 and 80, are the newest generation of Sepam relay, a time tested product with a 29-year worldwide history. Modular relay design allows quick and easy future upgrades to communications, digital I/O, analog output or temperature acquisition. The 64x128 bit, graphic LCD display and keypad permit relay setting of Series 20 and 40 without a PC. Comprehensive selftesting provides assurance of readiness to protect. The Sepam family also has exceptional withstand to environmental electromagnetic disturbances. An optional 128x240 LCD display for the Series 80 relay can show an animated one-line with front panel control. The Sepam Relays and remote modules come with a 10 year warranty and conformal coating for harsh environment as standard. Sepam Series 60 and 80 Relay Features • • • • • • • • 4 • • POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • • • Standard footprint for enhanced protection of Mains/Feeders, Transformer, Motor, Generator, Capacitor, Bus Applications Differential protection of transformer or machine transformer units Differential protection of motors and generators Protection for mains and ties and important feeders including preprogrammed or customized ATS/ATO Schemes 42 programmable logic inputs and 23 relay outputs Increased accuracy metering capabilities, I, V, E, P, PF, THD, vector diagram Expanded logic equation capabilities (an option for Logipam PLC ladder logic) Setting Software (SF2841) with graphical assistance, optional mimic-based display Battery backup for historical and fault waveform data retention, 24–250 Vdc control power 2 independent RS485 (2 or 4 wire) communication ports: connection of each to port 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks ModBus™ , ModBus TCP/IP, IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC61850 communication protocol with GOOSE messaging. Software tools: Sepam parameter and protection setting and control function customization programming of specific functions (Logipam-Series 80) recovery and display of disturbance recording data local or remote operation via an E-LAN Synch-check option Includes all Series 20 and Series 40 features Sepam Series 40 Relay Features • • • Compact standard footprint (< 4” deep) for enhanced protection of Mains/Feeders, Transformer, Motor, General Applications Directional overcurrent protection for dual mains and ties and closed loop feeders 10 programmable logic inputs and 8 relay outputs • • • • • • • Current and voltage inputs I, V, E, P, PF Setting software with Boolean logic equation assistance for customized protections and ATS/ATO schemes CT/VT and Trip Circuit supervision Sixteen seconds of fault recording, last 5 trip reports, and last 200 time-tagged alarms Rear communication port connection to 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks ModBus™, Modbus TCP/IP, IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC 61850 communication protocols TCP/IP redundancy RS 485 (2 or 4 wire) or fiber optic network Temperature data from 16 RTD’s, Pt100, Ni100, or Ni120 Includes all Series 20 features Sepam Series 20 Relay Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Backlit LCD graphic bitmap display Compact standard footprint (< 4” deep) for basic protection of Mains/Feeders, Transformer, Motor, Bus (Voltage) Applications Current or voltage inputs I, or V 10 programmable logic inputs and 8 relay outputs 16 inverse time overcurrent characteristic curves and customized protection curves (Series 80) Two 86 cycle records of fault recording, last trip fault values, and last 64 timetagged alarms retained Provides trip diagnostic information for analysis of faults Self-test diagnostic ensures correct operation of relay and integrity of protection Wide range of control power inputs Application specific design for Main/Feeder, Transformer, Motor, Bus (Voltage) zones Zone selective interlocking (ZSI) improved protection coordination as a cost effective alternate to Buss Differential (87B) application Rear communication port connection to 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks ModBus, ModBus TCP/IP, IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC 61850 communication protocols TCP/IP redundancy RS 485 (2 or 4 wire) or fiber optic network. Temperature data from 8 RTD’s, Pt100, Ni100 or Ni120. 1 programmable analog output, 0–1, 0–10 mA, 4–20 mA or 0–20 mA Modular architecture Breaker maintenance diagnostics Two groups of current protection settings (logic input selectable) with built in breaker failure (50BF) to allow reduced arc-flash hazard and PPE rating during maintenance operation 4-24 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Sepam™ Protective Relays Protection Configurations www.powerlogic.com Three relay series with increasing protection capabilities for six types of applications to provide all possible protection configurations Table 4.33: Protection Configurations Series 20 Series 40 Series 60 Series 80 Applications Rotation Speed Temperature Frequency Voltage Current Temperature Frequency Voltage Current Frequency Voltage Current Temperature Busbars Frequency Generators Voltage Motors Current Transformers Temperature Substations Capacitors + directional protection + directional protection + directional protection 25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 32R, 32Q/40, 37, 38/49T, 46, 47, 48, 49RMS, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N, 50V/51V, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 66, 67, 67N/67NC, 68, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86, 94/69, 21FL, 46BC, CPLU 50/51, CPLU 50N/51N 25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 32P, 32Q/40, 37, 38/49T, 46, 47, 48, 49RMS, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N, 50V/51V, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 66, 67, 67N/67NC, 68, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86, 94/69 12, 14, 21B, 24, 25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 32P, 32Q/40, 37, 37P, 38/49T, 40, 46, 47, 48, 49RMS, 50/27, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N, 50V/51V, 51C, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 64G, 64REF, a 66, 67, 67N/67NC, 68, 74, 78PS, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86, 87M, 87T, 94/96 Protection Functions 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 37, 38/49T, 46, 48, 49RMS, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N, 51LR, 59, 59N, 66, 68, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86, 94/69, CPLU 50/51, CPLU 50N/51N Characteristics Logic input/outputs Inputs 0–10 Inputs 0–10 Inputs 0–28 Inputs 0–42 Outputs 4–8 Outputs 4–8 Outputs 4–16 Outputs 5–23 Temperature sensors 0–8 0–16 0–16 0–16 Current 3I + Io Current 3I + Io Current 3I + Io Current 2x 3I + 2x Io Voltage 3 V + Vo Voltage 3 V + Vo Voltage 3 V + Vo Voltage 2x 3 V + Vo LPCTa LPCTa LPCTa LPCTa 1–2 1–2 1–2 2–4 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850 Channels Communication Ports Redundancy Matrixb Control Redundancy Redundancy Goose Message Goose Message Matrixb Matrixb Matrixb Logic equation editor Logic equation editor Logic equation editor Front memory cartridge with settings Front memory cartridge with settings Backup lithium batteryd Backup lithium batteryd Logipamc Other Backup 48 hours (capacitor) LPCT: low-power current transducer complying with standard IEC 60044-8. Control matrix for simple assignment of information from th eprotection, control and monitoring functions. Logipam ladder language (PC programming environment) to make full use of Sepam Series 80 functions. Standard lithium battery 1/2 AA format 3,6 V front face exchangeable. Table 4.34: ANSI Codes Code Definition Code 12 Overspeed (2 set points) 50N/51N 14 Underspeed (2 set points) 50V/51V Definition Ground fault Voltage restrained overcurrent 21B Underimpedance 51C Capacitor bank unbalance 21FL Fault Locator 51LR Locked rotor 24 Overfluxing (V/Hz) 59 Overvoltage (L-L or L-N) 25 Synch-check 59 Overvoltage (L-L) 26/63 Thermostat / Buchholz 59N 27/27S Undervoltage (L-L/L-N) 60/60FL 27D Positive-sequence undervoltage 27R Remanent undervoltage 30 32P 32Q/40 37 37P 38/49T 40 46 64G 64REF Neutral voltage displacement CT/VT supervision 100% stator earth fault Restricted earth fault Annunciation 66 Starts per hour Directional real overpower 67 Directional phase overcurrent Directional reactive overpower 67N/67NC Directonal ground fault Phase undercurrent 68 Logic discrimination / zone selective interlocking Directional active underpower 74 Circuit connnection supervision Temperature mounting 78PS Field loss (underimpedance) 79 Pole slip Recloser (4 cycles) Unbalance/negative sequence 81H Broken conductor detection 81L Underfrequency 47 Negative sequence overvoltage 81R Rate of change of frequency (df/dt) 48 Excessive starting time 46BC 49RMS Thermal overload 50/27 Inadvertent energization 50/51 Phase overcurrent 50BF Breaker failure Ground sensitive Overfrequency Latching / acknowledgement 87M Machine differential 87T Two-winding transformer differential 94/69 CLPU 50/51 CLPU 50N/51N Circuit breaker / contactor control Cold load pick-up with phase overcurrent protection Cold load pick-up with earth fault protection 4 50G/51G 86 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL a b c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-25 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com VAMP 221 Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation System www.schneider-electric.us VAMP 221 System Highlights • VAMP 221 is a flexible and easily adaptable arc flash protection system for the protection of electrical distribution systems. • VAMP 221 significantly reduces damage to electrical power equipment in the event of an arc fault and through this the risk of potential personal injury, and production losses. VAMP 221 is a modular system consisting of central units, I/O untis, arc sensors and contact multiplying relays. The system can be easily used from the simplest to the most complicated applications. The VAMP 221 arc flash protection system is suitable for both low and medium voltages in any metal enclosed, metal clad or arc resistant switchgear. It is applicable in any new or existing switchgear where an arch flash hazard exists and reduction of fault level is seen as beneficial. • • System Features 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Current light tripping criteria (optional of tripping by light only) Operating time 7 ms or less (electromechanical contact) Accurate location of arc fault utilizing point sensors Four selective protection zones per central unit Can be used as an alternative to bus differential and ZSI schemes Self supervision of the entire system Easy interconnect utilizing prefabricated (CAT6) cables Phase current measuring Ground fault current measuring Personal protector option Panel or rail mount I/O units Circuit breaker fail protection (50BF) 4-26 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com VAMP 221 Sensors and Accessories www.schneider-electric.us Point sensor VA1EH-x (pipe) Installed typically in the tube or next to the comartment windo. VA1EH-x Point sensor VA1DA-x (surface) Compartment wall or mounting plate installation. VA1DA-x Arc SLm-x Used when a large number of compartments are to be monitored. Arc SLm-x Point sensor VA1DP The snap-in connection to the VAMP arc flash protection system improves work safety. Device Track Record • • • • 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL VA1DP Schneider Electric’s VAMP Range specializes in arc flash protection and mitigation relays for power system. Schneider Electric VAMP’s arc flash fault protection functionality enhances the safety of both people and property and has made Schneider Electric VAMP a pioneer in the field of arc flash protection with more than 10,000 arc flash systems and units with over 150,000 arc detecting sensors inservice worldwide. All Schneider Electric VAMP products meet the latest international standards and regulations. Our success is based on competitive standard products, constant development by our designers possessing experience from arc flash relay generations. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-27 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com ReactiVar™ Reactive Power Compensation and Harmonic Mitigation Solutions www.reactivar.com How can reactive power compensation and harmonic mitigation solutions be part of your energy efficiency programs? Power factor is a measure of how efficiently you are using electricity. In an electric power system, a load with low power factor draws more current than a load with a high power factor for the same amount of real power transferred. Utility customers with a low power factor could realize an increase or penalty in their electric bill. Over time, these penalties may reach into thousands of dollars, depending upon the utility’s rate structure. Harmonics may disrupt normal operation of other devices and increase operating costs. Symptoms of problematic harmonic levels include overheating of transformers, motors and cables, thermal tripping of protective devices, logic faults of digital devices and drives. Harmonics can cause vibrations and noise in electrical machines (motors, transformers, reactors). The life span of many devices can be reduced by elevated operating temperature. Schneider Electric provides different solutions to meet different application requirements. Table 4.35: Product Description LV MV Application Product Features 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL ReactiVar Fixed Power Factor Capacitors X X Power Factor correction Suited for applications where the load does not change or where the capacitor is switched with the load, such as on the load side of a motor contactor. ReactiVar Standard Automatic Power Factor Capacitor Banks (AV5000/MV5000) X X Power Factor correction Suited for centralized power factor correction in applications where plant loading is constantly changing, resulting in the need for varying amounts of reactive power. Designed for electrical networks with little or no harmonic content. ReactiVar Anti-Resonant Automatic Power Factor Capacitor Banks (AV6000/MV6000) X X Power Factor Correction and Harmonics Filtering Suited for centralized power factor correction in applications containing harmonic energies that would otherwise damage standard fixed or automatic capacitor banks. ReactiVar Harmonic Filtering Automatic Power Factor Capacitor Banks (AV7000/MV7000) X X Power Factor Correction and Harmonics Filtering Provides power factor correction as well as harmonic filtering with specific harmonic order (5th) in industrial networks. ReactiVar Transient Free Reactive Compensation Systems (AT6000/AT7000) X Power Factor Correction and Harmonics Filtering Enhanced technology utilizing solid state switching elements that replace standard electromechanical contactors. Provides quicker response to load fluctuations with transient free capacitor switching. AccuSine™ (PCS) Active Harmonic Filter X Xa Active Harmonic Filtering Monitors a distorted electrical signal and determines the frequency and magnitude of harmonics in the signal. Cancels the harmonic content with the dynamic injection of opposing phase current in the distribution system or individual load. ReactiVar Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC) X Xa a real-time reactive power compensation, and Reactive Power Compensation Provides voltage support in networks with highly cyclical load (Real-time) profiles. With transformer. 4-28 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com ReactiVar™ Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors www.reactivar.com Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors ReacatiVar low voltage fixed capacitors are ideally suited for power factor correction applications where the load does not change or where the capacitor is switched with the load, such as on the load side of a motor starter. ReactiVar fixed capacitors are best suited for applications where there are no harmonic currents or voltages present. Features: Heavy edge, slope metallizations and wave-cut profile to ensure high inrush current capabilities. Special resistivity and profile metallization for better self-healing and enhanced life (up to 130,000 hours). Unique safety feature which disconnects the capacitors at the end of their useful life electrically. Less than 0.5w/kVAR losses, including discharage resistors. Constructed with a dry type metalized polypropylene capacitor element with no liquid dielectrics. Can be easily mounted inside panels or in a stand alone configuration. Table 4.36: kVAR rating Unfused 208 V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit Rated Current (A) Recommended copper wire sizea Recommended circuit protection device ratingb @ 208 V Catalog Number $ Price @ 208 V AWG 2 PFCD1002 959.00 6.3 14 5 PFCD1005 1187.00 13.6 10 6 PFCD1006 1364.00 17.7 10 7.5 PFCD1007 1538.00 20.9 8 10 PFCD1010 1924.00 27.1 8 13 PFCD1013 2376.00 35.4 6 15 PFCD1015 2633.00 41.7 4 17 PFCD1017 2957.00 48 4 21 PFCD1021 3101.00 59.4 3 25 PFCD1025 5330.00 68.8 2 27 PFCD1027 5430.00 75.1 2 30 PFCD1030 6243.00 83.4 1 34 PFCD1033 7608.00 93.8 1/0 37.5 PFCD1037 9251.00 104.3 2/0 41 PFCD1040 9618.00 114.7 2/0 45 PFCD1045 9984.00 125.1 3/0 49 PFCD1048 10245.00 135.5 4/0 53 PFCD1053 10505.00 147 4/0 60 PFCD1060 11026.00 168.9 300 kcmil 70 PFCD1070 11786.00 198.1 350 kcmil 80 PFCD1080 12437.00 222 500 kcmil a Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size b Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. Table 4.37: kVAR rating Fuse 15 30 40 45 60 75 90 100 125 150 150 175 200 225 250 250 300 300 350 450 450 Circuit breaker 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 90 100 110 125 150 150 175 175 200 225 250 300 350 Unfused 240 V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit Rated Current (A) Recommended copper wire sizea Recommended circuit protection device ratingb Fuse 15 35 45 50 70 75 90 100 125 125 150 150 175 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 450 500 Circuit breaker 15 25 30 35 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 100 110 125 150 150 175 200 250 300 300 350 4 @ 240 V Catalog Number $ Price @ 240 V AWG 3 PFCD2003 959 7.2 14 6 PFCD2006 1187.00 15.6 10 8 PFCD2008 1364.00 20.5 8 10 PFCD2010 1538.00 24.1 8 13 PFCD2013 1924.00 31.3 6 15 PFCD2015 2117.00 36.1 6 17.5 PFCD2017 2376.00 40.9 6 20 PFCD2020 2633.00 48.1 4 22.5 PFCD2023 2957.00 55.3 3 25 PFCD2025 3101.00 61.4 3 27.5 PFCD2028 4181.00 68.6 2 30 PFCD2030 5045.00 72.2 2 32.5 PFCD2033 5330.00 79.4 1 37.5 PFCD2036 5430.00 86.6 1 40 PFCD2040 6243.00 96.2 1/0 45 PFCD2045 7608.00 108.3 2/0 50 PFCD2050 9251.00 120.3 2/0 60 PFCD2060 9984.00 144.4 4/0 70 PFCD2070 10499.00 169.6 300 kcmil 80 PFCD2080 11026.00 194.9 350 kcmil 90 PFCD2090 11557.00 218.9 400 kcmil 100 PFCD2100 12072.00 239.4 500 kcmil a Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size b Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • • • • • • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2C Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4-29 ReactiVar™ Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors www.reactivar.com Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors Table 4.38: kVAR rating Unfused 480V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit Rated Current (A) Recommended copper wire sizea Recommended circuit protection device ratingb @ 480 V Catalog Number $ Price @ 480 V AWG Fuse 6 PFCD4006 929.00 7.2 14 15 8 PFCD4008 1022.00 10.2 12 20 10 PFCD4010 1077.00 12 12 25 12.5 PFCD4012 1215.00 15 10 30 15 PFCD4015 1329.00 18 10 40 17 PFCD4017 1374.00 19.8 8 40 20 PFCD4020 1479.00 24 8 50 25 PFCD4025 1655.00 30 6 60 27.5 PFCD4027 1754.00 33 6 70 30 PFCD4030 1851.00 36 6 75 33 PFCD4033 1953.00 39.6 6 80 35 PFCD4035 2102.00 42 4 90 40 PFCD4040 2358.00 48 4 100 45 PFCD4045 2519.00 54 4 110 50 PFCD4050 2676.00 60 3 125 60 PFCD4060 3975.00 72 2 150 65 PFCD4065 4200.00 78 1 175 70 PFCD4070 4280.00 84 1 175 75 PFCD4075 4434.00 90 1/0 200 80 PFCD4080 4695.00 96 1/0 200 90 PFCD4090 5217.00 108 2/0 225 100 PFCD4100 5738.00 120 2/0 250 125 PFCD4125 7148.00 150 250 300 150 PFCD4150 8556.00 180 300 400 175 PFCD4175 9561.00 210 400 450 200 PFCD4200 10565.00 240 500 500 a Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size b Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. Table 4.39: kVAR rating Circuit breaker 15 15 20 25 30 30 35 45 50 50 60 60 70 75 90 100 110 125 125 150 150 175 225 250 300 350 Unfused 600V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit Rated Current (A) Recommended copper wire sizea Recommended circuit protection device ratingb 600 V Catalog Number $ Price @ 600 V AWG Fuse 10 PFCD6010 1077.00 9.6 12 20 15 PFCD6015 1329.00 14.4 10 30 20 PFCD6020 1479.00 19.2 10 40 23 PFCD6022 1550.00 22.1 8 50 25 PFCD6025 1655.00 24 8 50 27 PFCD6027 1754.00 26 8 50 30 PFCD6030 1851.00 28.8 8 60 35 PFCD6035 2102.00 33.6 6 70 40 PFCD6040 2358.00 38.4 6 80 45 PFCD6045 2519.00 43.2 4 90 50 PFCD6050 2676.00 48 4 100 60 PFCD6060 3975.00 57.6 3 125 70 PFCD6070 4280.00 67.2 3 150 75 PFCD6075 4434.00 72 2 150 80 PFCD6080 4695.00 76.8 1 150 90 PFCD6090 5217.00 86.4 1 175 100 PFCD6100 5738.00 96 1/0 200 125 PFCD6125 7148.00 120 3/0 250 150 PFCD6150 8556.00 144 4/0 300 175 PFCD6175 9561.00 168 300 kcmil 350 a Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size b Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. Circuit Breaker 15 20 30 35 35 40 45 50 60 60 70 80 100 100 110 125 150 175 200 250 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Application Note: Capacitors are low impedance path for the harmonic currents produced by variable frequency drives, motor soft starters, welders, computers, PLCs, robotics and other electronic equipment. These harmonic currents can cause the capacitor to overheat, and shorten its life. Furthermore, the resonant circuit formed by shunt capacitors coupled with system inductances (motors and transformers) can amplify harmonic currents and voltages in the electrical network. This amplification can cause nuisance fuse operation and/or damage to electrical equipment including capacitors and other electronic devices. If power factor correction is required in the network where harmonic is present, please contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for assistance. 4-30 DE2C Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ReactiVar™ Low Voltage Automatic Capacitor Banks www.reactivar.com Low Voltage Standard Automatic Capacitor Banks The AV5000 standard automatic power factor correction banks are designed for centralized power factor correction to supply varying amounts of reactive power required to compensate for changing load conditions. The AV5000 banks are ideally suited for facility electrical distribution systems with TDD (total harmonic current distortion) < = 5% and THD(V) (total harmonic voltage distortion) < = 5%. An advanced power factor controller measures plant power factor via a single remote CT. Plus, it switches capacitor modules in and out of service to maintain a user selected target power factor. Main Features: • • The AV5000 is suitable for use where harmonic generating loads are less than 15% of the total connected load (AV5000 shown here). • • • • • • Modular construction; free standing QED switchboard enclosures (30wx36dx90h) and allow for easy future expansion Rugged design — units are constructed with removable steel panels over heavy gauge steel frame Standard offering available up to 400 kVAR at 208 Vac, 1000 kVAR at 480 or 600 Vac Main lugs or main breaker section at your choice Dry capacitor element design eliminates risk of fluid leakage, environmental hazard and drip pans Capacitor rated contactors are designed specifically for the switching of capacitive currents and feature a patented capacitor precharge circuit that exceeds air-core reactor transient dampening Different power factor controller options provide a choice in functionality and control sophistication Backlit display on controller displays actual power factor (PF), alarms, number of steps energized and much more Available in NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R enclosures Low Voltage Anti-Resonant and Filtering Automatic Capacitor Banks AV6000 Capacitor Bank ReactiVar AV6000 anti-resonant and AV7000 harmonic filtering automatic switched capacitor banks are specifically designed for networks containing harmonic energies which would otherwise damage standard fixed or automatic capacitor banks. The problem: Harmonics are caused by non-linear loads such as variable frequency drives, motor soft starters, welders, uninterruptable power supplies, robotics, PLCs and other electronic devices. Harmonics are higher-than-60 Hz current and voltage components in the electrical distribution system. Capacitors are a low impedance path for these higher frequency components and thus will absorb these harmonic energies. Combinations of capacitors and system inductances (motors and transformers) can form series and parallel tuned circuits which can resonate at certain frequencies. The harmonics caused by non-linear loads can excite a standard capacitor bank into resonance. The resonance can magnify currents and voltages, causing system wide damage and equipment failure. This problem is growing in prevalence in today's distribution systems. Anti-Resonant Automatic Capacitor Banks The AV6000 anti-resonance capacitor bank's primary function is power factor correction. Iron core reactors are added in series with the capacitor modules. The 3 phase reactors are custom designed and manufactured under tight tolerance specifically for the AV6000. The reactors tune the bank below the first dominant harmonic (usually the 5th, or 300 Hz). Below the tuning point, the system appears capacitive and thus corrects power factor. Above the tuning point, the system appears Inductive and thus resonance is minimized. The AV6000 design has the added advantage of removing up to 50% of the 5th harmonic to reduce overall voltage distortion. Harmonic Filtering Automatic Capacitor Banks Although the AV7000 looks identical to the AV6000, its primary function is harmonic mitigation, with power factor correction being a secondary benefit. The distinction between an AV6000 and an AV7000 is the tuning point. By definition, if the tuning point of the capacitor/reactor combination is within ±10% of the target harmonic it is intended to absorb, it is referred to as a filter. If the tuning point is outside the ±10% limit, it is referred to as an antiresonant system. Schneider Electric power quality solution experts should be consulted prior to recommending AV7000 to customers. Main Features: • • • Standard offering available up to 480 kVAR at 208 V, 1200 kVAR at 480 or 600 Vac Capacitor modules are designed with higher than standard voltage and current ratings to provide long life on systems with high harmonic energies. Reactors are designed to operate at 115 °C rise over a maximum 40 °C ambient temperature. In addition to the standard features provided in the AV5000 systems, the reactors in the AV6000 and AV7000 have an embedded thermistor temperature detector. The stage will shut down and annunciate if the reactor is overheated, usually a result of excessive harmonic energies Application Assistance: Schneider Electric power quality experts can provide engineering assistance for the application of capacitors in harmonic rich environments. Specialists can assess the likelihood of application problems and arrange for more detailed study if required. Solutions can include computer modeling and system simulation. Our application engineers can arrange for systems studies, provide custom engineering proposal, perform installation and commissioning, as required by the application. Please contact Schneider Electric power quality experts or email us at pqc@squared.com. CT Selection Table Main Transformer Main Breaker External Current Transformer Ratio XXXX/5 The current transformer is located on a phase A bus or cable at the main service entrance as illustrated in Diagram 1. CT catalog number: TRAI••••SCc c where •••• is current rate code of bus/cable and c c is window size code. Codes are listed in table 4.42. e.g. TRAI1000SC07 is a CT for 1000 A bus with 7"x4" window. Table 4.40: Current Rating of Bus/Cable Amperes Sub 600 kVAR Sub Feed Automatic Feed Capacitor Bank Sub Feed •••• 0300 0400 0500 0600 0750 0800 1000 1200 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 Window Size 7" x 4" Size Code 11" x 4" Size Code c c c c 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 N/A 11 N/A 11 4 Single Line (Typical) Diagram 1 Sub Feed 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 Rating Code POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • The Solution: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-31 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com ReactiVar™ Low Voltage Transient Free Reactive Compensation Capacitor Banks www.reactivar.com Low Voltage Transient Free Reactive Compensation Capacitor Banks Square D™ ReactiVar Transient Free Reactive Compensation (TFRC) anti-resonant (AT/BT6000) systems and filtering system (AT/BT7000) are ideally suited for use on electrical systems where connected equipment is extremely sensitive to variations in the supply voltage. The problem: Capacitor systems featuring electromechanical contactors could generate voltage transients on the electrical network when they switch capacitor stages on/off, even when current limiting or tuning reactors are employed. Transients can impair the operation of sensitive equipment, including programmable logic controllers, variable speed drives, computers and UPS systems. In sensitive networks such as hospitals, data processing centers, airports and many manufacturing environments, any transient, however slight, may not be acceptable. The solution: TFRC systems feature an advanced controller to precisely activate electronic switching elements to connect capacitor stages and avoid the creation of transients. Transient free switching also reduces wear on capacitors due to switching and will result in longer life for the overall capacitor system. With a response time of less than ten seconds to load changes, TFRC systems can reduce the kVAR or kVA demand quickly. Main Features: • • • • • • • • • Standard offering up to 1350 kVAR at 480 Vac Transient free switching of capacitor steps Electronic switching elements yield an unlimited number of switching operations Different power factor controller options provide a choice in functionality and control sophistication Backlit display on controller displays actual PF, alarms, number of steps energized and much more Heavy duty dry capacitor element design provides no risk of fluid leakage, no environmental pollution and no need for drip pans The reactors have an embedded thermistor temperature detector. The stage will shut down and annunciate if the reactor is overheated which is usually a result of excessive harmonic energies Units are constructed with removable heavy duty steel panels over heavy gauge steel frame. Available in NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R enclosures. Low Voltage Capacitor Bank General Specification: Voltage: AT6000 Transient Free Capacitor Bank 208, 240, 480, 600 Vac standard, other voltages available Ambient temperature: -5 °C to 40 °C Average temperature limit: <=40 °C within 24 hours, <35 °C over 1 year Elevation: <=1800 meter (6000 feet) Humidity: 0–95% non-condensing Overvoltage limit: 110% maximum (continuously) Dielectric withstand test level: 2.15 times rated voltage or 1000 V, whichever is higher for 10s Overcurrent limit: 135% maximum (continuously) Incoming: Top (standard), bottom. Main lug: Copper mechanical standard, compression optional Main breaker (BT): PowerPact™ with Micrologic™ trip unit. LI standard, LSI available Enclosure rating: NEMA 1 standard, N3R available Color: ANSI 49 standard, ANSI 61, ANSI 70 optional Standards: CSA C22.2 No. 190, UL810 6" MINIMUM, IF SURFACE IS FLAMMABLE 24" MINIMUM 70"/88" APPROX. 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 12" OR 24" PULL BOX REMOVABLE LIFTING LUGS 91.50 30.000 ADDITIONAL SECTIONS AS REQUIRED 36.000 WIDTH Typical low voltage capacitor bank dimension (reference only, subject to change without notice) 4-32 DE2C Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ReactiVar™ Medium Voltage Capacitors www.reactivar.com ReactiVar Medium Voltage Fixed Capacitors The ReactiVar MVC fixed capacitors are ideally suited for power factor correction in applications where the load does not change or where the capacitor is switched with the load, such as the load side of a motor contactor. ReactiVar capacitor sizes are available up to 300 kVAR as individual units, and up to 900 kVAR in banks. Main Features: • • • • • • • Standard rating up to 900 kVAR, 4800 V (for specials, consult factory) Extra low dielectric loss (<0.15w/kVAR), including discharge resistors Internally mounted discharge resistors Internally delta connected capacitor elements Built to applicable NEMA, IEEE, and IEC standards Available in indoor (Type 1/12) and outdoor (Type 3R) enclosures Painted ASA 70 gray Application Note: Capacitors are low impedance path for the harmonic currents produced by variable frequency drives, motor soft starters, welders, computers, PLCs, robotics and other electronic equipment. These harmonic currents can cause the capacitor to overheat, and shorten its life. Furthermore, the resonant circuit formed by shunt capacitors coupled with system inductances (motors and transformers) can amplify harmonic currents and voltages in the electrical network. This amplification can cause nuisance fuse operation and/or damage to electrical equipment including capacitors and other electronic devices. If power factor correction is required in the network where harmonic is present, please contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for assistance. MVC systems are suitable for power factor correction of steady and harmonic-free motor loads. Medium Voltage Metal Enclosed Capacitor Systems The medium voltage capacitor systems are ideally suited for centralized power factor correction and/or harmonic filtering in applications. Various equipment topologies are available, from fixed stage to fully automatic—to cover project specific application, load characteristic and installation needs. ReactiVar brand covers metal enclosed systems built in North America (5/15 kV class). Global =S= Brand can be used for expanded voltage range. Main Features: • • • • • High Voltage Reactive Power Compensation Systems The high voltage reactive power compensation systems are ideally suited for installation at utility distribution and transmission grids. Various equipment topologies are available to cover project specific utility application, and installation needs. Typically these compensation systems are open style, rack mounted, installed in utility substation areas. Main Features: • • • 4 • • Custom designed and built per requested applicable standards Systems rated up to 230 kV, 50/60 Hz Internally fused capacitors with excellent life due to high temperature withstand, small temperature rise, chemical stability, overvoltage and overcurrent withstand. Double wye ungrounded configuration with neutral CT protection Inrush current limiting or tuned (anti-resonant or filtered) air core, open style reactors POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL MV5000 systems are suitable for use where harmonic generating loads are less than 15% of the total connected load. MV6000 systems are suitable for use where harmonic generating loads are less than 50% of the total connected load. MV7000 systems are suitable for use where harmonic generating loads exceed 50% of the total connected load. MVHVC High-Speed compensation systems are designed for reactive power compensation of rapidly fluctuating loads • • • • • Designed and built per applicable ANSI/NEMA/IEEE and/or IEC standards Standard metal enclosures available up to 20 mVAR, up to 34.5 kV, 50/60 Hz Steel or Aluminum based enclosure bays Externally or internally fused capacitors with excellent life due to high temperature withstand, small temperature rise, chemical stability, overvoltage and overcurrent withstand. Current limiting capacitor fuses with blown fuse pop-up indicators Inrush current limiting reactors or tuned (anti-resonant or filtered) iron core reactors Key interlocking system forces sequential operation of the controls, Fully rated three- or four-pole grounding switches Schneider Electric NRC12 Power factor controller provides user with friendly interface, superior performance, simplified installation and set-up procedure, and real time monitoring and protection features for the capacitor system. Available in Type 1 indoor and 3R outdoor enclosure types © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-33 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com AccuSine™ PCS Active Harmonic Filter Class 5820 www.reactivar.com AccuSine (PCS) Active Harmonic Filter (AHF) injects harmonic current to cancel harmonic current in the electrical distribution system. This reduced harmonic level results in improved electrical network reliability and reduced operating cost. AccuSine PCS is simple to size, install, set up and operate. In addition, AccuSine PCS eliminates the complex harmonic compliance limit calculations and removes nuisance harmonics from the electrical network. The problem: Power electronic devices that have rapid and frequent load variations have become abundant today due to their many process control related and energy saving benefits. However, they also bring a few major drawbacks to electrical distribution systems; harmonics and rapid change of reactive power requirement. Harmonics may disrupt normal operation of other devices and increase operating costs. Symptoms of problematic harmonic levels include overheating of transformers, motors, drives, cables, thermal tripping of protective devices and logic faults of digital devices. In addition, the life span of many devices can be reduced by elevated operating temperature. The solution: The AccuSine PCS AHF provides the simplest and most effective means to mitigate harmonics, to reduce process related voltage fluctuations. The AccuSine PCS AHF actively injects opposite harmonics current on the source side of the load and it: • • • • • Decreases harmonic related overheating of cables, switchgear and transformers Reduces downtime caused by nuisance thermal tripping of protective devices Increases electrical network reliability and reduces operating costs Corrects to the 50th harmonic, reduce harmonics level to meet IEEE 519, IEC 61000 3-4, and UK G5/4-1 standards. Compensates entire network or specific loads depending on installation point Standard features • • • • • • • • • Real-time dynamic current injection for harmonic cancellation and VAR compensation (lead or lag power factor) Independent phase compensation Load balancing capability Parallel connection (up to 99 units) allows for easy retrofit and installation of multiple units for large networks Response to load fluctuations within 2 cycles Full color touch screen HMI (Human Machine Interface) NEMA 1, NEMA 12, IP30 AND IP54 enclosure Seismic rated per ICC IBC and ASCE 7 UL, CE, ABS, and CSA certified Accusine PCS Sizing For proper sizing of AccuSine units, contact the Schneider Electric sales office or e-mail pqc@squared.com. To expedite the product selection process, please have a single line diagram and/or details of the application including sizes of transformers, non-linear and linear loads, and any existing filters and capacitors. Table 4.41: AccuSine PCS 208–480 V, 50/60 Hz Rated Max Reactive Current Power output (kVAR) A(ms) 208 V 400 V 480 V 18 Enclosure Information Catalog Number List Price (US$) Rating 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL PCS050D5N1 34904.00 NEMA 1 PCS050D5N12 53738.00 NEMA 12 PCS050D5CE30c 59516.00 IP30 (CE Certified) 50 34.6 41.6 N/A PCS050D5CE54c 62770.00 IP54 (CE Certified) PCS050D5IP30 54299.00 IP30 PCS050D5IP54 57553.00 IP54 36 PCS100D5N1 55131.00 NEMA 1 PCS100D5N12 66777.00 NEMA 12 PCS100D5CE30c 74449.00 IP30 (CE Certified) 100 69.2 83.1 N/A PCS100D5CE54c 78679.00 IP54 (CE Certified) PCS100D5IP30 67479.00 IP30 PCS100D5IP54 71585.00 IP54 108 PCS300D5N1 110301.00 NEMA 1 PCS300D5N12 132341.00 NEMA 12 PCS300D5CE30c 144502.00 IP30 (CE Certified) 300 207.8 249.4 N/A PCS300D5CE54c 161035.00 IP54 (CE Certified) PCS300D5IP30 133670.00 IP30 PCS300D5IP54 142628.00 IP54 a Floor stand available. order Catalog Number — FSPCS100D5N1 b Wall mounted units do not include a power disconnect. c CE Certified units meet EMC Directive 89/336 EEC. 4-34 Style/Cable Entry Exterior Dimensions H W Weight lbs (kg) D Wall Mountab/Bottom In 48 mm 1219 In 20.7 mm 526 In 18.5 mm 470 Floor Standing/Top or Bottom 75 1905 31.5 800 23.8 605 Wall Mountab/Bottom 64.9 1648 20.7 526 18.5 470 Floor Standing/Top or Bottom 75 1905 31.5 800 23.8 605 31.5 800 19.6 497 39.4 1000 31.7 806 250 (114) 661 (300) Watts Losses (watts) 208/240 V 900 705 (320) 661 (300) 350 (159) 771 (350) 1500 849 (386) 771 (350) Floor Standing/Top or Bottom 75 1905 775 (352) 1212 (550) 1390 (632) 1212 (550) DE2C Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4500 480 V 1800 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 3000 3750 3750 3750 3750 3750 9000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved AccuSine™ PCS Active Harmonic Filter Class 5820 www.reacti ar.com Table 4.42: AccuSine PCS 600 Vb, 50/60 Hz Rated Current Max Reactive Power output (kVAR) A(ms) 600 V Enclosure Information Catalog Number List Price (US$) Exterior Dimensions H Style/Cable Entry Rating In PCS039D6N1 94423.00 NEMA 1 PCS039D6N12 100088.00 NEMA 12 PCS039D6CE30 111199.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a 39 41 PCS039D6CE54 117805.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a PCS039D6IP30 101090.00 IP30 PCS039D6IP54 107096.00 IP54 PCS078D6N1 115031.00 NEMA 1 PCS078D6N12 121933.00 NEMA 12 PCS078D6CE30 135469.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a 78 81 PCS078D6CE54 143517.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a PCS078D6IP30 123154.00 IP30 PCS078D6IP54 130470.00 IP54 PCS235D6N1 202406.00 NEMA 1 PCS235D6N12 214550.00 NEMA 12 PCS235D6CE30 238365.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a 235 244 PCS235D6CE54 252525.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a PCS235D6IP30 216696.00 IP30 PCS235D6IP54 229569.00 IP54 a CE Certified units meet EMC Directive 89/336 EEC. b Contact Schneider Electric sales office for other voltage models. W mm In mm Weight lbs (kg) D Watts Losses (watts) In mm 600 V 1322 (600) Floor Standing/Top or Bottom 1366 (621) 2850 1322 (600) 55.1 1400 23.6 600 1542 (700) Floor Standing/Top 77.7 1972 or Bottom 1620 (736) 4610 1542 (700) 2424 (1102) Floor Standing/Top or Bottom 70.9 1800 31.5 800 2602 (1183) 12750 2424 (1102) Round Split-Core Current Transformer (CT) Selection: Two remote current transformers (CT) are required for three phase loads. Three CT’s are required for networks with line to neutral loads. Table 4.43: Round Split-Core CT—UL Recognized Ampacity Catalog Number 1000 3000 5000 CT1000SC CT3000SC CTFCL500058 Dimensions A in 4 6 8 B mm 101 152 203 C in 1.25 1.25 1.25 mm 32 32 32 in 1.5 1.5 1.5 Weight D mm 38 38 38 in 6.5 8.5 10.5 mm 165 216 267 lbs 3.5 4.25 5.5 kg 1.75 1.90 2.50 Accuracy Burden Secondary Class Capacity Current (VA) 1 1 1 10 45 45 5 5 5 D B A C Round Solid-Core Current Transformer (AUX CT) Selection: For installations requiring parallel connection of multiple AccuSine units for increased capacity, additional auxiliary CT’s may be required. Please contact Schneider Electric sales office for the correct AUX CT part number to use. Table 4.44: Ampacity 600 1000 Round Solid-Core Auxiliary CT—UL Recognized Catalog Number CT7RL6011 CT7RL1021 Dimensions ID in 2.5 2.5 Weight (lb) OD mm 63 63 in 4.58 4.58 mm 116 116 lbs 1.5 1.5 kg 0.68 0.68 Accuracy Class Burden Capacity (VA) Secondary Current 1 1 30 35 1 1 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 1.10 X1 H1 2.50 DIA 4 4.58 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2C Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4-35 AccuSine™ PFV Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC) Class 5890 Main Breaker (Optional) www.reactivar.com The Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC) is ideally suited for industrial facilities with power quality or production problems caused by rapidly changing reactive power demands typically associating with highly cyclical loads such as welders, mining conveyors and heavy stamping machines. The problem: Rapid reactive power changes demand timely reactive power (VAR) compensation. Lack of timely and adequate VAR compensation can lead to voltage fluctuations in the electrical distribution system, impacting equipment operation, as well as product quality. Traditional capacitor systems have a minimum response time of five to thirty seconds for load fluctuations. As a result of this limitation, uncompensated reactive power demand by cyclical loads can produce voltage instability, cause flicker, increase losses, and result poor power factor which reduces the electric supply capacity. Problems can include: AccuSine PFV • • • • • • Poor weld quality or reduced weld line productivity (due to restrikes or interlock weld controls) Failure to start motor loads (due to voltage sag on startup) Undervoltage tripping of sensitive loads (Robots, PLCs, VFDs) Lighting flicker and/or HID lighting shutdown Overloaded distribution equipment (cyclical current pulses may exceed the rated current of the distribution equipment) Poor power factor and associated utility demand charges The Solution: 100 kVAR 100 kVAR 100 kVAR PASSIVE 300 Ampere ACTIVE HVC Topology (Typical) The Hybrid VAR Compensator is ideally suited for ultra fast reactive power compensation in many low and medium voltage distribution networks containing highly transient loads where conventional systems are not suitable. The HVC employs a fixed or automatic capacitor bank to provide reactive power at all times, while AccuSine PFV adjusts the output to meet system reactive power requirement in timely manner. AccuSine PFV features a 100 microsecond response time to provide dynamic VAR injection to meet reactive power requirement within 1 cycle, reduce voltage sags created by inductive load switching, welding operation, etc. Main Features: • • • • • • Real-time reactive power compensation for transient or cyclical loads Infinite VAR resolution Independently compensates each phase Transient free compensation Improves voltage stability, reduces flicker Constructed with 12 gauge steel frame HVC systems can alleviate most of the problems created by cyclical loads that require large amount of reactive power for short duration. HVC system can be applied in the low voltage and medium voltage system from 480 V up to 33 kV. Unique, cost-effective construction: 4 The ReactiVar HVC is a custom engineered product designed for specific reactive power compensation requirements. It consists of both passive and active components. The passive component may consist of capacitors only or include tuned reactors. Depending on the application, the passive portion may include contactor or solid state switching device to permit some adjustment of the passive elements. The active component is provided by Schneider Electric’s AccuSine PFV unit. HVC systems also can prevent resonance by including custom designed iron core reactors in series with each three phase capacitor module when required. The series reactor/capacitor combinations prevent resonance by turning the network below the first dominant harmonic (usually the 5th and 300 Hz). In doing so, HVC can also reduce harmonic voltage distortion, which further improves overall network conditions. The HVC employs a fixed capacitor bank to inject leading reactive current (leading kVAR) into the network at all times, and an AccuSine PFV unit to precisely adjust the total output of the HVC according to the load reactive power demand profile. When load reactive demand is zero, the AccuSine PFV injects lagging reactive current to cancel the leading reactive current of the fixed capacitor bank such that the total output of the HVC is minimized. As the load kVAR demand increases, the AccuSine PVF adjusts its output such that the total output of the HVC precisely matches the load demand. If load demand increases above the fixed capacitor bank capability, then the AccuSine PFV injects leading reactive current. This continues until the full leading kVAR capacity of the AccuSine PFV is met. Thus, the HVC total output provides leading kVAR compensation to match load demand. To optimize system design, Schneider Electric expert will normally need to take real-time measurements on the network site. Please contact Schneider Electric power quality experts or email us at pqc@squared.com. POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 4-36 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Table of Contents Back to Product Index Lighting Control Product Overview One Line Overview 5-2, 5-3 C-Bus™ Keypads, Touch Screens and Accessories Neo Keypads 5-4 Saturn Keypads 5-5 DLT Keypads 5-5 Decorator Keypads 5-6 Touch Screens 5-7 Multi Room Audio C-Bus Controls, page 5-4 5-9 Hand Held Remote Controls 5-11 Thermostats 5-11 Sensors 5-12 Input Units 5-12 Relays 5-13 Dimmers 5-14 System Units 5-15 Enclosures 5-17 Area Lighting Panels 5-18 Software 5-19 Occupancy Sensors Dual Tech Ceiling Mount, page 5-21 Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors 5-20 Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors 5-21 Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors 5-21 Fixture Mounted Sensors and Controls 5-22 Powerlink Integrated Control Systems Overview 5-23 Components 5-24 Device Power Supply 5-25 Device Router 5-25 Factory Assembled Panels Powerlink Lighting Control Panelboards, page 5-24 5-26 Powerlink Energy Management 5-27 Relay Panels 5-28 Cassia Energy Management System 5-30 Relay Panel Family, page 5-28 5-1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5 Lighting Control And Integrated Home Systems LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Section 5 Section Listing Overview Lighting Control www.schneider-electric.us 5 Schneider Electric Occupancy Sensors, Powerlink and C-Bus™ control systems can be used independently or combined to provide the optimal lighting control solution for your home or business LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS 5-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Overview Lighting Control 5 LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS www.schneider-electric.us © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 5-3 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com C-Bus™ Lighting Control Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Neo™ Keypads LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Neo Keypads offer localized finger-tip control of lighting and other electrical devices. With over 1,000 custom color combinations available, these elegant keypads compliment any decor. Requires plaster mud ring or single gang box with minimum internal width of 2.05”. • • • • • • • • • • • Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings Scene control includes up to forty group addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple keypads Independent timers available for each button Standard built-in infrared receiver permits keypad control at a distance with an optional infrared handheld remote Dual-color LED windows on each button can glow in cool blue, orange, or combinations of both, indicating when a controlled device is ON or OFF Auto “fallback” can dim button LEDs at a set time after the last key press Locator LEDs can illuminate the top and bottom of the button area in cool blue, helping a user find the keypad in dim light or help the installer find the correct keypad when commissioning Clean-lined low-profile keypads are wall mounted without external fittings Optional button covers have ID windows, enabling quick identification of lighting scenes or controlled devices Distinctively designed multi-layer cover plate consists of button covers, an outer surround, and an inner surround Color schemes are easily customized and modified to suit personal taste or the décor Standard Neo Keypads Includes keypad, button covers, inner and outer surrounds. White: SLC505( )NLWE Cream: SLC505( )NLCM Brushed Aluminum w/Slate: SLC505( )NLGB ( ) designates space for button configuration Table 5.1: Catalog No. SLC5052NLGB SLC5052NLWE SLC5052NLCM SLC5054NLGB SLC5054NLWE SLC5054NLCM SLC5058NLGB SLC5058NLWE SLC5058NLCM Standard Neo Keypad Assemblies Catalog Description Neo, 2 button key input brushed aluminum Neo, 2 button key input solid white Neo, 2 button key input solid cream Neo, 4 button key input brushed aluminum Neo, 4 button key input solid white Neo, 4 button key input solid cream Neo, 8 button key input brushed aluminum Neo, 8 button key input solid white Neo, 8 button key input solid cream $ Price 460.00 460.00 460.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 560.00 560.00 560.00 2 Button Keypad 4 Button Keypad Brushed Aluminum w/Slate: SLC505(2)NLGB Cream: SLC505(4)NLCM 8 Button Keypad White: SLC505(8)NLWE Custom Neo Keypad Assemblies To order custom Neo Keypad assemblies indicate the number of buttons desired on the keypad and the color of each customizable component (inner surround, outer surround, and botton cover). For example, in the diagram below, SLC505(8)NL(2)(8)(2) represents a Neo Keypad with eight buttons, a white (#2) outer surround, a brushed aluminum (#8) inner surround, and white (#2) button covers. Table 5.2: Name Color Chart Color Number Slate 1 White 2 Cream 3 Soft Gray 4 Desert Sand 5 Black 6 Brown 7 Brushed Aluminuma 8 Golda 9 a Only the inner surround is available in Brushed Aluminum and Gold. Table 5.3: Catalog No. Neo Keypad Accessories Catalog Description $ Price SLC5050IS( ) Neo, inner surround, (5pk) 152.00 SLC5050OS( ) Neo, outer surround, (5pk) 46.00 SLC5052NRP( ) Neo, button covers, 5052L, (5pk) 60.00 SLC5054NRP( ) Neo, button covers, 5054L, (5pk) 60.00 SLC5058NRP( ) Neo, button covers, 5058L, (5pk) 60.00 SLC5052NRI( ) Neo, button covers, with ID window, (10pk) 82.00 Note: Accessories have unique catalog numbers. To specify colors for them, (see Table 5.1) add the color number to the end of the catalog number (Table 5.3). For example, SLC5052NR2 is the catalog number for a white button cover. 5-4 DE-8 Neo button cover with ID window Discount Shedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us • • • • Saturn 2 Button Keypad • • • • • Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings Scene control includes up to forty group addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple keypads Independent timers available for each button Dual-color LED windows on each button can glow in cool blue, orange, or combinations of both, indicating when a controlled device is ON or OFF Auto “fallback” can dim button LEDs at a set time after the last button press Locator LED can illuminate the keypad, helping a user find it in dim light Clean-lined keypads are wall mounted without external fittings Low-profile design extends only 0.5 in. out from the wall Optional button covers with labels, enabling quick identification of lighting scenes or controlled devices Saturn Keypads Table 5.4: Complete Saturn Keypads Catalog No. Saturn 4 Button Keypad Catalog Description $ Price SLC5082NL( ) Saturn Full Plate, 2 button 634.00 SLC5084NL( ) Saturn Full Plate, 4 button 668.00 SLC5086NL( ) Saturn Full Plate, 6 button 700.00 Note: Color codes are: White (WE), Black (BK), Mocha (BR), Cream (CM). The catalog number for a two-button keypad in mocha would be SLC5082NLBR Table 5.5: Saturn Keypad Accessories Catalog No. SLC5080LC8 Catalog Description Saturn Button Labels $ Price 74.00 SLC5082NLFSS Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 2 button 96.00 SLC5084NLFSS Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 4 button 112.00 Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 6 button 128.00 SLC5086NLFSS SLC5082FGF Saturn Cover Plate White, 2 button 96.00 SLC5084FGF Saturn Cover Plate White, 4 button 112.00 SLC5086FGF Saturn Cover Plate White, 6 button 128.00 SLC5082F30 Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 2 button 96.00 SLC5084F30 Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 4 button 112.00 SLC5086F30 Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 6 button 128.00 SLC5082F60 Saturn Cover Plate Black, 2 button 96.00 SLC5084F60 Saturn Cover Plate Black, 4 button 112.00 SLC5086F60 Saturn Cover Plate Black, 6 button 128.00 SLC5082F70 Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 2 button 96.00 SLC5084F70 Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 4 button 112.00 SLC5086F70 Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 6 button Note: Color options for faceplates: Pure White (PW). 128.00 Saturn 6 Button Keypad DLT Keypads Saturn™ Dynamic Labeling Technology™ (DLT) Keypads combine a programmable keypad button, and easily customized labels on a backlit LCD screen that eliminates the need for custom labels. By virtue of the variety of button configurations available, one compact DLT keypad can take the place of many single-operation switches, ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers. The five keypad buttons incorporate blue LEDs which complements the keypad’s sleek lines while showing the status of controlled devices. Saturn Style Keypad • • • • • • • • • • Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings Keypads have five physical buttons—four control buttons, and one scroll/page button—combined with two screens of labels, for a total of eight control buttons and two scroll/page buttons Scene control includes up to forty addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple keypads. Independent timers available for each button Button LEDs can be used as locator lights in the dark 64 x 128 pixel LCD screen with a white backlight Editable LCD labels, available for each button or control group, can display text, symbols, and graphics. Dynamic graphic displays, such as bar graphs, can be enabled or disabled Bitmaps can be downloaded for each group address or scene Low-profile design, wall mounted without external fittings Neo Style Keypad © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5-5 5 Saturn Keypads incorporate a unique glass cover plate that creates a distinctive appearance. By virtue of the variety of button configurations available, one compact Saturn keypad can take the place of many single operation switches, ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers. Available in two-, four-, or six-button keypads, Saturn’s modern style is complemented by orange and blue LEDs that can instantly show the status of controlled devices. Requires plaster mud ring or single gang box with minimum internal width of 2.05”. LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Saturn™ Keypads C-Bus™ Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Table 5.6: Saturn and Neo Style DLT Keypads Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS SLC5085DLWE Saturn DLT White 966.00 SLC5085DLBK Saturn DLT Black 966.00 SLC5085DLCM Saturn DLT Cream 966.00 SLC5085DLBR Saturn DLT Mocha 966.00 SLC5055DLGB Neo DLT Brushed Aluminum 898.00 SLC5055DLWE Neo DLT White 898.00 SLC5055DLBK Neo DLT Black 898.00 SLC5055DLSG Neo DLT Soft Grey 898.00 SLC5055DLCM Neo DLT Cream 898.00 SLC5055DLDS Neo DLT Desert Sand 898.00 Table 5.7: Catalog No. DLT Keypad Accessories Catalog Description $ Price SLC5085DLFSS Saturn DLT cover plate, Stainless Steel 110.00 SLC5085DLFCM Saturn DLT cover plate, Cream 110.00 SLC5085DLFBK Saturn DLT cover plate, Black 110.00 SLC5085DLFBR Saturn DLT cover plate, Mocha 110.00 SLC5085DLFWE Saturn DLT cover plate, White 110.00 SLC5055DLFGB Neo DLT cover plate, Brushed Aluminum and Slate SLC5055DLFBR Neo DLT cover plate, Brown 12.00 SLC5055DLFCM Neo DLT cover plate, Cream 12.00 12.00 SLC5055DLFBK Neo DLT cover plate, Black 12.00 SLC5055DLFSG Neo DLT cover plate, Soft Gray 12.00 SLC5055DLFDS Neo DLT cover plate, Desert Sand 12.00 SLC5055DLFWE Neo DLT cover plate, White 12.00 Note: Color options for faceplates: Pure White (PW). Neo™ Decorator Keypads Neo Style Decorator Keypads provide the same features of a standard C-Bus keypad in a format designed to conserve horizontal wall space. • • • • • • Button configurations include multi-point switching, dimming, and scene control LED indicator reflects status of each button Built-in infrared receiver to allow operation from C-Bus handheld remote control Distinctive Neo styling designed to match standard Neo keypads and touchscreens Custom color combinations available on request Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6 Table 5.8: Neo Decorator Keypad Neo Decorator Keypad Assembly (order face plates separately) Catalog No. Description $ Price Neo Decorator 1 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately) SLC5051NLM(XX) 1 button decorator keypad 386.00 Neo Decorator 2 button keypad (order cover plate separately) SLC5052NLM(XX) 2 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum 408.00 Neo Decorator 3 button keypad (order cover plate separately) SLC5053NLM(XX) 3 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum 430.00 Neo Decorator 4 button keypad (order cover plate separately) SLC5054NLM(XX) 4 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum 452.00 Neo Decorator Blanking Plate (order cover plate separately) SLC5850BP(XX) Neo blanking plate 14.00 Note: Designate colors (XX), when placing order for Neo style decorator keypads. GB – Brushed, WE – White, CM – Cream, SG – Soft Grey, DS – Desert Sand, BK – Black, BR – Brown, LA – Light Almond, VY – Ivory. Saturn™ Decorator Keypads Saturn Style Decorator Keypads provide the same features of a standard C-Bus keypad in a format designed to conserve horizontal wall space. • • • • • Button configurations include multi-point switching, dimming, and scene control LED indicator reflect status of each button Built-in infrared receiver to allow operation from C-Bus remote controllers Distinctive Saturn styling designed to match standard Saturn keypads and touchscreens Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6 Table 5.9: Saturn Decorator Keypad Assembly (order face plates separately) Catalog No. Saturn Decorator Keypad 5-6 Description $ Price Saturn Decorator 1 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately) SLC5081NLM(XX) 1 button deco Saturn keypad, White 526.00 Saturn Decorator 2 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately) SLC5082NLM(XX) 2 button deco Saturn keypad, White 538.00 Saturn Decorator 3 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately) SLC5083NLM(XX) 3 button deco Saturn keypad, White 548.00 Saturn Decorator 4 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately) SLC5084NLM(XX) 4 button deco Saturn keypad, White 556.00 Blanking Plates SLC5880BPPG(XX) Saturn Blanking Plate 24.00 Note: Designate colors (XX), when placing order for Saturn style decorator keypads. WE – White, PW – Pure White, CM – Cream, BK – Black, BR – Brown. DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us • • • • Sleek, smooth contemporary architectural styling enhances fine decor Screwless design for easy placement Two piece kit allows easy retrofit Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6 Table 5.10: Neo Decorator Style Cover Plates (order keypad assemblies separately) Catalog No. Description $ Price Neo Decorator Cover Plate 1 ganga SLC5051GA(XX) 1 gang wallplate 14.00 Neo Decorator Cover Plate 2 ganga SLC5052GA(XX) 2 gang wallplate 18.00 Neo Decorator Cover Plate 3 ganga SLC5053GA(XX) 3 gang wallplate 22.00 Neo Decorator Cover Plate 4 ganga SLC5054GA(XX) 4 gang wallplate 26.00 a Cover plate assembly includes inner and outer surrounds. Wall plate ordering (Order keypads separately). Order numbers for the Neo decorator style wall plates indicate the gang number desired on the wall plate and the color of the wall plate itself. Color codes are: Slate (1), White (2), Cream (3), Soft gray (4), Desert sand (5), Black (6), Brown (7), Brushed aluminum (8), and Gold (9). For example, SLC505(1)GA(51) represents an order fo a Neo decorator style wall plate in one gang configuration, with a Desert sand outer surround and a slate inner surround. Neo Decorator Style Cover Plate Table 5.11: Saturn Decorator Style Cover Plates (order keypad assemblies separately) Catalog No. Description $ Price Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 1 gangb SLC5081GAPG(XX) 1 gang wallplate Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 2 gangb SLC5082GAPG(XX) 2 gang wallplate Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 3 gangb SLC5083GAPG(XX) 3 gang wallplate Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 4 gangb SLC5084GAPG(XX) 4 gang wallplate b To specify color, add corresponding alpha codes. Black = BK, White = WE, Cream = CM, Mocha = BR. Example SLC5081GAPG(WE) = Saturn Decorator 1 gang, White 24.00 28.00 38.00 45.00 Touch screens 2 Gang Saturn Decorator Style Cover Plate C-Bus Touch screens are unified wall-mounted panels for controlling lighting systems and accessories with the touch of a finger. They come in both monochromatic (Mark II) and color screen versions. Compact yet powerful, touch screens offer an attractive alternative to multiple single operation switches, ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers which can clutter up even the nicest wall. Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen • • • • • • • • • Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen with Cream Saturn style cover plate Control screens support multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, scheduling, and scenes with multiple loads. Preset scenes and functions automate the task of adjusting lighting levels to different lamps and fixtures. RS-232 port for third party device integration through the built in Logic Engine Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light Clean-lined low-profile touch screen can be wall-mounted without external fittings Infrared receiver for remote control Stores up to 250 scenes with 100 group addresses each. Scenes can be triggered directly from the touch screen or any other device on C-Bus Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen (desktop model) • • • • • • • Screen swivels and pivots for optimal viewing Control screens support multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, scheduling, and scenes wtih multiple loads. Preset screens and functions automate the task of adjusting lighting levels to different lamps and fixtures. Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light Infrared receiver for remote control Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen desktop model © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5-7 5 C-Bus decorator style wall plates add a touch of flair to any décor. Available in either Neo or Saturn styling. LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Neo and Saturn Style Decorator Face Plates C-Bus™ Lighting Control Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Table 5.12: Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Mark II B/W Touch Screen SLC5050CTL2xx Mark II w/Neo Style Cover Plate SLC5080CTL2xx Mark II w/Saturn Style Cover Plate SLC5000CTL2SS Mark II w/Stainless Steel Cover Plate Mark II Touch Screen Desktop Model SLC5000CTD2xx Mark II Desktop Touch Screen xx = color code / WE–White, BK–Black 2439.00 2499.00 2499.00 1920.00 Spectrum Touch Screen SLC5000CTCL2 Spectrum Base Unit Only 2106.47 SLC5000CTCL2xx Spectrum w/non-stylized plastic Cover Plate 2374.45 SLC5050CTCL2xx Spectrum w/Neo Style Cover Plate 2341.17 SLC5080CTCL2xx Spectrum w/Saturn Style Cover Plate 2386.69 SLCBS5000CTCL2 Spectrum w/Stainless Steel Cover Plate 2232.47 SLCBB5000CTCL2 Spectrum w/Brass Cover Plate 2265.22 xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab, PW – Pure Whiteb. Spectrum Desktop Model SLC5000CTCD2xx Spectrum Desktop Touch Screen xx = color code / WE–White, BK–Black Accessories 2365.61 Mark II / Spectrum Accessories SLC5000CT2WB Wall box for Mark II / Spectrum Touch Screen 68.00 SLC5080CT2Fxx Replacement Cover Plate, Saturn style 280.22 SLC5000CT2FSS Replacement Cover Plate, Stainless Steel 126.00 SLC5050CT2Fxx Replacement Cover Plate, Neo style 187.76 xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab, PW – Pure Whiteb. a Neo only. b Saturn only. Color touch screen • • • • • • • • Built-in RJ-45 Ethernet and C-Bus network, RS-232, and USB terminals Touch sensitive 6.4 inch (640 x 480) color LCD panel Control screens support multi-point switching Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light Clean-lined low-profile touch screen can be wall-mounted without external fittings Infrared receiver for remote control Table 5.13: Color touchscreen in Neo style Brushed Aluminum and Slate Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price Color Touch Screen SLC5050CTCxx Color touch screen w/Neo style Cover Plate SLC5080CTC2xx Color Touch Screen w/Saturn style Cover Plate Color Touch Screen Accessories SLC5000CTCRM Plasterboard Bracket for Color Touch Screen SLC5000CTCNA Nail Bracket for Color Touch Screen SLC5000CTCWB Wall box for Color Touch Screen SLC5000CTCPS Power supply for Color Touch Screen SLC5080CTCFxx Replacement Cover Plate, Saturn style SLC5050CTCFxx Replacement Cover Plate, Neo style xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab. a Neo only. b Saturn only. 8480.00 8480.00 90.00 60.00 68.00 263.00 356.00 29.00 Wiser™ Home Controller The Wiser Home Controller is the missing piece of the smart home puzzle, enhancing the capabilities and connectivity of the C-Bus network. Its easy-to-use graphical user interface (GUI) provides access to the home C-Bus network and all of your electrical, multimedia, and telecommunication needs. This same GUI can be installed across multiple control devices, such as mobile phones, TVs with Microsoft® Windows® Media® Center, personal computers, and web tablets, in addition to the C-Bus range of touch screens and keypads. No matter where you are, the Wiser Home Controller allows you to monitor and control your home environment locally or remotely over the internet. Wiser Home Controller Features • • • • • • • Ethernet and Wi-Fi based controller for your C-Bus system Built-in Ethernet router and Wi-Fi access point Support for lighting, air-conditioning, multi-room audio, alarms, cameras, and other equipment Built-in scene, scheduling, and logic programming modules Allows remote reprogramming from outside the home/building by installers Common, intuitive interface for all devices Mobile phone and web-enabled device control Table 5.14: 5-8 Order Information Description Catalog Number Wiser Home Controller WHC-5918 DE-8 $ Price 1505.00 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Multi Room Audio Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Extend the capabilities of a C-Bus system by incorporating award winning multi-room audio into your next project. Multi-room audio augments a C-Bus lighting control system, providing high quality sound throughout a home or business. C-Bus multi-room audio readily integrates with other C-Bus controls, providing a single source for audio and lighting from a single keypad or touch screen. Sound is distributed throughout the home through the Matrix Switcher and routed to local amplifiers. A typical C-Bus Multi Room Audio system distributes up to four analog audio inputs, five if an Audio Distribution Unit is used, and one optical input. These inputs are distributed up to 8 zones, each consisting of one or more amplifier. Additionally, each amplifier is capable of accepting a local analog audio input, providing up to six stereo audio channels for each amplifier. LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS C-Bus Multi Room Audio Matrix Switcher Matrix Switcher The C-Bus™ Audio Matrix Switcher provides a revolutionary means for distributing audio throughout a home. This Matrix Switcher provides up to eight zones of audio output from four source inputs. The C-Bus Matrix Switcher allows you to send streaming audio programs to the audio zones from a variety of sources, including a local area network (LAN), or a USB memory stick (Model: SLC5608842E). In addition, it will also allow connection of a portable music player directly to the Matrix Switcher’s front audio panel. Audio sources can be selected from the front panel or by any C-Bus™ input device such as touch screens or keypads. The Matrix Switcher is ideally suited for multi-room audio and structured wiring systems. Keypads and other C-Bus™ devices connect to the Matrix Switcher via CAT-5 modular jacks. Outputs to remote and desktop amplifiers are made with low voltage wiring. In addition to the six source inputs, two mono broadcast annunciation inputs are provided for connection to intercoms or other systems. Broadcast annunciation input can be given priority over other source inputs and features fully adjustment volume and over-stepping mute features. • • • Low Power Amplifier • • • • • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Suitable for 19” Rack Mount with rack mount ears provided. Each Matrix Switcher can distribute digital audio to up to 8 MRA amplifiers. You can install up to 3 Matrix Switchers on a C-Bus network. The Matrix Switcher can provide power for the attached amplifiers via the Digital Audio cables. You can connect an external power supply to an amplifier to increase its audio power output. The choice of the audio program for an amplifier can be made at the Matrix Switcher or in the audio zone. You can use C-Bus input devices to choose the source and to adjust volume, tone and muting. The Dual AM/FM tuners inside the Matrix Switcher can distribute preset station choices to any of the audio zones. Distributes streaming audio from several sources using the C-Bus Ripple software application running on a networked PC. You can connect up to 4 stereo analogue line-level inputs to the Matrix Switcher. If you need to add another source input, you can install an MRA Distribution Unit and power supply. Compatible with C-Bus devices. DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5-9 C-Bus™ Multi Room Audio Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Remote Amplifiers LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Desktop Amplifier C-Bus Multi Room Amplifiers provide efficient, high fidelity audio to individual rooms. Available in either desktop or remote mount versions, these amplifiers are specifically designed to operate on the C-Bus network as an extension of a lighting control system, without third party gateways or custom integration. This means the ability to control amplifiers with the same keypad or touch screen used to control lighting levels. When combined with the C-Bus Matrix Switcher, these amplifiers deliver excellent stereo sound. Connections are provided for up to two sets of 8 ohm speakers. Both desktop and remote amplifiers provide a local input connection for attaching to CD or mp3 players, etc. In addition, the desktop amplifier will accept remote commands via its infrared receiver. Infrared remote included. • • • • • • • • • 10 Watt digital efficient stereo amplifier, 25 Watts when connected to local power supply (optional) Super quiet design On board 8 ohm loudspeaker connections Local source input — RCA jack C-Bus connection (connects with CAT-5 cable) Volume control (desktop model) On-board IR receiver (desktop model) Stereo headphone connection (desktop model) Infrared remote included (desktop model only) Audio Distribution Unit Audio Distribution Unit The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit is an optional device that can be used in conjunction with the C-Bus Multi Room Audio System to further enhance C-Bus enabled audio product family. The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit distributes a single digitized stereo audio input source to multiple locations via amplifiers wired in a parallel format. Functions such as Volume, Bass, Treble and Balance can be adjusted from a C-Bus input device at any of the audio output locations. The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit converts a single analog stereo audio input to a digital audio output. That output can then be connected to the Matrix Switcher as an additional input or to the C-Bus Desktop or Remote Amplifier as a stand-alone configuration. • • • • • • Distributes a single stereo audio source to C-Bus Audio Amplifiers via a digitized signal over Cat-5 cable Does not require any C-Bus programming (hardware only) One stereo analog audio source input (2 X RCA) One digital audio output Output can be looped between C-Bus Audio Amplifiers IR emitter port Table 5.15: C-Bus Multi Room Audio Components Catalog No. SLC560110R SLC5608842 Indoor Ceiling Mount Speakers Catalog Description $ Price Low Power Amplifier, rack mountable TBD Matrix Switcher w/4 stereo analog inputs, 2 internal AM/FM tuners, IR input and target connections. Up to 8 MRA Zones. 4599.00 Matrix Switcher w/4 stereo analog inputs, 2 internal AM/FM tuners, IR input and target connections. Audio streaming using a LAN or SLC5608842E 4274.10 USB source. Up to 8 MRA Zones. SLC560125D Desktop Amplifier 1908.15 SLC560125R Remote Amplifier 1609.79 SLC560011 Audio Distribution Unit 790.41 SLC5600P24500S Amp External Power Supply (only needed if Audio distribution unit is used to provide an additional digital input for the Matrix Switcher) 53.22 Accessories SLC5600P241250 Low Power Amplifier Power Supply TBD SLC560110E Low Power Amplifier Enclosure (used for linking up to 4 amplifiers/enclosures together for mounting in a 19” rack) TBD SLC560110MB Low Power Amplifier Wall Mounting Bracket TBD SLC5600P243750T Audio Amplifier Power Supply 445.93 SLC560125MB Remote Amplifier Mounting Bracket 42.24 Audio Speakers C-Bus Audio Speakers are available as indoor or outdoor models and are designed to be used with home theater, multi-room, and outdoor audio applications. The indoor speakers come in wall or ceiling mount versions that are installed with the front of the speaker flush with the mounting surface. The indoor/outdoor speakers are available in black or white and can be placed on a shelf or hung on a surface by using the included bracket. Indoor Wall Mount Speakers • • • • • • • • • Flush-mount, shelf-mount, and surface-mount models Indoor and outdoor models High-impact plastic components and powder coated metal grills produce a long-lasting unit suitable for indoor and outdoor use 8 ohm impedance Available with Kevlar™ (indoor units only) or polypropylene drivers (indoor and outdoor units) for high-quality sound in all applications All models are off the floor, saving floor space Indoor/Outdoor Speakers have a pre-installed, removable mounting bracket Indoor/Outdoor Speakers can be placed on a shelf or hung from a surface by their bracket (included) Tracing/painting template included Table 5.16: Catalog No. Indoor/Outdoor Speakers 5-10 SLC5600IWP SLC5600IWK SLC5600ICP SLC5600ICK SLC5600ODPBK SLC5600ODPWE Multi-Room Audio Speakers Catalog Description $ Price In-Wall Polypropylene speakers In-Wall Kevlar speakers In-Ceiling Polypropylene speakers In-Ceiling Kevlar speakers Outdoor Black speakers Outdoor White speakers DE-8 429.58 560.00 408.53 521.09 468.30 468.30 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Multi Room Audio and Thermostats Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us C-Bus remote controls are designed for use with C-Bus keypads, multi-sensors, and touch screens. available in both four and eight button versions, these remotes have a range up to 50 feet (line of sight). The universal remote control unit allows a single remote control unit to replace various other remotes including VCRs, CD players, DVRs, and TVs. Up to sixteen remote control codes are supported. Table 5.17: Handheld Remote Controls Catalog No. SLC5084TX SLC5088TX SLC5030URC Catalog Description Handheld infrared remote 4 button Handheld infrared remote 8 button Handheld universal remote control $ Price 200.00 400.00 440.00 5 Universal remote control 8 button remote control Single and 4 Zone Network Thermostats C-Bus Thermostats are used to regulate the air temperature of zones by controlling heating-ventilation-air conditioning (HVAC) equipment. The air temperature is monitored by the unit’s temperature sensor or optionally via an external C-Bus temperature sensor. C-Bus single and programmable 4 Zone Thermostats may operate as stand alone devices, or be controlled via other C-Bus devices such as wall switches or touch screens. Programmable 4 Zone Thermostats can schedule up to four set points during a day, and unique schedules can be programmed for each day of the week. Both models include setback mode, (saves power by using a wider acceptable temperature range within which heating or cooling is not performed) and temperature guard, (ensures the temperature is maintained within a specified temperature range). 4 Zone Thermostat • • • • • • • • • • Easy to read, large LCD display Control by keypads and other devices on the C-Bus network Available in black, white and stainless steel fascias Setback mode Temperature guard mode Internal Timer Daily schedule set points (4 Zone model) Display temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit RWG interface (relay models only) Easily configured by using the Clipsal Toolkit software program Table 5.18: Single and 4 Zone Network Thermostats Catalog No. Single Zone Thermostat © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Hand Held Remote Controls Catalog Description $ Price SLC5070THBWE Single Zone, White, no relay 649.00 SLC5070THPWE 4 Zone, White, no relay 799.00 SLC5070THBBK Single Zone, Black, no relay 649.00 SLC5070THPBK 4 Zone, Black, no relay 799.00 SLC5070THBSS Single Zone, Stainless, no relay 649.00 SLC5070THPSS 4 Zone, Stainless, no relay 799.00 SLC5070THBRWE Single Zone w/relay, White 724.00 SLC5070THPRWE 4 Zone w/relay, White 899.00 SLC5070THBRBK Single Zone w/relay, Black 724.00 SLC5070THPRBK 4 Zone w/relay, Black 899.00 SLC5070THBRSS Single Zone w/relay, Stainless 724.00 SLC5070THPRSS 4 Zone w/relay, Stainless 899.00 Remote Temperature Sensor 298.00 SLC5031RDTSL DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5-11 C-Bus™ Sensors Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Light Level Sensor LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS The C-Bus Light-Level Sensor measures ambient light levels and automatically issues ON, OFF, or ramp commands over a C-Bus network. The light-level sensor can control relays, dimmers, or remotely operated circuit breakers, changing their status according to pre-set ambient lighting targets. The C-Bus light-level sensor has a dynamic range between 5-150 foot candles, and compensates for noise and rapid light intensity fluctuations. Outdoor Light Level Sensor Light Level Sensor 360o Indoor PIR Sensor C-Bus Outdoor Light-Level Sensor measures ambient light levels and automatically issues ON/OFF or ramp commands over a C-Bus network to maintain outdoor lighting levels. Primarily designed for outdoor use, this light-level sensor is also suitable for indoor setting in which a water resistant casing is desirable. The light-level sensor can control up to two C-Bus group addresses: one address controls ON/OFF switching of a lamp circuit according to a pre-determined ambient light level, while the other is used to continuously regulate the light-level output of any number of lampsl The target light level, the margin, and other sensor options are easily configured by using the C-Bus Toolkit software. • • • • • • Outdoor use, wall- and ceiling-mounted low-profile unit Can maintain a constant illumination level of 5-150 footcandles Adjustable lumin setpoint Control of up two C-Bus group addresses Sensors receive data and power over a single C-Bus twisted-pair cable, so they do not require power packs or line-voltage connections 180° field of view Table 5.19: C-Bus Light Level Sensor Catalog No. Catalog Description SLC5031PE SLC5031PEWP $ Price Light level sensor, 0–150 Foot-candles, Indoor 208.00 Light Level Sensor, 5–150 Foot-candles, Outdoor 278.00 Occupancy Sensors C-Bus occupancy sensors are available for both indoor and outdoor applications. All C-Bus sensors incorporate reliable passive infrared detection (PIR) circuits for occupancy detection along with integral light level sensors to prevent switching of lights if sufficient ambient light is present. Sensors feature programmable adjustments for sensitivity and time delay, walk test LED for commissioning and optical bandpass filtering with dual element detectors to minimize false triggering. • • Outdoor PIR Sensor 90o Indoor PIR Sensor • • 90° Indoor sensors are intended for wall or ceiling mounting. These sensors have a continuous detection field of 400 square feet and a 90° field of view. 360° Indoor sensors are intended for flush mounting in drop ceilings. They have a minor motion detection field of 800 square feet making them ideal for use in offices, copier rooms, closets, and restrooms where it can be mounted in the center of the detection area. 360° Multi-Sensors combine a passive infrared receiver (PIR) for occupancy sensing, a light-level sensor, and an infrared remote receiver into a small, highly versatile unit. The multi-sensor’s 2.8 inch face diameter makes it unobtrusive and ideally suited for flush mounting on the ceiling with effective IR coverage up to 800 square feet. The built-in IR receiver accepts commands from an optional handheld remote controller, making the sensor ideal for classrooms and conference room areas. Outdoor PIR Motion Sensor combines reliable thermal-radiation-based control of lighting with rugged construction suitable for outdoor requirements. The unit’s advanced circuits and flat multisegmented lens provide coverage of up to 3000 square feet in a 110° field of view. Table 5.20: C-Bus Occupancy Sensors Catalog No. Catalog Description SLC5750WPL 360o PIR Multi Sensor $ Price Occupancy sensor, multi, outdoor, 110 deg 283.00 SLC5751L Occupancy sensor, PIR, indoor, 90 deg 227.00 SLC5753L Occupancy sensor, PIR, indoor, 360 deg 213.00 SLC5753PEIRL Occupancy sensor, multi, indoor, 360 deg 268.00 Auxiliary Input Unit C-Bus Four-Channel Auxiliary Input Units increase the versatility of the C-Bus network by facilitating remote access with any dry-contact switch mechanism. DIN-rail mounted for quick installation, the auxiliary unit can be configured with standard C-Bus control functions such as remote scene triggering, ON/OFF, toggle, dimmer, or timer. • • • • • • • Provides four isolated inputs for external voltage-free mechanical switches Control options include remote scene triggering, ON/OFF, toggle, dimmer, or timer operations LEDs indicate operational status of each channel Standard built-in C-Bus network connectors: (2) RJ-45 Non-volatile memory stores operating status for recovery from a power outage DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H) Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink™ NF3000G3C controller Four-Channel Auxiliary Input unit 5-12 DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Input Units and Relays Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us Four-Channel General Input Units measure TTL digital and real-world analog quantities and generate messages about the measurements to the C-Bus network. By acting as an interface with various external sensors, the general input unit enables integration of the C-Bus network with a variety of system types, such as those for HVAC and for power monitoring. Configuration options include selectable input types, eight adjustable decision thresholds per channel, definable actions, selectable filtering, broadcast rates, and a separate hysteresis value per channel. • • General Input unit • • 5 • • • Measures TTL digital quantities including voltage, current, or resistance from external sensors such as light level, pressure, and temperature Four channels of input, each with an adjustable hysteresis value, eight decision thresholds, and a software-selectable input value transformation in the form y =ax +b Input channels are compatible with a range of third-party sensors Control functions include load switching, dimming, trigger applications, enable control applications, and measurement applications Includes 120 V/24 Vdc power pack Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85mm) tall Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink NF3000G3C controller LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS General Input Unit Bus Couplers CLIPSAL 5104BCL Bus Coupler 1 2 3 4 Bus Couplers provide an interface between dry-contact mechanical switches and the C-Bus network. Available in two-and four-channel models, the bus coupler is small enough to be used in restricted spaces such as wall boxes with existing switches. Configuration options include standard control functions such as ON/OFF, toggle, dimmers, and timers. • • • Four-Channel Bus Coupler • • • Provides two or four non-isolated inputs for external voltage-free mechanical switches. Two-channel units feature independent remote LED outputs Two-way removable terminal block for the C-Bus connection Receives data and power over a network, so it does not require power packs or line voltage connections Scene capabilities 2.2”(L) x 1.9”(W) x 0.7”(H) Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink NF3000G3C controller Table 5.21: Input Units Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price SLCLE5504AUX 4 Channel auxiliary input unit 544.00 SLCE5504TGI 4 Channel general input unit 1194.00 SLC5102BCLEDL 2 Channel bus coupler 212.00 SLC5104BCL 4 Channel bus coupler 243.00 Relays C-Bus Relay Units are intended for switching resistive, inductive, fluorescent and incandescent low-voltage loads. Relay units are designed to be mounted in suitable DIN style enclosures. Relay units feature: • • • • • • Local toggle buttons to allow individual channels to be toggled Remote ON and OFF facilities permitting all channels to be turned ON or OFF without C-Bus Network communications Two (2) Convenient built-in C-Bus network connectors (RJ-45) LED Indicators to show the status of the network and the unit Units available both with and without a 200ma power supply on-board. Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink™ NF3000G3C controller Changeover Relay C-Bus 2A Changeover Relays are designed to operate three-speed motors and two-way motor control devices. Some of their most common applications include operating motorized blinds, shutters, curtains and skylights (open/closed) where they provide a much simpler alternative to traditional and obtrusive relay interlocking systems. • • • • Four (4) isolated independently operating relay channels 120 Vac and 277 Vac units 2A motor rating Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85mm) tall Table 5.22: Changeover Relay Changeover Relays Catalog No. SLC5504TRVFC $ Price 1100.00 SLC5504TRVFCP 4 Channel Changeover Relay, 125 V, without power supply 1010.00 SLC5504HRVFC 4 Channel Changeover Relay, 277 V, with power supply 1100.00 4 Channel Changeover Relay, 277 V, without power supply 1010.00 SLC5504HRVFCP © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Catalog Description 4 Channel Changeover Relay, 125 V, with power supply DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5-13 C-Bus™ Relay Units and Dimmers Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 10 Amp Relay C-Bus 10A Relays feature a zero crossing magnetically latching relay designed for switching the harsh electrical loads associated with today’s high efficiency lighting systems. LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS • • • • Four (4) or twelve (12) independently operating voltage free relay contacts 120 Vac and 277 Vac units 10 A rating Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall Table 5.23: 10 Amp Relay Catalog No. Catalog Description SLC5512TRVF 4-Channel 10 A Relay SLC5512TRVFP SLC5504TRVF $ Price 12 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A with power supply 2168.00 12 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A without power supply 1973.00 4 Channel Relay, 120 V,10 A with power supply 1043.00 SLC5504TRVFP 4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A without power supply SLC5512HRVF 12 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A with power supply 2168.00 12 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A without power supply 1973.00 4 Channel Relay, 277 V,10 A with power supply 1043.00 SLC5512HRVFP SLC5504HRVF SLC5504HRVFP 843.00 4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A without power supply 843.00 20 Amp Relay C-Bus 20 A Relays feature a zero crossing magnetically latching relay designed for switching the harsh electrical loads associated with today’s high efficiency lighting systems. • • • • 4-Channel 20 A Relay Four (4) independently operating voltage free relay contacts 120 Vac and 277 Vac units 20 A rating Dimensions: 8.46 in. (215 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall Table 5.24: 20 Amp Relay Catalog No. Catalog Description SLC5504TRVF20 $ Price 4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 20 A with power supply 1320.00 SLC5504TRVF20P 4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 20 A without power supply 1142.00 SLC5504HRVF20 4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 20 A with power supply 1320.00 4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 20 A without power supply 1142.00 SLC5504HRVF20P 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay The C-Bus 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay is a C-Bus output device that controls up to eight low voltage relay channels. The unit is powered from C-Bus and requires no other power source. The 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay can be used in many low voltage applications including controlling irrigation solenoids and low voltage damper solenoids for HVAC control. The unit can also be used in integrating 3rd party equipment through pulse signal controls. • • • 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay 8 channels of 2 A switched loads @ 30 Vac/dc 8 channels are all isolated change over relays Control of 3rd party products Table 5.25: 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay Catalog No. Catalog Description SLC5108RELVP $ Price 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay 298.00 Phase Angle Dimmers C-Bus Phase Angle Dimmers are intended for controlling incandescent and compatible lowvoltage and florescent lighting. Each of the unit’s channels can independently control loads to create dynamic lighting scenes. These dimmer units automatically compensate for voltage and frequency fluctuations and employ advanced phase-control techniques to reduce flicker and increase lamp life. • Phase Angle Dimmer with Power Supply 5-14 • • • Four (4) independent channels supporting up to 4 A continuous load per channel, eight (8) independent channels supporting up to 2 A continuous load per channel Units available both with and without a 200 mA power supply on-board. 120 Vac Dimensions: 8.46 in. (215 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Dimmer Units and System Units Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us C-Bus Professional Dimmers can control incandescent and compatible low-voltage and florescent lighting. These dimmers are ideal for larger heavily loaded circuits. Each channel provides independent dimming and incorporates thermal overload and over-current protection. These dimmer units automatically compensate for voltage and frequency fluctuations and employ advanced phase-control techniques to reduce flicker and increase lamp life. An optional terminal box is available for conduit connections. Configuration options include network monitoring of the channel load and network voltages, adjustable delays for dimming levels, and master override. Specialized dimming modes—soft turn on/off and linear brightness control Built-in power supply sources 60 mA to the C-Bus network Individual channels can be turned On/Off at the unit or via C-Bus commands LEDs indicate the status of the network at the unit and the status of the unit’s load and power Optional terminal box for connecting conduit 120 Vac Dimensions: 7.5 in. (190 mm) wide x 3.0 in. (75 mm) deep x 7.7 in. (195 mm) tall Table 5.26: C-Bus Dimmers Catalog No. SLC5504TD4A SLC5504TD4AP SLC5508TD2A SLC5508TD2AP Professional Dimmer SLC5104TD5 SLC5102TD10 SLC5101TD20 SLCU5100TB Catalog Description $ Price 4 x 4 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 4 A, with power supply 4 x 4 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 4 A, without power supply 8 x 2 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 2 A, with power supply 8 x 2 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 2 A, without power supply 1024.00 800.00 1024.00 800.00 4 x 5 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply 2 x 10 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply 1 x 20 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply Termination box for SLCLU510X Series dimmer units 1926.00 1926.00 1926.00 78.00 5 • • • • • • • 0–10 V Dimming Unit The C-Bus Analog Output Unit provides four channels of analog 0–10 Vdc for controlling electronically dimmable fluorescent lighting ballasts. • • • • Produces four independently controllable channels of 0–10 Vdc for controlling dimmable flourescent lighting ballasts, or other 0–10 V controllable loads Individual channels can be turned ON/OFF at unit, via C-Bus commands, and through a remote override option 120 V or 277 Vac models available DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H) Table 5.27: Catalog No. 4 Channel 0–10 V Dimmer Unit SLCLE5504TAMP SLCLE5504HAMP Catalog Description 4 Channel 0–10 V Output, 120 V 4 Channel 0–10 V Output, 277 V $ Price 624.00 624.00 DALI Gateway The C-Bus Digital Addressable Lighting Interface (DALI) Gateway provides an isolated two-way communications path between a C-Bus network and two DALI networks, making it possible to use C-Bus devices to control DALI ballasts. • • • • Provides two-way communications between C-Bus and DALI networks, routing selected messages from one to the other Unit is transparent and invisible to DALI ballasts Receives data and power over the network, so the unit does not require power packs or line-voltage connections DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H) Table 5.28: Catalog No. DALI Gateway SLC5502DAL Catalog Description 2 Channel DALI Gateway $ Price 1014.00 DMX Gateway The C-Bus DMX Gateway is a DIN rail mounted unit that maps C-Bus Group Addresses and levels to a DMX512 A interface. The C-Bus DMX Gateway is a one way device. It permits C-Bus input devices such as keypads, DLTs and PIRs to control lighting devices with DMX interface capabilities. These include many manufacturers of LED fixtures and theatrical lighting equipment. • • • • Includes DMX interface (bootlace connnectors to 5-pin female XLR) DMX Master device Receives data and power over the C-Bus network, so the unit does not require a line voltage connection DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4” (L) x 2.8” (W) x 2.6” (H) Table 5.29: Catalog No. SLC5500DMX Catalog Description C-Bus to DMX Gateway $ Price 936.00 Network Bridge The C-Bus Network Bridge provides a communication channel between C-Bus units on separate networks, expanding the total number of units that can be configured, controlled, and monitored. • • • • • • Increases transmission distances by acting as a repeater station for data transmission Expands the total number of C-Bus devices that can operate on the system by isolating devices to individual networks Indicates each network’s status level Uses built-in connectors to connect to a C-Bus network Compatible with Powerlink G3 3000C controller and all C-Bus components, including keypads, sensors, and dimmers DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H) Network Bridge © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 5-15 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Professional Dimmer C-Bus™ System Units Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Power Supply The C-Bus Power Supply is specifically designed to operate with the C-Bus network as a power source for passive C-Bus devices. Up to five power supplies can be connected to a single C-Bus network. LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS • • • • • • Power Supply Available in 120 and 277 Vac models Regulating power supply compensates for line voltage and frequency variations, so there is constant output Sources up to 350 mA to the C-Bus network UL listed to operate in parallel with other Clipsal power supplies, up to five on a single C-Bus network Incorporates short circuit and reverse polarity protection DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H) PC Interface The C-Bus PC Interface (PCI) expands options for configuring, controlling, and monitoring C-Bus networks by providing an interface between the network and a personal computer (PC). The C-Bus PCI module easily mounts to a DIN rail and connects to the C-Bus network. Power to the unit is provided through the C-Bus network. Serial • • • • Unit/Comms LED shows the status of the unit’s power and of any data transmissions Three RS-232 serial connectors for connecting to a PC or to external devices: (1) 9-pin D-type serial connector (female) and (2) 8-pin RJ-45 connectors Two C-Bus network connector ports: RJ-45 sockets Data cable for connecting PCI and personal computer, including DB9 connectors USB PC Interface • • • • Unit/Comms LED shows the status of the unit’s power and of any data transmissions Two C-Bus network connector ports: RJ-45 sockets USB PC connection Data cable for connecting PCI and personal computer Pascal Automation Controller C-Bus Pascal Automation Controller (PAC) provides extended conditional and real-time event programming to C-Bus systems. The PAC supports a full range of programming commands including conditional logic, flow control variables and scheduling. Systems integrators will appreciate the built-in scheduling tools, scene tools, and wizards for creating basic logic programs. Full programming capabilities can be achieved utilizing the free-form script editor based off the pascal programming language. • • • • • Connects directly to C-Bus network Powered from the C-Bus network USB port for connection to personal computer (2) RS232 ports for third party device control Real time, astronomical and C-Bus system clock included with 24 hour internal capacitor backup and external 12 Vdc battery terminals Programming capabilities including: i.e. Conditional logic (if, then, and, or, not, etc.), Flow Control (for, repeat, while), Variables (integer, real, Boolean, character, string), Control and monitoring of group addresses, Control and monitoring of scenes. Ethernet Network Interface The C-Bus Ethernet Network Interface unit is a C-Bus system device designed to provide an isolated communications path between an Ethernet 10Base-T Network and a C-Bus Network. This allows high-speed control and monitoring of a C-Bus installation via the TCP/IP protocols used in computer networks and by the Internet. System integrators and installers will also benefit from having remote access to the system. With the C-Bus Ethernet Network Interface unit, access to a single or multiple networks can be as close as the nearest Ethernet connection. • • • • • Remote access to Clipsal systems Bridge multiple C-Bus networks together over LAN or WAN Fully supports all Clipsal commands Small size, mounts in standard DIN enclosure (4M wide) Includes 12 Vdc power supply Ethernet Network Interface Telephone Interface Unit C-Bus Telephone Interface Unit offers a dial-in and dial-out capability for control of a C-Bus system. Remote location override, monitoring, diagnostics and configuration of a C-Bus system is possible with this unit. The C-Bus Telephone Interface Unit is programmed using a connection to a PC running TICA (Telephone Interface Commissioning Application) configuration software. The interface can also act as a C-Bus PC Interface. The Telephone Interface Unit can be installed in a C-Bus 36 or 60M enclosure or as a wall mountable stand-alone item with connection to C-Bus. Telephone Interface Unit 5-16 • • • • • • • Remote location override Voice prompts and confirmation Password protected 32 supported devices Automatic dial out on present conditions Local or remote site access to C-Bus system Audio Out DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ System Units and Enclosures Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us The C-Bus Bar Code Reader allows installers and integrators to quickly scan C-Bus devices with serial numbers and import them into C-Bus Toolkit software. Using a USB connection to a PC, users can easily identify and track C-Bus Unit locations on a floorplan/network. Network Analyzer The C-Bus Analyzer is a C-Bus device designed to help an installer quickly analyze, detect, and troubleshoot potential problems on a C-Bus network. The device analyzes the network parameters and prompts the user for appropriate actions via its front LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicators. System Units Catalog No. SLC5500NB SLC5500TPS SLC5500HPS SLC5500PC SLC5500PCU SLC5500PACA SLC5500CN SLC5100TUS Catalog Description $ Price Network bridge 120 V Power supply, 350 mA 277 V Power supply, 350 mA RS-232 PC Interface USB PC Interface Pascal Automation Controller Ethernet Network Interface Telephone Interface Unit 663.00 500.00 500.00 488.00 488.00 586.00 664.00 898.00 Bar Code Reader C-Bus Network Analyzer 604.00 328.00 5 Table 5.30: Accessories SLC5100BCS SLC5100NA 8M Enclosure The 8M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications. Suitable for surface mounting, the 8M enclosure consists of a box with a cover and a DIN rail for mounting one 8M or two 4M C-Bus units. The enclosure also has provisions for mounting neutral and ground bars. 8M Enclosure • • • • • Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure Welded sheet steel with knockouts Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover DIN rail, suitable for mounting one 8M or two 4M C-Bus DIN modules 12M Enclosure The 12M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications that require physical proximity between DIN units and keypads, sensors or controlled loads. Suitable for surface mounting, the 12M enclosure consists of a box with a cover and a DIN rail for mounting three 4M C-Bus units, one 8M unit plus one 4M unit or one 12M unit. The enclosure also has factory mounted neutral and ground bars. 12M Enclosure • • • • • Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure Welded sheet steel with knockouts Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover DIN rail, suitable for mounting one 12M or three 4M C-Bus DIN modules 24M Enclosure The 24M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications that require physical proximity between DIN units and keypads, sensors or controlled loads. Suitable for surface mounting, the 24M enclosure consists of a box with a cover and two rows for mounting C-Bus DIN-mounted C-Bus units. Each row can hold one 12M unit, one 8M unit plus one 4M unit, or three 4M untis. The enclosure also has provisions for additional neutral and ground bars. 24M Enclosure • • • • • Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure Welded sheet steel with knockouts Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover DIN rail, suitable for mounting Clipsal DIN-mounted C-Bus units. Each row can hold one 12M unit, one 8M unit plus one 4M unit, or three 4M units 36M and 36MS Enclosure The 36M and 36MS enclosures provide a multi-purpose means for housing various C-Bus DIN-mounted devices. Suitable for flush or surface mounting, the enclosure consists of a mounting pan assembly, and a cover assembly. The box is to be ordered separately, allowing for its installation with the rough-in of field wiring. Enclosures feature: • • • • • • • NEMA 1 enclosure suitable for flush or surface mounting Welded sheet steel with knockouts Gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover 3 DIN mounting rails, each accommodating up to one 12M unit, one 8M unit with one 4M unit, or three 4M units Complete with barriers for separation of Class 2 circuits from line voltage (36M only) The 36MS offers a reduced footprint than the 36M 36M Enclosure © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Bar Code Reader 5-17 C-Bus™ Enclosures and System Devices www.schneider-electric.us 5 60M Enclosure LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS The 60M enclosure provides a means for housing DIN style relays and dimmers. Suitable for flush or surface mounting, the enclosure consists of a mounting pan assembly, and a cover assembly. The box is to be ordered separately, allowing for its installation with the rough-in of field wiring. Enclosures feature: • • • • • • NEMA 1 enclosure suitable for flush or surface mounting Welded sheet steel with knockouts Gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover 5 DIN mounting rails, each accommodating up to one 12M unit, one 8M unit with one 4M unit, or three 4M units Complete with barriers for separation of Class 2 circuits from line voltage Table 5.31: Enclosures and Accessories Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price 8M Enclosure SLC8M 12M Enclosure SLC12MSG 24M Enclosure SLC24MSG C-Bus single row enclosure, surface mount 110.00 C-Bus single row enclosure, surface mount 120.00 C-Bus dual row enclosure, surface mount 240.00 C-Bus box for small three row interior C-Bus small three row interior with flush gray cover C-Bus small three row interior with flush white cover C-Bus small three row interior surface mount gray cover 120.00 690.00 690.00 690.00 C-Bus box for three and five row interiors C-Bus three row interior with gray cover, flush mount C-Bus three row interior with white cover, flush mount C-Bus three row interior surface gray 136.00 740.00 740.00 740.00 36MS Enclosure SLC36SC SLC36MSFG SLC36MSFW SLC36MSSG 36M Enclosure SLC36C SLC36MFG SLC36MFW SLC36MSG 60M Enclosure SLC36C SLC60MFG SLC60MFW SLC60MSG Accessories PK7GTA PKGTAB SLC4CSF8 C-Bus box for three and five row interiors C-Bus five row interior with gray cover, flush mount C-Bus five row interior with white cover, flush mount C-Bus five row interior surface gray 136.00 1233.00 1233.00 1233.00 Ground/Neutral Bar Neutral Insulator Kit Filler Plate, 4M 7.80 29.20 18.00 Area Lighting Panels C-Bus Area lighting Panels are ideally suited to meet lighting control energy code requirements in classrooms, offices and other small spaces. Area Lighting Panels are designed to be used with C-Bus input units, including: keypads, sensors (occupancy and light level detection) and touch screens. A simple CAT-5 cable is all that is required for connecting of these devices. C-Bus Area Lighting Panels provide on/off switching, stepped dimming or continuous dimming. All relays feature rugged 20 A rated contacts for switching electronic ballast loads. Models with continuous dimming capabilities are available with phase angle or 0–10 V control. C-Bus Area Lighting Panels can operate independently or as part of an entire facility wide lighting control system. Enclosures can easily be mounted in electrical closets or in ceiling spaces. They include all necessary connections and are UL® Listed. Area Lighting Panels can also be used in conjunction with Powerlink™ panels. Area Lighting Panel • • • • • • • • Relay models: Four (4) or Eight (8) channel relay outputs, rated 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer Model: Four (4) channels of 4 A outputs for incandescent lighting loads. 0–10 V outputs available for control of compatible 0–10 V dimmable fluorescent ballasts, or LED drivers Integral neutral and ground bar terminal strips Meets NEC 300.22 requirements to be installed above ceilings and other spaces that handle environmental air Bypass mode to facilitate quick start up Meets NEC Article 409 UL Listed 508 A Table 5.32: C-Bus Area Lighting Panels Catalog No. Description $ Price 4 Channel 20 A Relay Models SLCZ042000T 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supplya SLCZ042000H 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supplya SLCZ042000TP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply SLCZ042000HP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply 1769.00 1769.00 1675.00 1675.00 8 Channel 20 A Relay Models SLCZ082000T 8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supplya SLCZ082000H 8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supplya SLCZ082000TP 8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply SLCZ082000HP 8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply 2646.00 2646.00 2462.00 2462.00 4 Channel 20 A Relay Models with 0-10 V Output Units SLCZ04204AT 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unita SLCZ04204AH 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unita SLCZ04204ATP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unit SLCZ04204AHP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unit 4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer Models SLCZ00004DT 4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer @ 120 V with C-Bus power supplya SLCZ00004DTP 4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer @ 120 V without C-Bus power supply 4 Channel 20 A Relay Models with Phase Angle Dimmer Units SLCZ04204DT 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with C-Bus power supply and 4 Ch. Phase Angle Dimmer Unita SLCZ04204DTP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without C-Bus power supply and 4 Ch. Phase Angle Dimmer Unit a For stand-alone applications order unit with power supply. 5-18 DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 2492.00 2492.00 2308.00 2308.00 1144.00 920.00 2630.00 2182.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Software Packages Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us The C-Bus Toolkit Software includes the C-Bus Installation and programming Software, Project Manager, and C-Bus Calculator. The software works under Windows™ 98, ME, 2000 and XP and supports a unique barcode scanning feature. This allows the installer to scan the C-Bus packaging of each new unit to add the unit to the database. The software prints adhesive labels that can be affixed to building plans. These labels include the Unit Address and the physical location that the unit is to be installed. Labels are duplicated so that one label can be affixed to the unit and one to the electrical plan for the installation. The labels have barcodes on them so that units can be easily re-identified if required. NOTE: C-Bus Toolkit Software is a free download from http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lighting-and-whole-home-control/ LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS C-Bus Toolkit Software C-Bus Schedule Plus Version 4 includes a number of major features, including enhanced scheduling features, support for monitoring load run times, load power and energy consumed, support for fully customizable multilevel, password protected, access level control, support for sunrise and sunset times, support for daylight saving times, support for 128 bit encrypted secure Internet connectivity allowing control and monitoring via any Web Browser. The software also includes a graphic display as well as a fully featured programmable logic engine. The USB Code Key works under Windows XP Home, XP Professional, Server 2003, Vista Ultimate, Vista Business and Vista Enterprise. NOTE: An evaluation version of Schedule Plus is available for download by going to http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lightingand-whole-home-control/ and clicking Software Downloads in the far-left column. Schedule Plus Software Screen Captures HomeGate Software V.4 Residential application PC control of a C-Bus Control System. C-Bus HomeGate Version 4 includes a number of major features, including support for 128 bit encrypted secure Internet connectivity allowing control and monitoring via any Web Browser, irrigation system control feature, enhanced scheduling features, support for sunrise and sunset times, support for daylight saving times. The software also includes a fully featured programmable logic engine. The C-Bus USB Key works under Windows XP Home, XP Professional, Server 2003, Vista Ultimate, Vista Business and Vista Enterprise. NOTE: An evaluation version of HomeGate is available for download by going to http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lightingand-whole-home-control/ and clicking Software Downloads in the far-left column. Installer License Key The C-Bus Software Installer License Key is a valuable tool for installers to create/commission projects using C-Bus Version 4 Schedule Plus & HomeGate software. This code key is time restricted and allows the software to operate in ‘normal’ mode for anywhere between 48 to 72 hours per use (the software then returns to evaluation/demo mode). NOTE: The installer code key will also be compatible with future software releases. Table 5.33: Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price Schedule PlusV. 4 SLC5000SDSP24 License Key for 2 Networks 792.00 SLC5000SDSP104 License Key for 10 Networks 1680.00 SLC5000SDSPU4 License Key for Unlimited Networks 2665.00 HomeGate V. 4 SLC5000SDHG24 License Key for 2 Networks 352.00 SLC5000SDHG104 License Key for 10 Networks 680.00 Installer key for Schedule Plus or Homegate (unlimited networks) 389.00 SLC5000SDSP24 HomeGate Software Screen Captures © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5-19 5 Schedule Plus Software V.4 Occupancy Sensors Lighting Control Class 1200 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Basic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors are ideally used in commercial buildings to save energy that would otherwise be wasted to light unoccupied rooms or spaces. These Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors employ the latest in passive infrared (PIR) sensing technology to accurately sense when a room or space is occupied, then turn lights on. When the room is unoccupied, the sensor turns lights off after a time delay of up to 30 minutes as determined by the user. Auto-ON and Manual-ON models available with decorator wall plate in White, Ivory or Light Almond. Simply mount the sensor in place of existing single gang switch — no neutral connection required. Special multisegmented lens creates a coverage pattern that accurately detects major motion in rooms up to 1000 sq. ft. • • • • • • Commercial Grade Wall Switch Blank Cover Plate with decorator style opening Input: 120/277 Vac 60 Hz Output: 1000W Max. Load @ 120 V (1000 VA@120 V 1800 VA@277 V) 1/4 HP Max. Motor Load UL and cUL Listed For use with electronic and magnetic ballasts CEC Title 24 Certified Table 5.34: Catalog No. Catalog Description Auto-ON/Auto-OFF SLSPWS1277AL Light Almond Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor SLSPWS1277AW White Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor SLSPWS1277AI Ivory Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor SLSPWS1277ML Light Almond Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor SLSPWS1277MW White Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor SLSPWS1277MI Ivory Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor The Residential Vacancy Sensor directly replaces standard light switches in bathrooms, garages, laundry rooms and utility rooms in accordance with Title 24 2005 requirements for residential lighting (Sections 119(d) and 150 (k)). Vacancy Sensors from Schneider Electric operate just like a standard light switch, requiring a button press to turn lights on. Lights may be turned off with a button press or the sensor will turn off lighting automatically when the area is unoccupied. • • • • • No user time delay and sensitivity adjustments necessary Available in White, Ivory or Light Almond Furnished with cover plate Manual On/Manual Off or Automatic Off operation No neutral or minimum load required 62.00 62.00 62.00 Residential Vacancy Sensor SLSPWS120VL Wall switch vacancy sensor, light almond SLSPWS120VI Wall switch vacancy sensor, ivory SLSPWS120VW Wall switch vacancy sensor, white SLSPWS1277UW SLSPWS1277UI SLSPWS1277UG SLSPWS1277UL SLSPWS1277UB Available in white, ivory, gray, light almond and black with matching cover plate (included) Color matching multi-segmented lens Audible alert Selectable auto-on and manual-on modes Red LED motion indicator For use with electronic and magnetic ballasts 1000 VA@120 V, 1800 VA@277 V User adjustable light level, time delay, and sensitivity 30 second grace period in the manual-on mode 81.00 81.00 81.00 Manual-ON/Auto-OFF Maximum energy savings in a format that will complement any decor. Low profile sensors are available in white, ivory, gray, light almond and black with color-matched segmented lens. Light Level Sensor Mode: Each sensor includes an adjusatble light level sensor to hold off artificial lighting when adequate natural light is present. Walk-Through Mode: To maximize energy savings, the sensor detects when areas are briefly occupied as a result of a person walking through and turns off lighting based on a shorter time delay. Walk-Through Mode is available on single and dual circuit units. Lamp Saver Mode: When the lamp saver feature is enabled, the sensor automatically alternates which load responds to motion. The result is more predictable lamp life and reduced maintenance. (Dual circuit only) Adaptive Technology: Commercial Grade dual technology and ultrasonic wall switch occupancy sensors feature a patented adaptive technology that significantly reduces the learning period typically associated with adaptive sensors. Adaptive Sensors from Schneider Electric reduce the occurrence of nuisance on and nuisance off while at the same time extending lamp life and reducing maintenance. • $ Price Basic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors Commercial Grade Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors Residential Wall Switch Vacancy Sensors 5-20 Rated for both 120 V incandescent and fluorescent lighting Title 24 2005 Residential Lighting requirements, Sec. 150(k) No override on Manual-on only (no auto-on mode) 30 minute time delay Commercial Grade Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors • • • • • • • • Toggle Cover Plate with decorator style opening • • • • • 42.00 42.00 42.00 Single Circuit PIR White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 117.00 117.00 117.00 117.00 117.00 Dual Circuit PIR SLSPWD1277UW SLSPWD1277UI SLSPWD1277UG SLSPWD1277UL SLSPWD1277UB Single Circuit Ultrasonic SLSUWS1277UW SLSUWS1277UI SLSUWS1277UG SLSUWS1277UL SLSUWS1277UB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 142.00 142.00 142.00 142.00 142.00 Dual Circuit Ultrasonic SLSUWD1277UW SLSUWD1277UI SLSUWD1277UG SLSUWD1277UL SLSUWD1277UB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 165.00 165.00 165.00 165.00 165.00 Single Circuit Dual Technology SLSDWS1277UW SLSDWS1277UI SLSDWS1277UG SLSDWS1277UL SLSDWS1277UB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 187.00 187.00 187.00 187.00 187.00 Dual Circuit Dual Technology SLSDWD1277UW SLSDWD1277UI SLSDWD1277UG SLSDWD1277UL SLSDWD1277UB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 210.00 210.00 210.00 210.00 210.00 Blank Cover Plates SLSWP2DBW SLSWP2DBI SLSWP2DBG SLSWP2DBL SLSWP2DBB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 Toggle Cover Plates SLSWP2DTW SLSWP2DTI SLSWP2DTG SLSWP2DTL SLSWP2DTB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 Buttonless Cover Plates SLSBCW SLSBCI SLSBCG SLSBCL SLSBCB Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, White Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Ivory Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Gray Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Light Almond Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Black DE-8A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Occupancy Sensors Lighting Control Class 1200 www.schneider-electric.us Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors from Schneider Electric accurately detect occupancy and automatically switch lighting on and off as needed. These sensors are wall or ceiling mounted for superior motion detection. Sensors employ Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic technology. Dual Technology model features combined PIR and Ultrasonic detection for the ultimate performance. The PIR Occupancy Sensor has 3 interchangeable lenses for custom coverage patterns. Wide Angle, Long Range and High Bay. Wall mount sensors also incorporate an integral light level sensor, and features an isolated relay for use with building automation, security and HVAC systems. Adjustable Sensitivity Adjustable time delay UL and cUL Listed CEC Title 24 Certified FCC Part 15, Class B ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Table 5.35: Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors Catalog No. Dual Technology Wall Mount Catalog Description $ Price SLSWPS1500 PIR occupancy sensor 161.00 SLSWUS1500 Ultrasonic occupancy sensor 191.00 SLSWDS1500 Dual Technology occupancy sensor 221.00 Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors are ideal for offices, conference rooms, class rooms and other shared areas to automatically turn lights on and off based on occupancy. Sensors employ Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic technology. Dual Technology model features combined PIR and Ultrasonic detection for the ultimate performance. Requires power pack. Set of normally closed and normally opened auxiliary contacts for use with building automation and security systems. Dual Technology Ceiling Mount • • • • • • • • • Input: 24 Vdc Output: +24 Vdc Adjustable Sensitivity Low Profile Housing Adjustable Light Level Sensor UL and cUL Listed CEC Title 24 Certified FCC Part 15, Class B ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Table 5.36: Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price SLSCPS1000 PIR occupancy sensor 134.00 SLSCUS2000 Ultrasonic occupancy sensor 197.00 SLSCDS2000 Dual Technology occupancy sensor 231.00 SLSCUS800 180 Degree Ultrasonic sensor 129.54 SLSCDS800 180 Degree Dual Technology Sensor (PIR and Ultrasonic Sensors combined) 141.76 Power Pack For use with wall and ceiling mount sensors to supply power to sensor and switch the load when the sensor detects occupancy. May supply power to multiple sensors and auxiliary relays up to 100 mA nominal load. • • • • Input: 120/277 Vac 50/60 Hz Output: 24 Vdc/100 mA Nom. Relay rating: 20 A Max. Ballast Load at 120 Vac (20 A Max. at 277 V) UL cUL Listed In Canada: • • • • Input: 347 Vac60 Hz Output: 24 Vdc/150 mA Nominal Relay rating: 15 A Max. Ballast Load at 347 Vac (15 A Max. at 5200 watts) UL cUL Listed Auxiliary Relay For use with wall and ceiling mount sensors to turn lights on when an area is occupied or off when it is not. Requires power pack to supply input power to operate relay. Power Pack • • • Input: 24 Vdc/36 mA Nom. Relay rating: 20 A Max. Ballast Load at 120 Vac (20 A Max. at 277 V) UL cUL Listed In Canada: • • Input: 24 Vdc/2 mA Nominal Relay rating: 15 A Max. Ballast Load at 347 Vac Table 5.37: Power Pack and Auxiliary Relay Catalog No. SLSPP1277 SLSSP24 SLSPP1347 SLSSP24347 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Catalog Description 120–277 Vac Power Pack 120–277 Vac Auxiliary Relay 347 Vac Power Pack 347 Vac Auxiliary Relay DE-8A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com $ Price 46.50 36.00 47.50 36.00 5-21 5 • • • • • • LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors Occupancy Sensors Lighting Control Class 1200 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Fixture Mounted Sensors and Controls LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Schneider Electric extends its occupancy-sensing capability with a range of line voltage sensors based on passive infrared (PIR) technology. These sensors feature rugged housings that resist moisture and dust typical of manufacturing and shipping dock areas. Sensors incorporate universal power supply, relay and PIR element in a single housing ready for direct attachment to popular high-bay and low-bay luminaires. Sensors are available either as stand alone sensor-per-fixture devices or equipped with connectors for low-cost plastic optical fiber cable. Plastic optical fiber connectivity between sensors allows implementation of control zones within aisles and work areas without back-pulling signaling wire in conduit. Each sensor acts as a network repeater, allowing 200 foot spacing between sensors. Plastic fiber can be cut and terminated without special tools or installer training. • • • • • • • Indoor Occupancy Sensor • • All sensors feature oversized Fresnel lenses and premium, low-noise pyroelectric elements for reliable PIR sensing at mounting heights up to 45 feet. Both area- and aisle-sensing Fresnel lenses ship with each sensor. Color-coded snap-out lenses can be swapped in the field. Switch packs open and close based on fiber optic commands from fiber sensors Universal power supply design adapts to 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz without jumpers or taps. Single-pole/close-on-motion relays sized for switching dry contact, magnetic HID or electronic ballast loads. Mounts directly to reflector with included pinch bracket or to ballast housing with ” NPT threaded pipe nipple. Built-in manual override test switch and diagnostic LED to assist in installation. Diagnostic LED can be seen at distance to assist in walk test. Fifteen minute power ON warm-up timer assures rated lamp life even if the fiber network is broken. User adjustable sensitivity and delay time settings (0–15 minutes) Table 5.38: Table Line Voltage Occupancy Sensors Catalog No. Catalog Description SLSPIP210 SLSPIP210CT SLSPIP210EB SLSPIP210EBCT SLSPIP211 SLSPIP212 SLSPSP101 SLSPSP102 SLSPCW001 SLSPIPBRACKET Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber connectivity Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, cold temperature Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, electronic ballast Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, electronic ballast cold temperature Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, one fiber input, one fiber output Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, two fiber inputs Fiber optic switch pack, indoor, one fiber in, one fiber output Fiber optic switch pack, indoor, two fiber inputs Fixture-mounted counterweight for HID Bracket for off-fixture mounting $ Price 141.00 174.00 141.00 174.00 166.00 166.00 141.00 141.00 13.00 11.00 Fluorescent High Bay Sensors The SLSFPS1347 and SLSFPS1480 Occupancy Sensors are Class 1, fixture mounted, 360° high bay occupancy sensors. They are designed to operate directly with T5 and T8 fluorescent fixtures that use single or multiple electronic ballasts. Motion is detected using passive infrared technology (PIR). The operation voltage range for the SLSFPS1347 Sensor is 120–347 V. The SLSFPS1480 Sensor operates at 480 V. Features Fluorescent High Bay Sensor • • • • • • • Includes a user-adjustable time dial to set the length of time the luminaires stay on from 15 seconds to 30 minutes. Includes a user-adjustable range dial to customize PIR sensitivity. Includes a user-adjustable time dial to set the length of time the luminaires stay on from 15 seconds to 30 minutes. Includes a user-adjustable range dial to customize PIR sensitivity. 90 degree rotating lens for a variety of aisle-way applications. High bay area, low bay area, and high bay aisle lenses provided. 18 minutes time-out preset for maximum energy to lamp life savings. Table 5.39: Specificiations Catalog No. SLSFPS1347 SLSFPS1480 Catalog Description 120–347 Vac High bay Occupancy Sensor 480 Vac High Bay Occupancy Sensor $ Price 78.00 89.00 UL 924 Emergency Control Devices Schneider Electric UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Devices provide the ability to use and control standard fixtures for emergency and standard lighting. The use of UL 924 emergency lighting control device, under normal operating power the devices turn on and off emergency lighting along with standard lighting in an area. In the event of normal power loss the UL 924 emergency lighting control devices detect the power loss, and will automatically transfer emergency power to the fixtures. This provides emergency lighting through standard fixtures. Schneider Electric provides a wide selection of UL 924 emergency lighting control devices that work with occupancy and dimming based lighting control. UL 924 Emergency Control Device Features • • • • • • Saves energy by controlling Emergency Lighting Multiple mounting methods Convenient test switch Works with occupancy or dimmer controls Visible Power LED Easy to install Table 5.40: Catalog No. SLSEDC120 SLSEDC277 SLSEPMC120 SLSEPMC277 SLSERC1277 5-22 Specificiations Catalog Description UL 924 Emergency Lighting Dimmer Control 120 Vac UL 924 Emergency Lighting Dimmer Control 277 Vac UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay Panel Mount 120 Vac UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay Panel Mount 277 Vac UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay 120/277 Vac DE-8A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com $ Price 700.00 700.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Powerlink™ Lighting Control Systems Gen 3 Products Class 1210 BACnet Capability The Building Automation and Control network (BACnet) communication protocol is incorporated into the Powerlink™ G3 controller design. The addition of the BACnet protocol allows Powerlink panels to be easily integrated into a Building Automation System (BAS) employing this open communication standard without the need for communication bridges or gateways. Controller Models The following Powerlink G3 controller models support ‘native’ BACnet communications: • • • NF2000G3 — Ethernet communications, shared remote inputs, network time synchronization NF3000G3 — Email upon alarm, onboard web pages for status/control/configuration NF3000G3C — C-Bus communications (ability to interface with a Clipsal™ lighting control network) Factory Assembled System The following factory engineered pricing procedure may be used to price either 240 V or 480Y/277 V Powerlink G3 systems: • • • Powerlink available in column width design • • • Select system type and interior size from Table 5.43 on 5-24. All Powerlink G3 panels are furnished with either 1 or 2 control bus strips. Select panelboard base price from Table 5.44. All Powerlink G3 panels use NF type panelboard interiors, boxes, and trims and are suitable for either 240 V or 480Y/277 V systems. Select branch circuit breaker requirements from Table 5.45. Powerlink G3 panels can accommodate both ECB-G3 remotely operated circuit breakers and EDB, EGB and EJB standard branch circuit breakers. Refer to panelboard section for additional panelboard accessories. For complete price, order by description. Apply appropriate discount schedule. 240 V Factory Assembled System Example: 500 level system with 225 A MLO panelboard rated for 208Y/120 V, 3Ø4W, 10kAIR, Type 1, surface mount with ground bar and (12) 20 A 1-pole bolt-on remote operated circuit breakers. Table 5.41: Item Page No. System Type: 500 controller with 12 ckt bus Panel type: 250 A MLO Branch circuit breakers: (12) 20 A 1-pole Ground bar Total price 5-24 5-26 5-26 5-26 $ Price 5074.00 864.00 2628.00 28.50 8594.50 Table 5.42: Feature Up to eight panels can be controlled from a single controller. Inputs 2 - wire 2 - wire with status feedback 3 - wire Time Scheduler 7 day, each configurable Daily on/off periods Holiday events Automatic daylight savings Sunrise/sunset tracking Networking Modbus™ ASCII/RTU Modbus TCP Johnson Controls N2 DMX C-Bus BACnet MSTP/IP a Specify N2 suffix b Specify C suffix © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved System Level 500 1000 2000 3000 8 8 8 16 8 8 16 8 8 16 8 8 — — — — — 16 24 32 X X 16 24 32 X X 16 24 32 X X X — — — — — X — Xa X — — X X — X — X X X — X Xb X DE-8A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5-23 5 Powerlink G3 systems are ideally suited for controlling lighting and other loads in commercial, institutional, and industrial facilities. Such systems are typically used to lower utility cost by switching branch circuits OFF during non-occupied periods when lighting is unnecessary or during peak demand periods when a partial reduction in load can save significant money. These systems utilize remotely operated circuit breakers to switch branch circuits ON and OFF via a time schedule or by an externally generated signal (typically a low voltage wall switch, photocell, access system, fire alarm or building management system). All Powerlink components mount inside a standard lighting panelboard to provide a compact, space saving installation. Powerlink G3 systems feature a powerful microprocessor based controller that provides system intelligence for 168 remotely operated branch circuits. Master panelboards contain the control electronics, power supply, and control bus strips for up to 42 branch circuit breakers. Slave panels extend the capability of the system by allowing remotely operated branch circuit breakers to be operated from the master controller via a simple, 4-wire, sub-net connection. All Powerlink G3 systems have the capability of being networked together and operated from a central workstation or via a remote modem connection. Powerlink software allows users to remotely configure the system, change time schedules, monitor circuit breaker or input status, and override zones and breakers. LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS www.schneider-electric.us Powerlink™ Lighting Control Systems Gen 3 Products Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Table 5.43: LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Ampere Rating ECB-G3 Circuit Breakers Bolt-On Remotely Operated One-Pole 27 7 Vac – 14,000 AIR 120 Vac – 65,000 AIR Catalog Number ECB14015G3c ECB14020G3c ECB14030G3 15 20 30 Table 5.44: Two-Pole 480Y/277 Vac – 14,000 AIR 120/240 Vac – 65,000 AIR 240 Vac – 14,000 AIR Ground B Phase $ Price 237.00 558.00 $ Price 890.00 One-Pole 480 Y/277 – 14,000 AIR 240 V – 65,000 AIR Catalog No. $ Price 20 ECB142020G3EL 558.00 Note: All are listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. UL listed as HID rated for use with high intensity discharge lighting systems. (1) #12–8 Al or (1) #10–8 Cu. Suitable for use with 75°C conductors. c UL listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. d Rated for 240 Vac only – 42,000 AIR Table 5.45: Control Bus Max. No. of Control Circuits 12 12 18 18 21 21 Table 5.46: Required Interior Size 30 30 42 42 54 54 Table 5.47: Panel Orientation Catalog No. Left Right Left Right Left Right NF12SBLG3 NF12SBRG3 NF18SBLG3 NF18SBRG3 NF21SBLG3 NF21SBRG3 $ Price 851.00 1065.00 1163.00 Power Supply Voltage 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V Control Bus Catalog Number ECB34015G3c ECB34020G3c ECB32030G3d $ Price ECB-G3 Circuit Breakers for Emergency Lighting (requires 2-pole spaces) Ampere Rating ECB-G3 Circuit Breaker Catalog Number ECB24015G3c ECB24020G3c ECB24030G3 Three-Pole 480Y/277 Vac – 14,000 AIR 240 Vac – 42,000 AIR Primary Source Panel Bus Panel Bus Panel Bus External External External Catalog No. NF120PSG3 NF240PSG3 NF277PSG3 NF120PSG3L NF240PSG3L NF277PSG3L $ Price 791.00 899.00 Controller Description Catalog No. 500 1000 1000N2 (N2 protocol) 2000 3000 3000C (C-bus $ Price NF500G3 NF1000G3 NF1000G3N2 NF2000G3 NF3000G3 NF3000G3C 1946.00 3968.00 8288.00 7107.00 9741.00 9741.00 Table 5.48: Remote Source Controller (for additional inputs)— Includes NEMA 1 enclosure, source controller and power supply Power Supply Voltage 120 V 240 V 277 V Table 5.49: Catalog No. RSC16G3120 RSC16G3240 RSC16G3277 Cables & Accessories Description Catalog No. Control bus cables Harness standard panel NF2HG3 Sub-net accessories & cables Slave address selectore NFSELG3 6’ sub-net cable NFSN06 10’ sub-net cable NFSN10 25’ sub-net cable NFSN25 50’ sub-net cable NFSN50 Serial cables Controller front panel cable NFFPCG3 e One slave address selector required for each slave panel. NF3000G3 Controller Table 5.50: $ Price 89.00 173.00 75.00 105.00 234.00 405.00 102.00 Miscellaneous Hardware Description Circuit Breaker Handle Padlock (Lock On or Off) Fixed Barrier Remote Mounting Adapter f DE2 Discount Table 5.51: Catalog No. HPAFD f NFASBKG3 NFADAPTERG3 $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 5-24 25.50 177.00 102.00 Software Description Powerlink Software $ Price 3045.00 3045.00 3045.00 LCSAdvanced Software LCSADVANCED LCSBasic Software LCSBasic Powerlink Controller Softwareg PCS101 g N2 supported controllers. All other controllers use LCSAdvanced or LCSBasic. DE-8A DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 4000.00 1500.00 1523.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Powerlink™ Lighting Control Systems Gen 3 Products Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us Voltage 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V Remote Mount Controller Catalog No. RMC500G3120 RMC500G3240 RMC500G3277 RMC1000N2G3120 RMC1000N2G3240 RMC1000N2G3277 RMC1000G3120 RMC1000G3240 RMC1000G3277 RMC2000G3120 RMC2000G3240 RMC2000G3277 RMC3000G3120 RMC3000G3240 RMC3000G3277 RMC3000G3C120 RMC3000G3C240 RMC3000G3C277 Controller Type NF500G3 NF500G3 NF500G3 NF1000N2G3 NF1000N2G3 NF1000N2G3 NF1000G3 NF1000G3 NF1000G3 NF2000G3 NF2000G3 NF2000G3 NF3000G3 NF3000G3 NF3000G3 NF3000G3C NF3000G3C NF3000G3C $ Price 4272.00 4272.00 4272.00 10615.00 10615.00 10615.00 6990.00 6990.00 6990.00 9860.00 9860.00 9860.00 12680.00 12680.00 12680.00 12680.00 12680.00 12680.00 Device Power Supply The Powerlink Device Power Supply is used to distribute power on a C-Bus™ network. Placed at critical points on the network, device power supplies will provide the current necessary for operating a variety of passive C-Bus devices. A Powerlink Device Power Supply consists of an 8M enclosure containing one or two 4M Power Supplies (120 or 277 Vac). • • • • • Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure, with cover Unit and C-Bus LEDs indicate the status of the line voltage and the network Sources up to 700 mA (dual power supplies) to the C-Bus network 120 V or 277 Vac models available Dimensions: 8.9 in. (226mm) wide x 3.8 in. (97mm) deep x 12.57 (319mm) tall Device Router Device Power Supply The Powerlink Device Router allows the exchange of data between a Powerlink NF3000G3C controller and C-Bus devices. This device router receives data from C-Bus input devices such as keypads and touchscreens and sends data to the Powerlink system and isa versa. The device router consists of a C-Bus 8M enclosure containing a C-Bus PC Interface and a C-Bus Power Supply (120 Vac or 277 Vac). Communication between the device router and the NF3000G3C controller is made with the included 50-foot serial cable. • • • • • • Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure, with cover Unit, Unit/Comms, and C-Bus LEDs indicate the status of data transmission and power to the unit and the network System network clock for synchronizing communications data Network power source, supplying up to 350 mA 120 Vac or 277 Vac models available Dimensions: 8.9 in. (226mm) wide x 3.8 in. (97mm) deep x 12.57 in. (319mm) tall Table 5.53: Powerlink Device Routersa Description 120 V Device Router 277 V Device Router a Required for interface to Clipsal units. b DE-8 Discount. Table 5.54: Powerlink Device Router Catalog No. NFDR120G3Cb NFDR277G3Cb $ Price 1632.00 1632.00 Powerlink Device Power Suppliesc Description Single Supply 120 V Dual Supply 120 V Single Supply 277 V Dual Supply 277 V Filler Plate c Extends C-Bus power to Clipsal devices. d DE-8 Discount. Catalog No. NFDP1120G3Cd NFDP2120G3Cd NFDP1277G3Cd NFDP2277G3Cd SLC4CSF8 $ Price 900.00 1650.00 900.00 1650.00 27.00 Catalog No. 6382RS485G3KIT $ Price 526.50 Powerlink Network Accessories Table 5.55: Powerlink Network Accessories Description RS232/485 Converter Table 5.56: Powerlink Remote Modem Supporte Description Catalog No. $ Price Modem Kit (for G3 Controllers) 6382G3MODEM 876.00 e Requires 2000 and 3000 controller and either Analog or Ethernet modem connection to each master panel. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8 DE-8A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5-25 LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Remote Mount Controller (for externally mounted electronics Includes NEMA 1 enclosure, controller, and power supply 5 Table 5.52: Powerlink™ Lighting Control Systems Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us 5 G3 NF Panelboards 240 V and 480 Y/277 V Factory Assembled Systems LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Maximum Voltage 480 Y/277 Vac Table 5.57: Powerlink G3 System Price 30 ckt Interior List System Type 12 ckt bus 42 ckt Interior 24 ckt bus 18 ckt bus 54 ckt Interior 36 ckt bus 21 ckt bus 42 ckt bus Slave Panel 1650.00 3450.00 2025.00 4200.00 2370.00 4890.00 NF500G3 6753.00 8553.00 7128.00 9303.00 7473.00 10143.00 NF1000G3d 10728.00 12528.00 11103.00 13278.00 11448.00 14118.00 NF2000G3 17298.00 19098.00 17673.00 19848.00 18018.00 20688.00 NF3000G3 21072.00 22872.00 21447.00 23622.00 21792.00 24462.00 NOTE: Powerlink EM option BCPM list price adder. Table 5.58: Panelboard Base Price (including solid neutral) Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating—6-2 through 6-8)ae Mains Rating Main Lugs Standard IC 3-pole 2-pole 3-pole 2-pole 3-pole — — EDb 2454.00 2823.00 EGb 3150.00 3624.00 HJ EDb 5058.00 5643.00 EGb 6486.00 7464.00 — 1269.00 1458.00 Circuit Bkr. Extra HIC 2-pole 100 A 125 A HIC Circuit Bkr. Circuit Bkr. I-Limiter™ 2-pole 3-pole 4872.00 5397.00 — — Circuit Bkr. FI 2-pole 3-pole 6375.00 7326.00 — — — — 150 A — — HD 4905.00 5430.00 HG 6072.00 6597.00 HJ 6105.00 6630.00 — 225 A — — JD 6180.00 6570.00 JG 7605.00 8100.00 JJ 9930.00 10995.00 KI 10899.00 12528.00 — 250 A 1503.00 1728.00 JD 6750.00 7710.00 JG 8985.00 9270.00 JJ 10785.00 12675.00 KI 13731.00 15783.00 400 A 1989.00 2286.00 LA 7995.00 9189.00 LH 11568.00 13296.00 LC 12759.00 14664.00 LI 14025.00 16119.00 600 Ac 3549.00 3933.00 — 14331.00 16326.00 LI 20460.00 23517.00 — — — 800 Ac 5325.00 5850.00 — — — — a HL and JL frame circuit breakers are also available as main circuit breakers. b Backfed Main Circuit Breaker—54 circuit only. c Copper Bus Only. d For N2 protocol, add $3819. e Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for MICROLOGIC™ trip main circuit breakers Table 5.59: — — LC — — — — — — — Branch Circuit Breaker – Price Per Circuit Breaker Standard Breakers—EDB Bolt-On 18 kA AIR 1-pole, 25 kA AIR 2 & 3-pole @ 240 V, 18 kA AIR@480 Y/277 Powerlink G3—ECB Bolt-On 65 kA AIR@240 Vac, 14 kA AIR@480 Y/277 Voltage Ampere Rating 240 Vac 15–20 438. 1215. 1929. 30 438. 1215. 1929. 15–20 438. 1215. 1929. 30 438. 1215. — 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Voltage Ampere Rating Standard Breakers HIC—EGB Bolt-On 65 kA AIR@240 Vac, 35 kA AIR@480 Y/277 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 15–60 288. 663. 1122. 70 513. 1308. 1569. 80–100 — 1308. 1569. 110–125 — 3825. 4845. Space Only 63. 126. 189. Space Only 63. 126. Note: All EC, ED, EG and EJ branch circuit breakers are UL Listed as HACR type. 189. 480Y/277 Vac — 480Y/ 277 Vac Voltage 480Y/ 277 Vac Ampere Rating 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Voltage 15–60 486. 1119. 1896. 70 867. 2211. 2565. 80–100 — 2211. 2655. 110–125 — 6171. 7131. 126. 189. Space Only Standard Breakers Extra HIC—EJB Bolt-On 100 kA AIR@240 Vac, 65 kA AIR@480 Y/277 63. 480Y/ 277 Vac Ampere Rating 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 15–60 777. 1767. 3036. 70 1386. 3540. 4245. 80–100 — 3540. 4245. 110–125 — 7950. 9450. 126. 189. Space Only 63. Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker • Available on 1Ø or 3Ø, 125–800 A main lugs or 125–600 A main circuit breaker interiors One sub-feed JD, JG, JJ or JL circuit breaker per 250 A panelboard Two sub-feed JD, JG, JJ or JL circuit breakers per 400 A panelboardf • • f LC and JJ may not be combined. Table 5.60: No. of Poles g Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker (150–400 A) JD JG JJg JL LA LH LCg Space 2 2265.00 3165.00 3844.50 4230.00 2985.00 4150.50 6475.50 619.50 3 2527.50 3825.00 4665.00 5296.50 3687.00 4882.50 7617.00 619.50 JJ and LC sub-feed circuit breakers cannot be used together. Table 5.61: Sub-Feed Breaker Cabinet Data Box Height (20" W x 5.75" D) Max. No. of Branch Spaces (Does not include sub-feed breaker spaces) h i j k 5-26 250 A 400 A LA/LH 600 A 800 A Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker Main Lugsj Main Circuit Breaker i 30 56 68 68 80 68 80h 68 42 62 74 74 86 74 86h 74 54 68 80 80 92 80 92h 80 Main Lugsk To obtain pricing for the following Special Features please refer to the Supplemental Digest. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PowerLogic™ metering Customer equipment space Increased box depth Box extensions top, bottom and side Drip hoods Non-standard paint NEMA 1 gasketed NEMA 4 Stainless steel enclosure NEMA 4X Fiberglass enclosure (NQOD and NF) Stainless steel trim front (NQOD, NF and I-LINE) Padlockable hasp Special locks (Corbin, Yale, Best) Equal height boxes Common trip to cover two equal height boxes Panelboard skirthides conduits feeding a panelboard Panelboard wireway for terminating conduit in wireway endwall Panelboard interiors and special fronts to fit existing boxes Dimensions also for 400 A LC/LI main circuit breaker panels. 600 A main lug panelboards require an 8" deep, 26” wide box. 600 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75" deep box. 800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75” deep, 26” wide box. PE-1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Powerlink™ Energy Management (EM) Lighting Control System, Relay Panels, and Switches Class 1210 Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Powerlink Energy Management (EM) Lighting Control System Integral individual and optional mains metering to provide utmost flexibility in assurng a sustainable metering and verification program Monitors current, voltage, energy consumption, demand, and power factor for complete energy profiling Accumulated metering information transmitted via Modbus communications interface Data updates occurring within seconds to provide timely preventative maintenance information Optional EGX web interface for storing and reporting data via standard web browser (suggested for applications without Energy Management System [EMS] software) Alarm indication when parameters approach user-configured thresholds 16 hard-wired inputs available for connection to devices with physical dry-contacts 64 communication inputs available for network connection 16 independent time schedules, each can be configured into 24 distinct periods 7-day repeating clock with changeable automatic daylight savings time Automatic sunrise/sunset tracking with offsets 32 special event periods 32 remote sources for sharing input status, time schedules, or zone status between controllers Full custom logic capabilities, including full Boolean functions and synchronization services RS232 and RS485 Serial communications using Modbus ASCII/RTU, BACnet MS/TP and DMX512 protocols (metering Modbus only) Ethernet 10BaseT communications using Modbus TCP and BACnet/IP protocols Table 5.62: Characteristics Operating Temperature Storage Temperature -5° to 40°C (23° to 104°F) (95%RH, non-condensing) -20° to 85°C (-4° to 185°F) (<95%RH, non-condensing) Regulatory/Standards Compliance • • • • • • • • UL Listed 916, Energy Management Equip FCC Part 15, Class A NEC Class 1 and Class 2 Control Circuits ESD Immunity: IEC 1000, level 4 RF Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3 Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3 Electrical Surge Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 4 (power line) Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3 (interconnection lines) BCPM Specifications General Control Power 90–277 Vac Frequency 50/60 Hz Sampling Frequency 2560 Hz Update Rate 1.6 seconds per panelboard Overload Capability 10 kAIC Ribbon Cable Support Up to 20 ft. Operating Temperature 0° to 60°C (32°C to 122°F) (<95%RH, non-condensing) Storage Temperature -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F) Accurancy Current Monitoring 0.25 A to 100A: 3% of reading from 0.25 A to 2 A; 2% of reading from 2 A to 100 A Auxiliary Inputs 2% of reading from 1% to 10% of rated current; 1% of reading from 10% to 100% of rated current (0 to 0.333 Vac) Voltage Input 90–277 Vac; 1% of reading from 90–277 L-N (models BCPMA and BCPMB only) Power 4% of reading from 0.25 A to 2 A; 3% of reading 2 A to 100 Aa (models BCPMA and BCPM only) Network Communications Serial Modbus™ RTU Ethernet TCP/IP a Recommended for application where EMS software monitoring is not provided. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 5-27 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 5 The Powerlink Energy Management (EM) Lighting Control System incorporates the same features found in the Powerlink G3 3000 level system, in addition to integral branch circuit and optional main metering for energy monitoring and verification of the lighting system. Integral metering is accomplished using the PowerLogic™ Branch Circuit Power Meter (BCPM), which is a highly accurate, full-featured multi-branch circuit power meter that provides unrivalled low-current monitoring. The Powerlink G3 system reduces electrical energy consumption associated with lighting and other loads by automatically switching loads off during non-occupied periods. The Powerlink G3 system is often ideal for reducing th epeak demand by switching unnecessary lights off in response to an automated response signal or when high time-of-day energy tariffs occur. LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS www.schneider-electric.us Relay Panels LPS, LPB, LPL Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Schneider Electric LPS Lighting Control Relay Panels offer a practical design for meeting energy codes requirements in smaller commercial spaces. Panels are available preassembled with 8, 16, or 32 relays. They consist of relays, time scheduler, panel controller, power supply, and NEMA 1 cabinet and cover. Schneider Electric LPS Lighting Control Relay Panels offer a practical design for meeting energy codes requirements in smaller commercial spaces. Panels are available preassembled with 8, 16, or 32 relays. They consist of relays, time scheduler, panel controller, power supply, and NEMA 1 cabinet and cover. LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS LPS-Standalone Relay Panel LPS reduces energy use by automatically shutting off lights in response to a scheduled time event from its built-in time controller or in response to an external control device, such as a keypad switch, occupancy sensor, or photocell. These panels are ideal for use in smaller commercial applications, such as small strip retail and office spaces, where a centralized building management system is not practical. Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Relay Panels Family Stand-alone lighting control system meets ASHRAE90.1 and CA Title 24 Individual heavy duty, mechanically latching, 20A relays Built-in time controller supports 8 independent zones Time retained during power outages for up to 30 days; nonvolatile program memory Two universal switch inputs Individual relay overrides can directly control each relay Easy to program interface 2-wire relay used for monitoring and control Manual operation lever with ON/OFF indicator built-in for easy maintenance Screw terminals on load and control sides UL 916 listed Full 365-day, 7-day repeating clock with event priorities Multi-group relay assignment Inegral power supply (120 / 277 / 347 Vac) Standard sizes: (LPS) 8, 16, 32; (LPB/LPL) 8, 16, 32, 48, or 64 LPB Additional Features • • • Application controller with the BACnet protocol Heavy duty plug-in relays and electronic cards Movable protection plate between high and low voltage sections LPL Additional Features • Application controller with the LonWorks protocol Available options include: • Multi-voltage separator (120/277/347 VAC) Software provides a graphic interface that is simple and intuitive, providing the following: • System configuration, programming, and operation: Scheduler and Data logger LPB-Bacnet Protocol The Schneider Electric LPB Lighting Control Relay Panel with Native BACnet Protocol offers cost effective and code compliant lighting control. Panels are pre-packaged for ease of ordering and installation. Standard configurations are available with 8, 16, 32, 48, or 64 relays. Relays come in a heavy duty, high intensity discharge (HID) version that carries up to 20A full load and are rated for over 120,000 mechanical operations. Heavy duty relays are recommended for high inrush loads or where higher short circuit current ratings are required. LPBs are designed to operate on a BACnet network where control intelligence is provided through a BACnet building automation system. These panels are ideal for smaller commercial or retail spaces where a low cost way to achieve automatic shut-off is required. These simple to install and commission panels include full feature schedule control. Switch overrides and photocells are easily added for complete control. LPL-LonWorks Protocol The Schneider Electric LPL Lighting Control Relay Panel with LonWorks® Protocol offers cost effective and code compliant lighting control. The LPL is pre-packaged for ease of ordering and installation. Standard configurations are available with 8, 16, 32, or 64 relays. Whether from a stand-alone system, a soft-wired networked panels system, or a fully programmable network system, the LPL offers engineers and facilities managers all the flexibility they need to meet their lighting control requirements. LPL software scheduling and event programming capabilities easily support all common sequences encountered in lighting control. The LPL was developed using open LonWorks technology from the Echelon® Corporation. By adopting LonTalk® communication protocols and incorporating Neuron® microprocessors, the LPL panel complies with LonMark(tm) Interoperability Guidelines and is ready to interoperate in highly functional, flexible, and open building systems. The Schneider Electric Lighting Control Relay Switches provide manual ON/OFF operation of lighting in zones. The switches are equipped with a switch based device using reversible polarity pulse technology. The switches are fully compatible with Lighting Control Relay Panels by Schneider Electric. 5-28 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Relay Panels Switches Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us Key Switch (SERPKWS) Rocker Switch (SERPRWS) • • • • • • Wall mountable to any standard wall box (1-gang requires mounting bracket (SERPWSMB) LED ON/OFF indication Operates up to 8 relays per switch 6 LED switches per relay Optional filler plate (SERPWSFP) 3 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse Push Button Switch (SERPWS) (Individual switch) • • • • • • • • Wall mountable to any standard wall box (1-gang requires mounting bracket SERPWSMB; 3-gang comes ready to mount) Switch input from common terminal LED ON/OFF indication Clear plastic labeling cap Operates up to 4 relays per switch 6 LED switches per relay Optional filler plate (SERPWSFP) may be required 1.5 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse Description Price SERP8NHS SERP16NHS SERP32NHS SERP8HS SERP16HS SERP32HS SERPB8HS SERPB16HS SERPB32HS SERPB48HS SERPB64HS SERPL8HS SERPL16HS SERPL32HS SERPL48HS SERPL64HS SERPFLC16 SERPFLC32 SERPFLC48 SERPR1 SERPR2 SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 8 NON-HID RELAYS SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 16 NON-HID RELAYS SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 32 NON-HID RELAYS SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 48 HID RELAYS SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 64 HID RELAYS SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 48 HID RELAYS SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 64 HID RELAYS SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 16 RELAY PANELS SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 32 RELAY PANELS SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 48 AND 64 RELAY PANELS SE SERIES 1 POLE 20A HID RELAY 120–347 V SE SERIES 2 POLE 20A HID RELAY 208–480 V SE SERIES RELAY PANEL TIME CLOCK CONTROLLER MODULE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL SEQUENCER MODULE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL BACnet Controller SE SERIES RELAY PANEL TIME CLOCK CONTROLLER LonWorks MODULE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL INPUT CONTROLLER LonWorks MODULE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL OUTPUT CONTROLLER LonWorks MODULE SE SERIES FT—10 NETWORK INTERFACE USB SE SERIES Lon SOFTWARE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH WITH BRACKET SE SERIES RELAY PANEL LOW VOLTAGE KEY OPERATED SWITCH SE SERIES RELAY PANEL LOW VOLTAGE ROCKER WALL SWITCH SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKET SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 1 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 2 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 3 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 2 GANG 4 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 2 GANG 6 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 3 GANG 9 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 4 GANG 12 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 5 GANG 15 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 6 GANG 18 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH FILER PLATE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 1 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 2 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 3 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 2 GANG 4 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 2 GANG 6 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 3 GANG 9 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 4 GANG 12 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 5 GANG 15 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL GANG 6 GANG 18 BUTTON 1556.13 3334.58 6545.67 2726.58 4829.59 8385.48 4559.36 5322.60 9521.71 13078.59 16684.88 3555.23 4897.76 8785.62 11932.49 15800.60 239.00 325.00 415.00 255.95 389.00 SERPTC411 SERPRC401 SERPBC601 SERPLIC Factory assembled Includes mounting bracket, switch(es), cover plate LED ON/OFF indication Clear plastic labeling cap Operates up to 4 relays per switch 6 LED switches per relay NOTE: Refer to 1290HO1101 Relay Switches handout for cover plate dimension Relay Switches SERPKWS, SERPWS, SERPRWS, SERPWS Relay Panels, Switches and Plates Cat. No. SERPTC811 Push Button Switch (SERPWS) (Assembled switch) • • • • • • Table 5.63: SERPLOC SERPLUSB SERPLS SERPPBWS SERPKWS SERPRWS SERPWSMB SERPWS1G1B SERPWS1G2B SERPWS1G3B SERPWS2G4B SERPWS2G6B SERPWS3G9B SERPWS3G12B SERPWS5G15B SERPWS6G18B SERPWSFP SERPWP1G1B SERPWP1G2B SERPWP1G3B SERPWP2G4B SERPWP2G6B SERPWP3G9B SERPWP3G12B SERPWP5G15B SERPWP6G18B © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1037.42 1025.08 1051.16 730.00 645.00 957.00 950.00 1050.00 85.90 85.57 50.40 9.69 95.57 149.88 194.29 259.14 367.97 531.64 695.31 859.42 1003.53 8.07 30.00 30.00 30.00 45.00 45.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 5-29 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Wall mountable to any standard wall box Key operated (ON—turn right; OFF—turn left) Operates up to 4 relays per switch 6 switches per relay 3 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse 5 • • • • • Cassia™ Energy Management System Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us 5 The Cassia energy management system (EMS) from Schneider Electric is a revolutionary wireless in-room solution that can have a dramatic impact on all key aspects contributing to your bottom line, from delighting your guests and reducing your carbon footprint, to enjoying a rapid return on investment and helping to maximize energy savings. LIGHTING CONTROL AND INTEGRATED HOME SYSTEMS Thermostat The Cassia thermostat controls heating and cooling equipment in guest rooms. Each thermostat uses two independent Zigbee radios for the local Room Area Network (RAN) within the room and the Hotel Area Network (HAN). Motion Sensor (PIR) The Cassia wireless motion sensor uses a Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor to detect heat patterns in the room. Motion will be signaled to the thermostat if the heat pattern changes. Door Sensor The Cassia wireless door sensor consists of a base and magnet. It sends a signal to the RAN indicating when the door is opened or closed. Lighting Control Cassia System Components The Cassia Lighting Control System, including switches (1000 W), dimmers (800 W), and plug modules (Leading Edge Dimmer and Relay types), uses ZigBee wireless technology that provides dimming and/or on/off functions. Wall switches and dimmers are available in black, white, cream or light almond, with one and three button options. Plug Modules Leading Edge Dimmer and Relay Plug Modules are designed to work as part of a Cassia EMS network installation and can be controlled by other devices on a Cassia EMS network. The modules may be placed into any standard 120 V wall outlet. Plug modules are available in white. Group Coordinator (GC) The Cassia EMS Group Coordinator is a Zigbee® wireless gateway that can support up to 75 thermostats and provides communication between a Room Area Network (RAN) Hotel Area Network (HAN) as well as a Property Management System (PMS). Server The EMS Server receives temperature, door events, motion events, and other data from the rooms. Data flows across the Ethernet network between the Thermostats, Group Coordinators and the EMS server. Contact your Schneider Electric representative for more information about the Cassia Energy Management System. 5-30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Table of Contents Back to Product Index Section 6 Section Listing Surge Protective Devices Commercial Applications Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices External Modular SPDs—EMA SPDs 6-2 External Modular L-L Enhanced SPDs 6-3 External Brick Assembly SPDs—EBA SPDs 6-3 Replacement Modules 6-4 Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices—New Construction Panelboards—Refer to 9-1 Switchboards and Switchgear—Refer to 11-1 Model 6 Motor Control Centers—Refer to 17-1 Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices—Retrofit Internally Mounted SPD—Retrofit 6-5 OEM/Assembler Kits 6-6 Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices Panelboards & Switchboards, page 6-5 Retrofit, page 6-5 Residential & Light Commercial Applications Nipple Mounted SPDs, pages 6-6, 6-7, and 6-8 SDSA3650 SPDs 6-6 HWA SPDs 6-7 SDSA1175 SPDs 6-7 Mounting Brackets and Flush Mount Kits 6-7 XR SPDs 6-8 Residential Surge Protective Devices Whole House SPDs 6-8 Whole House Accessories 6-8 QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Loadcenter SPDs 6-8 Whole House SPDs, page 6-8 QO/HOM SPDs, page 6-8 6-1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 6 Busway 12-1 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES IPaCS—Refer to 10-1 EMA/EBA SPDs, pages 6-2, 6-3, & 6-4 Surge Protective Devices Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices Class 1310 / Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices Surgelogic™ offers a full range of externally mounted SPDs. These units are designed to provide surge suppression from service entrance panels to point-of-use equipment. US and Canadian UL® Listed to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA 22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems. • • • • • 10 year product warranty 10 modes of protection 200 kA SCCR EMI/RFI filtering Audible alarm with enable/disable switch, dry contacts, and surge counter standard • • Indicator LEDs; normal (green) and fault condition (red) for each phase UL 1449 Type 2 (or Type 1 with optional suffix in catalog number) External SPD Options: • • • • • Sine Wave Tracking Module. Sine Wave Tracking (SWT) circuitry provides enhanced EMI/RFI filtering of -54 dB at 100 kHz and establishes the power surge clamping window relative to the sine wave voltage to increase performance at distribution and branch panel applications. Type 1. UL 1449 Type 1 SPDs can be located at any point in the electrical system, on the line or load side of the equipment overcurrent device. Integral Switch. The integral switch provides a mechanical means to electrically isolate the entire surge suppressor before opening the enclosure door to facilitate servicing of the unit’s components. Remote Monitor. This option displays the alarm status of the surge protective device up to 1000 feet from the unit. Flush Mount Kits. Flush mounting kits can be used on 120–240 kA EMA and EBA series devices. Devices with integral switch require a 20 inch flush mounting collar. 6 External Modular Assembly (EMA) SPDs EMA SPD products feature a design based on individual phase modules for a flexible, cost effective way to achieve superior surge suppression at every level of the electrical distribution system. Modularity results in lower life cycle costs and fast, easy service or replacement. SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES Table 6.1: EMA SPDs Peak Surge Current NEMA 3R 4X Stainless $ Price NEMA Rating per Phase (kA) Cat. No. Steel Cat. No. 120 TVS1EMA12A( ) 4547.00 TVS1EMA12S( ) 160 TVS1EMA16A( ) 4997.00 TVS1EMA16S( ) 120/240 V, 1-phase, 240 TVS1EMA24A( ) 7421.00 TVS1EMA24S( ) 3-wire + ground 320 TVS1EMA32A( ) 9962.00 TVS1EMA32S( ) 480 TVS1EMA48A( ) 14798.00 TVS1EMA48S( ) 120 TVS2EMA12A( ) 4760.00 TVS2EMA12S( ) 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS2EMA16A( ) 5231.00 TVS2EMA16S( ) 4-wire + ground ab 240 TVS2EMA24A( ) 7782.00 TVS2EMA24S( ) Wye 320 TVS2EMA32A( ) 10431.00 TVS2EMA32S( ) 480 TVS2EMA48A( ) 15522.00 TVS2EMA48S( ) 120 TVS3EMA12A( ) 4760.00 TVS3EMA12S( ) 240/120 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS3EMA16A( ) 5231.00 TVS3EMA16S( ) 4-wire + ground 240 TVS3EMA24A( ) 7782.00 TVS3EMA24S( ) High-leg Delta 320 TVS3EMA32A( ) 10431.00 — 480 TVS3EMA48A( ) 15522.00 — 120 TVS6EMA12A( ) 4760.00 TVS6EMA12S( ) 240 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS6EMA16A( ) 5231.00 TVS6EMA16S( ) 3-wire + ground 240 TVS6EMA24A( ) 7782.00 TVS6EMA24S( ) Delta 320 TVS6EMA32A( ) 10431.00 TVS6EMA32S( ) 480 TVS6EMA48A( ) 15522.00 TVS6EMA48S( ) 120 TVS4EMA12A( ) 4973.00 TVS4EMA12S( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS4EMA16A( ) 5468.00 TVS4EMA16S( ) 4-wire + ground bc 240 TVS4EMA24A( ) 8147.00 TVS4EMA24S( ) Wye 320 TVS4EMA32A( ) 10904.00 TVS4EMA32S( ) 480 TVS4EMA48A( ) 16250.00 TVS4EMA48S( ) 120 TVS4HEMA12A( ) 4973.00 TVS4HEMA12S( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS4HEMA16A( ) 5468.00 TVS4HEMA16S( ) 3-wire + ground 240 TVS4HEMA24A( ) 8147.00 TVS4HEMA24S( ) High-Resistance Ground 320 TVS4HEMA32A( ) 10904.00 TVS4HEMA32S( ) 480 TVS4HEMA48A( ) 16250.00 TVS4HEMA48S( ) 120 TVS5EMA12A( ) 4973.00 TVS5EMA12S( ) 480 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS5EMA16A( ) 5468.00 TVS5EMA16S( ) 3-wire + ground, 240 TVS5EMA24A( ) 8147.00 TVS5EMA24S( ) Delta 320 TVS5EMA32A( ) 10904.00 TVS5EMA32S( ) 480 TVS5EMA48A( ) 16250.00 TVS5EMA48S( ) 120 TVS8EMA12A( ) 5220.00 TVS8EMA12S( ) 160 TVS8EMA16A( ) 5714.00 TVS8EMA16S( ) 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 240 TVS8EMA24A( ) 8528.00 TVS8EMA24S( ) 4-wire + ground b 320 TVS8EMA32A( ) 11399.00 TVS8EMA32S( ) Wye 480 TVS8EMA48A( ) 17012.00 TVS8EMA48S( ) 120 TVS8HEMA12A( ) 5220.00 TVS8HEMA12S( ) 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS8HEMA16A( ) 5714.00 TVS8HEMA16S( ) 3-wire + ground 180 TVS8HEMA18A( ) 8528.00 TVS8HEMA18S( ) High-Resistance Ground 240 TVS8HEMA24A( ) 11399.00 TVS8HEMA24S( ) 320 TVS8HEMA32A( ) 17012.00 TVS8HEMA32S( ) 120 TVS9EMA12A( ) 5220.00 TVS9EMA12S( ) 600 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS9EMA16A( ) 5714.00 TVS9EMA16S( ) 3-wire + ground, 180 TVS9EMA18A( ) 8528.00 TVS9EMA18S( ) Delta 240 TVS9EMA24A( ) 11399.00 TVS9EMA24S( ) 320 TVS9EMA32A( ) 17012.00 TVS9EMA32S( ) a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system. c 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. Service Voltage External Modular SPD with Integral Switch External Modular SPD with Sine Wave Tracking Module External Modular High-Resistance Ground SPD 6-2 External Modular Options ( ) (1) UL 1449 Type 1 (I) d Integral Switch (SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG) (I1) d UL 1449 Type 1 and Integral Switch (SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG) (ISWT) d Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG) (ISWT1) d UL 1449 Type 1, Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG) Accessory Description Cat. No. Remote Monitor TVS12RMU 12-inch Flush Mount Kit TVS12FMK 20-inch Flush Mount Kit TVS20FMK d Not available in stainless steel for 320 and 480 kA DE1B Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com $ Price 5964.00 6414.00 8838.00 11379.00 16215.00 6177.00 6648.00 9200.00 11849.00 16940.00 6177.00 6648.00 9200.00 — — 6177.00 6648.00 9200.00 11849.00 16940.00 6390.00 6885.00 9564.00 12321.00 17667.00 6390.00 6885.00 9564.00 12321.00 17667.00 6390.00 6885.00 9564.00 12321.00 17667.00 6638.00 7131.00 9945.00 12816.00 18429.00 6638.00 7131.00 9945.00 12816.00 18429.00 6638.00 7131.00 9945.00 12816.00 18429.00 $ Price 0.00 738.00 750.00 738.00 750.00 1488.00 1488.00 $ Price 788.00 945.00 1103.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Surge Protective Devices External Surge Protective Device Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us External Modular L-L Enhanced SPDs External modular Line-to-Line (L-L) Enhanced SPDs are parallel systems that provide 10 modes of protection and enhanced, discrete L-L suppression paths. L-L Enhanced SPDs External Modular L-L Enhanced SPD with Sine Wave Tracking Module $ Price 10010.00 12657.00 15627.00 18597.00 10890.00 12870.00 15840.00 18810.00 External Modular L-L Enhanced Options ( ) $ Price (1) UL 1449 Type 1 (SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module (SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module 0.00 750.00 750.00 Accessory Description Remote Monitor 20-inch Flush Mount Kit Cat. No. TVS12RMU TVS20FMK $ Price 788.00 1103.00 External Brick Assembly SPDs External Brick Assembly (EBA) SPD products consist of a consolidation of phase modules into one solid brick casting and offered at a competitive price for those who want superior surge suppression on a limited budget. Table 6.3: EBA SPDs Peak Surge NEMA 4X NEMA 3R $ Price Current Rating Stainless Steel Cat. No. per Phase (kA) Cat. No. 120/240 V,1-phase, 120 TVS1EBA12A( ) 3467.00 TVS1EBA12S( ) 3-wire + ground 160 TVS1EBA16A( ) 4208.00 TVS1EBA16S( ) Wye 240 TVS1EBA24A( ) 6290.00 TVS1EBA24S( ) 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS2EBA12A( ) 3588.00 TVS2EBA12S( ) 4-wire + ground ab 160 TVS2EBA16A( ) 4388.00 TVS2EBA16S( ) Wye 240 TVS2EBA24A( ) 6525.00 TVS2EBA24S( ) 240/120 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS3EBA12A( ) 3588.00 TVS3EBA12S( ) 4-wire + ground 160 TVS3EBA16A( ) 4388.00 TVS3EBA16S( ) High-leg Delta 240 TVS3EBA24A( ) 6525.00 TVS3EBA24S( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS4EBA12A( ) 3743.00 TVS4EBA12S( ) 4-wire + ground bc 160 TVS4EBA16A( ) 4581.00 TVS4EBA16S( ) Wye 240 TVS4EBA24A( ) 6827.00 TVS4EBA24S( ) 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS8EBA12A( ) 3905.00 TVS8EBA12S( ) 4-wire + ground b 160 TVS8EBA16A( ) 4787.00 TVS8EBA16S( ) Wye 240 TVS8EBA24A( ) 7143.00 TVS8EBA24S( ) a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system. c 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. Service Voltage External Brick Assembly SPD with Integral Switch © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved $ Price 4884.00 5625.00 7707.00 5006.00 5805.00 7943.00 5006.00 5805.00 7943.00 5160.00 5999.00 8244.00 5322.00 6204.00 8561.00 External Brick Assembly Options ( ) (1) UL 1449 Type 1 (I) Integral Switch (SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta) (I1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Integral Switch (SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta) (ISWT) Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta) (ISWT1) UL 1449 Type 1, Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta) $ Price 0.00 738.00 750.00 738.00 750.00 1,488.00 1,488.00 Accessory Description Remote Monitor 12-inch Flush Mount Kit 20-inch Flush Mount Kit $ Price 788.00 945.00 1103.00 PE4 PE7 PE1A Cat. No. TVS12RMU TVS12FMK TVS20FMK Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 6-3 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES Peak Surge NEMA 4X NEMA 3R $ Price Current Rating Stainless Steel Cat. No. per Phase (kA) Cat. No. 120 TVS2MEMA12A( ) 8810.00 TVS2MEMA12S( ) 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 180 TVS2MEMA18A( ) 10790.00 TVS2MEMA18S( ) 4-wire + ground e 270 TVS2MEMA27A( ) 13760.00 TVS2MEMA27S( ) Wye 360 TVS2MEMA36A( ) 16730.00 TVS2MEMA36S( ) 120 TVS4MEMA12A( ) 9023.00 TVS4MEMA12S( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 180 TVS4MEMA18A( ) 11003.00 TVS4MEMA18S( ) 4-wire + ground f 270 TVS4MEMA27A( ) 13973.000 TVS4MEMA27S( ) Wye 360 TVS4MEMA36A( ) 16943.00 TVS4MEMA36S( ) e 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. f 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. Service Voltage 6 Table 6.2: Surge Protective Devices Replacement Modules Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 Replacement Modules All modules and brick assemblies are US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. d For UL 1449 Type 1 Modules, add suffix (1). Example: MA1IMA121 6 MA Replacement Module HRG Replacement Module SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES Delta Replacement Module Table 6.4: System Voltage Peak Surge Current Rating (kA) Catalog Numbers Phase A $ Price Phase B $ Price 120 MA1IMA12 906.00 — — 160 MA1IMA16 1064.00 — — 240 MA1IMA24 1229.00 — — 120 MA1IMA12 906.00 MA1IMA12 906.00 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground a 160 MA1IMA16 1064.00 MA1IMA16 1064.00 Wye 240 MA1IMA24 1229.00 MA1IMA24 1229.00 120 MA1IMA12 906.00 MA3IMA12 906.00 120/240 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground b 160 MA1IMA16 1064.00 MA3IMA16 1064.00 High-Leg Delta 240 MA1IMA24 1229.00 MA3IMA24 1229.00 120 MA6IMA12 906.00 MA6IMA12 906.00 240 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 MA6IMA16 1064.00 MA6IMA16 1064.00 Delta 240 MA6IMA24 1229.00 MA6IMA24 1229.00 120 MA4IMA12 906.00 MA4IMA12 906.00 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground c 160 MA4IMA16 1064.00 MA4IMA16 1064.00 Wye 240 MA4IMA24 1229.00 MA4IMA24 1229.00 120 MA4IMA12H 906.00 MA4IMA12H 906.00 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground c 160 MA4IMA16H 1064.00 MA4IMA16H 1064.00 High-Resistance Ground 240 MA4IMA24H 1229.00 MA4IMA24H 1229.00 120 MA5IMA12 906.00 MA5IMA12 906.00 480 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 MA5IMA16 1064.00 MA5IMA16 1064.00 Delta 240 MA5IMA24 1229.00 MA5IMA24 1229.00 120 MA8IMA12 906.00 MA8IMA12 906.00 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground 160 MA8IMA16 1064.00 MA8IMA16 1064.00 Wye 240 MA8IMA24 1229.00 MA8IMA24 1229.00 120 MA8IMA12H 906.00 MA8IMA12H 906.00 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 MA8IMA16H 1064.00 MA8IMA16H 1064.00 High-Resistance Ground 180 MA8IMA18H 1229.00 MA8IMA18H 1229.00 120 MA9IMA12 906.00 MA9IMA12 906.00 600 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 MA9IMA16 1064.00 MA9IMA16 1064.00 Delta 180 MA9IMA18 1229.00 MA9IMA18 1229.00 a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b High-leg delta (Phase B modules are different than Phase A and Phase C modules). c 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. 120/240 V, 1-phase, 3-wire + ground Table 6.5: www.schneider-electric.us EMA Replacement Modules Phase C $ Price MA1IMA12 MA1IMA16 MA1IMA24 MA1IMA12 MA1IMA16 MA1IMA24 MA1IMA12 MA1IMA16 MA1IMA24 MA6IMA12 MA6IMA16 MA6IMA24 MA4IMA12 MA4IMA16 MA4IMA24 MA4IMA12H MA4IMA16H MA4IMA24H MA5IMA12 MA5IMA16 MA5IMA24 MA8IMA12 MA8IMA16 MA8IMA24 MA8IMA12H MA8IMA16H MA8IMA18H MA9IMA12 MA9IMA16 MA9IMA18 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 EBA Replacement Modules System Voltage Peak Surge Current Rating (kA) Catalog Numbers $ Price 120 MA1IBA12 160 MA1IBA16 240 MA1IBA24 120 MA2IBA12 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 160 MA2IBA16 4-wire + ground a 240 MA2IBA24 120 MA3IBA12 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground b 160 MA3IBA16 High-leg Delta 240 MA3IBA24 120 MA4IBA12 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground c 160 MA4IBA16 Wye 240 MA4IBA24 120 MA8IBA12 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground 160 MA8IBA16 Wye 240 MA8IBA24 a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b High-leg delta (Phase B modules are different than Phase A and Phase C modules). c 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. 2717.00 3189.00 3686.00 2717.00 3189.00 3686.00 2717.00 3189.00 3686.00 2717.00 3189.00 3686.00 2717.00 3189.00 3686.00 120/240 V, 1-phase, 3-wire + ground EBA Replacement Module Table 6.6: L-L Enhanced MA (L-N, L-G) Replacement Modules System Voltage MA Replacement Module Peak Surge Current Rating (kA) Table 6.7: 6-4 Peak Surge Current Rating (kA) $ Price 906.00 1064.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1064.00 1229.00 Phase C MA2IMA40LL MA2IMA60LL MA2IMA90LL MA2IMA12LL MA4IMA40LL MA4IMA60LL MA4IMA90LL MA4IMA12LL $ Price 604.00 709.00 819.00 946.00 604.00 709.00 819.00 946.00 Catalog Numbers Phase A $ Price Phase B $ Price 120 MA2IMA40LL 604.00 MA2IMA40LL 604.00 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 180 MA2IMA60LL 709.00 MA2IMA60LL 709.00 4-wire + ground a 270 MA2IMA90LL 819.00 MA2IMA90LL 819.00 Wye 360 MA2IMA12LL 946.00 MA2IMA12LL 946.00 120 MA4IMA40LL 604.00 MA4IMA40LL 604.00 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 180 MA4IMA60LL 709.00 MA4IMA60LL 709.00 4-wire + ground b 270 MA4IMA90LL 819.00 MA4IMA90LL 819.00 Wye 360 MA4IMA12LL 946.00 MA4IMA12LL 946.00 a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. PE4 Phase C MA1IMA12 MA1IMA16 MA1IMA16 MA1IMA24 MA4IMA12 MA4IMA16 MA4IMA16 MA4IMA24 L-L Enhanced (L-L) Replacement Modules System Voltage L-L Enhanced Replacement Module Catalog Numbers Phase A $ Price Phase B $ Price 120 MA1IMA12 906.00 MA1IMA12 906.00 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 180 MA1IMA16 1064.00 MA1IMA16 1064.00 4-wire + ground a 270 MA1IMA16 1064.00 MA1IMA16 1064.00 Wye 360 MA1IMA24 1229.00 MA1IMA24 1229.00 120 MA4IMA12 906.00 MA4IMA12 906.00 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 180 MA4IMA16 1064.00 MA4IMA16 1064.00 4-wire + ground b 270 MA4IMA16 1064.00 MA4IMA16 1064.00 Wye 360 MA4IMA24 1229.00 MA4IMA24 1229.00 a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. PE7 PE1A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Surge Protective Devices Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices Internally mounted surge protective devices are installed integrally to systems for service entrance and branch panel surge suppression. Internally mounted SPDs installed next to supply busses provide maximum performance inside Square D™ systems. Built-in performance is the best way to ensure cost effective power quality (especially important for critical power facilities). US and Canadian UL® Recognized as a Type 2 (or 1 with optional suffix in catalog number) SPD Component Assembly to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems. Internally Mounted—New Construction Factory installed integral/internal Surgelogic™ SPD products make adding surge suppression to new construction projects easy. Refer to the sections listed below to identify the correct product for your application or contact Surgelogic™ TAG at 1-800-577-7353 for assistance. NQ PZ4 QED Integrated Power and Control Centers Refer to Section 10 MCC IPAC2 Busway—Refer to Section 12 Internally Mounted—Retrofit To ensure high-performance surge suppression at critical power locations, a variety of Surgelogic™ products have been designed specifically for retrofitting into commonly used Square D™ systems. The QMB fusible switch, 6 in. MCC bucket, I-Line and Busway plug-on units come with the SPD factory-installed. Retrofitting SPD units into I-Line, QMB, MCC, and Busway applications is simple. • Audible alarm with enable/disable switch, dry contacts, and surge counter standard. • 200 kA SCCR • Indicator LEDs • EMI/RFI filtering Table 6.8: I-Line™ Surgelogic™ SPD Unit Internally Mounted—Retrofit Voltage Surge Current Rating I-Line Branch Units a Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. Busway Surgelogic™ SPD Unit MCC Surgelogic™ SPD Unit © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Cat. No. 120 kA HL1IMA12C( ) 9518.00 FI1IMA12C( ) 10185.00 QMB1IMA12 160 kA HL1IMA16C( ) 10455.00 FI1IMA16C( ) 11199.00 QMB1IMA16 240 kA HL1IMA24C( ) 14100.00 FI1IMA24C( ) 15525.00 QMB1IMA24 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL2IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI2IMA12C( ) 10562.00 QMB2IMA12 4-wire + ground fg 160 kA HL2IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI2IMA16C( ) 11616.00 QMB2IMA16 Wye 240 kA HL2IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI2IMA24C( ) 16170.00 QMB2IMA24 120 kA HL3IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI3IMA12C( ) 10562.00 QMB3IMA12 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground 160 kA HL3IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI3IMA16C( ) 11616.00 QMB3IMA16 High-leg Delta 240 kA HL3IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI3IMA24C( ) 16170.00 QMB3IMA24 120 kA HL6IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI6IMA12C( ) 10562.00 — 240 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground, 160 kA HL6IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI6IMA16C( ) 11616.00 — Delta 240 kA HL6IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI6IMA24C( ) 16170.00 — 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL4IMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI4IMA12C( ) 10944.00 QMB4IMA12 4-wire + ground fh 160 kA HL4IMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI4IMA16C( ) 12039.00 QMB4IMA16 Wye 240 kA HL4IMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI4IMA24C( ) 16818.00 QMB4IMA24 — 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL4HIMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI4HIMA12C( ) 10944.00 3-wire + ground h 160 kA HL4HIMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI4HIMA16C( ) 12039.00 — High-Resistance Ground 240 kA HL4HIMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI4HIMA24C( ) 16818.00 — 120 kA HL5IMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI5IMA12C( ) 10944.00 — 480 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground, 160 kA HL5IMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI5IMA16C( ) 12039.00 — Delta 240 kA HL5IMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI5IMA24C( ) 16818.00 — — — FI8IMA12C( ) 11342.00 QMB8IMA12 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 120 kA 4-wire + ground f 160 kA — — FI8IMA16C( ) 12482.00 QMB8IMA16 Wye 240 kA — — FI8IMA24C( ) 16692.00 QMB8IMA24 — — FI8HIMA12C( ) 11342.00 — 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 120 kA 3-wire + ground, 160 kA — — FI8HIMA16C( ) 12482.00 — High-Resistance Ground 180 kA — — FI8HIMA18C( ) 16692.00 — 120 kA — — FI9IMA12C( ) 11342.00 — 600V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground, 160 kA — — FI9IMA16C( ) 12482.00 — Delta 180 kA — — FI9IMA18C( ) 16692.00 — a Requires 13.5-inch mounting height. d PE4 Discount Schedule. b Requires 9-inch mounting height. e PE7 Discount Schedule. c Requires 6-inch mounting height. f Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system. ( ) For a Type 1 SPD, add a “1” suffix to the catalog number. 120/240 V, 1-phase, 3-wire + ground QMB Surgelogic™ SPD Unit QMB Branch Units b $ Price PE4 PE7 PE1A $ Price Busway Units Cat. No. $ Pricee Model 6 MCC Units c Cat. No. $ Priced 6663.00 — — — — 7340.00 — — — — 10055.00 — — — — 6899.00 — — MCC2IMA12 6700.00 7602.00 PIU2IMA16 4472.00 MCC2IMA16 8700.00 10460.00 PIU2IMA24 6407.00 MCC2IMA24 12200.00 6899.00 — — MCC3IMA12 6700.00 7602.00 PIU3IMA16 4472.00 MCC3IMA16 8700.00 10460.00 PIU3IMA24 6407.00 MCC3IMA24 12200.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7137.00 — — MCC4IMA12 7200.00 7868.00 PIU4IMA16 4740.00 MCC4IMA16 9200.00 10868.00 PIU4IMA24 6792.00 MCC4IMA24 13200.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7388.00 — — MCC8IMA12 7700.00 8145.00 PIU8IMA16 4919.00 MCC8IMA16 9700.00 11295.00 PIU8IMA24 7048.00 MCC8IMA24 14200.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — g 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. h 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 6-5 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES NF Motor Control Centers Refer to Section 17 Switchboards and Switchgear Refer to Section 11 6 Panelboards Refer to Section 9 Surge Protective Devices Surgelogic™ Surge Protective Devices Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us OEM/Assembler Kits Surgelogic™ OEM/assembler kits allow manufacturers to add industry-leading surge suppression directly to customized equipment. Manufacturers benefit from shorter wire lengths that optimize the clamping voltage of the SPD. Products come with a backplanemounted SPD, mounting hardware and diagnostic display with 36-inch cables. Audible alarm, silence switch, remote monitoring contacts, and surge counter are standard. Available as UL 1449 Type 2 (or 1 with optional suffix in catalog number). US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA 22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems. Table 6.9: OEM/Assembler Kits Service Voltage 6 OEM Kit SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES () a b c d Peak Surge Current Rating Cat. No. a per Phase (kA) 120 TVS1IMA12O( ) 120/240 V, 1-phase, 160 TVS1IMA16O( ) 3-wire + ground 240 TVS1IMA24O( ) 120 TVS2IMA12O( ) 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground bc 160 TVS2IMA16O( ) Wye 240 TVS2IMA24O( ) 120 TVS3IMA12O( ) 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground 160 TVS3IMA16O( ) High-leg Delta 240 TVS3IMA24O( ) 120 TVS6IMA12O( ) 240 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground bd 160 TVS6IMA16O( ) Delta 240 TVS6IMA24O( ) 120 TVS4IMA12O( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground bd 160 TVS4IMA16O( ) Wye 240 TVS4IMA24O( ) 120 TVS4HIMA12O( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground bd 160 TVS4HIMA16O( ) High-Resistance Ground 240 TVS4HIMA24O( ) 120 TVS5IMA12O( ) 480 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 TVS5IMA16O( ) Delta 240 TVS5IMA24O( ) 120 TVS8IMA12O( ) 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground b 160 TVS8IMA16O( ) Wye 240 TVS8IMA24O( ) 120 TVS8HIMA12O( ) 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS8HIMA16O( ) 3-wire + ground b High Resistance Ground 180 TVS8HIMA18O( ) 120 TVS9IMA12O( ) 600 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 TVS9IMA16O( ) Delta 180 TVS9IMA18O( ) For a Type 1 SPD, add a “1” suffix to the catalog number. Note the last character of the catalog number is the letter “O”, not a zero. Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system. 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. $ Price 4137.00 4547.00 6753.00 4331.00 4760.00 7082.00 4331.00 4760.00 7082.00 4331.00 4760.00 7082.00 4526.00 4976.00 7413.00 4526.00 4976.00 7413.00 4526.00 4976.00 7413.00 4751.00 5199.00 7760.00 4751.00 5199.00 7760.00 4751.00 5199.00 7760.00 Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices SDSA3650 Surge Protective Devices SDSA3650 SPDs are designed and listed for indoor or outdoor installation and surge suppression for three-phase grounded electrical services up to 600 Vac, including delta services (SDSA3650D). The SDSA3650 series is used extensively in service entrance panels to provide an efficient and economical means of surge suppression. US and Canadian UL® Listed as a Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. SDSA3650 • • • • LEDs indicate operational status Short circuit current rating 200 kA Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated) Convenient back-nipple mounting Table 6.10: SDSA3650 Surge Protective Devices Peak Surge Current Rating per Phase (kA) Description e f SDSA3650D 6-6 600 Vac Maximum, 40 3-phase, 4-wiree 600 Vac Maximum, 3-phase, 3-wire 40 Delta Do not use on ungrounded systems. Systems must be solidly grounded. See Table 6.13 for QOSAMK mounting kit for installation in QO™ load centers. OE1A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Cat. No. $ Price SDSA3650 f 248.00 SDSA3650D f 248.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Surge Protective Devices Nipple Mounted SPDs Class 6671 / Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us HWA Surge Protective Devices Surgelogic™ HWA surge protective devices are compact, nipple-mounted parallel-connected surge suppressors that come in a variety of voltage configurations, including Delta. A surge suppression path is provided for each mode, and the product is rated NEMA Type 4X. Internal diagnostics continuously monitor the device status. US and Canadian UL® Listed as a Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems. • • Table 6.11: • • -54 dB EMI/RFI filtering Sine wave tracking Audible alarm indicates loss of suppression (does not contain alarm enable/disable switch) Dry contacts Optional flush-mount kit TVSHWAFMK HWA Surge Protective Devices Service Voltage a b c • • • Peak Surge Current Rating per Phase (kA) NEMA 4X Cat. No. 50 TVS1HWA50X 120/240 V, 1-phase, 80 TVS1HWA80X 3-wire + ground 100 TVS1HWA10X 50 TVS2HWA50X 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 80 TVS2HWA80X 4-wire + ground ab 100 TVS2HWA10X 50 TVS3HWA50X 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground 80 TVS3HWA80X High-leg Delta 100 TVS3HWA10X 50 TVS6HWA50X 240 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 80 TVS6HWA80X Delta 100 TVS6HWA10X 50 TVS4HWA50X 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 80 TVS4HWA80X 4-wire + ground ac 100 TVS4HWA10X 50 TVS5HWA50X 480 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 80 TVS5HWA80X Delta 100 TVS5HWA10X 50 TVS8HWA50X 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 80 TVS8HWA80X 4-wire + ground 100 TVS8HWA10X 50 TVS9HWA50X 600 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 80 TVS9HWA80X Delta 100 TVS9HWA10X Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system. 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. $ Price 2385.00 2660.00 3401.00 2544.00 2810.00 3611.00 2544.00 2810.00 3611.00 2583.00 2924.00 3606.00 2640.00 2907.00 3853.00 3052.00 3393.00 4075.00 2915.00 3171.00 3853.00 3052.00 3393.00 4075.00 SDSA1175 Surge Protective Devices SDSA1175 SPDs are designed and listed for indoor or outdoor installation and surge suppression for single-phase three-wire 120/240 Vac or two-wire 120 Vac 60 Hz electrical services. This product is ideal for panel builders as well as manufacturers and integrators of instrumentation cabinets for industrial, commercial, and residential applications for singlephase power systems. Two SDSA1175 surge protection devices can be installed to provide suppression for 208Y/120 Vac three-phase four-wire services. US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. SDSA1175 • • • • LED indicates operational status Short circuit current rating 25 kA Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated) Convenient back-nipple mounting Table 6.12: SDSA1175 Surge Protective Devices System Voltage a Peak Surge Current Rating per Phase (kA) 120/240 V, 1-phase, 3-wire 36 120 V, 1-phase, 2-wire 36 See Table 6.13 for QOSAMK mounting kit for installation in QO™ load centers. Cat. No. SDSA1175 a SDSA1175T a $ Price 92.00 92.00 Mounting Brackets and Flush Mount Kits The nipple products shown in this catalog provide a convenient means of incorporating surge suppression within a new or existing cabinet. The mounting bracket and flush-mount kits are designed for easy mounting of nipple products. Table 6.13: QOSAMK © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Mounting Bracket for Enclosures Description Mounting bracket for QO™ and Homeline™ load centers and other enclosures Flush-mount kit for XR SPDs Flush-mount kif for HWA SPDs DE1B Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Cat. No. QOSAMK TVSXRFMK TVSHWAFMK $ Price 11.40 58.00 180.00 6-7 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES HWA Series LEDs indicate operational status Short circuit current rating 200 kA Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated) Convenient side-nipple mounting Compact design provides easy mounting inside or outside the equipment cabinets 6 • • • Surge Protective Devices Residential SPDs Class 6671 Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us XR Surge Protective Devices The XR SPD provides high-quality surge suppression in a compact and versatile package. This product is ideal for panel builders as well as manufacturers and integrators of instrumentation cabinets for industrial, commercial, and residential applications for singlephase power systems. US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. • • • XR Series • LEDs indicate operational status Short circuit current rating 25 kA Convenient side nipple mounting Table 6.14: • Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated) Optional flush mount kit TVSXRFMK XR Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices Peak Surge Current Rating per Phase (kA) 50 80 System Voltage 120/240 V, 1-phase, 3-wire + ground Cat. No. $ Price TVS120XR50S TVS120XR80S 315.00 515.00 Residential Surge Protective Devices 6 Whole House Surge Protective Devices SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES Whole House devices are designed to deliver surge suppression that addresses the entire home. AC modules are connected to the circuit breaker load center and provide suppression for all equipment connected to the power system. Whole House systems incorporate AC modules as well as modules for other metallic lines coming into the home including telephone/DSL and coaxial video/data. US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Telephone and coaxial video modules US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 497A 4th Edition and UL 497B 4th Edition. • • • • SDSB1175R SDSB1175C 120/240 Vac, 80 kA/phase AC surge suppression LED status indicators for AC surge suppression Telephone surge suppression module supports four lines with tool-less Insulation Displacement Connectors (IDC) Coaxial surge suppression module supports one line of video/data Table 6.15: Whole House Surge Protective Devices Description Whole House NEMA 1 Basic Whole House NEMA 1 Whole House NEMA 3R Basic Whole House NEMA 3R Home Electronics Protective Device Included Modules AC AC, Telephone, Coax (1) AC AC, Telephone, Coax (1) AC Cat. No. SDSB1175CB SDSB1175C SDSB1175RB SDSB1175R HEPD80 $ Price 439.00 630.00 546.00 737.00 185.00 Whole House Accessories Add additional surge suppression or replace existing modules in Whole House products. Coaxial and telephone modules: US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 497A 4th Edition and UL 497B 4th Edition. AC Module: US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Table 6.16: Accessories HEPD80 Description 4-Line telephone surge suppressor with tool-less IDC terminations Coaxial video surge suppressor Whole House AC Module (HEPD80) replacement kit Cat. No. $ Price SDSA4P SDSA2V HEPD80RK 101.00 90.00 204.00 QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Load Center Surge Protective Devices SDSA2V SDSA4P HEPD80RK Square D™ load center surge protective devices are easy to install plug-in units that install as quickly as a standard circuit breaker. The surge suppressors use two pole spaces in a QO™ or Homeline™ load center, or NQ panelboard. US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. • • QO2175SB for QO™ load centers, combination devices, and NQ panelboards HOM2175SB for Homeline™ load centers and combination devices Table 6.17: • • • Plug-on design requires two pole spaces LED indicates operational status 22.5 kA per phase QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Panelboard Surge Arresters Description QO™ Surgebreaker for QO and NQ Homeline™ Surgebreaker QO2175SB 6-8 Cat. No. QO2175SB HOM2175SB $ Price 159.00 159.00 HOM2175SB DE1B Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Back to Product Index Section 7 Section Listing Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers H-Frame J-Frame 7-10 QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories 7-12 QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases 7-13 QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers and QYU Supplementary Protectors 7-14 7-15 Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers 7-16 PowerPact™ Molded Case Circuit Breakers 7-21 PowerPact Family 7-21 H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-22 Q-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-24 L-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-25 M-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-26 P-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-27 R-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-28 Motor Circuit Protectors 7-29 PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors 7-29 H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector 7-30 Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers 7-31 H-, J-, and LA-Frame MCP Selection 7-32 Motor Protection Selection Tables 7-33 Automatic Switches 7-34 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers 7-35 Mission Critical Circuit Breakers 7-37 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories 7-39 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units 7-46 Masterpact™ Universal Power Circuit Breakers 7-50 Ground-Fault Protection 7-51 Dimensions and Shipping Weights 7-54 Circuit Breaker Enclosures 7-56 Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches 7-59 7 M-Frame 7-10 QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU Accessories L-Frame 7-2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Selection Information P-Frame R-Frame 7-1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 HOM Circuit Breakers 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — 5f — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — 5f — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X X X X X X X X X — — — — — — 2 1 2 3 — QOBVHGFI QOB-EPD QOB-EPE — — — — — — — — — — — — 1 2, 3 a 1,2 3 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 15–50 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 3 QOB-GFI 15–60 2 QOB- QOBCAFI VHAFI 15–30 Current Range — 1 — 15–30 1 QHB 15–50 — 2 QO-EPD QO-EPE 15–60 — 1 QOVHGFI 15–30 — 2 QO-GFI 15–30 — 1 QOQOCAFI VHAFI 15–20 — 1 — — QOB-VH QOT 15–30 — 2 QOB-H — QH 15–30 — 1 10–70 — 10–200m Unit Mount Number of Poles 15–50b — 15–50 — 15–20 — 15–50 — 15–20 — 15–20 — 15–200m — 15–50 — QO-VH 15–30 QOB Bolt-on QO-H 15–150 QO 15–70 HOMT 15–100 HOMEPD 15–70 HOMGFI 15–125 HOMAFI 15–100 HOM QO™ Circuit Breakers 10–100 Plug-on Circuit Breaker Type www.schneider-electric.us 10 10 — 10 — — 5f — — — — — — 10 10 — 10 — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — 22 — — — — — — — — — 22 22 65 22 22 65 — — — — 22e — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 65 65 — 65 — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 22 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — 22 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X — — — — Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA Rating (kA) (50/60 Hz) DC Ratings 120 Vac 120/240 Vac 208Y/120 240 Vac d 277 Vac 480Y/277 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 65 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc IEC 60947-2 (50/60 Hz)g IEC (Icu) Special Ratings CCC Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN HACR h NOM Other Standard 7 HACRi NOM HACR h HACR i — — — X — X MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS — — X — — — — — — X — — HACR i — X X — — X X X X — — X — X X — — — — — — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — NOM — — — — — X — — NOM Accessories and Modifications Shunt Trip j Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches j Alarm Switch j Handle Operators Handle Padlock Attachment Xk — Xk Xk — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X — X X — X — X X — X — X X — X — X X — X X X X — — — — X X X X X X X X — — — — X X X — — — — Xl X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X X X X X X X — X — X X X — — — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic Molded Case Switch Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) 3.13 (79) 3.5 (89) a 4.75 (121) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19) a 2.98 (76) 2.92 (74) a Pages Page 1-13 Pages 7-10, 7-11 a See page 7-54 for dimensions for: QOB2150VH, QOB3110VH, QOB3125VH and QOB3150VH. b HOMT tandem is 30 A maximum. HOMT quad tandem has 20 A maximum on outside poles, and 50 A maximum on the inside poles. c AFI, EPD and GFI products are rated 60 Hz only. d See the Supplemental Digest Page 3-22 for 3Ø corner grounded systems. e 22 kA @ 240 Vac for 3P only. f 1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only. g See the Supplemental Digest Section 10 for circuit breakers with IEC ratings. h HACR on HOM 1P 15–50 A and 2P 15–100 A i HACR on QO, QOB 1P 10–70 A, 2P 15–100 A, 3P 10–100 A; QOB-VH 1P 15–70 A, 2P 15–125 A, 3P 15–100 A j Factory-installed option only k Factory-installed accessories are not available on QOB-VH 2P150 A and 3P 110–150 A l Handle padlock attachment available for HOMT quad tandem only. m 2P 150–200 A requires 4P width. Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height Width Depth 7-2 4.12 (103) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 www.schneider-electric.us QOU Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Type QOM1 and QOM2 Main Circuit Breakers Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors EDB Circuit Breakers Plug-on — — — — — — — — — Bolt-on — — QOM1-VH QOM2-VH — — EDB EGB EJB QOU QYUa — — UL 489 C60 UL1077 C60b 1 2 2 Unit Mount C60H-DC — — — Current Range 15–125 15–70 15–125 2, 3 15–70 1 15–125 2, 3 15–70 1 0.5–40 2, 3 0.5–40 1 1–63 2 1–63 1 0.5–63 3,4 0.5–35 2 0.5–35 1 0.5–35 3 100–225 2 50–125 1 10–30 3 10–100 2 10–125 1 10–100 Number of Poles Interrupting Ratings 120 Vac UL/CSA 120/240 Vac Rating 240 Vacc (kA RMS) 277 Vac (50/60 Hz) 480Y/277 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 65 Vdc DC Ratings 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 500 Vdc IEC 60947-2 240 Vac (50/60 Hz) 415 Vac Icu 10 10 — — — 5d 5e — — — — — 10 10 — — — 5d 5e — — — — — 10 10 10 — — 5d 5e — — — — — — — — 5 — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — 10 5 5 — 10 — 10 — — — — 20 — 10 10 — 10 — 10 — 10 — — 20 — 10 10 — 10 — — — — — — 20 10 10 10 5 — 10 — 10 — — — 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 — 10 10 — — 10 10 10 10 5 5 — — — — — — 10 — — — — — 5 5 5 5 5 — 20 — — — — — 5 5 5 5 5 5k 10 25 18 18 18 — — — — — — — 20 25 25 25 18 18 — — — — — — — 65 35 35 35 — — — — — — — — 65 65 65 35 35 — — — — — — — 100 65 65 65 — — — — — — — — 100 100 100 65 65 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — 5 5 — — 10 — — — — — Xl Xl Xl — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X X X X X X X X X — — — — — X X X X X X — — — — — — g — — — — Special Ratings CCC Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN Other Standard HACR f HACR Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic Molded Case Switch Xh — Xh Xh — Xh — Xh Xh — Xh — Xh Xh — Xh — Xh Xh — — — — — — X h — — — — X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X — X X X X X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) Height 4.05 (103) 5.09 (129)i 5.60 (142)i 4.21 (107)j 3.19 (81) 3.19 (81) Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) Width 0.75 (19) 5.00 (127)i 5.07 (129)i 0.71 (18) 0.71 (18) 0.71 (18) 1.42 (36) in. (mm) Depth 2.92 (74) 3.47 (88)i 3.60 (91)i 2.76 (70) 2.76 (70) 2.56 (65) Pages Pages 7-14 Pages 1-2 Pages 7-16 through 7-19 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a QYU is a UL 1077 supplementary protector. b C60 are recognized components per UL 1077. c For information regarding 3Ø corner grounded systems see the Supplemental Digest. Page 3-22 d 1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only. e QOU is UL Listed for 60 Vdc per pole 80–100 A, 1P; 80–125 A, 2P; and 70–100 A, 3P. f HACR on QOU 1P and 3P 15–100 A, 2P 15–125 A; g UL 489A for DC Telecom applications (1-pole only). h Factory-installed option only i QOM1 and QOM2 dimensions are for 2-pole unit. j 480 V C60 height is 5.56 in. (141 mm). k 2 poles must be wired in series for 500 Vdc. l 15–70 A 1P and 2P, 15–60 A 3P © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 5.66 (144) 0.98 (25) 4.05 (103) Page 9-17 7 Shunt Trip Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches Alarm Switch Handle Operators Handle Padlock Attachment 7-3 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600, 800 PowerPact™ 150 A H-Frame www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact 250 A J-Frame Electronic Trip Version Electronic Trip Version Circuit Breaker Type HD HG HJ HL HR JD JG JJ JL Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3a 2, 3a 3 2, 3a 2, 3a 2, 3a 2, 3a 3 15–150 A 15–150 A 15–150 A 15–150 A 15–150 A 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab Current Range JR Interrupting Ratings 240 Vac 25 65 100 125 200 25 65 100 125 200 480Y/277 Vac 18 35 65 100 200 18 35 65 100 200 480 Vac 18 35 65 100 200 18 35 65 100 200 600Y/347 Vac 14 18 25 50 100 14 18 25 50 100 600 Vac 14 18 25 50 100 14 18 25 50 100 250 Vdcc 20 20 20 20 — 20 20 20 20 — 500 Vdcc — — — — — — 20 — — — 240 Vac 25/25 65/65 100/100 125/125 125/125 25/25 65/65 100/100 125/125 125/125 415 Vac 18/18 35/35 65/65 100/100 100/100 18/18 35/35 65/65 100/100 100/100 CCC X X X X X X X X X X Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X X X X X HACR (2P, 3P) X X X X X X X X X X Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X X X X X Rear Connection Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Drawout Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Optional Lugs Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Shunt Trip X X X X X X X X X X Undervoltage Trip X X X X X X X X X X Auxiliary Switches X X X X X X X X X X Alarm Switch X X X X X X X X X X Motor Operator Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Handle Operators Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Mechanical Interlocks (3P) X X X X X X X X X X Handle Padlock Attachment Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3P) — — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protection — — — — — — — — — — X UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) DC Ratings IEC Rating (kA RMS) Icu/lcsd IEC 50/60 Hz Special Ratings Connections/Terminations 7 Accessories and Modifications MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic X X X X — X X X X Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — Xf Xf Xf — Xf Xf X X Molded Case Switch (Automatic) X X X X X X X X X X Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Electronic Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X — X X X — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X — X X X — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X — X X X — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X X X — X X X — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height 6.4 (163) 7.5 (191) Width 4.1 (104) 4.1 (104) Depth 3.4 (86) 3.4 (86) Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Pages 7-22, 7-23, 7-29, 7-34/9-25 Pages 7-22, 7-23, 7-29, 7-34, 7-35/9-25 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a 2P in a 3P module. b 70–250 A with electronic trip system c Not available with electronic trip units d Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest. Section 10 e Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module). f 3P only. 7-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600, 800 www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact 250 A Q-Frame PowerPact 600 A L-Frame Circuit Breaker Type QB QD QG QJ LD LG LJ LL LR Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 70–250b 70–250b 70–250b 70–250b 70–600 70–600 70–600 70–600 70–600 Current Range Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 10 25 65 100 25 65 100 125 200 480Y/277 Vac — — — — 18 35 65 100 200 480 Vac — — — — 18 35 65 100 200 600Y/347 Vac — — — — 14 18 25 50 100 DC Ratings 600 Vac — — — — 14 18 25 50 100 250 Vdci — — — — — — — — — 500 Vdcci — — — — — — — — — 240 Vac 10/5 10/5 10/5 10/5 25/25 65/65 100/100 125/125 125/125 415 Vac 10/5 10/5 10/5 10/5 18/18 35/35 65/65 100/100 100/100 IEC Rating (kA RMS) Icu/lcsd IEC 50/60 Hz Special Ratings CCC — — — — X X X X X Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X — — — — — HACR (2P, 3P) X X X — X X X X X Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X X X X Rear Connection — — — — X X X X X Connections/Terminations Drawout — — — — X X X X X Optional Lugs — — — — X X X X X Shunt Trip — — — — X X X X X Undervoltage Trip — — — — X X X X X Auxiliary Switches — — — — X X X X X Alarm Switch — — — — X X X X X Motor Operator — — — — X X X X X Handle Operators — — — — X X X X X Mechanical Interlocks (3P) X X X X X X X X X Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3Pf) — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protectione — — — — X X X X X — MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications Thermal-magnetic X X X X — — — — Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — — — X X X X X Molded Case Switch (Automatic) X — — — — X — X X Electronic — — — — X X X X X — 7 Trip System Type Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X — — — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X — — — — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) — — — — — — — — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) — — — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Note: a b c d e f g h i Height 6.47 (164) 13.38 (340) Width 4.5 (114) 5.51 (140) Depth 3.93 (100) 4.33 (110) Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Pages 7-24/9-24 Pages 7-25/7-33 All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. 2P in a 3P module I-Line Q-frame circuit breakers are available 70–225 A only. 250 A Q-frame unit-mount circuit breakers are limited to Cu conductors only. Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. Special DC J-Frame only. Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. Requires factory-installed “G” shunt trip and 3P module. Factory-installed option only. 3P only. 70–250 A with electronic trip system Not available with electronic trip units © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-5 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 600, 612, 800 PowerPact 800 A M-Frame PowerPact 1200 A P-Frame www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact 3000 A R-Frame Circuit Breaker Type MG MJ PG PJ PK PL RG RJ RK RL Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 300–800 300–800 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 240–3000 240–3000 240–3000 240–3000 Current Range Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 65 100 65 100 65 125 65 100 65 125 480Y/277 Vac 35 65 35 65 50 100 35 65 65 100 480 Vac 35 65 35 65 50 100 35 65 65 100 600Y/347 Vac 18 25 18 25 50 25 18 25 65 50 600 Vac 18 25 18 25 50 25 18 25 65 50 250 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — 500 Vdca — — — — — — — — — — 240 Vac 50/25 65/35 50/25 65/35 50/25 125/65 50/25 65/35 85/65 125/65 415 Vac 35/20 50/25 35/20 50/25 50/25 85/45 35/20 50/25 70/55 85/45 DC Ratings IEC (kA RMS) Icu/lcsb IEC 50/60 Hz Special Ratings CCC X X X X X X X X X X Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X X X X X HACR (2P, 3P) X X X X X X X X X X Connections/Terminations Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X Xe Xe Xe Xe Rear Connection — — — — — — — — — — Drawout — — Xd Xd Xd Xd — — — — Optional Lugs X X X X X X X X X X 7 Accessories and Modifications MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Shunt Trip X X X X X X X X X X Undervoltage Trip X X X X X X X X X X Auxiliary Switches X X X X X X X X X X Alarm Switch X X X X X X X X X X Motor Operator — — Xd Xd Xd Xd — — — — Handle Operators — — Xd Xd Xd Xd — — — — Mechanical Interlocks (3P) — — X X X X — — — — Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3P) — — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protection — — X X X X X X X X Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic — — — — — — — — — — Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — — X X — — — — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) — — X X X X X X X X Electronic X X X X X X X X X X Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X X X — — — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X X X — — — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X X X — — — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X — — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) Height–in. (mm) 12.80 (325) 16.20 (413) 15 (381) Width—in. (mm) 8.30 (210) 8.30 (210) 16.50 (420) Depth—in. (mm) 8.10 (205) 8.10 (205) Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Page 7-26/9-28 Page 7-27, 7-31, 7-34/9-29 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. b Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. c Requires breaker with WB suffix d 65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450–600 A ratings. e 1000 A and 1200 A only.. 7-6 14.40 (366) Page 7-28, 7-34/9-30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Insulated Case Circuit Breakers Class 600, 800 www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact 1200 A Masterpact 6000 A Circuit Breaker Type NT-N NT-H NT-L1 NT-L NT-LF a NW-N NW-H NW-L NW-LF a NW-H NW-L NW-H NW-L Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3 3 3 3, 4 3, 4 3 3 3, 4 3 3, 4 3 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–2000 100–2000 100–2000 100–2000 640–3000 Current Range 640–3000 1200–6000 1200–6000 Interrupting Ratings 240 Vac 50 65 100 200 200 65 100 200 200 100 200 100 480Y/277 Vac 50 50 65 100 100 65 100 150 150 100 150 100 150 480 Vac 50 50 65 100 100 65 100 150 150 100 150 100 150 600Y/347 Vac 35 50 — — — 50 85 100 100 85 100 85 100 600 Vac 35 50 — — — 50 85 100 100 85 100 85 100 250 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — — — — 500 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — — — — 240 Vac — — — — — — — — — — — — — 415 Vac — — — — — — — — — — — — — CCC — — — — — — — — — — — — — Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN — — — — — — — — — — — — — HACR (2P, 3P) — — — — — — — — — — — — — UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) DC Ratings IECb (kA RMS) Icu/Ics 200 Special Ratings Connections/Terminations Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ — — — — — — — — — — — — — Rear Connection X X X X X X X X X X X X X Drawout X X X X X X X X X X X X X Optional Lugs — — — — — — — — — — — — — Shunt Trip X X X X X X X X X X X X X Undervoltage Trip X X X X X X X X X X X X X Auxiliary Switches X X X X X X X X X X X X X Alarm Switch X X X X X X X X X X X X X Motor Operator X X X X X X X X X X X X X Handle Operators — — — — — — — — — — — — — X Mechanical Interlocks X X X X X X X X X X X X Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock — — — — — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protection X X X X X X X X X X X X X Thermal-magnetic — — — — — — — — — — — — — Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) X X X X X X X X X X X X X Electronic X X X X X X X X X X X X X General Purpose (NEMA 1) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — — — — — MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications 7 Trip System Type Enclosures Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height 12.67 (322) 17.28 (439) 17.28 (439) 17.28 (439) Width 11.25 (286) 17.74 (450) 17.74 (450) 30.94 (786) Depth 13.00 (331) 18.38 (467) 18.38 (467) 18.38 (467) Pages Page 7-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a Tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as reference by NFPA70E. b See Catalog 0613CT0001 for additional ratings and other information. Page 7-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-7 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600, 800 100 A Frame Circuit Breaker Type FA (240 V) FA www.schneider-electric.us 100 A F-Frame FH FHb FH FI Number of Poles 1, 2, 3 1 2, 3 1 1 2, 3 2, 3 FY 1 Current Range 15–100 15–100 15–100 15–30 35–100 15–100 20–100 15–30 Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 10k 25k 25 65 25 65 200 14 480Y/277 Vac — 18 18 65 25 25 200 14 480 Vac — — 18 — — 25 200 — 600Y/347 Vac — — 14 — — 18 100 — 600 Vac — — 14 — — 18 100 — 250 Vdcl 5c 10c 10 10c 10c 50 — — 500 Vdcal — — — — — 20 — — 240 Vac — 18/9 — 18/9 — — — — 415 Vac 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 DC Ratings IEC Rating (kA RMS) Icu/lcsd IEC 50/60 Hz For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. 6/1.5 — For additional IEC ratings, see the Special Ratings CCC — — — — — — — — Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X X — HACR (2P, 3P) X — X — — — — — Unit Mount X X X X X X X — I-Line™ X X X X X X X X Rear Connection X X X — — — — — Drawout — — — — — — — — Optional Lugs X X X X X X X — Shunt Trip Xfe — Xf — — Xf Xf — Undervoltage Trip Xfe — Xf — — Xf Xf — Auxiliary Switches Xfe — Xf — — Xf Xf — Alarm Switch Xfe Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf — — — X — — X X — Handle Operators X — X X X X — — Mechanical Interlocks (3P) — — X — — X — — Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3Pf) — — X — — X — — Optional GF Protectiong — — X — — X X — Connections/Terminations Accessories and Modifications 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Motor Operator Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic X X X X X X X X Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — X — — X — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) — — — — — X — — Electronic — — — — — — — — — Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X X X X Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X X X X — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X X X X — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X X X X X X — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) X X X X X X — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) — Height 6 (152) 6 (152) 8 (203) Width 4.5 (114) 4.5 (114) 4.5 (114) Depth 4.13 (105) 4.13 (105) 4.75 (121) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Supplemental Digest Section 3/Page 9-24 Supplemental Digest Section 3/Pages 9-24 Pages 9-23 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. f Factory-installed option only. a Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. g Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip and 3P module. b 65 kA @120 Vac h Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module). c 1Ø 125 Vdc rating only. i 2P in a 3P module. d Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see j 3P only. the Supplemental Digest. Section 10 k 1P FA is 120 Vac. e Not available on 1P FA (240 V). l Not available with electronic trip units 7-8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breaker Class 500, 600, 800 www.schneider-electric.us 250 A K-Frame Circuit Breaker Type Number of Poles Current Range 400 A L-Frame 600 A L-Frame KI Q4 LA LH LI 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 LXI 3 110–250 250–400 125–400 125–400 300–600 100–600 Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 200 25 42 65 200 200 480Y/277 Vac 200 — 30 35 200 200 480 Vac 200 — 30 35 200 200 600Y/347 Vac 100 — 22 25 100 100 600 Vac 100 — 22 25 100 100 250 Vdc — — 10 50 — — 500 Vdca — — — 20 — — 240 Vac — — — — — — 415 Vac 130/65 — 20/5 20/5 — — — DC Ratings IEC 60947-2 (kA RMS) Icu/lcsb IEC 50/60 Hz For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest Section 10. Special Ratings CCC — — — — — Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X HACR (2P, 3P) — — X X — — Connections/Terminations Unit Mount X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X Rear Connection — X X X — — Drawout — — — — — — Optional Lugs X X X X X X Shunt Trip Xc X X X X Undervoltage Trip Xc X X X X X Auxiliary Switches Xc X X X X X Alarm Switch Xc X X X X X Motor Operator X X X X — — Handle Operators — X X X — — Mechanical Interlocks (3P) — — Xd Xd — — Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3P) — X X X — — Xec — — — — Xd Optional GF Protection MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications Thermal-magnetic X X X X X Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — X X — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) — — — X — — Electronic — — — — — X 7 Trip System Type Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) — X X X — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X X X Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X X X — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height 8 (203) 11 (279) Width 4.5 (114) 6 (152) 4.75 (121) 5.84 (148) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages 9-27 Pages 9-26 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. b Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. c Factory-installed option only. d Requires circuit breaker with WB suffix . e Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip. Available only for 3P. f 65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450 A–600 A ratings — — 11.86 (301) 7.5 (190) Depth 6.74 (171) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages 9-27 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-9 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us QO™ miniature circuit breakers are plug-on products for use in QO load centers, NQOD panelboards, NQOD OEM interiors or Speed-D™ switchboard distribution panels. Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD panelboards or interiors.a The QO exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a second, is standard on all 1P 15 A and 20 A QO circuit breakers. Table 7.1: Amperes Rating b Plug-On Circuit Breakers 1P—120/240 Vac Cat. No. QO 1P 1 Space Required QOT 1P Tandem 1 Space Required QO 2P 2 Spaces Required 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS QO2200 2P 200 A 4 Spaces Required QO 3P 3 Spaces Required 10 k AIR 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A $ Price Cat. No. 29.10 QO210 29.10 QO215d 29.10 QO220 d 29.10 QO225d 29.10 QO230d 35 A QO135 d 29.10 QO235d 40 A QO140 d 29.10 QO240 d 45 A QO145 d 29.10 QO245d 29.10 QO250d 50 A QO150 d 60 A QO160 d 29.10 QO260d 70 A QO170 d 67.00 QO270d 80 A — — QO280d 90 A — — QO290d 100 A — — QO2100d 110 A — — QO2110d 125 A — — QO2125d 150 A — — QO2150dfk 175 A — — QO2175 dfk 200 A — — QO2200dfk Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240 Vac — Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240 Vac — 22 k AIR 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A Table 7.2: 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip QO110 QO115 de QO120 de QO125 d QO130 d 2P—240 Vac c Common Trip $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 134.00 189.00 189.00 189.00 428.00 428.00 491.00 491.00 491.00 — — — — QO215H 200.00 QO220H 200.00 QO225H 200.00 QO230H 200.00 — — QO240H 200.00 — — QO250H 200.00 QO260H 200.00 QO270H 224.00 QO280H 315.00 QO290H 315.00 QO2100H 315.00 — — — — — — — — — — QO200 70.00 QO2000i 200.00 3P—240 Vac Common Trip Cat. No. $ Price QO310 QO315d QO320d QO325d QO330d QO335d QO340d QO345d QO350d QO360d QO370d QO380d QO390d QO3100d — — — — — QO300 QO3000i 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 315.00 366.00 366.00 366.00 — — — — — 248.00 366.00 371.00 371.00 371.00 371.00 d Ampere Rating Poles Suffix 10–30 A 35–60 A 35–50 A 70–110 A 60–100 A 1, 2, 3 1,2 3 2 3 5237 Table 7.3: Circuit Breaker Type QO 1P QO 2P QO 3P QOB-VH QOT QO-AFI, QO-GFI & QO-EPD QO115VHe QO120VHe QO125VH QO130VH 63.00 63.00 73.00 73.00 QO215VHg QO220VHg QO225VHg QO230VH g 146.00 146.00 146.00 146.00 — — — — — — — — QO315VHg QO320VHg QO325VHg QO330VHg 40 A QO140VH 73.00 QO240VHg 146.00 — — QO340VHg 371.00 50 A QO150VH 73.00 QO250VHg 146.00 — — QO350VHg 371.00 Ampere Ratingb 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A QO160VH QO170VH — — 73.00 112.00 — — QO260VHg QO270VHg QO280VHg QO290VHg 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A — — — — — — 146.00 224.00 315.00 315.00 gh QO2100VH 315.00 gh QO2110VH 1034.00 gh 1034.00 QO2125VH QO2150VHfgk 1061.00 g QO2175VHf k 1061.00 QO2200VHfgk 1061.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QO360VHg 371.00 QO370VHg 477.00 QO380VHg 530.00 QO390VHg 530.00 QO3100VH g 530.00 — — — — — — — — — — QO-QOB Ring Terminal (20% $ Price Adder)— Factory Installed Only QO-PL Table 7.4: 5238 5273 Wire Sizesb Ampere Rating 10–30 A 10–30 A 35–70 A 10–30 A 10–30 A 35–70 A 80–125 A 150–200 A 10–30 A 35–70 A 80–125 A 110–150 A 15–20 A 15–30 A Wire Size (AWG/kcmil) 14–8 Al/Cu (2) 14–10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 14–8 Al/Cu (2) 14–10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 4–2/0 Al/Cu 4–300 Al/Cu 14–8 Al/Cu, (2) 14-10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 4–2/0 Al/Cu 4–300 Al/Cu 12–8 Al 14–8 Cu 12–8 Al 14–8 Cu 40, 50, 60 A 10–60 A 12–4 Al 14–6 Cu 12–2 Al 14–2 Cu QOT Tandem Circuit Breakers Cat. No.d $ Price 1P—120/240 Vac 15 A & 15 A QOT1515 15 A & 20 A QOT1520 20 A & 20 A QOT2020 2P—120/240 Vac 58.00 58.00 58.00 Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles. Table 7.5: Replacement Tandem Circuit Breakers 42 k AIRd 40 A 45 A 50 A — — — — — — QOH240i QOH245i QOH250i 317.00 317.00 317.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — For Use in Old Style Non-Class CTL QO Load Centers—10 k AIR Ampere Ratingb Cat. No.d 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QOH260 i QOH270 QOH280 QOH290 QOH2100 QOH2110 i QOH2125 317.00 528.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 1389.00 1389.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required 15 &A 15 A QO1515 73.00 15 A & 20 A QO1520 73.00 20 A & 20 A QO2020 73.00 20 A & 30 A QO2030 73.00 30 A & 20 A QO3020 73.00 Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces Required 65 k AIRd 15 A & 15 A 293.00 — — QH315d 507.00 15 A QH115e 117.00 QH215 20 A QH120e 117.00 QH220 293.00 — — QH320 507.00 25 A QH125i 117.00 QH225 i 293.00 — — QH325i 507.00 117.00 QH230 293.00 — — QH330 507.00 30 A QH130 a See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors. b 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors. c UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems. d UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. e UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. f Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. g UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-AFI, QOT,QOCAFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR circuit breakers to permit their application at 22 kA fault level. h 100 A maximum branch mounted opposite. i Order only. Contact your local Field Office. j Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT. k Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. 15 A & 20 A 20 A & 20 A 20 A & 30 A 30 A & 20 A $ Price Order Two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles. — — QO20303020j 134.00 — — QOT Tandem Pan Rail Slot Circuit limiting QOT tandem circuit breakers have a mounting cam as shown. Installation into a QO load center can only be made in those positions having a mounting Mounting Cam pan rail slot. Meets Rail Bead Paragraph 408.15 of the NEC®. UL Listed as Class CTL Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12 DimensionsPage 7-54 7-10 DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 1P QO-PCAFI QO-HID HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding fluorescent and high intensity discharge (HID) lighting systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are physically interchangeable with QO circuit breakers. Table 7.6: Table 7.10: QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakersa Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating Combination Arcfault Interrupter Plug-On Neutral Arcfault Interrupter 1P QO-GFI 2P QO-GFI Three-wire QO-SWN QO 1P With Shunt Trip Ampere Ratingc (A) 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 10 k AIR 22 k AIR 1 Space Required 1 Space Required Cat. No. QO115CAFI QO120CAFI QO115PCAFI QO120PCAFI $ Price 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 Cat. No. QO115VHCAFI QO120VHCAFI QO115VHPCAFI QO120VHPCAFI $ Price 534.00 534.00 534.00 534.00 QO-GFI Circuit Breakers Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter 10 k AIR 1 Space Required 22 k AIR 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required $ Cat. No. Price 791. 791. — 791. 791. 791. — QO315GFI QO320GFI — QO330GFI QO340GFI QO350GFI — QO-EPD Circuit Breakers 2P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 3P Common Trip 240 Vac 10 k AIR 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required $ $ $ $ Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price 15 QO115EPD 410. QO215EPD 660. QO315EPDe 1077. QO315EPEe1077. 20 QO120EPD 410. QO220EPD 660. QO320EPDe 1077. QO320EPEe1077. 25 QO125EPD 410. QO225EPD 660. — — — — 30 QO130EPD 410. QO230EPD 660. QO330EPDe 1077. QO330EPEe1077. 40 — — QO240EPD 660. QO340EPDe 1077. QO340EPEe1077. 50 — — QO250EPD 660. QO350EPDe 1077. QO350EPEe1077. 60 — — QO260EPDd 660. — — — — QO-SWN Switch Neutral Common Trip 2008 NEC™ 514.11 QO-SWN Circuit Breakers 2 Wire 120 Vac Ampere Ratingc QO-K Key Operated 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A 50 A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved $ Price 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 Cat. No. — QO315SWN QO320SWN — QO330SWN QO340SWN QO350SWN DE2A 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price QO115HIDb 38.10 QO215HID 87.00 QO315HID 300.00 QO120HIDb 38.10 QO220HID 87.00 QO320HID 300.00 QO125HID 38.10 QO225HID 87.00 QO325HID 300.00 QO130HID 38.10 QO230HID 87.00 QO330HID 300.00 QO140HID 38.10 QO240HID 87.00 — — QO150HID 38.10 QO250HID 87.00 — — $ Price — 143.00 143.00 — 143.00 143.00 143.00 QO-K Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating c Cat. No. $ Price 10 A 15 A 20 A 30 A QO110K QO115K QO120K QO130K 164.00 164.00 164.00 164.00 Ampere Ratingc 120 Vac—10 k AIR 15 A 20 A 1P Cat. No QO115HMab QO120HMab $ Price 30.60 30.60 Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but open only when the handle is switched to the OFF position. Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection or short circuit protection. They must not be used on systems that have an available fault current greater than the values listed in the table. Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and are CSA certified. Table 7.13: QO Non-Automatic Miniature Switches, 240 Vac 10 kA Ampere Rating 60 A 100 A a b d 10 k AIR 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. QO210SWN QO215SWN QO220SWN QO225SWN QO230SWN QO240SWN QO250SWN 10 k AIR 1 Space Required QO-HM High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications. Table 7.12: QO-HM Circuit Breakers c 10 k AIR 3P Common Trip 240 Vac 120 Vac—10 k AIR (1 Space Required) 3 Wire 120/240 Vac 2 Spaces Required 2P Common Trip 120/240 Vac QO-K Key operated QO circuit breakers are available in singlepole construction and can be mounted in any single-pole space which will accept a standard QO. These circuit breakers can be turned ON or OFF or to RESET with a special key (catalog number QOK10) included with the circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and available as shown in the table. 3 Spaces Required 1P 120 Vac Table 7.9: 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 10 k AIR $ $ $ Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price 233. QO115VHGFI 482. QO215GFI 413. 233. QO120VHGFI 482. QO220GFI 413. 233. QO125VHGFI 482. QO225GFI 413. 233. QO130VHGFI 482. QO230GFI 413. — — — QO240GFI 413. — — — QO250GFI 413. — — — QO260GFId 413. Table 7.8: Ampere Ratingc Table 7.11: 10 k AIR QO115GFI QO120GFI QO125GFI QO130GFI — — — QO-HID Circuit Breakers 1P 120/240 Vac 2P Common Trip 3P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 208Y/120 Vac 1P 120 Vac QO-EPD/EPE QO-EPD/EPE circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection combined with Class B ground fault protection. They are designed to provide ground fault protection of equipment at a 30 milliampere level (EPD) or 100 milliamp level (EPE). They are not designed to protect people from electrical shock. Ampere Ratingc (A) Two-wire QO-SWN 1P 120 Vac QO-GFI Qwik-Gard™ circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection, combined with Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or more, for people protection. Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance tripping. Table 7.7: 3P QO-GFI 15 A 20 A 15 A 20 A 1P 120 Vac e 2P Cat. No. QO200 QO2000 3P $ Price 70.00 200.00 Cat. No. QO300 QO3000 $ Price 248.00 366.00 UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60° C or 75° C conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75° C conductors. Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection. See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or QON prefix. Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-11 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1P QO-CAFI QO™ Arc-Fault Circuit Breaker (Pigtail and Plug-On Neutral) QO Pigtail circuit breakers provide branch feeder protection for series and parallel-type arcing as required by the NEC and local code adoption, and comply with UL1699. 7 www.schneider-electric.us QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers Table 7.14: QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Accessories for Use with QO™ and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers Handle Attachments Description Cat. No. Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Handle tie and lock-off for three 1P QO, QOB circuit breakers Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position Handle Clamp: Clamp for holding QO or Q1 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position Loose attachment Fixed attachment For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position Handle Padlock Attachment: for Padlocking in ON or OFF position For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment. For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position. Loose attachment Fixed attachment For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. Handle Padlock Attachment: for For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, QO-PCAFI, and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position Padlocking in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. Ring Terminal Ring terminals are available as a factory-installed option. Sub-Feed Lugs 60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu) 125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) 225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu) 125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-byMechanical Interlock Attachment side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU) QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit With Retaining Kit: breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. a Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. QO1PL QO1PA $ Price Schedule QO1HT QOTHT QO3HT QO1LO HLO1 3.80 3.80 13.40 3.80 9.90 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E QOHPL QO1PA QOTHPA GFI2PA 9.50 10.70 11.10 9.20 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2A QO1HPL QO1PL QO1PAF QO2PAF 10.70 10.70 43.50 25.80 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E QOGFI1PAF 51.00 DE2E QOGFI2PAF 38.40 DE2E +20% Price Adder 47.10 137.00 308.00 137.00 DE2A DE2A DE2A DE2A DE3 QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E QO2DTIM 63.00 DE2E See Page 7-10 QO60SL QO2125SL QO2225SLa QO3125SL QO1PAF QO1LO QO1HT HLO1 QO2DTI QO2PAF 7 QO1HPL QOGFI2PAF QOTHPA MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS QOHPL Factory-Installed Accessories for Use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers Factory-installed electrical accessories take up an additional pole space on QO™, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and 3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers will accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on miniature circuit breakers. Factoryinstalled accessories are not available for QO-AFI, QO-CAFI or OQ-PCAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers or on QO2150, QO2175, or QO2200 circuit breakers. Table 7.15: Accessory Factory-Installed Accessories Rated Voltage Description Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip AC/DC coil energized from a separate circuit. A 120 Vac shunt trip will AC operate at 55% or more of rated voltage. All other shunt trips will operate at 75% or more of rated voltage. Shunt Trip 7-12 12 24 120 208 240 Coil Cat. No. Burden Suffix 60 VA 168 VA 72 VA 228 VA 288 VA $ Price Accessory Adder -1042 189.00 -1021 189.00 Auxiliary Switches Description Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED. Application Contact Max. Comb. Voltage Max. Load Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adder 1A 1B AC 120 AC 120 5A 5A -1200 -1201 132.00 132.00 1A AC 120 5A -2100 132.00 • Application • For use with momentary or maintained push button. • Not available on QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, QO-PCAFI. • Shunt trip terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu. Alarm Switches Auxiliary switch terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads. Used with control circuits and is actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped. Standard construction includes a normallyopen contact. Application • DE2A DE2E DE3 Alarm switch terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads. Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases Class 652 / Catalog 0730CT9801, 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.16: QO OEM Mounting Bases—UL Recognized Components Main Lug Rating Voltage System 1P Spaces Max. No. 1P Mounting Bases Cat. No. Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil $ Price 70 A 2 2 QON2L70 125 A 4 4 SK9948BW 125 A 4 4 SK9842 1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 125 A 6 6 SK9795 (Without Neutral Assembly) 125 A 6 6 SK9801 150 A 6 6 SK9796BW 150 A 8 8 SK9797 40 A 2 2 QON2L40 70 A 2 4 QON24L70 100 A 6 12 QON612L100 100 A 8 16 QON816L100 100 A 12 12 QON12L100 100 A 12 12 QON12L100SFb 125 A 12 12 QON112L125I 125 A 12 24 QON11224L125I 125 A 16 16 QON116L125I 125 A 16 24 QON11624L125I 1Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 125 A 20 20 QON120L125I 125 A 24 24 QON124L125I 125 A 32 32 QON132L125I 125 A 20 24 QON12024L125I 150 A 24 24 QON124L150I 200 A 12 12 QON124L200I 200 A 12 12 QON12L200FTLc 200 A 24 24 QON124L200I 200 A 24 24 QON124L200DLd 200 A 30 30 QON130L200I 225 A 42 42 QON142L225I 125 A 12 12 QON312L125 125 A 20 20 QON320L125 125 A 24 24 QON324L125 3Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 200 A 18 18 QON318L200 (Without Neutral Assy.) 200 A 24 24 QON324L200 200 A 30 30 QON330L200 225 A 42 42 QON342L225 60 A 3 3 QON403L60N 125 A 12 12 QON312L125I 125 A 20 20 QON320L125I a 125 A 24 24 QON324L125I 3Ø4W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 200 A 18 18 QON318L200I 200 A 24 24 QON324L200I 200 A 30 30 QON330L200I a 225 A 42 42 QON342L225I QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers 70 A 1 1 QOMB1 1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 70 A 2 2 QOMB2 (Without Neutral Assembly) 70 A 3 3 QOMB3 SN12125 QON2L40 29.60 59.00 87.00 14–4 Cu 12–2 Al 14–4 Cu 12–2 Al 14–4 Cu 12–2 Al Solid Neutral Assemblies Main Lug Rating Number of Branch Neutral Terminals Cat. No. $ Price 125 A 125 A 200 A 200 A 225 A 12 20 12 30 42 SN12125 SN20 SN12200 SN30 SN42 36.30 39.50 40.70 54.00 63.00 Table 7.18: Description One-conductor Mounting Base Two-conductor Mounting Base Three-conductor Mounting Base Table 7.19: Main Neutral Lug Wire Size Cu/Al 4–2/0 AWG 4–2/0 AWG 4 AWG–300 kcmil 4 AWG–300 kcmil 4 AWG–300 kcmil Branch Neutral Terminal Wire Size Cu 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG Al 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 7 Table 7.17: Multi-9 Mounting Bases for UL489 C60, 240 Vac max. Poles 12 24 36 48 60 12 24 36 48 60 12 24 36 48 60 Amperes 200 A 150 A 200 A 100 A 200 A Length in. 10.4 14.4 19 23 27.5 10.4 14.4 19 23 27.5 10.4 14.4 19 23 27.5 mm 264 366 483 584 699 264 366 483 584 699 264 366 483 584 699 Cat. No.e $ Price US11220018 US12420018 US13620018 US14820018 US16020018 US21215018 US22420018 US23620018 US24820018 US26020018 US31210018 US32420018 US33620018 US34820018 US36020018 330.00 476.00 632.00 810.00 972.00 429.00 645.00 887.00 1140.00 1359.00 467.00 701.00 960.00 1245.00 1547.00 Accessories for US Mounting Base for UL489 C60 Description Main lug kit for US mounting bases, 1 lug per kit, for 6 AWG to 300 kcmil cable Terminal cover for US mounting base; provides IP20 ingress protection per IEC 60529; suitable for jumper bars or cable e DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al 12–1/0 Cu/Al 12–1/0 Cu/Al 12–1/0 Cu/Al 12–1/0 Cu/Al 8–3/0 Cu/Al 8–3/0 Cu/Al 14–6 Cu, 12–6 Al 14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al 8–1/0 Cu/Al 8–1/0 Cu/Al 12–2/0 Cu/Al 6–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 6–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–250 Cu/Al 4–250 Cu/Al 4–250 Cu/Al 4–250 Cu/Al (2) 4–300 Cu/Al 4–250 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 12–6 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al QOB Bolt-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QOB, QOB-GFI, QOB-EPD circuit breakers 3Ø3W 240 Vac Max.10 k AIC 100 A 3 3 QON3B 56.00 12–1 Cu/Al (Without Neutral Assembly) a Also IEC rated and CE marked for IEC 60439-1. Use only Square D brand Type QOXC, QOXD, QOHX and QOE circuit breakers for 415Y/240 Vac max. systems. b Device comes with factory-installed sub-feed lugs. c Device comes with factory-installed feed-thru lugs. d Device comes with factory-installed dual-line lugs. QON120L125I US Mounting Base for UL489 C60 (3 conductor shown) 27.30 75.00 78.00 84.00 108.00 131.00 140.00 35.00 50.00 70.00 92.00 113.00 161.00 120.00 168.00 131.00 191.00 225.00 263.00 360.00 263.00 263.00 339.00 500.00 339.00 500.00 417.00 599.00 251.00 380.00 395.00 327.00 402.00 477.00 674.00 49.80 281.00 441.00 461.00 426.00 468.00 528.00 716.00 DE3A DE2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI, QO-AFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Cat. No.e USMBLK USMBTC $ Price 24.00 49.50 7-13 QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers / QYU Supplementary Protectors Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Low Ampere QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU unit mount miniature circuit breakers (cable-in/cable-out) are ideal for OEM applications. They have the Square D™ circuit breaker’s unique Visi-Trip™ feature and can be DIN rail-mounted or surface- or flush-mounted using mounting feet. General Specifications Common to All Low Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers • Low Ampere QOU • • • • For convenient flush mount, surface mount or DIN mount (symmetrical rail 35 x 7.5 DIN/EN 50 022) Single handle with internal common trip Terminal lug wire size (1) 14–2 AWG Cu or Al Reversible line and load lugs Field-installable quick connectors Table 7.20: Ampere Rating • • • UL Listed 48 Vdc (5 k AIR) UL Listed as HACR Type: 10–70 A High magnetic trip circuit breakers (QOU-HM) are recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications. For DIN mounting rails, see IEC Starters and Relays, Section 18. • QOU Low Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers 1P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. 2P 120/240 Vac $ Price Cat. No. 2P 240 Vac $ Price 3P 240 Vac Cat. No.a $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 10 k AIR 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A QOU110 QOU115 QOU120 QOU125 QOU130 QOU135 QOU140 QOU145 QOU150 QOU160 QOU170 QOU210 QOU215 QOU220 QOU225 QOU230 QOU235 QOU240 QOU245 QOU250 QOU260 QOU270 40.20 78.00 22 k AIR 15 A QOU115VH 20 A QOU120VH 25 A QOU125VH 30 A QOU130VH 35 A QOU135VH 101.00 40 A QOU140VH 45 A QOU145VH 50 A QOU150VH 60 A QOU160VH a QOU-H interrupting rating is 10 kA at 240 Vac. Table 7.21: 7 Ampere Rating MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 15 A 20 A Table 7.22: Ampere Rating 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A High Ampere QOU 87.00 171.00 QOU215VH QOU220VH QOU225VH QOU230VH QOU235VH QOU240VH QOU245VH QOU250VH QOU260VH — QOU215H QOU220H QOU225H QOU230H — — — — — — — — — — — — QOU310 QOU315 QOU320 QOU325 QOU330 QOU335 QOU340 QOU345 QOU350 QOU360 QOU370 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QOU315VH QOU320VH QOU325VH QOU330VH — — — — — 189.00 168.00 285.00 363.00 426.00 — — — — — QOU-HM Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR) 1P 120/240 Vac 2P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. QOU115HM QOU120HM $ Price Cat. No. — — 40.20 2P 240 Vac $ Price — — Cat. No. — — 3P 240 Vac $ Price — — Cat. No. — — $ Price — — QYU UL1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (5 k AIR) 1P 277 Vac Cat. No. QYU110 QYU115 QYU120 QYU125 QYU130 2P 120/240 Vac $ Price Cat. No. — — — — — 122.00 $ Price — — — — — 2P 240 Vac Cat. No. — — — — — 3P 240 Vac $ Price — — — — — Cat. No. — — — — — $ Price — — — — — High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers General Specifications Common to All High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers • • • • • Flush mount, surface mount, and DIN rail mount. Internal common trip. Non-reversible line and load lugs. Terminal lug wire size (1) 12– 2/0 AWG Cu or Al. UL Listed 60 Vdc per pole (5 k AIR). (Note: except switches) Table 7.23: 1P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. 80 A 90 A 100 A 125 A QOU180 QOU190 QOU1100 — Ampere Rating 60 A 100 A 125 A UL Listed as HACR type, 80–125 A. Non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but provide no overcurrent or short circuit protection. They are UL Listed per UL1087 and are CSA certified. QOU High Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR) Ampere Rating Table 7.24: • • 2P 120/240 Vac $ Price Cat. No. QOU280 QOU290 QOU2100 QOU2125 176.00 — 2P 240 Vac $ Price 246.00 452.00 3P 240 Vac Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. — — — — — — — — QOU380 QOU390 QOU3100 — $ Price 416.00 — QOU Non-Automatic Switches 1P 120 Vac Cat. No. — — — $ Price 2P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. — — — — — — $ Price — — — 2P 240 Vac Cat. No. QOU200 QOU2000 QOU20001 $ Price 87.00 246.00 452.00 3P 240 Vac Cat. No. QOU300 QOU3000 QOU30001 $ Price 285.00 416.00 716.00 Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12, 7-15 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 7-14 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU Accessories Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Cover and Cover Screw QOU14100JBAF QOURT Field-installable Ring Tongue Terminal Connector Description Order Qty. Cat. No. Unit $ Price Factory-installed ring tongue terminal, 10–32 screw, for 1P, 2P, 3P QOU, 10–60 A Hex drive 5/32 in. wire binding screw for QOU For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON position — — — Suffix -5283 Suffix -5280 QOU1PA Add 20% to price Add 20% to price 10.10 For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON — position For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only — For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only — For padlocking 2P and 3P high ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only — Handle lock-out, ON or OFF position — 4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw 1 4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/right side wiring with base, cover and screw 1 4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/left side wiring with base, cover and screw 1 QOU1PAFLAc 43.50 QOU2PAFLAc 25.80 Suffix -7100 Add 20% to price HLO1c 9.90 QOU14100JBAF 73.00 QOU14100JBAR 73.00 QOU14100JBAL 73.00 1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with front wiring 1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring 1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring 4P Jumper bar cover Mounting screw for jumper bar cover 6P 150 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw 1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with front wiring 1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring 40 40 40 40 40 1 40 40 QOU14100BAFB QOU14100BALB QOU14100BARB QOU14100CAB QOU1CMSB QOU16150JBAF QOU16150BAFB QOU16150BALB 53.00 53.00 53.00 13.20 0.35 99.00 69.00 69.00 1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring 6P jumper bar cover 40 40 QOU16150BARB QOU16150CAB 69.00 17.10 Vertical rainproof cover 2P and 3P QO, QOU, FA and KA 1 10 1 10 1 40 1 40 BCVac BCVBac BCHac BCHBac QOUHFSC1 QOUHFSC1B QOULFSC1 QOULFSC1B 30.80 30.80 30.80 30.80 2.60 2.10 2.60 2.10 Cover plate for one 2P QOU circuit breaker 1 40 QOUCP2 QOUCP2B 8.30 6.60 Cover plate for one 3P QOU circuit breaker 1 40 1 40 1 40 QOUCP3 QOUCP3B QOUCP4 QOUCP4B QOUCP6 QOUCP6B 15.80 12.80 9.90 7.90 15.60 12.20 1 80 1 40 1 40 1 80 1 40 QOURT QOURTB QOUEC QOUECB QOUFR QOUFRB QOUMF1a QOUMF1Ba QOUMF2a QOUMF2Ba 5.70 4.40 5.70 4.40 5.70 4.40 0.71 0.54 1.40 1.10 1 24 QOUMF3a QOUMF3Ba 2.30 1.70 1 80 Suffix -3100 QOUMFS1 QOUMFS1B Add 20% to price 2.40 2.30 1 QOU2DTILA b Horizontal rainproof cover 2P QO, QOU, and 3P Q2, EH QOUEC Fieldinstallable Quick Connector Crimp connectors are not included with Square D brand connectors 1P Fingersafe™ cover for high ampere QOU circuit breaker 1P Fingersafe cover for low ampere QOU circuit breaker 2P DIN Mounted QOU Circuit Breakers Cover plate for two 2P QOU circuit breakers Cover plate for three 2P QOU circuit breakers Field-installable ring tongue terminal adaptor Mounting Foot QOUMF1 Quick connector end connection wiring Quick connector forward or reverse wiring 1P QOU mounting foot 2P QOU mounting foot 3P QOU mounting foot Tapped Mounting Foot Suffix–3100 Tapped mounting foot for QOU, 1P and 2P 10–70 A, 3P 10–60 A Packaged with circuit breaker Individually packaged Bulk packed Mechanical interlock attachment: Used to interlock two circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time. A 1P or 2P circuit breaker can be mounted on the left and interlocked with a 2P or 3P circuit breaker on the right. a For use on low and high ampere QOU. b 10–70 A 1P and 2P, 10–60 A 3P. c DE2E Discount Schedule QOU1PL 10.10 24.90 7 4P Jumper Bar Assembly Base Accessories for QOU Low Ampere Circuit Breakers (Except as Noted) For QOUQ Low Ampere Circuit Breakers with Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals QOUQ low ampere circuit breakers with four-point quick-connect terminals are provided with permanent factory-installed terminals which are affixed to the Load or OFF end of the circuit breaker. This special terminal will accommodate up to four 1/4-inch insulated female quick connect wire terminations. Total ampacity of these connections must not exceed the rating of the circuit breaker. Table 7.26: QOUQ Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals Poles Order Qty. Cat. No. 1 2 3 1 1 1 Change QOU to QOUQ Unit $ Price Adder 8.90 17.70 26.40 Electrical Accessories for QOU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2A DE2E Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.25: 7-15 Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL 489 C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 Multi 9 C60 UL 489 Listed 240 V Miniature Circuit Breakers • • • • UL 489 Listed and CSA 22.2 No. 5.1 for branch circuit protection Eliminates concerns and uncertainty of using a UL 1077 device where a UL 489 device is required Replaces fuses in low-ampere range; 17 ratings up to 35 A • • Trip Curve 1P C60 2P C60 Use • • • • Magnetic Release C For typical loads 7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC) D For high inrush 10–14 x ampere rating Table 7.27: • www.schneider-electric.us 10 k AIR (1P @ 120 Vac; 2P and 3P @ 240 Vac) 60 Vdc for 1P and 125 Vdc for 2P (on C-curve circuit breakers only, see table below) Increased installation flexibility with standard box lugs or optional ring terminals Allows easy front-mounting and rear wiring when using ring terminals A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories Suitable for reverse feeding Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect UL 489 Circuit Breakers (120/240 V) C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC) Rating (A) 1Pa Cat. No. 2Pb D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating 3P 1P 2P 3P $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Box Lug/Box Lug 3P C60 0.5 1 60100 60101 125.00 125.00 60134 60135 269.00 269.00 — 60168 — 387.00 60117 60118 125.00 125.00 60151 60152 269.00 269.00 — 60184 — 387.00 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 60102 60103 60104 60105 60106 60107 60108 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 114.00 114.00 60136 60137 60138 60139 60140 60141 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 246.00 60169 60170 60171 60172 60173 60174 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 356.00 60119 60120 60121 60122 60123 60124 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 114.00 60153 60154 60155 60156 60157 60158 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 246.00 60185 60186 60187 60188 60189 60190 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 356.00 8 10 13 15 20 25 30 60109 60110 60111 60112 60113 60114 60115 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 120.00 60142 60143 60144 60145 60146 60147 60148 60149 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 257.00 60175 60176 60177 60178 60179 60180 60181 60182 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 372.00 60125 60126 60127 60128 60129 60130 60131 60132 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 120.00 60159 60160 60161 60162 60163 60164 60165 60166 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 257.00 60191 60192 60193 60194 60195 60196 60197 60198 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 35 60116 120.00 60150 257.00 60183 372.00 60133 120.00 60167 257.00 60199 372.00 372.00 60234 60235 60236 60237 60238 60239 60240 60241 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 261.00 — 60268 60269 60270 60271 60272 60273 60274 — 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 378.00 60217 60218 60219 60220 60221 60222 60223 60224 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 122.00 60251 60252 60253 60254 60255 60256 60257 60258 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 261.00 — 60284 60285 60286 60287 60288 60289 60290 — 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 378.00 60242 60243 60244 60245 60246 60247 60248 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 60275 60276 60277 60278 60279 60280 60281 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 60225 60226 60227 60228 60229 60230 60231 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 60259 60260 60261 60262 60263 60264 60265 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 60291 60292 60293 60294 60295 60296 60297 60249 60250 273.00 273.00 60282 60283 395.00 395.00 60232 60233 126.00 126.00 60266 60267 273.00 273.00 60298 60299 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 395.00 Ring Tongue/Ring Tongue 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Box Lug C60 a b 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 60200 60201 60202 60203 60204 60205 60206 60207 60208 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 122.00 122.00 8 10 13 15 20 25 60209 60210 60211 60212 60213 60214 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 30 60215 126.00 35 60216 126.00 1P dual rated 120 Vac/60 Vdc. 2P dual rated 240 Vac/125 Vdc. 395.00 Interrupting ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 Mounting Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-13 DIN Mounting Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 18 Ring Tongue C60 Box/Ring C60 7-16 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL 489 C60 480 Vac and UL489A C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Multi 9 C60 UL 489 Listed 480V Miniature Circuit Breakers • • • • UL 489 Listed, CSA C22.2 No. 5.1; Also IEC 60947-2; CE marked 480Y/277 Vac @ 10 kA (2P and 3P), 277 Vac @ 10 kA (1P) 0.5 A through 20 A 1P, 2P, 3P, 18 mm wide per pole Trip Curve 1P UL489 C60 Use Magnetic Release C For typical loads 7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC) D For high inrush 10–14 x ampere rating • • • • • • UL 486B Listed single-barrel lug: (2) 18–10 AWG (1-25 mm2) cables, Cu only Optional ring tongue terminals A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories Suitable for reverse feeding Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect Table 7.28: UL 489 Circuit Breakers (480Y/277 Vac) C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC) Rating (A) 1P Cat. No. 2P $ Price Cat. No. D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating 3P $ Price 1P Cat. No. 2P $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 3P $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Single-Barrel Wire Lug 2P UL489 C60 0.5 MGN61300 168.00 — — — — MGN61333 168.00 — — — — 1 MGN61301 168.00 MGN61312 357.00 MGN61323 519.00 MGN61334 168.00 MGN61345 357.00 MGN61356 519.00 2 MGN61302 168.00 MGN61313 357.00 MGN61324 519.00 MGN61335 168.00 MGN61346 357.00 MGN61357 519.00 3 MGN61303 168.00 MGN61314 357.00 MGN61325 519.00 MGN61336 168.00 MGN61347 357.00 MGN61358 519.00 4 MGN61304 168.00 MGN61315 357.00 MGN61326 519.00 MGN61337 168.00 MGN61348 357.00 MGN61359 519.00 5 MGN61305 168.00 MGN61316 357.00 MGN61327 519.00 MGN61338 168.00 MGN61349 357.00 MGN61360 519.00 6 MGN61306 168.00 MGN61317 357.00 MGN61328 519.00 MGN61339 168.00 MGN61350 357.00 MGN61361 519.00 8 MGN61307 168.00 MGN61318 357.00 MGN61329 519.00 MGN61340 168.00 MGN61351 357.00 MGN61362 519.00 10 MGN61308 168.00 MGN61319 357.00 MGN61330 519.00 MGN61341 168.00 MGN61352 357.00 MGN61363 519.00 15 MGN61309 168.00 MGN61320 357.00 MGN61331 519.00 MGN61342 168.00 MGN61353 357.00 MGN61364 519.00 20 MGN61310 168.00 MGN61321 357.00 MGN61332 519.00 MGN61343 168.00 MGN61354 357.00 MGN61365 519.00 3P UL489 C60 0.5 MGN61366 168.00 — — — — MGN61399 168.00 — — — — 1 MGN61367 168.00 MGN61378 357.00 MGN61389 519.00 MGN61400 168.00 MGN61411 357.00 MGN61422 519.00 2 MGN61368 168.00 MGN61379 357.00 MGN61390 519.00 MGN61401 168.00 MGN61412 357.00 MGN61423 519.00 3 MGN61369 168.00 MGN61380 357.00 MGN61391 519.00 MGN61402 168.00 MGN61413 357.00 MGN61424 519.00 4 MGN61370 168.00 MGN61381 357.00 MGN61392 519.00 MGN61403 168.00 MGN61414 357.00 MGN61425 519.00 5 MGN61371 168.00 MGN61382 357.00 MGN61393 519.00 MGN61404 168.00 MGN61415 357.00 MGN61426 519.00 6 MGN61372 168.00 MGN61383 357.00 MGN61394 519.00 MGN61405 168.00 MGN61416 357.00 MGN61427 519.00 8 MGN61373 168.00 MGN61384 357.00 MGN61395 519.00 MGN61406 168.00 MGN61417 357.00 MGN61428 519.00 10 MGN61374 168.00 MGN61385 357.00 MGN61396 519.00 MGN61407 168.00 MGN61418 357.00 MGN61429 519.00 15 MGN61375 168.00 MGN61386 357.00 MGN61397 519.00 MGN61408 168.00 MGN61419 357.00 MGN61430 519.00 20 MGN61376 168.00 MGN61387 357.00 MGN61398 519.00 MGN61409 168.00 MGN61420 357.00 MGN61431 519.00 Multi 9 C60 UL 489A Listed Miniature Circuit Breakers for DC Telecommunication Applications A limited range of C60 products are UL Listed as UL 489A circuit breakers for protection of DC telecommunications circuits. UL 489A Circuit Breakers for DC Telecommunications Applications (1P, 2 Modules, C curve) Rating (A) Cat. No. $ Price Rating (A) Cat. No. $ Price 0.5 60406 120.00 10 60414 101.00 1 60407 101.00 13 60415 101.00 2 60408 101.00 15 60416 101.00 3 60409 101.00 20 60417 101.00 4 60410 101.00 30 60418 101.00 5 60411 101.00 40 60419 111.00 6 60412 101.00 50 60420 117.00 8 60413 101.00 60 60421 123.00 7 Table 7.29: Interrupting Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Ring Tongue Terminal 7-17 Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL1077 C60H Circuit Breakers, UL1053 Ground Fault Protectors Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (250 and 500 Vdc) The C60H-DC supplementary protectors are used in direct current circuits (industrial control and automation, transport, renewable energy, etc.). They provide overcurrent protection within appliances or electrical equipment. • • • • • • Range from 0.5–40 A 5 k AIR at 250 Vdc (1-pole) and 5 k AIR at 500 Vdc (2-pole, wired in series) Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect C-Curve: 7 to14 times ampere rating UL 1077, IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2, CCC and CE mark . Table 7.30: Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors 1P C60H-DC 1-Pole 24–250 Vdc 2-Pole 24–500 Vdc Current (A)a Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 0.5 MGN61500 182.00 MGN61520 392.00 1 MGN61501 182.00 MGN61521 392.00 2 MGN61502 182.00 MGN61522 392.00 3 MGN61503 182.00 MGN61523 392.00 4 MGN61504 182.00 MGN61524 392.00 5 MGN61505 182.00 MGN61525 392.00 6 MGN61506 182.00 MGN61526 392.00 10 MGN61508 182.00 MGN61528 392.00 13 MGN61509 182.00 MGN61529 392.00 15 MGN61510 182.00 MGN61530 392.00 16 MGN61511 182.00 MGN61531 392.00 20 MGN61512 182.00 MGN61532 392.00 25 MGN61513 182.00 MGN61533 392.00 30 MGN61514 182.00 MGN61534 392.00 32 MGN61515 182.00 MGN61535 392.00 40 MGN61517 200.00 MGN61537 412.00 a At 25°C/77°F, for other temperatures see temperature derating table in Multi 9 Catalog 0860CT0201R1/08 2P C60H-DC Multi 9 UL1053 Listed GFP Ground Fault Protectors • • • • • • Provides ground fault protection for electrical circuits. Available in 2P (2-wire) and 4P (3- or 4-wire) versions Provides no thermal or magnetic protection. The circuit must be protected by an upstream device. Contains Si Technology to increase immunity to noise and to minimize the potential for nuisance tripping in noisy electrical environments. Tripped condition due to a ground fault is displayed on the front face by a red mechanical indicator. DIN rail mounting for easy installation. 7 . Table 7.31: Multi 9 UL 1053 Listed GFP Ground Fault Protectors MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2P 2P GFP 4P UL1053 UL1053 120/240 Vac, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 277 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac, 60 Hz IEC 61008 230 Vac, 240 Vac, 50 Hz 4P GFP (3- or 4-wire) Current Maximum (A) Sensitivity (mA) 30 25 100 300 30 40 100 300 30 63 100 300 80 300 100 300 Tripping Range 22.1 to 29.9 mA 73.1 to 98.9 mA 221 to 299 mA 22.1 to 29.9 mA 73.1 to 98.9 mA 221 to 299 mA 22.1 to 29.9 mA 73.1 to 98.9 mA 221 to 299 mA 221 to 299 mA 221 to 299 mA UL1053 240 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac, 60 Hz IEC 61008 IEC 61008 230/400 Vac, 240/415 Vac, 50 Hz 230/400 Vac, 240/415 Vac, 50 Hz Family Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price GFP 30 GFP 100 GFP 300 GFP 30 GFP 100 GFP 300 GFP 30 GFP 100 GFP 300 GFP 300 GFP 300 60949 60950 60951 60952 60953 60954 60955 60956 60957 60958 60959 633.00 570.00 444.00 666.00 600.00 467.00 1001.00 900.00 701.00 933.00 1097.00 60969 60970 60971 60972 60973 60974 60975 60976 60977 60978 60979 696.00 627.00 488.00 734.00 660.00 513.00 1100.00 990.00 770.00 1026.00 1206.00 60989 60990 60991 60992 60993 60994 60995 60996 60997 60998 60999 720.00 648.00 504.00 758.00 683.00 531.00 1136.00 1023.00 795.00 1272.00 1496.00 Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 7-18 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL 1077 C60 Supplementary Protectors Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Intended for use within equipment where branch circuit protection is already provided or not needed • • • • • Range from 0.5 to 63 A 10 k AIR @ 120/240 Vac; 5 k AIR at 480Y/277; 10 k AIR @ 60 Vdc (1P) and 125 Vdc (2P) Suitable for reverse feeding DIN mounting for easy installation Suitable for reverse feeding Table 7.32: Rating (A) 3P UL 1077 C60 4P UL 1077 C60 Trip Curve B C D Use For sensitive equipment For typical loads For high inrush Magnetic Release 3.2–4.8 x ampere rating 7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC) 10–14 x ampere rating UL 1077 Supplementary Protectors 1P $ Price 2P $ Price 3P $ Price 4P $ Price 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 224.00 240.00 252.00 252.00 MG24140 — — MG24141 MG24142 MG24143 — MG24144 — MG24145 MG24146 MG24147 MG17461 MG24148 MG24149 MG24150 MG17462 MG24151 MG17463 MG24152 MG24153 MG17464 MG24154 315.00 — — 315.00 315.00 315.00 — 315.00 — 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 324.00 338.00 353.00 353.00 MG24155 — — MG24156 MG24157 MG24158 — MG24159 — MG24160 MG24161 MG24162 — MG24163 MG24164 MG24165 — MG24166 — MG24167 MG24168 — MG24169 416.00 — — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 420.00 438.00 — 450.00 — 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 224.00 240.00 252.00 252.00 — MG24459 — — MG24460 MG24461 MG24462 — MG24464 — MG24465 MG24466 MG24467 MG17466 MG24468 MG24469 MG24470 MG17467 MG24471 MG17468 MG24472 MG24473 MG17469 MG24474 — 315.00 — — 315.00 315.00 315.00 — 315.00 — 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 324.00 338.00 353.00 353.00 — MG24476 — — MG24477 MG24478 MG24479 — MG24481 — MG24482 MG24483 MG24484 — MG24485 MG24486 MG24487 — MG24488 — MG24489 MG24490 — MG24491 — 416.00 — — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 420.00 438.00 — 450.00 — 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 224.00 240.00 252.00 252.00 — MG24532 — — MG24533 MG24534 MG24535 — MG24536 — MG24537 MG24538 MG24539 MG17471 MG24540 MG24541 MG24542 MG17472 MG24543 MG17473 MG24544 MG24545 MG17474 MG24546 — 315.00 — — 315.00 315.00 315.00 — 315.00 — 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 324.00 338.00 353.00 353.00 — MG24548 — — MG24549 MG24550 MG24551 — MG24552 — MG24553 MG24554 MG24555 — MG24556 MG24557 MG24558 — MG24559 — MG24560 MG24561 — MG24562 — 416.00 — — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 420.00 438.00 — 450.00 B Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 3.2 and 4.8 Times Ampere Rating 1 MG24110 101.00 MG24125 1.2 MG17402 101.00 MG17432 1.5 MG17403 101.00 MG17433 2 MG24111 101.00 MG24126 3 MG24112 101.00 MG24127 4 MG24113 101.00 MG24128 5 MG17404 101.00 MG17434 6 MG24114 101.00 MG24129 7 MG17405 101.00 MG17435 8 MG24115 101.00 MG24130 10 MG24116 101.00 MG24131 13 MG24117 101.00 MG24132 15 MG17406 101.00 MG17436 16 MG24118 101.00 MG24133 20 MG24119 101.00 MG24134 25 MG24120 101.00 MG24135 30 MG17407 101.00 MG17437 32 MG24121 101.00 MG24136 35 MG17408 101.00 MG17438 40 MG24122 111.00 MG24137 50 MG24123 117.00 MG24138 60 MG17409 123.00 MG17439 63 MG24124 123.00 MG24139 C Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 7 and 10 Times Ampere Rating 0.5 MG17411 120.00 — 1 MG24425 101.00 MG24442 1.2 MG17412 101.00 MG17442 1.5 MG17413 101.00 MG17443 2 MG24426 101.00 MG24443 3 MG24427 101.00 MG24444 4 MG24428 101.00 MG24445 5 MG17414 101.00 MG17444 6 MG24430 101.00 MG24447 7 MG17415 101.00 MG17445 8 MG24431 101.00 MG24448 10 MG24432 101.00 MG24449 13 MG24433 101.00 MG24450 15 MG17416 101.00 MG17446 16 MG24434 101.00 MG24451 20 MG24435 101.00 MG24452 25 MG24436 101.00 MG24453 30 MG17417 101.00 MG17447 32 MG24437 101.00 MG24454 35 MG17418 101.00 MG17448 40 MG24438 111.00 MG24455 50 MG24439 117.00 MG24456 60 MG17419 123.00 MG17449 63 MG24440 123.00 MG24457 D Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 10 and 14 Times Ampere Rating 0.5 MG17421 120.00 — 1 MG24500 101.00 MG24516 1.2 MG17422 101.00 MG17452 1.5 MG17423 101.00 MG17453 2 MG24501 101.00 MG24517 3 MG24502 101.00 MG24518 4 MG24503 101.00 MG24519 5 MG17424 101.00 MG17454 6 MG24504 101.00 MG24520 7 MG17425 101.00 MG17455 8 MG24505 101.00 MG24521 10 MG24506 101.00 MG24522 13 MG24507 101.00 MG24523 15 MG17426 101.00 MG17456 16 MG24508 101.00 MG24524 20 MG24509 101.00 MG24525 25 MG24510 101.00 MG24526 30 MG17427 101.00 MG17457 32 MG24511 101.00 MG24527 35 MG17428 101.00 MG17458 40 MG24512 111.00 MG24528 50 MG24513 117.00 MG24529 60 MG17429 123.00 MG17459 63 MG24514 123.00 MG24530 Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-3 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-19 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2P UL 1077 C60 A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect 7 1P UL 1077 C60 • • • Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers C60 Accessories Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Electrical Accessories for C60 Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors Possible Combinations Mounted to the left of the circuit breaker with a maximum width of 54 mm. + + + + Spacer Ring Tongue Terminal Kit Terminal Screw Shield Max. 54 mm SD Alarm Switch Table 7.33: C60 Padlock Attachment Control Voltage Vac 12–277 12–277 24 48 110–240–277 24 48 120 240 MN Undervoltage Release Multi-9 GFP UL 1053 Listed Ground Fault Protectors Table 7.34: Width in 9 mm modules 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Front Mounting Kit for C60 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P (1 per circuit breaker) Ring tongue terminal kit for UL1077 C60 Spacer for DIN rail, Not UL Recognized Padlock Attachment (1 per for 1P, 2P, 3P or 4P) Heavy-duty Padlock Attachment for C60, Locks OFF only Padlocking Device Left Side Mount, Locks OFF onlya Padlocking Device Right Side Mount, Locks OFF onlyb Front Mounting Kit Label holders for 2, 3 or 4P C60 (Not UL Recognized) Terminal Screw Shield (Not UL Recognized) Terminal cover (Not UL Recognized) Comb Bus Bar Kit for UL1077 C60, 12 poles, Fixed Length MGN26380 Locking Device Left Side Mount MGN26381 Locking Device Right Side Mount C60 UL/IEC $ Price 60.00 60.00 140.00 201.00 Multi 9 C60 Mechanical Accessories C60 Descriptions Label Holders for 2, 3 or 4P C60 C60 Vdc Cat. No. 12–125 1 MG26925 12–125 1 MG26928 24 2 27118 48 2 27110 125 2 27109 24 2 27108 48 2 27106 — 2 27107 — 2 27105 120 to 480Y/277 Vac; 30, 100, and 300 mA; 2P and 4Ps. See page 7-18 Handout, 0860HO0602 or Catalog 0860CT0201 OF Auxiliary Switch (1a1b) SD Alarm Switch (1a1b) MX Shunt Trip + OF Auxiliary Switch (1a1b) Rotary Handle MN Undervoltage Release Multi 9 C60 Electrical Accessories Descriptions Heavy-duty Padlock Attachment MX Shunt trip + Aux Switch OF Auxiliary Switch 1P 2P 3P 4P Cat. No. 17400 MG27062 MG26970 M9PAF MGN26380 MGN26381 MG26983 MG26984 MG26985 MG26989 Bag of 10 MG27150 51.00 MG26981 51.00 For one pole 9 mm wide 2 per pack 2 per pack 1 per pack Bag of two 4P shields 1P 2P 3P 4P 1Ø 2Ø 3Ø Tooth Caps for UL Comb Bus Bar, Bag of 20 Rotary Handle for C60 (Non UL Recognized) Operating Subassembly Door Interlock Handle Fixed Handle (Front or Lateral) 2P/3P/4P $ Price 15.80 9.30 33.20 60.00 37.50 37.50 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 MG26975 26.10 MG26976 51.00 MG26975+MG26976 MG26978 102.00 MG10285 63.00 MG10286 69.00 MG10287 80.00 60488 37.80 MG27046 MG27047 MG27048 129.00 107.00 117.00 14211 14210 54.00 158.00 Multi-pole Front Mounting Kit Comb Bus Bar Rail Support (20 of 9 mm modules) Hinged Transparent Cover a b Multi-pole Front Mounting Kit 7-20 Left-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with accessories SD, OF, MX or MN. Use rightside mounted padlocking device when accessories are required. Right-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with VIGI module. Use left-side mounted padlocking device when VIGI Module is required.. DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Molded Case Circuit Breakers PowerPact Family Class 611 www.schneider-electric.us The PowerPact Advantage • Proven Performance: Industry-leading circuit breaker innovation and protection for heavy-duty commercial and industrial applications. Smart: Integrated metering options provide a cost-effective solution to reduce energy consumption, optimize energy costs, and improve energy availablility for your facilities. Flexible: Full range of thermal-magnetic and electronic trip molded case circuit breakers from 15 A to 3000 A, delivering the ratings, configurations, and operators for your unique applications. Simple: Common catalog numbers, standardized ratings, and a full range of field-installable accessories make product selection, installation and maintenance easier than ever. Common Design Features: Mounting holes, door trim, and handle accessories • • • • H-Frame 150 A Electronic Trip Version J-Frame 250 A Q-Frame 250 A L-Frame 600 A M-Frame 800 A P-Frame 1200 A R-Frame 3000 A Electronic Trip Version Table 7.35: PowerPact Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating Voltage B D G J K L R 10 kA 25 kA 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 200 kA 480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 65 kA a 100 kA 200 kA 600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA 25 kA 65 kA a 50 kAb 100 kA 240 Vac P-frame K interrupting is 50 kA at 480 and 600 Vac. P-frame L interrupting is 25 kA at 600 Vac. Voltage L 3 6 1 5 0 A B S MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Poles G Suffix Code Termination H Suffix Code Rating Common Catalog Numbering System Frame Table 7.36: Amperage c a b A 110 Vac Shunt Trip 2A/2B Auxiliary Switch Frame Designation Interrupting Rating Terminations 240 Vac 480 Vac 600Vac A I-Line H 150 A Frame B 10 kA L Lugs on Both Ends J 250 A Frame D 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA F Bus Bar (No Lugs) Q 250 A Frame G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA M Lugs Line Side Only L 600 A Frame J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA P Lugs Load End Only M 800 A Frame K 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA N Plug-in P 1200 A Frame L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA D Drawout R 3000 A Frame R 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA S Rear Connected Studs c For amperage of M-, P- or R-frame circuit breakers, add a zero to the three amperage digits; for example, 120 = 1200 A. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Q-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 L-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 P-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 R-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28 PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . 7-29 Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . 7-31 Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35 Mission Critical Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 Motor Operators and Rotary Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Mechanical Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC). . . . . . . . 7-43 Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories . . . . . 7-44 Plug-In and Drawout Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 7-21 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 Table 7.37: H-Frame 150 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitingd Circuit Breakers(600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Current Rating @ 40o C Hold www.schneider-electric.us Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) D Cat. No.bc Trip G Jd Ld Terminal Wire Range $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated H-Frame, 150A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc HD and HG 2P Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit (2P HJ, HL in 3P module) H-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 7 Table 7.38: MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Current Rating @ 40oC 350 A 350 A 350 A 350 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 900 A 900 A 900 A 750 A 750 A 750 A 750 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1700 A 1700 A 1700 A 1700 A H( )L26015(C) H( )L26020(C) H( )L26025(C) H( )L26030(C) H( )L26035(C) H( )L26040(C) H( )L26045(C) H( )L26050(C) H( )L26060(C) H( )L26070(C) H( )L26080(C) H( )L26090(C) H( )L26100(C) H( )L26110(C) H( )L26125(C) H( )L26150(C) 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 1062.00 1062.00 1062.00 1062.00 2072.00 2072.00 2072.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1274.00 1274.00 1274.00 1274.00 2486.00 2486.00 2486.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1497.00 1497.00 1497.00 1497.00 3059.00 3059.00 3059.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1797.00 1797.00 1797.00 1797.00 3671.00 3671.00 3671.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1721.00 1721.00 1721.00 1721.00 4449.00 4449.00 4449.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 2066.00 2066.00 2066.00 2066.00 5339.00 5339.00 5339.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2613.00 2613.00 2613.00 2613.00 5534.00 5534.00 5534.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 3137.00 3137.00 3137.00 3137.00 6641.00 6641.00 6641.00 AL150HD 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu H-Frame 150A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 15 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36015(C) 1088.00 20 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36020(C) 1088.00 25 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36025(C) 1088.00 30 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36030(C) 1088.00 35 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36035(C) 1088.00 40 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36040(C) 1088.00 45 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36045(C) 1088.00 50 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36050(C) 1088.00 60 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36060(C) 1088.00 70 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36070(C) 1328.00 80 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36080(C) 1328.00 90 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36090(C) 1328.00 100 A 800 A 1700 A H( )L36100(C) 1328.00 110 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36110(C) 2600.00 125 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36125(C) 2600.00 150 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36150(C) 2600.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1592.00 1592.00 1592.00 1592.00 3120.00 3120.00 3120.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1701.00 1701.00 1701.00 1701.00 3599.00 3599.00 3599.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 2042.00 2042.00 2042.00 2042.00 4319.00 4319.00 4319.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 2099.00 2099.00 2099.00 2099.00 5174.00 5174.00 5174.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2519.00 2519.00 2519.00 2519.00 6209.00 6209.00 6209.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 3149.00 3149.00 3149.00 3149.00 6749.00 6749.00 6749.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 8099.00 8099.00 8099.00 AL150HD 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu J-Frame 250 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitingd Circuit Breakers (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Adjustable AC Magnetic Trip Low 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A High Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) D Cat. No.bc G Jd Ld Rd Terminal Wire Range $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated J-Frame 250A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 150 A 750 A 1500 A J( )L26150(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 175 A 875 A 1750 A J( )L26175(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )L26200(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )L26225(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )L26250(C) 2988.00 3585.00 4251.00 5102.00 6225.00 7469.00 J-Frame 250A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 150 A 750 A 1500 A J( )L36150(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 175 A 875 A 1750 A J( )L36175(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )L36200(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )L36225(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )L36250(C) 3749.00 4499.00 5001.00 6002.00 7238.00 8685.00 a See Supplemental Digest pages 3-2 and 3-3 for circuit breakers with field interchangeable trip units. b To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L). c For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HDL26015C or JDL26150C). 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire. d Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.. Table 7.39: 5811.00 5811.00 5811.00 5811.00 7194.00 6972.00 6972.00 6972.00 6972.00 8633.00 7086.00 7086.00 7086.00 7086.00 8993.00 8504.00 8504.00 8504.00 8504.00 10791.00 — — — — — 9212.00 9212.00 9212.00 9212.00 11169.00 — — — — — AL175JD 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu AL250JD 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu 11055.00 AL175JD 11055.00 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu 11055.00 AL250JD 11055.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu 13402.00 H- and J-Frame Termination Options Termination Letter A = I-Line (See Section 9) For factory-installed F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends) termination, place termination L = Lugs both ends letter in the third block of the M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end circuit breaker catalog number. P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end N = Plug-in e HGL36100 D = Drawout e Termination Letter S = Rear Connected e Rear Connected Plug-in Drawout e For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. Table 7.40: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 7-22 H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA DE2 L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA R 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Page 7-39 Page 7-42 Page 7-55 Page 7-56 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Electronic Trip Version Table 7.41: H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers (600 Vac) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse Connection g Electronic Trip Unit Type Function Trip Unit Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) Sensor Rating D G Ja Cat. No.c La Ra Terminal $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P 60 A H( )L36060(C)U31X 1247.00 1455.00 1652.00 1928.00 2108.00 2460.00 3008.00 3510.00 3971.00 4633.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U31X 1487.00 1735.00 1860.00 2171.00 2258.00 2635.00 3308.00 3860.00 4367.00 5095.00 AL150HDd 150 A H( )L36150(C)U31X 2759.00 3220.00 3758.00 4386.00 5333.00 6224.00 6908.00 8062.00 9119.00 10642.00 250 A J( )L36250(C)U31X 2957.00 3451.00 4006.00 4675.00 5659.00 6604.00 7313.00 8534.00 9653.00 11265.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U33X 1433.00 1641.00 1838.00 2113.00 2294.00 2646.00 3194.00 3696.00 4216.00 4879.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U33X 1673.00 1921.00 2046.00 2356.00 2444.00 2821.00 3494.00 4046.00 4612.00 5341.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSI 3.2Sf 150 A H( )L36150(C)U33X 2945.00 3405.00 3944.00 4571.00 5519.00 6409.00 7094.00 8247.00 9364.00 10886.00 Standard 250 A J( )L36250(C)U33X 3221.00 3715.00 4270.00 4939.00 5923.00 6868.00 7577.00 8798.00 10002.00 11613.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U43X 2031.00 2240.00 2436.00 2712.00 2892.00 3244.00 3792.00 4295.00 5005.00 5669.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U43X 2271.00 2520.00 2644.00 2955.00 3042.00 3419.00 4092.00 4645.00 5401.00 6131.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSI 5.2A 150 A H( )L36150(C)U43X 3543.00 4004.00 4542.00 5170.00 6117.00 7008.00 7692.00 8846.00 10153.00 11677.00 Ammeter 250 A J( )L36250(C)U43X 4075.00 4569.00 5124.00 5793.00 6777.00 7722.00 8431.00 9653.00 11129.00 12742.00 AL250JDe 2391.00 2599.00 2796.00 3072.00 3252.00 3604.00 4152.00 4654.00 5481.00 6143.00 60 A H( )L36060(C)U53X 100 A H( )L36100(C)U53X 2631.00 2879.00 3004.00 3314.00 3402.00 3779.00 4452.00 5004.00 5877.00 6605.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSI 5.2E 150 A H( )L36150(C)U53X 3903.00 4363.00 4902.00 5529.00 6477.00 7367.00 8052.00 9205.00 10629.00 12151.00 Energy 250 A J( )L36250(C)U53X 4588.00 5082.00 5637.00 6306.00 7290.00 8235.00 8944.00 10165.00 11806.00 13418.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U44X 2751.00 2960.00 3156.00 3432.00 3612.00 3964.00 4512.00 5015.00 5956.00 6620.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U44X 2991.00 3240.00 3364.00 3675.00 3762.00 4139.00 4812.00 5365.00 6352.00 7082.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSIG 6.2A 150 A H( )L36150(C)U44X 4263.00 4724.00 5262.00 5890.00 6837.00 7728.00 8412.00 9566.00 11104.00 12627.00 Ammeter 250 A J( )L36250(C)U44X 5100.00 5594.00 6149.00 6818.00 7802.00 8747.00 9456.00 10678.00 12482.00 14095.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U54X 3111.00 3319.00 3516.00 3792.00 3972.00 4324.00 4872.00 5374.00 6431.00 7094.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U54X 3351.00 3599.00 3724.00 4034.00 4122.00 4499.00 5172.00 5724.00 6827.00 7556.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSIG 6.2E 150 A H( )L36150(C)U54X 4623.00 5083.00 5622.00 6249.00 7197.00 8087.00 8772.00 9925.00 11579.00 13101.00 Energy 250 A J( )L36250(C)U54X 5613.00 6107.00 6662.00 7331.00 8315.00 9260.00 9969.00 11190.00 13159.00 14771.00 AL250JDe a Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting. b See Supplemental Digest page 3-2 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units c For 100% rated circuit breakers, add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HGL36150CU31X, JGL36250CU43X) 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire. d AL150HD wire range is 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu. e AL250JD wire range is 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided. f 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications. g For applications requiring communications see page 7-49. Micrologic Standard LI 3.2f Table 7.42: H- and J-Frame Termination Options H-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Unit Table 7.43: Voltage H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 KA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA R 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 0 >11 % Ir .9 4 .9 5 .9 6 .9 7 .9 3 .9 8 .9 2 .9 1 Ir 4( x 3 Io ) 5 6 2 .5 8 2 1 .5 x Is d( J-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Unit 10 Ir ) M icor lo g ic >30 A >30 5 .2 E 7 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Termination Letter A - I-Line (See Section 9) For factory-installed F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends) termination, place termination L = Lugs both ends letter in the third block of the M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end circuit breaker catalog number. P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end N = Plug-in h HDL36015T D = Drawout h Termination Letter S = Rear Connected h h For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. H-Frame Circuit Breaker with Optional FDM and IFM Modules Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-23 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Q-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 0734 / Refer to Catalogs: 0734CT0201 Table 7.44: Ampere Rating www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact Q-Framea250 A Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker (240 Vac) Interrupting Rating Fixed AC Magnetic Trip B D G Terminal Wire Range J Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 1000 A 1000 A 1000 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1800 A 1800 A 1800 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A QBL22070 QBL22080 QBL22090 QBL22100 QBL22110 QBL22125 QBL22150 QBL22175 QBL22200 QBL22225 QBL22250 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 693.00 QDL22070 QDL22080 QDL22090 QDL22100 QDL22110 QDL22125 QDL22150 QDL22175 QDL22200 QDL22225 QDL22250 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1544.00 QGL22070 QGL22080 QGL22090 QGL22100 QGL22110 QGL22125 QGL22150 QGL22175 QGL22200 QGL22225 QGL22250 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1970.00 QJL22070 QJL22080 QJL22090 QJL22100 QJL22110 QJL22125 QJL22150 QJL22175 QJL22200 QJL22225 QJL22250 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 #4 AWG - 300 kcmil 1890.00 Al/Cu 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 2348.00 70 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL32070 1248.00 QDL32070 1784.00 QGL32070 2442.00 80 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL32080 1248.00 QDL32080 1784.00 QGL32080 2442.00 90 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL32090 1248.00 QDL32090 1784.00 QGL32090 2442.00 100 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32100 1248.00 QDL32100 1784.00 QGL32100 2442.00 110 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32110 1248.00 QDL32110 1784.00 QGL32110 2442.00 125 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32125 1248.00 QDL32125 1784.00 QGL32125 2442.00 150 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32150 1248.00 QDL32150 1784.00 QGL32150 2442.00 175 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32175 1248.00 QDL32175 1784.00 QGL32175 2442.00 200 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32200 1248.00 QDL32200 1784.00 QGL32200 2442.00 225 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32225 1248.00 QDL32225 1784.00 QGL32225 2442.00 250 Ab 1200 A 2400 A QBL32250 1812.00 QDL32250 2442.00 QGL32250 3150.00 a Replacement lugs and electrical accessories are not available for PowerPact Q-frame circuit breakers. b 250 A requires the use of copper cables only. 250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only QJL32070 QJL32080 QJL32090 QJL32100 QJL32110 QJL32125 QJL32150 QJL32175 QJL32200 QJL32225 QJL32250 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 - 300 kcmil 2796.00 #4 AWG Al/Cu 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 3465.00 2P, 240 Vac QBL 2P 70–250 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 250 Ab 3P, 240 Vac QBL 3P 70–250 A Table 7.45: Q-Frame Termination Options Table 7.46: Termination Letter A = I-Line (See Section 9) E = Bolt-on I-Line (See Section 9) F = No lugs L = Lugs both ends M = Lugs ON end, studs on OFF end For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. Interrupting Rating B D G J 240 Vacc 10 kA 25 kA 65 kA 100 kAd c Q-frame circuit breakers are 240 Vac only. d 3P QJ circuit breakers are rated at 208Y/120 Vac only. QGL32200 P = Lugs OFF end, studs on ON end e Q-Frame Interrupting Ratings Voltage Termination Letter 7 Add TS suffix for studs on both ends without nuts and washers. See Catalog 0734CT0201 for additional information. DimensionsPage 7-55 EnclosuresPage 7-56 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-24 DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers L-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalogs: 0611CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.47: L-Frame 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Factory-Sealed Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectionfl Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) Electronic Trip Unit D Sensor Rating Type Jh G Lh Rh Terminal Cat. No.g $ Price Trip Function Unit 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P 250 A L( )L36250(C)U31X 4827.00 5648.00 5081.00 5945.00 8478.00 9919.00 9918.00 11604.00 11406.00 13345.00 400 A L( )L36400(C)U31X 600 A L( )L36600U31X 4827.00 7109.00 5648.00 — 5081.00 7484.00 5945.00 — 8478.00 10541.00 9919.00 — 9918.00 11837.00 11604.00 — 11406.00 13613.00 13345.00 AL600LS52K3k — 250 A L( )L36250(C)U33X 3.3Si 400 A L( )L36400(C)U33X 600 A L( )L36600U33X 5391.00 6211.00 5674.00 6538.00 9071.00 10513.00 10511.00 12198.00 12088.00 14028.00 5391.00 7673.00 6211.00 — 5674.00 8077.00 6538.00 — 9071.00 11134.00 10513.00 — 10511.00 12430.00 12198.00 — 12088.00 14295.00 14028.00 AL600LS52K3k — 5.3A 400 A L( )L36400(C)U43X 600 A L( )L36600U43X 6253.00 8535.00 7073.00 — 6582.00 8984.00 7445.00 — 9979.00 12041.00 11420.00 — 11419.00 13337.00 13105.00 — 13132.00 15338.00 15071.00 — LSI 5.3E 400 A L( )L36400(C)U53X 600 A L( )L36600U53X 7200.00 9483.00 8021.00 — 7579.00 9982.00 8443.00 — 10976.00 13039.00 12418.00 — 12416.00 14335.00 14103.00 — 14278.00 16485.00 16218.00 — Micrologic Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A L( )L36400(C)U44X 600 A L( )L36600U44X 8149.00 10431.00 8969.00 — 8578.00 10980.00 9441.00 — 11975.00 14037.00 13416.00 — 13415.00 15333.00 15101.00 — 15427.00 17633.00 17366.00 — Micrologic Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A L( )L36400(C)U54X 600 A L( )L36600U54X 9097.00 11379.00 9917.00 — 9575.00 11978.00 10439.00 — 12972.00 15035.00 14414.00 — 14412.00 16331.00 16099.00 — 16574.00 18781.00 18514.00 — Micrologic Standard LI Micrologic Standard LSI Micrologic Ammeter LSI Micrologic Energy 3.3i AL400L61K3j AL400L61K3j AL600LS52K3k 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P Micrologic Standard 250 A L( )L46250(C)U31X 5327.00 6233.00 5581.00 6530.00 8978.00 10501.00 10418.00 12189.00 11981.00 14017.00 LI 3.3 400 A L( )L46400(C)U31X 600 A L( )L46600U31X 6227.00 8509.00 6233.00 — 6481.00 8884.00 7583.00 — 9878.00 11941.00 11557.00 — 11318.00 13237.00 13242.00 — 13016.00 15223.00 15228.00 AL600LS52K4k — Micrologic Standard 250 A L( )L46250(C)U33X 5891.00 6796.00 6174.00 7123.00 9571.00 11098.00 11011.00 12783.00 12663.00 14700.00 LSI 3.3S 400 A L( )L46400(C)U33X 600 A L( )L46600U33X 6791.00 9073.00 7849.00 — 7074.00 9477.00 8176.00 — 10471.00 12534.00 12151.00 — 11911.00 13830.00 13836.00 — 13698.00 15905.00 15911.00 AL600LS52K4k — Micrologic Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A L( )L46400(C)U43X 600 A L( )L46600U43X 7653.00 9935.00 8711.00 — 7982.00 10384.00 9083.00 — 11379.00 13441.00 13058.00 — 12819.00 14737.00 14743.00 — 14742.00 16948.00 16954.00 — Micrologic Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A L( )L46400(C)U53X 600 A L( )L46600U53X 8600.00 10883.00 9659.00 — 8979.00 11382.00 10081.00 — 12376.00 14439.00 14056.00 — 13816.00 15735.00 15741.00 — 15888.00 18095.00 18102.00 — 9549.00 11831.00 10607.00 — 9978.00 12380.00 11079.00 — 13375.00 15437.00 15054.00 — 14815.00 16733.00 16739.00 — 17037.00 19243.00 19250.00 — 10497.00 12779.00 11555.00 — 10975.00 13378.00 12077.00 — 14372.00 16435.00 16052.00 — 15812.00 17731.00 17791.00 — 18184.00 20391.00 20460.00 — LSIG 6.3A 400 A L( )L46400(C)U44X 600 A L( )L46600U44X Micrologic Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A L( )L46400(C)U54X 600 A L( )L46600U54X AL600LS52K4k See Supplemental Digest page 3-4 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units For 100% rated circuit breakers (250 A and 400 A only), add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, LGL36400CU31X) Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting. 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications. AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or 1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. AL600LS52K3 terminal wire range is (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. For applications requiring communicatins see page 7-49. Table 7.48: Termination Options Termination Letter L-Frame Circuit Breaker Table 7.49: Interrupting Ratings Termination Option Interrupting Rating Voltage A I-Line (See Section 9) F No lugs 240 Vac D G J L R 25 kA 65 kA 100 kA 125 kA 200 kA L Lugs both ends 480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA M Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end 600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA 100 kA P Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end Nm Plug In Dm Drawout Sm Rear Connected 7 f g h i j k l AL400L61K4j For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. LGL36600U44X Termination Letter m © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Micrologic Ammeter AL400L61K4j For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. DE2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-55 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-56 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-25 PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers M-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101 Table 7.50: M-Frame 800 A, Basic Electronic Trip System Type ET 1.0n Factory-Sealed Trip Unit Electronic Trip Unit Type www.schneider-electric.us Interrupting Rating Sensor Rating Function G Terminal Wire Range (AWG/kcmil) J Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price MGL26300 MGL26350 MGL26400 MGL26450 MGL26500 MGL26600 MGL26700 MGL26800 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 7719.00 7719.00 MJL26300 MJL26350 MJL26400 MJL26450 MJL26500 MJL26600 MJL26700 MJL26800 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 9657.00 9657.00 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz Basic Fixed Long-time, Adjustable Instantaneous Trip M-Frame Circuit Breaker 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A AL800M23K (3) 3/0–500 Al/Cu 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz n 300 A MGL36300 7560.00 MJL36300 9456.00 350 A MGL36350 7560.00 MJL36350 9456.00 Fixed 400 A MGL36400 7560.00 MJL36400 9456.00 Long-time, 450 A MGL36450 7560.00 MJL36450 9456.00 AL800M23K Basic Adjustable (3) 3/0–500 Al/Cu 500 A MGL36500 7560.00 MJL36500 9456.00 Instantaneous Trip 600 A MGL36600 7560.00 MJL36600 9456.00 700 A MGL36700 9927.00 MJL36700 11882.00 800 A MGL36800 9927.00 MJL36800 11882.00 The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced or have the long-time trip point setting adjusted. It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermalmagnetic circuit breaker. Table 7.51: Termination Letter A F L M P Termination Options Table 7.52: Termination Option Voltage I-Line (See Section 9) No lugs Lugs both ends Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. MGL36400 Termination Letter Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-42 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-56 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-26 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers P-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us P-Frame 1200 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit $ Price Type Function Trip Unit Sensor Rating Gb Cat. No.bc 80% Rated Jb 100% Ratedc — — — — 80% Rated Kb 100% Ratedc — — — — 80% Rated 100% Rated c — — — — Lbd 80% Rated Terminal Wire Range 100% Ratedc — AL800M23K (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu — — AL1200P25K (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu — 600 A P( )L36060 Basic Electronic Fixed long13905.00 14783.00 14783.00 15660.00 800 A P( )L36080 Trip Unit time, ET1.0I (Not Adjustable 1000 A P( )L36100 19049.00 20250.00 20250.00 21452.00 Interchangeable) Instantaneous 1200 A P( )L36120 250 A P( )L36025(C)U31A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U31A AL800M23K 14693.00 21510.00 15570.00 22868.00 15570.00 22868.00 16448.00 24224.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U31A LI 3.0 800 A P( )L36080(C)U31A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U31A AL1200P25K Micrologic 19836.00 30239.00 21038.00 32147.00 21038.00 32147.00 22239.00 34052.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U31A Interchangeable Standard 250 A P( )L36025(C)U33A Trip Unit 400 A P( )L36040(C)U33A AL800M23K 15032.00 21812.00 15909.00 23187.00 15909.00 23187.00 16787.00 24564.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U33A LSI 5.0 800 A P( )L36080(C)U33A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U33A AL1200P25K 20177.00 30540.00 21378.00 32466.00 21378.00 32466.00 22580.00 34392.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U33A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U41A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U41A AL800M23K 15543.00 22266.00 16421.00 23670.00 16421.00 23670.00 17298.00 25076.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U41A LI 3.0A 800 A P( )L36080(C)U41A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U41A AL1200P25K 20688.00 30995.00 21890.00 32949.00 21890.00 32949.00 23091.00 34904.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U41A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U43A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U43A AL800M23K Micrologic 17043.00 23597.00 17921.00 25085.00 17921.00 25085.00 18798.00 26574.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U43A Interchangeable LSI 5.0A Ammeter 800 A P( )L36080(C)U43A Trip Unit 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U43A AL1200P25K 22185.00 32324.00 23387.00 34364.00 23387.00 34364.00 24590.00 36402.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U43A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U44A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U44A AL800M23K 18909.00 25256.00 19787.00 26849.00 19787.00 26849.00 20664.00 28442.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U44A LSIG 6.0A 800 A P( )L36080(C)U44A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U44A AL1200P25K 24054.00 33983.00 25256.00 36128.00 25256.00 36128.00 26457.00 38270.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U44A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U63AE1 400 A P( )L36040(C)U63AE1 AL800M23K 21455.00 27516.00 22332.00 29252.00 22332.00 29252.00 23210.00 30986.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U63AE1 LSI 5.0P 800 A P( )L36080(C)U63AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U63AE1 AL1200P25K Micrologic 26597.00 36243.00 27800.00 38529.00 27800.00 38529.00 29001.00 40814.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U63AE1 Interchangeable Power 250 A P( )L36025(C)U64AE1 Trip Unit 400 A P( )L36040(C)U64AE1 AL800M23K 22536.00 28476.00 23414.00 30272.00 23414.00 30272.00 24291.00 32067.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U64AE1 LSIG 6.0P 800 A P( )L36080(C)U64AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U64AE1 AL1200P25K 27680.00 37203.00 28881.00 39551.00 28881.00 39551.00 30083.00 41895.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U64AE1 250 A P( )L36025(C)U73AE1 400 A P( )L36040(C)U73AE1 AL800M23K 25538.00 31140.00 26415.00 33104.00 26415.00 33104.00 27291.00 35067.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U73AE1 LSI 5.0H 800 A P( )L36080(C)U73AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U73AE1 AL1200P25K Micrologic 30680.00 39867.00 31881.00 42381.00 31881.00 42381.00 33083.00 44895.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U73AE1 Interchangeable Harmonic 250 A P( )L36025(C)U74AE1 Trip Unit 400 A P( )L36040(C)U74AE1 AL800M23K 26619.00 32100.00 27497.00 34125.00 27497.00 34125.00 28374.00 36150.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U74AE1 LSIG 6.0H 800 A P( )L36080(C)U74AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U74AE1 AL1200P25K 31761.00 40829.00 32963.00 43404.00 32963.00 43404.00 34166.00 45978.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U74AE1 a For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101. b To complete the catalog number, replace the ( ) with the appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, K or L). c For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% trip unit with LI trip functions at 250A would be PGL36025CU31A. d For all L interrupting rating, change the 5th character (voltage rating) from a 6 (600V) to a 4 (480V); for example, PLL34025U31A. The 480V AIR is standard 100 kA. Table 7.54: P-Frame Termination Options Table 7.55: Termination Letter F = No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends) L = Lugs both ends M = Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end P = Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end D = Drawouta A = I-Line (See Section 9) a For D pricing add termination pricing on page 7-45. Voltage For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. PGL36040U41A 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac P-Frame and R-Frame Interrupting Ratings P-Frame Interrupting Rating G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA K 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA R-Frame Interrupting Rating G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA K 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA Termination Letter R-frame catalog numbers and pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-28 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Trip Unit Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-47 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Alternate Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-48 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-27 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Electronic Trip Unit 7 Table 7.53: PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Table 7.56: R-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us R-Frame 3000 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit $ Price Electronic Trip Unit Type Function Basic Electronic Trip Unit (Not Interchangeable) Fixed long-time, Adjustable Instantaneous Sensor Rating Gbd Jbd 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS d 7-28 80% Rated Kbd 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated — — — 22373.00 23549.00 23549.00 — — — — — — 35639.00 — 37512.00 — 37512.00 — Lbd 100% Rated 1200 A R( )F36120 — 24723.00 1600 A R( )F36160 — ET1.0I 2000 A R( )F36200 — 2500 A R( )F36250 39383.00 — 600 A R( )F36060(C)U31A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U31A 27759.00 29301.00 29301.00 30843.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U31A 23160.00 24336.00 24336.00 25511.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U31A LI 3.0 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U31A 29775.00 31430.00 31430.00 33083.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U31A 35042.00 36989.00 36989.00 38936.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U31A 36426.00 57075.00 38300.00 60248.00 38300.00 60248.00 40170.00 63417.00 Micrologic 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U31A 54027.00 62451.00 57236.00 65738.00 57236.00 65738.00 60246.00 69024.00 Interchangeable 600 A R( )F36060(C)U33A Standard Trip Unit 800 A R( )F36080(C)U33A 28065.00 29624.00 29624.00 31184.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U33A 23501.00 24675.00 24675.00 25851.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U33A LSI 5.0 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U33A 30081.00 31752.00 31752.00 33423.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U33A 35348.00 37313.00 37313.00 39276.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U33A 36767.00 57383.00 38640.00 60570.00 38640.00 60570.00 40511.00 63758.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U33A 54513.00 62757.00 57542.00 66060.00 57542.00 66060.00 60570.00 69363.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U41A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U41A 28493.00 30075.00 30075.00 31658.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U41A 24012.00 25188.00 25188.00 26363.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U41A LI 3.0A 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U41A 30509.00 32202.00 32202.00 33897.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U41A 35775.00 37763.00 37763.00 39750.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U41A 37278.00 57809.00 39152.00 61020.00 39152.00 61020.00 41022.00 64232.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U41A 54918.00 63185.00 57969.00 66510.00 57969.00 66510.00 61020.00 69836.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U43A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U43A 29874.00 31533.00 31533.00 33194.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U43A Micrologic 25511.00 26685.00 26685.00 27860.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U43A Interchangeable LSI 5.0A Ammeter 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U43A 31889.00 33662.00 33662.00 35433.00 Trip Unit 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U43A 37158.00 39221.00 39221.00 41286.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U43A 38777.00 59190.00 40649.00 62478.00 40649.00 62478.00 42521.00 65768.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U43A 56231.00 64569.00 59354.00 67968.00 59354.00 67968.00 62480.00 71367.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U44A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U44A 31556.00 33308.00 33308.00 35061.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U44A 27378.00 28553.00 28553.00 29729.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U44A LSIG 6.0A 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U44A 33570.00 35436.00 35436.00 37301.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U44A 38838.00 40995.00 40995.00 43154.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U44A 40644.00 60870.00 43368.00 64253.00 43368.00 64253.00 44388.00 67635.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U44A 57827.00 66255.00 60965.00 69743.00 60965.00 69743.00 64254.00 73230.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U63AE1 800 A R( )F36080(C)U63AE1 33845.00 35724.00 35724.00 37605.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U63AE1 29922.00 31097.00 31097.00 32273.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U63AE1 LSI 5.0P 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U63AE1 35859.00 37853.00 37853.00 39845.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U63AE1 41129.00 43413.00 43413.00 45698.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U63AE1 43188.00 63161.00 45062.00 66671.00 45062.00 66671.00 46932.00 70179.00 Micrologic 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U63AE1 60003.00 68553.00 63338.00 72161.00 63338.00 72161.00 66671.00 75858.00 Interchangeable 600 A R( )F36060(C)U64AE1 Power Trip Unit 800 A R( )F36080(C)U64AE1 34818.00 36753.00 36753.00 38687.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U64AE1 31004.00 32180.00 32180.00 33354.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U64AE1 LSIG 6.0P 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U64AE1 36834.00 38880.00 38880.00 40926.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U64AE1 42102.00 44441.00 44441.00 46779.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U64AE1 44270.00 64136.00 46143.00 67698.00 46143.00 67698.00 48014.00 71261.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U64AE1 60929.00 69528.00 64313.00 73188.00 64313.00 73188.00 67698.00 76848.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U73AE1 800 A R( )F36080(C)U73AE1 37518.00 39603.00 39603.00 41687.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U73AE1 34005.00 35180.00 35180.00 36354.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U73AE1 LSI 5.0H 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U73AE1 39534.00 41730.00 41730.00 43928.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U73AE1 44801.00 47291.00 47291.00 49779.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U73AE1 47271.00 66836.00 49143.00 70548.00 49143.00 70548.00 51015.00 74262.00 Micrologic 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U73AE1 63494.00 72236.00 67020.00 76038.00 67020.00 76038.00 70550.00 79841.00 Interchangeable Harmonic Trip 600 A R( )F36060(C)U74AE1 Unit 800 A R( )F36080(C)U74AE1 38493.00 40631.00 40631.00 42770.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U74AE1 35087.00 36261.00 36261.00 37436.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U74AE1 LSIG 6.0H 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U74AE1 40509.00 42758.00 42758.00 45009.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U74AE1 45776.00 48320.00 48320.00 50862.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U74AE1 48353.00 67809.00 50225.00 71576.00 50225.00 71576.00 52097.00 75344.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U74AE1 64419.00 73212.00 67997.00 77066.00 67997.00 77066.00 71577.00 80919.00 Note: R-frame circuit breakers can be bus- or cable-connected. For cable connections, optional terminal pad kit RLTB or equivalent bus structure is required. Each RLTB kit contains terminal pads for one end of the circuit breaker only and has provisions for mounting a maximum of 8 lugs per phase (9 lugs for 3000 A). RLTB kits are included with 2500 A 100% rated circuit breakers. The RL3TB kits are included with the 3000 A, 80% and 100% rated circuit breakers. For other circuit breakers, order terminal pad kit (RLTB) and optional lugs separately. See pages 7-42–7-44. a b c Trip Unit Cat. No.bc 80% Rated For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101. To complete the catalog number, replace the blank ( ) with the appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, K or L). Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit with LI trip functions at 2500A would be RGF36250CU31A. See page 7-27 for interrupting ratings table. DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Motor Circuit Protectors PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact H- and J-frame electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are magnetic-only instantaneous-trip circuit breakers. They are designed to offer short circuit protection and are National Electrical Code (NEC) compliant when installed as part of a combination controller having motor overload protection. MCP circuit breakers accept the same accessories and terminals as the equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers. Determine the hp rating from the nameplate of the motor. Select a MCP with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. When using the automatic settings the MCP microprocessor automatically adjusts the trip settings for both current and time to align with the start-up characteristic for the motor type, whether it is a standard or energyefficient motor. This includes a dampening means to accommodate a transient motor inrush current without nuisance tripping of the circuit breaker. Table 7.57: H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Interrupting Rating Stan Frame dard ient Effic ace rgy Energie Efficiente Energia Efic Ene Sensor Rating Full Load Amperes Range Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Range Suffix 30 A 50 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 1.5–25 A 14–42 A 30–80 A 58–130 A 114–217 A 9–325 A 84–546 A 180–1040 A 348–1690 A 684–2500 A M71 M72 M73 M74 M75 H-Frame J-Frame Standard Energy Efficient Energie Efficace Energia Eficiente Table 7.58: J (See SCCR Table Below) L (See SCCR Table Below) Cat. No. HJL36030M71 HJL36050M72 HJL36100M73 HJL36150M74 JJL36250M75 Cat. No. HLL36030M71 HLL36050M72 HLL36100M73 HLL36150M74 JLL36250M75 $ Price 1089.00 1385.00 1646.00 2069.00 2393.00 $ Price 1223.00 1553.00 1827.00 2306.00 2673.00 Maximum Rating or Setting of Motor Protective Devicesa Percentage of Full-load Current Type of Motor a b Not to Exceedb A, B, C, D Standard 800% 1300% B, E Energy Efficient 1100% 1700% Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.52. See NEC Exception No. 1 to Table 430.52. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Table 7.59: I MCP Selection by HP Ratingsc of Induction-type Squirrel-Cage and Wound-rotor Motorsd 3Ø 60 Hz Voltagese Motor Type / Tipo de Motor / Type de Moteur Full-Load Amperes Standard Energy Efficient Energie Efficace Energia Eficiente c d e 200 Vac 230 Vac 460 Vac Suffix 575 Vac .5–5 .5–7.5 .75–15 1–20 1.5–25 M71 5–10 5–15 10–30 15–40 14–42 M72 10–25 15–30 25–60 30–75 30–80 M73 20–40 25–50 50–100 60–125 58–130 M74 40–60 50–75 100–150 125–200 114–217 M75 Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.250. Per NEC 430.3, part-winding motors should select two circuit breakers, each at not more than one-half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430.103. Listed voltages are rated motor voltages. Corresponding system voltages are 200 Vac, 220–240 Vac, 440–480 Vac and 550–600 Vac. Select wire and circuit breakers based on horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) Tested to meet NEC and UL508A requirements for short circuit current ratings as part of an approved combination controller. Table 7.60: Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR) MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS t Setting J 7 Interrupting Rating Contactor/Starter L 200–240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 200–240 Vac 480 Vac Tesys D-line and F-line 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 125 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 50 kA NEMA Type S 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA See www.us.schneider-electric.us for specific ratings and combination ID numbers. Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 To select combination starters and motor controllers using MCP’s meeting NEC Article 430, refer to pages 16-35—16-37. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-29 Motor Circuit Protectors H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 Table 7.61: Application of PowerPact™ H-Frame and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Horsepower Rating of Induction-type Squirrel-cage and Wound-rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz Starter Size 200 Vac 230 Vac 480 Vac 575 Vac 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 3/4 1 1/2 1-1/2 1/2 2 1-1/2 00 3/4 2 3/4 3 1 1 3 1-1/2 5 2 1-1/2 5 2 0 7-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 10 5 15 1 www.schneider-electric.us 5 15 7-1/2 20 7-1/2 20 25 10 2 30 10 25 30 7 40 15 15 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 40 3 50 20 20 60 50 25 60 75 25 30 30 75 4 100 40 40 100 125 50 150 50 5 60 125 60 150 75 200 75 200 100 NEC Full Load Amperes 0.9 A 1.1 A 1.3 A 1.7 A 2.1 A 2.2 A 2.4 A 2.5 A 2.7 A 3A 3.2 A 3.4 A 3.7 A 3.9 A 4.2 A 4.8 A 4.8 A 6A 6.1 A 6.8 A 6.9 A 7.6 A 7.8 A 9A 9.6 A 11 A 14 A 15.2 A 17 A 17.5 A 21 A 22 A 25.3 A 27 A 28 A 32 A 32.2 A 34 A 40 A 41 A 42 A 48.3 A 52 A 54 A 62 A 65 A 68 A 77 A 78.2 A 80 A 92 A 96 A 99 A 104 A 120 A 124 A 125 A 130 A 144 A 150 A 154 A 156 A 177.1 A 180 A 192 A 221 A 240 A 248 A PowerPact H-Frame and J-Frame Electronic MCP HJL36030M71 and HLL36030M71 1/2–10 hp HJL36050M72 and HLL36050M72 10–25 hp HJL36100M73 and HLL36100M73 15–50 hp HJL36150M74 and HLL36150M74 30–100 hp JJL36250M75 and JLL36250M75 50–150 hp Shaded area is not covered by J-frame electronic motor circuit protector. 7-30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Motor Protectors Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers Class 580, 585, 680, 685 www.schneider-electric.us Motor Circuit Protectors Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are instantaneous-trip magnetic-only circuit breakers. They have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers comply with NEC requirements for providing motor circuit protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors. All Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent circuit breakers. Mag-Gard circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction.i High-interruption (H) construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers (LHL) are also available. Table 7.62: Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzi—Three Device Solutionsg Trip Unit Ampere Rating Motor Circuit Protector LAL 400 Adjustablef Trip Range (A) 24 Vdc Multiplier Cat. No. $ Price High = 1.2 Low = 1.4 LAL3640022M LAL3640028M LAL3640030M LAL3640031M LAL3640032M LAL3640033M LAL3640035M LAL3640036M 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 500–1000 A 750–1600 A 1000–2000 A 1125–2250 A 1250–2500 A 1500–3000 A 1750–3500 A 2000–4000 A For PowerPact L- and P-Frames, an instantaneous-only version of the electronic trip circuti breaker is also available for motor circuit protection. These MCPs comply with NEC® requirements for providing short-circuit protection when installed as part of a Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Table 7.63: Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzi—Three Device Solutionsg Interrupting Rating Sensor Rating Motor Protector Circuit Breaker Trip Adjustablef Unit Trip Range (A) G J L R Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 400 500–1200% LGL36400M37X 4619.00 LJL36400M37X 4727.00 LLL36400M37X 5007.00 LRL36400M37X PowerPact 1.3 M L-Framei 600 500–1200% LGL36600M37X 6790.00 LJL36600M37X 6949.00 LLL36600M37X 7360.00 LRL36600M37X 600 1200–10000 A — — PJL36060M68 7560.00 PLL34060M68 8006.00 — 800 1200–10000 A — — PJL36080M68 9927.00 PLL34080M68 10514.00 — PowerPact PJL, PLLi 1000 1500–10000 A — — PJL36100M69 12705.00 PLL34100M69 13455.00 — 1200 1800–10000 A — — PJL36120M70 16517.00 PLL34120M70 17492.00 — f UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown. g Three-device solutions are the traditional solutionss: motor circuit protector plus motor starter plus overload relay. h 250 Vdc ratings are available. No UL component recognition i These electronic magnetic only motor circuit protectors are available with I-Line constructions. Consult the factory. $ Price 5307.00 7802.00 — — — — Table 7.64: Electronic Trip Unit Type H-Frame (150 A), J-Frame (250 A) and L-Frame (600 A) Electronic Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (UL Ratings)— Two Device Solutionsj Frame Sensor Rating Trip Unit 30 H-Frame Standardk J-Frame L-Frame j k 50 100 2.2 M Full Load Amperes Range (FLA) Interrupting Rating Isd (x FLA) G J Cat. No. L R $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 1608.00 HJL36030M38X 1658.00 HLL36030M38X 1812.00 HRL36030M38X 1993.00 14–25 5-13 x FLA HGL36030M38X 14–42 5-13 x FLA HGL36050M38X 1938.00 HJL36050M38X 1998.00 HLL36050M38X 2191.00 HRL36050M38X 2410.00 30–80 5-13 x FLA HGL36100M38X 2229.00 HJL36100M38X 2298.00 HLL36100M38X 2506.00 HRL36100M38X 2757.00 3363.00 150 58–130 5-13 x FLA HGL36150M38X 2701.00 HJL36150M38X 2785.00 HLL36150M38X 3057.00 HRL36150M38X 250 114–217 5-13 x FLA JGL36250M38X 3105.00 JJL36250M38X 3201.00 JLL36250M38X 3523.00 JRL36250M38X 3875.00 400 190–348 5-13 x FLA LGL36400M38X 6041.00 LJL36400M38X 6160.00 LLL36400M38X 6468.00 LRL36400M38X 7115.00 312–520 5-13 x FLA LGL36600M38X 8429.00 LJL36600M38X 8604.00 LLL36600M38X 9156.00 LRL36600M38X 10072.00 600 2.3 M Two-device solutions (these electronic motor protector circuit breakers include short circuit and overload protection) —1 electronic motor circuit protector with a Micrologic 2.2 M plus —1 contactor The standard trip unit offers Class 5, 10 and 20 and phase unbalance or phase loss protection. Accessories . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31 Optional Lugs . . . . . .Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 7-54 and 7-55 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-56 To select combination starters and motor controllers using MCP’s meeting NEC Article 430, refer to pages 16-35—16-37. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-31 7 Motor protection circuit breakers provide built-in thermal and magnetic protection. They are used in two-device motor feeder solutions to provide protection against short-circuits, overloads, and phase unbalance. MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Motor Protector Circuit Breakers Motor Circuit Protectors H-, J-, and LA-Frame MCP Selection Class 680 Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended for use in combination with motor starters with overload relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits. Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a contactor and overload relay. 1. For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor— specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current. 2. 3. Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate. Refer to the tables and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load amperes (FLA) for other than Design E motors. For Design E motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700% of FLA. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermalmagnetic circuit breakers from page 7-33 for those applications. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.3, should have two circuit breakers selected from the above at not more than one half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430.103. Based on NEC 430.52 and NEC Table 430.150. See page 7-31 for available Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers. 4. Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows: This selection table is suitable for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as follows: Table 7.65: 5. Locked-Rotor Indicating Codes Horsepower Motor Code letter 1/2 or less 3/4 to 1-1/2 2 to 3 5 to 25 30 to 125 150 or more A–L A–K A–J A–H A–G A–F 6. 7. Table 7.66: PowerPact H-Frame and L-Frame Motor Protector Circuit Breaker Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz 200 Vac 230 Vac 460 Vac 10 575 Vac 5 7 15 5 15 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-1/2 20 7-1/2 20 25 10 30 10 25 30 40 15 15 40 50 20 20 60 50 75 200 250 100 100 300 250 125 350 125 150 300 400 150 350 500 400 200 PowerPact Family Full Motor Protector Load Breaker Amperesa Circuit Cat. No.b Magnetic Trip Settingsc MIN 14 15..2 17 17.5 21 22 25.3 27 28 32 32.2 34 40 41 42 48.3 52 54 62 65 221 240 242 248 285 289 302 312 336 359 360 361 382 414 472 477 480 H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X Table 7.67: 3Ø 60 Hz MAX 1300% LAL Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors 200 Vac 75 500% www.schneider-electric.us 230 Vac 460 Vac 575 Vac Full Mag-Gard Load Circuit Breaker Amperesa Cat. No. Magnetic Trip Settingsc MIN MAX 221 LAL3640033M 700% 1400% 200 240 LAL3640035M 700% 1500% 250 242 LAL3640035M 700% 1400% 100 248 LAL3640035M 700% 1400% 100 285 LAL3640036M 700% 1400% 300 289 LAL3640036M 700% 1400% 250 302 LAL3640036M 700% 1300% 125 312 LAL3640036M 600% 1300% a Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 14-129–14-152 for selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 200–208, 220–240, 440–480 and 550–600 V. b To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (G, J, or L). M38X is for standard trip units. For advanced trip units (LCD display, metering and communication, replace with M58X). c Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers. d See NEC 430.52(A) for circuit breaker settings above 800%. e If due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300% maximum permitted level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit breaker should be chosen. 7-32 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Motor Circuit Protectors Motor Protection Selection Tables Class 601 www.schneider-electric.us Horsepower Ratings Squirrel-Cage and WoundRotor Motors with Norm. 1Ø Torque Characteritics 10 Hz ac Operating at usual Speeds 3Ø 60 Hz 200 230 460 575 115 200 230 Vacb Vac Vac Vac Vac Vacb Vac 3/4 1/3 5 2 3/4 1 Average Direct Full Current Motors Load Operating at Base Speed Amperagef 120 Vdc 240 Vdc 3.4 2 7-1/2 1 1 3 1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 1-1/2 2 3 1-1/2 3/4 2 10 5 1 15 3 2 5 3 1-1/2 5 15 7-1/2 2 3 7-1/2 20 25 10 5 7-1/2 30 10 25 3 10 7-1/2 5 15 7--1/2 15 10 40 50 20 15 5 10 7-1/2 60 20 50 25 20 10 60 75 25 30 7-1/2 25 30 75 100 10 40 30 40 100 125 50 40 150 50 60 125 50 60 150 75 200 75 200 250 100 100 300 250 125 350 125 150 300 400 150 350 500 400 200 200 500 250 6.9 A 7.2 A 7.6 A 7.8 A 7.9 A 8.0 A 8.5 A 9.0 A 9.2 A 9.5 A 9.6 A 9.8 A 10.0 A 11.0 A 11.5 A 12.0 A 12.2 A 13.2 A 13.8 A 14.0 A 15.2 A 16.0 A 17.0 A 17.5 A 19.6 A 20.0 A 21.0 A 22.0 A 24.0 A 25.0 A 25.3 A 27.0 A 28.0 A 29.0 A 32.0 A 32.2 A 34.0 A 38.0 A 40.0 A 41.0 A 42.0 A 46.0 A 48.3 A 50.0 A 52.0 A 54.0 A 55.0 A 56.0 A 57.5 A 58.0 A 62.0 A 62.1 A 65.0 A 68.0 A 72.0 A 76.0 A 77.0 A 78.2 A 80.0 A 89.0 A 92.0 A 96.0 A 99.0 A 100.0 A 104.0 A 106.0 A 120.0 A 124.0 A 125.0 A 130.0 A 140.0 A 144.0 A 150.0 A 154.0 A 156.0 A 173.0 A 177.0 A 180.0 A 192.0 A 221.0 A 240.0 A 242.0 A 248.0 A 285.0 A 289.0 A 302.0 A 312.0 A 336.0 A 359.0 A 360.0 A 361.0 A 382.0 A 414.0 A 472.0 A 477.0 A 480.0 A 552.0 A 590.0 A 602.0 A Amperage of ThermalMinimum Size metallic QMB Magnetichj Inverse Time Circuit Conduit 75° C, C Wire Fieldand Breaker Heavy Installed Sized for 125% FLAe Duty For Motor Code For Conduit 3 W Switch Letter B to E Motor with AWG Heavy Service Code THHN Time kcmil Ordinary and Energy Letter F THWN THW Delay Servicec Efficientd to Vi Fusesg XHHW 15 A 20 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 20 A 30 A 14 1/2 in. N/A 12 1/2 in. N/A 10 1/2 in. N/A 8 1/2 in.a N/A 6 3/4 in. 1 in. 4 1 in. 1 in. 3 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 2 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 1 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 1/0 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 2/0 1-1/2 in. 1-1/2 in. 3/0 1-1/2 in. 2 in. 30 A 25 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 35 A 45 A 35 A 40 A 40 A 45 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 50 A 50 A 70 A 60 A 80 A 60 A 70 A 90 A 80 A 100 A 90 A 110 A 60 A 80 A 125 A 110 A 90 A 150 A 125 A 100 A 175 A 100 A 150 A 110 A 125 A 200 A 110 A 175 A 225 A 125 A 200 A 250 A 150 A 225 A 175 A 300 A 250 A 250 A 200 A 350 A 200 A 300 A 225 A 250 A 400 A 350 A 400 A 300 A 450 A 350 A 500 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 600 A 700 A 900 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 700 A 2 in. 2 in. 250 300 2 in. 2 in. 2 in. 2-1/2 in. 350 2-1/2 in. 2-1/2 in. 500 3 in. 3 in. (2) 3/0 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2 in. 900 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A (2) 4/0 (2) 2 in. (2) 2 in. (2)300 (2) 2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in. 1000 A 600 A 900 A 800 A 4/0 500 A 1200 A 1600 A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved (2) 350 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in. — (3) 300 (3) 2 in. (3) 2-1/2 in. 7-33 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS a 8 XHHW requires 3/4 in. conduit for 3W. b200 V motors are commonly used on 208 V services. cOrdinary service for normal starting duty only, acceleration time of 10 sec. or less. dHeavy service is jogging or plugging duty or cycling load with over 25 starts per hour or over 5 starts per minute. Energy efficient motors are polyphase motors defined in NEMA Standard MG1 and exhibit high starting current. eNEC 430.22 for Single Motor, Smaller conductors may be permitted for light duty-cycle service per 430.22 (B) Exception No. 1. DC motors operating from rectified 1Ø power supply will require larger conductors per 430.22 (A) Exception No. 1. For motor-generator arc welders, see 630.11. fMotor full load currents thru 200 hp are taken from NEC Tables 430.147, 148 and 150. Above 200 hp from UL 98. Select wire size, circuit breakers, or fuses on basis of hp rather than nameplate full load current per NEC 430.6. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 16-129— 16-152 for selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. Voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 110– 120 V, 200–208 V, 220–240 V, 440– 480 V and 550–600 V. gSwitch size only is shown in table. Selected fuses should not exceed maximum percent of full-load current as given in NEC Table 430.52. Above 50 hp dc switches are not hp rated by UL as Motor Circuit Switches, but as General Use Switches only and are not necessarily capable of interrupting the max. operating overload current of a motor. See NEC 100 for definition of General Use Switch. When protecting a 3Ø, Design E energy efficient motor, the switch is required by NEC 430.109 to have a hp rating of not less than 1.4 times that of a motor rated 3–100 hp, or not less than 1.3 times that of a motor rated over 100 hp. Switches shown in this table do not necessarily comply with that requirement. hThermal-magnetic circuit breaker ampere ratings recommended are approximate for average conditions, based on trip characteristics of Square D circuit breakers and NEC Table 430.52. Under some conditions, the next size larger switch or circuit breaker rating may be necessary to accommodate the motor starting current and is permitted by NEC 430.52(C)(1) Exception 2. High starting currents are anticipated with Design E and other energy efficient motors. For explanation of Code letter markings, see NEC 430.7(B). For Busway Plugin units, see page 9-7. iThermal-magnetic breaker ampere ratings recommended are approximate for average conditions and based on trip characteristics of Square D circuit breakers and NEC Tables 430.7(B) and 430.52. jType LC, LI, LX, LXI, and LE circuit breakers are NOT recommended for use on single motor branch circuits. Contact your local Field Office for circuit breaker selection on constant horsepower multi-speed motors. Selection Tables for Conductors, Safety Switches and Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Based on 2005 NEC® Tables 430.147, 430.148 & 430.150 7 Table 7.68: Automatic Switches Class 600 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no overload or low level fault protection. Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping device such as a shunt trip. All molded case switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers, with the exception of Q-frame switches which do not have electrical accessories available. Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified. J-Frame Switch L-Frame Switch Table 7.69: H-Frame, J-Frame, and L-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac Circuit Ampere Poles Breaker Rating 2 H-Frame J-Frame 3 3 L-Frame 4 150 A 175 A 250 A 150 A 175 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 400 A 600 A G Withstand L Withstand Table 7.70: Circuit Breaker Poles Frame Poles 7 2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS P 3 2 R 3 Cat. No. — — — — JRL36000S17 JRL36000S25 LRL36000S40X LRL36000S60X LRL46000S40X LRL46000S60X $ Price Trip Point — — — — — — — — 2673.00 3125 A 2673.00 3125 A 5370.00 4800 A 5902.00 6600 A 6882.00 4800 A 7414.00 6600 A Terminal Wire Range AL150HD AL175JD AL250JD AL150HD AL175JD AL250JD AL150HD AL250JD AL150HD AL250JD 14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu 4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu 14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu 4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu AL600LS52K3 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu AL600LS52K4 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu Q-Frame (240 Vac) PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches J Withstand Ampere Rating Wire Range Cat. No. 2 225 A QBL22000S22c Q-Frameb 3 225 A QBL32000S22c b Withstand rating of 10 kA at 240 Vac. c DE2A discount schedule. Table 7.71: R Withstand Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point HGL26000S15a 1349.00 2250A HLL26000S15 1590.00 2250 A JGL26000S17 1827.00 3125 A JLL26000S17 1980.00 3125 A JGL26000S25 1827.00 3125 A JLL26000S25 1980.00 3125 A HGL36000S15 1799.00 2250 A HLL36000S15 1988.00 2250 A JGL36000S17 2286.00 3125 A JLL36000S17 2475.00 3125 A JGL36000S25 2286.00 3125 A JLL36000S25 2475.00 3125 A LGL36000S40X 4572.00 4800 A LLL36000S40X 4972.00 4800 A LGL36000S60X 5065.00 6600A LLL36000S60X 5465.00 6600 A LGL46000S40X 5972.00 4800 A LLL46000S40X 6372.00 4800 A LGL46000S60X 6465.00 6600A LLL46000S60X 6865.00 6600 A a True 2P device. Others are a 2P in a 3P module. $ Price 440.00 1193.00 Trip Point 4500 A 4500 A 4 AWG–300 kcmil P-Frame and R-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switchese, 600 Vac Ampere Rating 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A J Withstand K Withstand L Withstand Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point Cat. No. PJL26000S60 5340.00 10 kA PKL26000S60 5340.00 24 kA PLL24000S60d PJL26000S80 5991.00 10 kA PKL26000S80 5991.00 24 kA PLL24000S80d PJL26000S10 7469.00 10 kA PKL26000S10 7469.00 24 kA PLL24000S10d PJL26000S12 11744.00 10 kA PKL26000S12 11744.00 24 kA PLL24000S12d PJL36000S60 6584.00 10 kA PKL36000S60 6584.00 24 kA PLL34000S60d PJL36000S80 7236.00 10 kA PKL36000S80 7236.00 24 kA PLL34000S80d PJL36000S10 9287.00 10 kA PKL36000S10 9287.00 24 kA PLL34000S10d PJL36000S12 11867.00 10 kA PKL36000S12 11867.00 24 kA PLL34000S12d — — — RKF26000S12 12213.00 57 kA RLF26000S12 — — — RKF26000S16 14685.00 57 kA RLF26000S16 — — — RKF26000S20 15687.00 57 kA RLF26000S20 — — — RKF26000S25 24948.00 57 kA RLF26000S25 — — — RKF36000S12 13602.00 57 kA RLF36000S12 — — — RKF36000S16 15911.00 57 kA RLF36000S16 — — — RKF36000S20 19374.00 57 kA RLF36000S20 — — — RKF36000S25 30836.00 57 kA RLF36000S25 — — — RKF36000S30 41104.00 57 kA RLF36000S30 d P-frame L-interrupting is available in 480 Vac only. e UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown. Table 7.72: Voltage $ Price Trip Point 5715.00 10 kA 6414.00 10 kA 7995.00 10 kA 10887.00 10 kA 6974.00 10 kA 7667.00 10 kA 9837.00 10 kA 12570.00 10 kA 12855.00 48 kA 14825.00 48 kA 15837.00 48 kA 25185.00 48 kA 14318.00 48 kA 16062.00 48 kA 19559.00 48 kA 31130.00 48 kA 41496.00 48 kA Terminal Wire Range AL800M23K (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P25K (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P25K (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu R-frame circuit breakers can be bus-connected or cable-connected. For cable connections, RLTB kit or equivalent bus structure is required. Kit is included with 3000 A switches. For all others, see page 7-44. H-, J-, L- P-, and R-Frame Withstand Ratingsf Withstand G J K L R 240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 200 kA 480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 50 kAg 100 kA 200 kA 600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 50 kAg 50 kA 100 kA f The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating. g R-frame withstand is 65 kA. Accessories . . . . . . . Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31 Optional Lugs . . . . . . Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-54 and 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58 7-34 DE2 DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 www.schneider-electric.us The UL Listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown below are specifically designed for use on ungrounded dc systems having a maximum short-circuit voltage of 500 Vdc or a maximum floating (unloaded) voltage of 600 Vdc. The circuit breakers are suitable for use only with UPS (uninterruptable power supplies) and ungrounded systems. This two-level voltage rating allows these circuit breakers to be applied to battery sources having a short-circuit availability of 20,000 amperes for LH, and MH circuit breakers and 25,000 amperes for PAF circuit breakers at 500 Vdc. LH and MH circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic trip that is readily accessible by means of a single adjustment on the face of the circuit breaker. PAF circuit breakers have a fixed magnetic trip range. These circuit breakers are UL Listed for the interrupting ratings shown only if applied with three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker). See diagram below. NOTE: Due to external series connection, I-Line™ circuit breakers are not available for this application. Table 7.73: Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/ Francher seulement comme suit: 300 V 300 V 600 V MAX. or MAX. MAX. o ou Load/Carga/ Charge Load/Carga/ Charge Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating) 500 Vdc max. (loaded) DC Circuit Breaker Label CAUTION/PRECAUCION/ ATTENTION Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/ Brancher seulement comme suit: + 600 V MAX. + Load/Carga/ Charge 600 V MAX. - or o ou - Load/Carga/ Charge 600 V MAX. Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating) 500 Vdc max. (loaded) MHL–DCH Breaker Only a b DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Cat. No. 100 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1200 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1200 A JGL37100D81 JGL37125D81 JGL37150D81 JGL37175D81 JGL37200D82 JGL37225D82 JGL37250D82 LHL3625025DC LHL3630026DC LHL3635029DC LHL3640030DC MHL3645031DC MHL3650032DC MHL3660033DC MHL3670035DC MHL3680036DC MHL3690039DC MHL36100040DC MHL36120040DCb MHL3645031DCH MHL3650032DCH MHL3660033DCH MHL3670035DCH MHL3680036DCH MHL3690039DCH MHL36100040DCH MHL36120040DCHb Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range— Interrupting Rating DC Amperesa @ 500 Vdc Low High 400 600 400 600 20 k AIR 400 600 400 600 500 850 500 850 20 k AIR 500 850 625 1250 750 1500 20 k AIR 875 1750 1000 2000 1125 2250 1250 2500 1500 3000 1750 3500 20 k AIR 2000 4000 2500 5000 2500 5000 2500 5000 25 k AIR 1125 2250 1250 2500 1500 3000 1750 3500 50 k AIR 2000 4000 2500 5000 2500 5000 2500 5000 50 k AIR $ Price 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 5001.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 9456.00 9456.00 9456.00 11882.00 11882.00 14078.00 14078.00 16758.00 12506.00 12506.00 12506.00 14932.00 14932.00 17128.00 17128.00 19808.00 Magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown. Suitable for use only in a ventilated enclosure. Minimum enclosure dimensions are 38" h x 20" w x 7" d with a minimum of 300 square inches of ventilation near the top and bottom of the enclosure. Ampere Rating PAF361200DC PAF361600DC PAF362000DC PCF362500DC Fixed Magnetic Trip Range—DC Amperesa Hold 1200 1600 2000 2500 Trip 1620 2160 2700 3375 Interrupting Rating @ 500 Vdc 25 k AIR 25 k AIR $ Price 24726.00 24726.00 24726.00 39365.00 7 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A Circuit Breaker Cat. No. MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS CAUTION/PRECAUCION/ ATTENTION Accessories. . . . . . . .Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Page 3-29 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-55 and Supplemental Digest Page 3-33 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-35 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers UL Listed 500 Vdc NW Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breaker Table 7.74: Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Interrupting Rating 500 Vdc (max 600 Vdc unloaded) 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000A 2500 A 3000 A 4000 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000A 2500 A 3000 A 4000 A NW08NDC NW12NDC NW16NDC NW20NDC NW25NDC NW30NDC NW40NDC NW08HDC NW12HDC NW16HDC NW20HDC NW25HDC NW30HDC NW40HDC 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA $ Price Fixed Circuit Breaker Version C 42214.00 42214.00 42214.00 42214.00 56158.00 70100.00 84044.00 46858.00 46858.00 46858.00 46858.00 62335.00 77811.00 93289.00 Version C1 42746.00 42746.00 42746.00 42746.00 56690.00 70632.00 84576.00 47448.00 47448.00 47448.00 47448.00 62926.00 78402.00 93879.00 $ Price Drawout Circuit Breaker Version C 39824.00 39824.00 39824.00 39824.00 56662.00 73500.00 90338.00 44205.00 44205.00 44205.00 44205.00 64076.00 81585.00 100275.00 Version C1 40888.00 40888.00 40888.00 40888.00 57726.00 74564.00 90142.00 45386.00 45386.00 45386.00 45386.00 64076.00 82766.00 100058.00 $ Price Cradle Version C 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 Version C1 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-36 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Selective Coordination www.schneider-electric.us Designed for selectively coordinated systems, mission critical circuit breakers maximize continuity of the electrical service by allowing the branch circuit breaker to clear the fault. PowerPact D-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker Mission critical circuit breakers are engineered with technology that optimizes current, time and energy selectivity so the fault is cleared by the circuit breaker immediately upstream of the occurrence. This technology (see figure below) allows the remaining areas of the electrical system to continue operation without disruption. In addition to QO 20 A 1P Load unique design attributes, Square D mission critical circuit breakers have also undergone rigorous testing procedures to certify the coordination with downstream circuit breakers—combining innovative engineering with FAULT validated test results. QO 100 A 2P Apply Square D mission critical circuit breakers in emergency power distribution systems, data centers, hospitals Load or anywhere continuity of service is desired. The PowerPact™ J- and L-Frame Mission Critical circuit breakers deliver high levels of selective coordination in a flexible design that can be easily configured for a variety of applications. Tested to be selectively coordinated with the QO™ family of miniature circuit breakers and the ED, EG, and EJ circuit breakers, this solution provides peace of mind when power availability is critical. An electronic trip unit provides adjustable long-time settings in four sensor sizes, allowing coverage from 50 A through 600 A on a 120–240, 208Y/120, 240, 480Y/277, and 480 V systems. 06163051 208 Y/120 V 3 Phase Panel Table 7.75: PowerPact J- and L-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Ratings Available Configurations I-Line mounting Main circuit breaker in NQ and NF panelboards Unit mount for OEM users Plug-in base for OEM users Drawout base ofr OEM users UL 489 Listed CSA Certified Voltage: 480 V Table 7.76: J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Electronic Trip Trip D Interrupting Trip Unit Continuous Unit Type Function Current Cat. No. $ Price Standard LI 3.2 W 250 JDL34250WU31X 3489. Standard LSI 3.2S-W 250 JDL34250WU33X 3801. High Perf. Ammerter LSI 5.2A-W 250 JDL34250WU43X 4809. High Perf. Energy LSI 5.2E-W 250 JDL34250WU53X 5414. High Perf. Ammerter LSIG 6.2A-W 250 JDL34250WU44X 6018. High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.2E-W 250 JDL34250WU54X 6623. a Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated. b AL250JD terminal wire range is (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. Table 7.77: G Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price JGL34250WU31X 4727. JGL34250WU33X 5039. JGL34250WU43X 6046. JGL34250WU53X 6652. JGL34250WU44X 7256. JGL34250WU54X 7861. J Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price JJL34250WU31X 6678. JJL34250WU33X 6989. JJL34250WU43X 7997. JJL34250WU53X 8602. JJL34250WU44X 9206. JJL34250WU54X 9812. L Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price JLL34250WU31X 8629. JLL34250WU33X 8941. JLL34250WU43X 9949. JLL34250WU53X 10554. JLL34250WU44X 11158. JLL34250WU54X 11763. Terminal AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb L-Frame 600 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Electronic Trip Unit Type Trip Trip Unit Continuous Function Current D Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price G Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price J Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price L Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price Terminal 480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P LJL34250WU31X LJL34400WU31X LJL34600WU31X LJL34250WU33X LJL34400WU33X LJL34600WU33X LJL34400WU43X LJL34600WU43X LJL34400WU53X LJL34600WU53X LJL34400WU44X LJL34600WU44X LJL34400WU54X LJL34600WU54X 10004. 10004. 12438. 10704. 10704. 13138. 11775. 14208. 12952. 15386. 14131. 16844. 15307. 17741. LLL34250WU31X LLL34400WU31X LLL34300WU31X LLL34250WU33X LLL34400WU33X LLL34300WU33X LLL34400WU43X LLL34300WU43X LLL34400WU53X LLL34300WU53X LLL34400WU44X LLL34300WU44X LLL34400WU54X LLL34300WU54X 11703. 11703. 13968. 12403. 12403. 14667. 13474. 15738. 14651. 16915. 15830. 18093. 17006. 19271. 250 LDL44250WU31X 6196. LGL44250WU31X 400 LDL44400WU31X 7096. LGL44400WU31X 600 LDL44600WU31X 9789. LGL44600WU31X 250 LDL44250WU33X 6861. LGL44250WU33X Standard LSI 3.3S-W 400 LDL44400WU33X 7761. LGL44400WU33X 600 LDL44600WU33X 10454. LGL44600WU33X 400 LDL44400WU43X 8779. LGL44400WU43X High Perf. Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W 600 LDL44600WU43X 11471. LGL44600WU43X 400 LDL44400WU53X 9896. LGL44400WU53X High Perf. Energy LSI 5.3E-W 600 LDL44600WU53X 12590. LGL44600WU53X 400 LDL44400WU44X 11016. LGL44400WU44X High Perf. Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W 600 LDL44600WU44X 13709. LGL44600WU44X 400 LDL44400WU54X 12134. LGL44400WU54X High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.3E-W 600 LDL44600WU54X 14827. LGL44600WU54X a Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated. b AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) #2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) #2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu. c AL600LS52K3 terminal wire ranges are (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu. 6496. 7396. 10231. 7195. 8095. 10931. 9167. 12001. 10343. 13179. 11522. 14356. 12699. 15534. LJL44250WU31X LJL44400WU31X LJL44600WU31X LJL44250WU33X LJL44400WU33X LJL44600WU33X LJL44400WU43X LJL44600WU43X LJL44400WU53X LJL44600WU53X LJL44400WU44X LJL44600WU44X LJL44400WU54X LJL44600WU54X 10504. 11404. 13838. 11204. 12104. 14538. 13175. 15608. 14352. 16786. 15531. 18244. 16707. 19141. LLL44250WU31X LLL44400WU31X LLL44300WU31X LLL44250WU33X LLL44400WU33X LLL44300WU33X LLL44400WU43X LLL44300WU43X LLL44400WU53X LLL44300WU53X LLL44400WU44X LLL44300WU44X LLL44400WU54X LLL44300WU54X 12203. 13103. 15368. 12903. 13803. 16067. 14874. 17138. 16051. 18315. 17230. 19493. 18406. 20671. 3.3 W Standard LSI 3.3S-W High Perf. Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W High Perf. Energy LSI 5.3E-W High Perf. Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.3E-W 250 400 600 250 400 600 400 600 400 600 400 600 400 600 LDL34250WU31X LDL34400WU31X LDL34600WU31X LDL34250WU33X LDL34400WU33X LDL34600WU33X LDL34400WU43X LDL34600WU43X LDL34400WU53X LDL34600WU53X LDL34400WU44X LDL34600WU44X LDL34400WU54X LDL34600WU54X 5696. 5696. 8389. 6361. 6361. 9054. 7379. 10071. 8496. 11190. 9616. 12309. 10734. 13427. AL400L61K3b AL600LS52K3c AL400L61K3b AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c 480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P Standard Table 7.78: LI 3.3 W AL400L61K4b AL600LS52K4c AL400L61K4b AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c J-Frame Termination Options Termination Letter A = I-Line (See Section 9) For factory-installed F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)a termination, place termination L = Lugs both ends letter in the third block of the M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end circuit breaker catalog number. P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end HGL36100 N = Plug-in b D = Drawout b Termination Letter S = Rear Connected b Rear Connected Plug-in Drawout a Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit. b For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. Table 7.79: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings D 25 kA 18 kA © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Interrupting Rating G J 65 kA 100 kA 35 kA 65 kA L 125 kA 100 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 5996. 5996. 8831. 6695. 6695. 9531. 7767. 10601. 8943. 11779. 10122. 12956. 11299. 14134. LI 7-37 7 LGL34250WU31X LGL34400WU31X LGL34600WU31X LGL34250WU33X LGL34400WU33X LGL34600WU33X LGL34400WU43X LGL34600WU43X LGL34400WU53X LGL34600WU53X LGL34400WU44X LGL34600WU44X LGL34400WU54X LGL34600WU54X Standard Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Selective Coordination www.schneider-electric.us LA Mission Critical Circuit Breakers The LA High Magnetic Withstand MC Circuit Breakers are designed to trip at a higher magnetic trip level (18–20 times handle rating) than typical molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs) (which trip at 5–10 times the handle rating). The high magnetic withstand value of these LA circuit breakers allow the downstream branch circuit breaker to clear the fault. Table 7.80: Ampere Rating L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit Breakers For Mission Critical Loads AC Magnetic Level Factory Set Standard Interrupting Hold Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. Trip High Interrupting $ Price Terminal Cat. No. Wire Range LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac 200 A 225 A 250 A 3400 A 3825 A 4250 A 4000 A 4500 A 5000 A LAL34200MC LAL34225MC LAL34250MC 4962.00 4962.00 5355.00 LHL34200MC LHL34225MC LHL34250MC 7941.00 7941.00 AL250LAMC 8336.00 (1) 250–350 kcmil Al (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu 400 A 6000 A 7200 A LAL34400MC 6615.00 LHL34400MC 9596.00 (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al Table 7.81: AL400LA L-Frame Interrupting Table LAL LHL 240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 480 Vac 30 kA 35 kA PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units The advantages of being able to adjust the trip curve of a circuit breaker equipped with an electronic trip system are obvious. There are other advantages, such as being able to adjust or turn off the instantaneous trip function on some circuit beakers and models of trip units. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30 Compression and PDC Lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest Page 3-30 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-56 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-38 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Electrical Accessories Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Electrical Accessories Auxiliary and Alarm Switches (OF, SD, SDE) Description Standard Min Load = 10mA with Provides circuit 24V breaker contact status. Note: The location of the accessory in the circuit breaker determines its function. H-, J-, L-, M-, P, and R-Frame Low Level Min Load = 1mA with 24V Shunt Trip (MX) Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized from a separate supply voltage circuit. H-, J-, and L-Frame Undervoltage Trip (MN) Instantaneously opens the circuit breaker when the under-voltage trip supply voltage drops to a value between 35% and 70% of its rated voltage. Closing is allowed when the supply voltage of the undervoltage trip reaches 85% of rated voltage. H-, J-, and L-Frame Time Delay Unit Undervoltage trip with externally mounted adjustable time delay unit for UVR of 0.5, 0.9, 1.5, 3.0 seconds before circuit breaker trips Undervoltage trip with externally mounted nonadjustable time delay unit of 0.25 sec before circuit breaker trips. a b c d e H- and J-Frame FactoryFieldInstalled Cat. Suffix Installable $ Price Cat. No. Rated Voltage 1 auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b 2 auxiliary switch (OF) 2a2b 3 auxiliary switch (OF) 3a3b Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b OF Switch Consisting of: SDE Adapter Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch OF Switch Consisting of: SDE Adapter Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Adapter (OF/SD/SDE) Kit One auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b Two auxiliary switches (OF) 2a2b 3 auxiliary switches (OF) 3a3b Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b OF Switch Consisting of: SDE Adapter Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch OF Switch Consisting of: SDE Adapterd 24 48 110–130 AC 220–240 208–277 380–480 525–600 12 24 30 DC 48 60 125 250 24 48 110–130 AC 220–240 208–277 380–480 525–600 12 24 30 DC 48 60 125 250 48 100–130 AC/DC 220–250 AA AB AC BC BD — — BE — — — AE AF AG BH BJ — — BK — — SK SL SA — SD SH SJ SN SO SU SP SV SR SS UK UL UA — UD UH UJ UN UO UU UP UV UR US — — — S29450 2x S29450 — S29450 — S29450 S29451 — 2x S29450 S29451 — M-, P-, and R-Frame L-Frame FieldInstallable Cat. No. 297.00 594.00 2x — 3x 297.00 338.00 297.00 40.00 635.00 2x 594.00 40.00 — S29452 372.00 2x S29452 744.00 2x — — 3x S29452 372.00 — 413.00 S29452 372.00 S29451 40.00 — 785.00 2x 2x S29452 744.00 S29451 40.00 S29384 S29385 S29386 — 717.00 S29387 S29388 S29389 S29382 S29390 S29391 S29392 717.00 S29383 S29393 S29394 S29404 S29405 S29406 — 717.00 S29407 S29408 S29409 S29402 S29410 S29411 S29412 717.00 S29403 S29413 S29414 S33680 S33681 1140.00 S33682 S29450 S29450 S29450 S29450 S29450 — — S29450 — — Factory Installed $ Price Cat. Suffix 297.00 594.00 891.00 297.00 297.00 — — 594.00 — — AA AB AC BC BD — — BE — — — — — S29452 S29452 S29452 S29452 S29452 — — S29452 — — S29384 S29385 S29386 — S29387 S29388 S29389 S29382 S29390 S29391 S29392 S29383 S29393 S29394 S29404 S29405 S29406 — S29407 S29408 S29409 S29402 S29410 S29411 S29412 S29403 S29413 S29414 S33680 S33681 S33682 372.00 744.00 1116.00 372.00 372.00 — — 744.00 — — AE AF AG BH BJ e — — BKe — — SK SL SA SC SD SH — SN SK SK SL SL SA SC UK UL UA UC — UH — — UK UK UL UL UA UC FL FA FC — 380–480 — — — — 717.00 717.00 717.00 717.00 1140.00 930.00 FH FieldInstallable Cat. No. $ Price S29450 S29450 S29450 S29450 S29450 — — S29450 — — 297.00 594.00 891.00 297.00 297.00 — — 594.00 — — S33801c 297.00 2x 3x 2x S29452 2x S29452 3x S29452 S29452 S29452 — — 2x S29452 — — S33659 S33660 S33661 S33662 S33663 S33664 — S33658 S33659 S33659 S33660 S33660 S33661 S33662 S33668 S33669 S33670 S33671 — S33673 — — S33668 S33668 S33669 S33669 S33670 S33671 S33680ab S33681ab S33682ab 372.00 744.00 1116.00 372.00 372.00 — — 744.00 — — 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 1140.00 S33683ab 48 — S29426 930.00 S29426 — — 100–130 — — — — — KA S33684ab 200–250 — — — — — KC S33685ab 220–240 — S29427 930.00 S29427 — — AC/DC 930.00 930.00 Field-installable kit includes time delay module only. Order undervoltage trip separately. Discount schedule DE2F. P-frame drawout circuit breaker only. SDE Adapter used for H- and J-frame only. Not available on electrically operated P-frame. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2F Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS H-, J-, and L-Frame Accessory 7 Table 7.82: 7-39 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Table 7.83: Motor Operators and Rotary Handles Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 Description AC DC Communicating motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakerse Motor Operator AC J-Frame L-Frame 600 A $ Price Cat. No. S31548 S31540 $ Price Cat. No. S432639 S432640 $ Price ML MA Cat. No. S29440 S29433 1161.00 S31541 3123.00 S432641 3395.00 MD S29434 MF MH MO MV MR MS — S29435 S29436 S29437 S29438 S29439 220–240 NC S429441 1509.00 S431549 4060.00 S432652 4414.00 — — — — S41940 S42888 — 146.00 146.00 — S41940 S42888 — 146.00 146.00 S32649 S41940 S42888 59.00 146.00 146.00 — S429449 155.00 S429449 155.00 — — — — S37420 — 119.00 — S37420 — 119.00 S32648 — Operations counter Adapter for I-Line circuit breaker Table 7.84: H-Framea 48–60 110–130 208–277 220–240 380–415 440–480 24–30 48–60 110–130 250 Mounting hardware Ronis lock Profalux lock Mounting hardware plus Ronis lock Locking device Field--Installable Kit Factory Installed Cat. No. Suffix Rated Voltage Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakersd — S31542 S31543 S31544 S31545 S31546 1161.00 S432642 S432647 S432643 S432644 S432645 S432646 3123.00 3545.00 — 225.00 — Spring-Charging Motors for Electrically-Operated P-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Rated Voltage Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakers. Factory-installed includes motor and opening/closing coils. Spring-charging Motor 7 Table 7.85: Communicating motor mechanism for electrically operated circuit breakers. Factory-installed includes motor and opening/closing coils. AC DC AC DC 48 100–130 220–240 380–415 24–30 48–60 110–130 200–250 48 100–130 220–240 380–415 24–30 48–60 110–130 200–250 Factory Installed Cat. No. Suffix ML MA MC MF MO MV MR MS NL NA NC NF NO NV NR NS P-Frame (For Field-replacement Only) $ Price Spring Charging Motor Cat. No. S47391 S47395 5090.00 S47396 S47398 S47390 S47391 5090.00 S47392 S47393 S47391 S47395 5090.00 S47396 S47398 S47390 S47391 5090.00 S47392 S47393 Replacement Coils $ Price c Opening/Closing Coil Cat. No. S33660 S33661 3580.00 S33662 S33664 S33659 S33660 3580.00 S33661 S33662 S33034 S33035 3580.00 S33036 S33038 S33033 S33034 3580.00 S33035 S33036 $ Price 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 Rotary Operated Handles H- and J-Framea MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Device Description Standard black handle Handle only Two early-break and two early make switches Standard black handle with One early-break switch Two early-make switches Direct Mounted Handle only Red handle on yellow bezel One early-break switch Two early-make switches MCC conversion accessory CNOMO conversion accessory Standard black handle Handle only Two early-break and two early make Door Standard black handle switches Mounted with: Two early make switches Red handle on yellow bezel Handle only Rotary Handle Replacement Kit Telescoping Key lock adapter Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z Key locks Accessories 2 Ronis keylocks with 1 key 2 Profalux keylocks with 1 key One early-break switch Indication Auxiliary Switch Two early-make switches e Direct-Mounted handle L-Frame Factory Field Installable $ Price Factory Installed Field Installable Installed Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix RD10 S29337 225.00 RD10 S32597 a b c d 7-40 www.schneider-electric.us Motor Operators for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers — — — — — RD12 RD13 RD20 RD22 RD23 — — RE10 S29337 + S29345 S29337 + S29346 S29339 S29339 + S29345 S29339 + S29346 S429341 — S29338 345.00 404.00 234.00 354.00 413.00 102.00 — 383.00 RD12 RD13 RD20 RD22 RD23 — — RE10 S32597 + S32605 S32597 + S29346 S32599 S32599 + S32605 S32599 + S29346 S32606 S32602 S32598 — — — — — P-Frame Factory $ Price Installed Cat. No. Suffix 366.00 RD10 — 486.00 545.00 407.00 527.00 586.00 102.00 102.00 557.00 — $ Price 539.00 RD16 822.00 — — — — — — — RE10 — — — — — — — 971.00 RE16 1268.00 RE13 S29338 + S29346 503.00 RE13 S32598 + S29346 736.00 — — RE20 S29340 399.00 RE20 S32600 597.00 — — — — — — — — S33875 795.00 RT10 S29343 492.00 RT10 S32603 617.00 — — — S429344 58.00 — S32604 58.00 — — — S41940 146.00 — S41940 146.00 — — — S42888 146.00 — S42888 146.00 — — — S41950 185.00 — S41950 185.00 — — — S42878 185.00 — S42878 185.00 — — — S29445 120.00 — S32605 120.00 — — — S29346 179.00 — S29346 179.00 — — Not available in H-frame 2P modules. CP1 discount schedule. DE2F discount schedule. Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for H- and J-frame circuit breakers require the SDE switch and SDE adapter (both included). Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for L-frame circuit breakers require the SDE switch (included). Installation requires BSCM with NSX Cord. SeeTable 7.118, page 7-49 for ordering information. Door-Mounted Handle DE2F CP1 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Locks, Interlocking H- and J-Frame Description Removable (lock OFF only) Fixed (lock OFF or ON) Fixed (lock OFF only)a Fixed (lock OFF only)–2P Mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary Interlocking handlesa (Not UL listed) Mechanical for circuit breakers with togglesa Provision only, vertical Kirk mount, 1 or 2 locks Provisions only, vertical mounting one key interlock Kirk including padlock provision, open position only. Provision only, horizontal Kirk mount Ronis 1 lock, M- and P-frame Profalux 1 or 2 locks, R-frame Handle Padlocking Device Key Locking Provision and 1 lock, vertical mount Provision and 1 lock, horizontal mount a b c Q-Frame L-Frame Factory FieldFieldFieldInstalled Installed $ Price Installed $ Price Installed Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix — S29370 50.00 S29370 YP S29371 77.00 QBPA 77.00 S32631 YQ S37422 122.00 QBPAF 77.00 NJPAF YQ H2PHLA 122.00 — — — — S29369 494.00 — — S29354 494.00 QBMIK — — — — — — — — — — — $ Price 50.00 122.00 122.00 — M- and P-Frame Factory FieldInstalled Installed Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix — S44936 YP S32631 YQ MPRPAF — — R-Frame FieldInstalled Cat. No. $ Price 50.00 122.00 122.00 — Factory Installed Cat. No. Suffix — YP YQ — S33996 S32631 MPRPAF — 50.00 122.00 122.00 — $ Price — S32621 494.00 — S33890 1220.00 — — — 90.00 S32614 494.00 — — — — — — — — — JA — 323.00 — — — — JEb — 445.00 JE — 445.00 — — — — — — — — — — JK JBc — — 323.00 323.00 JK JB — — 323.00 323.00 323.00 — — — — — — — — JDc — 323.00 JD — Kirk — — — — — — — JG — 1796.00 — — — Kirk Ronis Profalux — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — JL JCc JFc — — — 1796.00 2285.00 2285.00 JL JC JF — — — 1796.00 2285.00 2285.00 — — — — JN — 2285.00 JN — 2285.00 — — — — JP — 3269.00 JP — 3269.00 Provision and 2 locks keyed Kirk — — — alike Provision and 2 locks keyed Kirk — — — differently Not available in M frame or HD and HG 2P modules. Not available on M-frame. Not available for M, P or P frame drawout. Only available on P frame electronic. Table 7.87: Installation Accessories fo H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers H- and J-Frame Description Handle Rubber Boot Door Escutcheon Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Breakers Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator, or extended escutcheon Phase Barriers (set of 6) Handle Rubber Bootd Sealing Accessories (for front cover screws) DIN rail mounting kit (requires 15 mm depth on a 35 mm DIN rail)d DIN rail adapter Handle Extensions (set of 5) d Not available in HD and HG 2P modules. Table 7.88: FieldInstalled Cat. No. S29315 48.00 S29317 63.00 S32558 74.00 S29329 S29319 S29375 S29305 — S29313 53.00 135.00 42.00 188.00 — 140.00 32570 S32560 S29375 — — S432553 72.00 171.00 42.00 — — 165.00 $ Price Description Rear Connection Toggle Handle Drawout Short lug cover 3P Short lug cover 4P Long lug cover 3P Long lug cover 4P Standard Standard Short Long Terminal Covers Replacement Handle e Table 7.89: M-, P-Frame R-Frame M-, P-Frame P-Frame P-Frame R-Frame M-, P-Frame M-, P-Frame 55.00 $ Price 176.00 176.00 47.00 308.00 165.00 216.00 216.00 281.00 111.00 44.00 44.00 DE2F discount schedule. Rear Connections H-Frame J-Frame FactoryFactoryFieldFieldInstalled Installed Poles $ Price Poles $ Price Poles Installable Installed Termination Termination Cat. No. Cat. No. No. No. 2 S — — 2 S — — 3 Mixed Rear Connection Kitf 3 S S37432 381.00 3 S S37437 381.00 4 Short rear connections (set of 2) — 2x S37433g 84.00 — 2x S37438g 84.00 2 or 3 2 or 3 3 Long rear connections (set of 2) — S37434 105.00 — S37439h 105.00 Consisting of: Short terminal cover (3P) 3 — S37436 119.00 3 — S37440 119.00 3 Short terminal cover (4P) 4 — — — — — — — 4 f Kit contains 4 short rear connections, 2 long rear connections (4 long rear connections for 4P), hardware, and 2 terminal covers.. g Price shown is for quantity one. h For use with 3P circuit breakers only. Device FieldInstalled Cat. No. S33718e S33929 S33717 S33857e S33932 S33933 S33934 S33935 S33997 S46998 S46996 Frame Accessory Cover Door Escutcheon Fixed Padlock Attachment $ Price Installation Accessories for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Terminal Covers Removable Padlock Attachment L-Frame FieldInstalled Cat. No. 32556 Description © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2F L-Frame FactoryInstalled Termination No. S S — — — — Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Field-Installed Cat. No. $ Price S32477 S32478 S432475g S432476g S32562g S32563g 1059.00 1344.00 219.00 261.00 149.00 161.00 2x 2x 2x 2x 7-41 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Device 7 Table 7.86: PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Mechanical Lugs Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 Table 7.90: Mechanical Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakersa Circuit Breaker Application Description J-Frame Lug Standard Ampere Rating Optional HD, HG, HJ, HL 15–150 A Al Lugs for Use with Al JD, JG, JJ, JL 150–175 A or Cu Wire JD, JG, JJ, JL 200–250 A JD,JG,JJ,JL HD,HG,HJ,HL Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only JD,JG,JJ,JL Control Wire Terminal for H-frame lug kit Control Wire Terminal for J-frame lug kit a See page 7-44 for terminal nuts/bus bar connections. Table 7.91: Ampere Rating Number of Wires Per Lug and Wire Range 150–175 A 15–150 A 150–250 A (1) 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu (1) 4-4/0 AWG Al or Cu (1) 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu (1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu (1) 1/0–300 kcmil Cu Circuit Breaker Application Ampere Rating 250 Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire L-Frame Lugs Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only Poles Unit Mount I-Line 3 X X 400/600 4 3 4 X X X — — — 400/600 250/400 3 3 X X X X 4 3 4 3 X X X X — — — X 400/600 400/600 M- and P-Frame Lugs (800 A and below) Number of Wires Per Lug and Wire Range (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu (2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu (1) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu (1) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu Standard M-, P-Frame Al Lugs for AL or Cu Wire Wires per Lug and Wire Range 7 Rating Optional Ampere Rating 800 A — 800 A (3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 1200 A PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ 800 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil — PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ 800 A (2) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil — PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ 800 A (2) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil 750 kcmil: compact AL only 1200 A PG ,PJ, PL 800 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil — PG, PJ,P L 800–1200 A P-Frame MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS PG,PJ,PL R-Frame M-, P-Frame Cu Lugs for Cu Wire Only P-Frame Lugs (Above 800 A) P-Frame b c d e f 7-42 Qty Per Kit $ Price Per Kit AL150HD AL175JD AL250JD CU150HD CU250JD S37423 S37424 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 75.00 113.00 113.00 156.00 314.00 53.00 53.00 Kit Cat. No. Qty Per Kit $ Price Per Kit AL400L61K3 3 143.00 AL400L61K4 AL600LS52K3 AL600LS52K4 4 3 4 176.00 341.00 449.00 AL600LF52K3 CU400L61K3 3 3 831.00 755.00 CU400L61K4 CU600LS52K3 CU600LS52K4 CU600LF52K3 4 3 4 3 983.00 1832.00 2385.00 2395.00 Mechanical Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breakerse Circuit Breaker Application Description Kit Cat. No. Mechanical Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Table 7.92: www.schneider-electric.us (3) 350-600 kcmil — PG, PJ, PL 1200 A 1200 A 2500 A — I-Line Unit Mount PJ — — 100–150 A (3) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil 750 kcmil: compact AL only (4) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil (1) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil (1) 1-1/0 AWG 800 A MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL — (3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 1200 A MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL 800–1200 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 1200 A PG, PJ, PL 800–1200 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil Cat. No. Lugs Per Kit $ Price Per Kit AL800M23K AL800M23K4 AL1200P24Kb AL800P6Kb AL800P6K4b AL800P7Kb AL800P7K4b AL1200P25Kc AL1200P25K4c AL1200P6KUc AL1200P6KU4c AL1200P7KUc AL1200P7KU4c AL1200R53K AL2500RKd CU250P1Kf CU800M23K CU800M23K4 CU1200P24Kb CU1200P25Kc CU1200P25K4 CU1200R53K 3 4 1 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 1 2 3 3 4 1 3 4 1 284.00 378.00 155.00 416.00 554.00 464.00 602.00 378.00 504.00 786.00 1038.00 1233.00 1635.00 215.00 132.00 990.00 1647.00 2190.00 569.00 4886.00 6503.00 548.00 R-Frame 1200 A I-Line — (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil Does not fit onto ON end of unit-mount P-frame circuit breakers. For unit-mount circuit breaker only. All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-44. For lug with a tapped hole for control wire, add a “T” before the “K” in the catalog number (for example, AL800P6TK). This lug can only be used on low amp PJ frame breakers where the Instantaneous setting must not be turned OFF. The cables must be laced with rope per lug instructions. DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Ampere Rating System Range Mounting Type Dimension A (in) Max. Lugs per Terminal Cat. No. Qty. Per Kit $ Price Per Kit 1.2 2.5 1.2 2.5 1.0 1.2 0.7 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 YA060HD YA150HD YA150JD YA250J35 CYA060HD CYA150HD CYA150JD CYA250J3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 194.00 294.00 237.00 305.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 1.2 2.5 1 2 1 2 YA400L31K3 YA600L32K3 YA400L51K3 YA600L52K3 3 6 3 6 294.00 540.00 361.00 718.00 1 YA400L71K3 3 425.00 YA400L31K4 YA600L32K4 YA400L51K4 YA600L52K4 4 8 4 8 383.00 709.00 474.00 950.00 Compression Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers 60 A 6–2 AWG Al or Cu H-frame Aluminum 150 A 1/0–4/0 AWG Al or Cu Compression 150 A 1–3/0 AWG Al or Cu Lug Kits J-frame 250 A 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu Unit/I-linec 60 A 6–1/0 AWG Cu H-frame Copper 150 A 4–2/0 AWG Cu Compression 150 A 6–1/0 AWG Cu Lug Kits J-frame 250 A 2/0–300 kcmil Cu Compression Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers 250 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu 400 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu 250 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 600 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 500-750 kcmil Al 400 A Aluminum 500 kcmil Cu Compression L-frame 250 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu Lug Kits 400 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu 250 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 600 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 500-750 kcmil Al 400 A 500 kcmil Cu 250 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu 400 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu 250 A 250-500 kcmil Cu Copper 600 A 250-500 kcmil Cu Compression L-frame 250 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu Lug Kits 400 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu 250 A 250-500 kcmil Cu 600 A 250-500 kcmil Cu Unit/I-linec 1.2 1 2 1 2 2.5 1 YA400L71K4 4 560.00 1.2 2.5 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 CYA400L31K3 CYA600L32K3 CYA400L51K3 CYA600L52K3 CYA400L31K4 CYA600L32K4 CYA400L51K4 CYA600L52K4 3 6 3 6 4 8 4 8 461.00 873.00 384.00 764.00 606.00 1147.00 505.00 1011.00 YA250P3 YA300P5 YA400P3 YA400P7 YA600P5 YA800P7 YA1200R3 YA1200R5 YA1200R7 YA2000R3 YA2000R5 YA2500R7 CYA400P5 CYA600P5 CYA800P7 CYA1200R5 CYA1200R7 1 1 2 1 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 2 1 2 2 4 4 663.00 519.00 542.00 747.00 788.00 845.00 663.00 707.00 888.00 317.00 291.00 350.00 651.00 753.00 554.00 987.00 920.00 $ Price Per Kit 443.00 434.00 305.00 594.00 387.00 387.00 Unit/I-linec Compression Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers 250 A 2/0-300 kcmil 3.7 2 300 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.9 2 400 A 2/0-300 kcmil 4.3 2 M-, P-frame Unit/I-linec 400 A 500-750 kcmil 3.7 2 600 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.9 2 Aluminum 800 A 500-750 kcmil 4.3 2 Compression P-Frame Compression Lug Kit Lug Kits 1200 A 2/0-300 kcmil 3.8 4 1200 A 4/0-500 kcmil I-linec 4.0 4 1200 A 500-750 kcmil 4.4 4 R-framea 2000 A 2/0-300 kcmil a 8 2000 A 4/0-500 kcmil Unitc a 8 2500 A 500-750 kcmil a 8b 400 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.3 2 M-, P-frame 600 A 4/0-500 kcmil Unitc 3.3 2 Copper Compression 800 A 500-750 kcmil 3.6 2 R-Frame Compression Lug Kit Lug Kits 1200 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.5 4 R-frame I-Linec 1200 A 500-750 kcmil 3.8 4 a All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-44. b 9 lugs for 3000 A circuit breakers c Not for use on I-Line™ circuit breakers unless wire bending space is adequate. Table 7.94: PDC6HD6 PDC3HD2 PDC6JD4 PDC3JD20 Use with Circuit Breaker Type Wires Per Terminal & Wire Range 15–150 (6) 14–6 AWG Cu HD, HG, HJ, HLd 15–150 (3) 14–2 AWG Cu 150–250 (6) 14–4 AWG Cu JD, JG, JJ, JLd 150–250 (2) 14–1 AWG and (1) 3–2/0 AWG Cu 150–600 (3) 14–1 AWG and (2) 3–2/0 AWG LD, LG, LJ, LL 150–600 (12) 14–4 AWG d OFF end only when OFF end is the load end. Table 7.95: PDC12P4 PDC6P20 Crimp lug or PDC connectors extension past end or circuit breaker “A” See Table Power Distribution Connectors for H-Frame, J-Frame and L-Frame Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Cat. No. Qty. Per Kit 1.0 1.2 1.0 1.5 1.28f 1.31f PDC6HD6 PDC3HD2 PDC6JD4 PDC3JD20 PDC5DG20L3 PDC12DG4L3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Power Distribution Connectors for M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit Breakerse Use for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker in place of standard distribution block to save space and time. • Use on load end of circuit breaker only • Use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only. • Use in UL1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment. • For Cu wire only. e f Dimension A (in.) Ampere Rating (Wires Per Terminal) Wire Range 250–1200 A (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu 250–1200 A (12) 10–4 AWG Cu Cat. No. Qty Per Kit PDC6P20 PDC6P204 PDC12P4 PDC12P44 3 4 3 4 $ Price Per Kit 573.00 756.00 866.00 929.00 Not for use with I-Line™ circuit breakers. Kit includes long terminal shield and cover, which adds 1.65 inches to standard lug with short terminal shield. Extremity of Molded Case w/Mechanical Lugs “A” See Table © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-43 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS J-Frame Compression Lugs Compression Lug Kits for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Type Description 7 Table 7.93: PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 Table 7.96: Terminal Nuts for Bus Bar Connection of H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Terminal Nut Insert Frame Tap Cat. No. Qty Per Kit H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English HD/HG/HJ/HL 1/4-20 S37425 2 53.00 HD/HG/HJ/HL 1/4-20 S37444 3 75.00 H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric HD/HG/HJ/HL M6 S37426 2 53.00 J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English JD/JG/JJ/JL 1/4-20 S37427 2 75.00 J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English JD/JG/JJ/JL 1/4-20 S37445 3 113.00 J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric JD/JG/JJ/JL M8 S37428 2 75.00 Control Wire Terminal for H-Frame Terminal Nut HD/HG/HJ/HL S37429 2 53.00 Control Wire Terminal for J-Frame Terminal Nut JD/JG/JJ/JL S37430 2 53.00 Bus Bar Connections Hardware for L-Frame, M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit Breakers Frame Description L-Frame Set of 4 terminal screws and washers for one side M- and P-Frame Bus Connector Kit for one pole, one end Table 7.98: Term. No. Poles Cat. No. $ Price F 4 S36967 31.00 1 S33928 28.00 Terminal Pad Kits for R-Frame Circuit Breakers Terminal Pad Kit R-Frame Circuit Breaker RLTB Terminal Pad Kit $ Price Per Kit H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English Table 7.97: H-Frame Lug With Terminal Nut www.schneider-electric.us Usage 3000 A, 100% Rated Required for cable or bus 3000 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for cable or bus 2500 A, 100% Rated Field-Installable Kits Lugs per 3P Kit (One End Only) 4P Kit (One End Only) Phase Cat. No. $ Price. Cat. No. $ Price 9 RL3TB 1440.00 RL3TB4 2016.00 8 RLTB 914.00 RLTB4 1280.00 Required for cable or bus 2500 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for cable, optional for bus cable, optional All Other R-Frame CIrcuit Breakers Required for for bus For cable connection to RLTB, use AL2500RK lug. See page 7-43. Table 7.99: Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers 7 Used With Dimension B Cat. No. (in.) Description Frame MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS H-Frame Short Lug Shield J-Frame Short Lug Shield Short Lug Shielda H-Frame 60 A 3 AWG 0.50 S37446 1 149.00 H-Frame 150 A 3/0 AWG 0.50 S37447 1 149.00 J-Frame 350 kcmil 0.24 S37448 1 149.00 2.24 S37449 1 209.00 1.68 S37450 1 209.00 PDC H- and J-Frame Power Distribution Connectors and Compression Lugs R-Frame Phase Barrier Compression Lugs Aluminum Copper PDC6HD6 YA060HD CYA060HD PDC3HD2 YA150HD CYA150HD J-Frame Long Lug PDC6JD4 Shield PDC3JD2 YA150JD CYA150JD b CYA250J3 H-Frame Long Lug Shield M-, P-Frame S33646 47.00 Phase Barriers 3 R-Frame S33998 47.00 a Short lug shields provide IP20 protection for mechanical lugs and are compatible with control wire terminals. b J-frame terminal shield is not compatible with the YA250J35 compression terminal. Table 7.100: Miscellaneous H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breaker Accessories “B” See Table Accessory Description Bag of screws for accessory cover, L-frame Spare Parts 1 spare toggle extension, L-frame Set of 10 identification labels c 7-44 $ Price Max. Wire Size Compatible with: Phase barrier or terminal shield extension past end of circuit breaker “B” See Table Extremity of Molded Case w/Mechanical Lugs H- and J-Frame Mechanical Lugs Qty Per Kit Field-Installed Cat. No, $ Price S432552 63.00 32595 342.00 LV429226 82.00 DE5A Discount Schedule DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Plug-In and Drawout Mountings Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.101: Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers (3P or 2P in a 3P module) Factory Installed Cat. No. N Description Complete Factory-Assembled Plug-in base shipped with circuit breaker Circuit Breakers Drawout cradle shipped with circuit breaker Circuit breaker Only Plug-in base kit Circuit breaker only Plug-in base kit Drawout Cradle Cradle side plates (fixed part of chassis) Circuit breaker side plates (moving part of chassis) H-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two) J-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two) Fixed part 9-wire connector (mounted on base) Secondary Disconnect Moving part 9-wire connector (mounted on Blocks circuit breaker) Support for 2-moving connectors Extended escutcheon with extended toggle handle Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) H-Frame and J-Frame Drawout Mounting Accessories for Plug-In and Drawout Table 7.102: S29278 S29282 290.00 348.00 485.00 348.00 587.00 S29283 195.00 S37442 S37443 48.00 48.00 S29273 95.00 S29274 60.00 S29275 S29284 S29287 33.00 77.00 207.00 H-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P S37436 119.00 J-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P) S37440 HJ00 119.00 S29278 HJ00 Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for L-Frame Circuit Breakers Plug-in Mounting Description Kit (stationary and moving parts) Plug-in base Stationary Part L-Frame Plug-In Mounting L-Frame Drawout Mounting Short terminal covers a Poles Factory Installed Cat. No. 3 4 3 4 N N Fixed part of chassis Circuit breaker only Moving part of chassis Moving Part FieldInstalled Cat. No. S32514 S32515 HJ00 3 4 2x 2x S32562 S32563 Drawout Mounting $ Price Factory Installed Cat. No. 1542.00 2082.00 1065.00 1439.00 D D 710.00 HJ00 S32514 S32515 S32532 149.00 161.00 S32533 2x S32562 2x S32563 $ Price 2466.00 3281.00 1065.00 1439.00 693.00 710.00 231.00 149.00 161.00 Plug-In and Drawout Accessories for L-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Fixed Part Secondary Disconnecting Blocks Shutters L-Frame Locking Device FieldInstalled Cat. No. Price shown is for quantity of 1. Table 7.103: L-Frame Disconnecting Blocks 1419.00 Chassis Accessories Table 7.104: 9-wire connector 9-wire connector Moving Part Support for 3 moving connectors Fixed + Moving 9-wire manual auxiliary connector Two shutters for plug-in base Extended escutcheon for toggle Locking device (key lock is not included) Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) FieldInstalled Cat. No. S29273 S32523 S32525 S29272 32521 S32534 S29286 29287 $ Price 95.00 60.00 43.00 480.00 81.00 104.00 164.00 207.00 Termination Options Termination Letter N = Plug-in D = Drawout For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. LGL36400U31X MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS H-Frame and J-Frame Plug-in Mounting $ Price 638.00 D Plug-In Base Special Order Options for Plug-In and Drawout Circuit Breakers FieldInstalled Cat. No. Drawout Cradle and Accessories for P-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Cat. No. Product Selector Front Connected Flat (FCF) SFCF12bc Rear Connected T Horizontal/Vertical (RCTH/RCTV) SRCTV12bc Modbus™ cradle communication module S33852 Safety shutters S48933c Secondary disconnects terminal shield S33763c Cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C— Connected/test/disconnected S33170c Low level cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C—Connected/test/disconnected S33171c Cell keying kit S33767c Disconnected position key locking—provision for Kirk or Federal Pioneer Lock S33772c Cradle Door interlock kit S33786c Accessories Racking interior kit S33788c Door escutcheon (for replacement only, included with circuit breaker) S33857c Transparent cover S33859c Push-in terminal kit (3 wires) S33098c Push-in terminal kit (6 wires) S33099c Finger cluster S33166c Cluster grease (12 oz. tube) S48899c b Needs 2 kits per cradle. c Discount Schedule DE2F Drawout Cradle Cradle Connectors P-Frame Drawout Cradle Connections © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 7 Termination No. Table 7.105: DE2F Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com $ Price 6400.00 716.00 408.00 2237.00 342.00 220.00 148.00 216.00 97.00 908.00 330.00 358.00 308.00 1290.00 120.00 240.00 164.00 132.00 7-45 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 Table 7.106: PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Units x– Standard Feature Micrologic Ammeter and Energy Trip Unit PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame molded case circuit breakers may be specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units. Micrologic Standard 3.2/3.3 Trip Units • • • • • • True RMS sensing LI, LSI trip configurations Field-interchangeable trip units LED long-time pickup and trip indication Test kits available Thermal imaging Micrologic Ammeter 5.2A/5.3A/6.2A/6.3A Trip Units Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as: • • • • • • • 7 • • • • Advanced user interface Neutral protection Incremental fine tuning of settings Up to 12 alarms Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only) Phase loading bar graph Maintenance indicators including contact wear, number of operations, operating hours, and load profiles Cause of trip information for troubleshooting assistance LCD Display Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault) Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible Table 7.107: Model MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS • • • Energy Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for H- and J-Frame Trip Function Trip Unit LI 3.2 LSI 3.2S LSI 5.2A LSIG 6.2A LSI 5.2E LSIG 6.2E Standard Includes all features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as: Ground-fault trip with programmable ground fault alarm (available on 6.2E/6.3E only) Power and energy measurement Power quality measurements Current demand and power demand measurements Ammeter 3.2/3/3 3.2S/3.3S 5.2A/5.3A 6.2A/6.3A 5.2E/5.3E 6.2E/6.3E LI x LSId x x x LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripe x x Ground-Fault Alarm/Tripe x x Current Setting Directly in Amperes x x x x x x True RMS Sensing x x x x x x UL Listed x x x x x x Thermal Imaging x x x x x x LED for Long-time Pickup x x x x x x LED for Trip Indication x x x x x x LED for Green “Ready” x x x x x x Up to 12 Alarms Used Together x x x x Digital Ammeter x x x x Zone-selective Interlockingf x x x x Communications o o o o o o LCD Display x x x x Front Display Module FDM121 o o o o Advanced User Interface x x x x Neutral Protectione x x x x Contact Wear Indicationg x x x x Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings x x x x Load Profileg,h x x x x Power Measurement x x Power Quality Measurements x x d The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays. e Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads f ZSI for H/J frames in only IN. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT. g Indication available using the communication system only. h % of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In. i DC not available with electronic trip units. Micrologic Energy 5.2E/5.3E/6.2E/6.3E Trip Units • o – Available Option Standard Features Micrologic Standard Trip Unit www.schneider-electric.us Micrologic Trip Unitsi for PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit breakers Ammeter Energy Table 7.108: Model Ampere Setting 15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for L-Frame Trip Function Trip Unit LI 3.3 LSI 3.3S LSI 5.3A LSIG 6.3A Standard Ammeter LSI 5.3E LSIG 6.3E Energy Ampere Setting 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 7-46 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.109: PowerPact P- and R-Frame Micrologic Trip Units Long-time Pickup Settings Rating Plug A B C D E F G H Long-time Pickup Settings .40 .40 .42 .40 .60 .84 .66 .48 Table 7.110: .45 .44 .50 .48 .70 .86 .68 .50 .50 .50 .53 .64 .75 .88 .70 .52 .60 .56 .58 .70 .80 .90 .72 .54 .63 .63 .67 .80 .85 .92 .74 .56 .70 .75 .75 .90 .90 .94 .76 .58 Micrologic (Standard) 3.0 and 5.0 Trip Units • • • • • • True RMS sensing LI, LSI trip configurations Field-interchangeable long-time rating plugs LED long-time pickup indication Test kits available Thermal imaging Micrologic (Ammeter) 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as: • • • • • • LSIG trip configurations Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only) Phase loading bar graph LED trip indication Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault) Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible Micrologic (Power) 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units Power measurement and advanced protection features includes all features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as: • • • • • • • • • • • Table 7.111: LSI trip configuration with programmable ground fault alarm LSIG (Ground-fault trip) with programmable ground fault alarm Incremental “fine tuning” of L, S, I, and G pickup and delay settings LCD dot matrix display and LED trip indication Advanced user interface Advanced protection IDMTL—selectable long-time delay bands Neutral protection Power measurement Contact wear indication Modbus communications—PowerLogic compatible Local and remote settings Power quality measurement and advanced protection features. Includes all features listed for the Micrologic power trip unit, as well as: Enhanced power measurements functions Power quality measurements Adjustable Rating Plugs for PowerPact™ P-Frame and R-Frame and Masterpact™ NT and NW Circuit Breakers—Selection To provide maximum design flexibility, system protection, and field upgradeability, each Micrologic™ trip unit is equipped with an interchangeable long-time rating plug. Each trip unit requires an adjustable rating plug to determine the long-time pickup range of the circuit breaker. These plugs are factory installed on new trip units, or can be ordered separately for field-installable upgrades. Adjustable rating plugs are offered in eight different ranges of long-time pickup adjustments. The following chart show the ranges of adjustments. Each adjustment times the sensor rating (lr X In) of the circuit breaker sets the long-time pickup value of the circuit breaker. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2F Harmonic Micrologic Trip Unit and Options Kit $ Price / Field-Installable Circuit Breaker Cat. No.c $ Price Adder 2.0 (IEC only) LSO S132R 2920.00 3.0 (UL/ANSI only) LI None S131A 2920.00 5.0 LSI S133A 4176.00 2.0A (IEC only) LSO S142Rd 4554.00 3.0A (UL/ANSI only) LI S141Ad 4554.00 Ammeter 5.0A LSI S143Ad 5812.00 6.0A LSIG S144Ad 7418.00 5.0P LSI S163Ade 8720.00 Metering, Adv. Protection 6.0P LSIG S164Ade 10324.00 5.0H LSI S173Ade 14770.00 Metering, Adv. Protection & Harmonic Analysis 6.0H LSIG S174Ade 16374.00 c The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the “A” rating plug. To specify an alternative adjustable rating plug, please add the letter designation to the end of the catalog number. Please refer to page 7-48 for a complete listing of adjustable settings available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the standard "A" plug.) Use suffix “N” if no rating plug is required, deduct $200.00 from the complete trip unit kit price. d When replacing a standard trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H (Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12-pin connector kit S33101 for the Masterpact NW and NT and the PowerPact P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPact P-frame and R-frame unit-mount and I-Line circuit breakers. See page 7-48. e Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module. Model Micrologic (Harmonic) 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units • • Power 5.0 f g h i j Protection Additional Features The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays. Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads ZSI for H/J frames in only IN. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT. Indication available using the communication system only. % of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In. Table 7.112: Special Options Description Ship circuit breaker in closed position CT Characterization (Calibrated trip system) Factory-Installed Suffix Field-Installable Cat. No. $ Price YK N/A N/C Q N/A 3308.00 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-47 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS PowerPact™ P- and R-frame molded case circuit breakers may be specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units. 3.0 x Ammeter 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H LI x LSI (Instantaneous can be turned off) x x x x x x x LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripa x x x Ground-Fault Alarm (No Trip) ab x x Ground-Fault Alarm and Trip a x x Adjustable Rating Plugs x x x x x x x x x True RMS Sensing x x x x x x x x x UL Listed x x x x x x x x x Thermal Imaging x x x x x x x x x Phase Loading Bar Graph x x x x x x x LED for Long-time Pickup x x x x x x x x x LED for Trip Indication x x x x x x x Digital Ammeter x x x x x x x Zone-selective Interlocking x x x x x x x Communications o o o x x x x LCD Dot Matrix Display x x x x Advanced User Interface x x x x Protective Relay Functions x x x x Neutral Protection x x x x Contact Wear Indication x x x x Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings x x x x Selectable Long-time Delay Bands x x x x Power Measurement x x x x Power Quality Measurements x x Waveform Capture x x a Requires neutral current transformer in 3Ø4W systems. b Requires M2C or M6C Programmable Contact Module. Adjustable Rating Plug 7 Harmonic Trip Unit Power Trip Unit 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 .82 .64 o – Available Option Standard Features Ammeter Trip Unit .90 .95 .95 .95 .95 .98 .80 .62 Micrologic Trip Units x– Standard Feature Standard Trip Unit .80 .88 .83 .93 .93 .96 .78 .60 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories Class 612, 612/ Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101 Adjustable rating plug "A" is installed as standard on all Micrologic trip unit orders. However, an alternative selection may be specified from the "Assembled" table below, and factory installed with your trip unit order at no additional charge. To order, please attach the appropriate catalog suffix to the end of the trip unit Cat. No. (after specifying trip unit options). Adjustable rating plugs may also be purchased as field-installable components from the table below. Table 7.113: Factory-Installed Full Function Test Kit a Trip Unit Seal b Table 7.114: Neutral Current Transformers For Use with Circuit Breaker Sensor Plug c d Field-Installable Cat. Suffix $ Price Adder Cat. No.b $ Price A (standard) N/C S48818 200.00 B N/C S48819 200.00 C N/C S48820 200.00 D N/C S48836 200.00 E N/C S48837 200.00 F N/C S48838 200.00 G N/C S48839 200.00 H N/C S48840 200.00 Long-time pickup amperes (Ir) = Sensor Rating (In) X Setting of rating plug. “Fine adjustment tuning” is included on Micrologic Power and Harmonic trip units, allowing for incremental settings of 1 A between the plug setting and.40 X Sensor Rating. DE2F Discount Schedule Cat. No. S429521 H-Frame S430562 J-Frame S430563 L-Frame S432575 S33575c,d P-Frame S33576c,d S48916c,d S34036c,d R-Frame S48896c,d S48182c,d All NCTWIRING DE2F Discount Schedule Includes NCTWIRING kit. Sensor $ Price 60–100 150 250 400–600 250 400–1600 250 400–1600 2000 3000 All 588.00 588.00 588.00 647.00 1914.00 1914.00 2014.00 2014.00 2044.00 2208.00 204.00 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.116: Circuit Breaker IEC Sensor Plug Catalog No. Cat. No.h 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A Circuit Breaker Frames Accepting Sensor Plug 250 A S47052 S47053 S48823 S33092 S33093 S48824 S33091 S33092 S33093 S33094 S33095 400 A 600 A X X X 630 Al 800 A 1000 A 1200 A $ Price $ Pricek 1250 Al 1600 A X R-Frame Circuit Breaker 600 A 800 A 1000 A 600 A S48823 X X 800 A S33092 X X 1000 A S33093 X 1200 A S48824 UL 1600 A S33095 2000 A S33982 2500 A S33983 3000 A S48825 1600 A S33095 2000 A S33982 IEC 2500 A S33983 3200 A S33984 j For use only with circuit breakers with date codes later than 07011. k DE2F Discount Schedule. l IEC Only. m See rating plug for long-time pickup range on page 7-47. 7-48 Frame Pocket Tester S434206 1000.00 UTA Tester STRV00910 16365.00 Spare UTA Tester STRV00911 6000.00 H/J/L BLuetooth/Modbus for UTA Tester SVW3A8114 2800.00 Spare Power Supply for UTA Tester TRV00915 771.00 110–120 Vac Micrologic Cord for UTA Tester TRV00917 1210.00 Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent S429478 19.00 H/J Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent S429481 41.00 Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent S432459 36.00 L Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent S432461 156.00 LCD Display for Micrologic 5 S429483 575.00 H/J/L LCD Display for Micrologic 6 S429484 575.00 Hand-held Test Kit S33594 5386.00 Primary Injection Test Adaptor S33937 252.00 Full-function Adapter Kit S48981 19699.00 Full-function Test Kit S33595 33792.00 P/R Seven-pin Test Cable (for connection S48907 1488.00 between test kit and trip unit)e Two-pin Test Cable (for connection S48908 784.00 between test kit and trip unit)f 230 Vac Filtered Power Cordg S48856 166.00 120 Vac Filtered Power Cordg P/R S48855 61.00 Trip Unit Battery for Trip Indicator Lights S33593 438.00 Power supply with: 24–30 Vdc input 685823 48/60 Vdc input 685824 125 Vdc input 685825 H/J/L/P/R 1130.00 110–130 Vac input 685826 200–240 Vac input 685827 380–415 Vac input 685829 Micrologic A Trip Unit Cover, clear S33592 16.00 P/R Micrologic P/H Trip Unit Cover, S47067 16.00 opaque gray Trip Unit Seal (6 pieces) H/J/L/P/R MICROTUSEAL 60.00 for compliance with NEC 240.6(c) 12-pin Trip Unit Connector for S33101 228.00 NT/NW Masterpact Circuit Breakers 12-pin Trip Unit Connector for P/R S33100i 255.00 P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Battery Back-up (12 Hours) 685831 3570.00 e Used for testing Micrologic trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only. f Used for testing STR trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only. g Included in the price of the Full-function Test Kit. Kit for replacement only. h DE2F Discount Schedule. i DE2 Discount Schedule. Sensor Plugs for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakersjm Sensor Plug Range P-Frame Circuit Breaker UL www.schneider-electric.us Trip Unit Accessories Device Rating Plugs Rating Pluga A B C D E F G H Table 7.115: DE2 DE2F X X X X X X X X X X X X 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com X X X X 2500 A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 3000 A 3200 A X X X X X X X X X X X 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) (Modbus) Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C) Six Programmable Contacts Module (M6C) External Voltage Sensing (EVS) E1 V W YV Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. $ Price Adder Unit Mount 1778.00 1248.00 1599.00 290.00 S64205 S64273 S64204 S64203 Table 7.118: P-Frame Motor Operated Drawout With Rotary Handle Unit Mount I-Line S64205 S64273 S64204 S64203 S64207 S64273 S64204 S64210 S64206 S64273 S64202 S64209 S64205 S64273 S64204 S64210 S64205 S64273 S64201 S64208 S64205 S64273 S64201 S64208 Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adder External Accessories Modbus Interface Module IFMa Stacking Connections for IFM (10) Front Display Module FDM121a FDM Mounting Accessory (Dia. 22 mm) Isolated Modbus Repeater Module ZSI Interface Module Modbus Interface Module (IFM) NSX Cord b (for Modbus Communication) BSCM (Breaker Status and Control Module) with NSX Cordb Replacement BSCM NSX Cord for Modbus Communications © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Cat. No. $ Price — — — — — — STRV00210 TRV00217 STRV00121 TRV00128 STRV00211 S434212 1000.00 946.00 1500.00 26.00 1508.00 975.00 L = 1.3 m L=3m L = 1.3 m L=3m EA EB EGf EHf — ED EE EKf ELf EN V V 576.00 600.00 1776.00 1800.00 — 2880.00 3000.00 4080.00 4200.00 480.00 1114.00 1820.00 S434201 S434202 S434201BS S434202BS S434205 S434204 S434303 S434204BS S434303BS S434210 S429424 S429532 480.00 500.00 1480.00 1500.00 1000.00 2400.00 2500.00 3400.00 3500.00 400.00 928.00 1517.00 Wire Harnessg and ULP Cords for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers Description ZSI Interface Module (Connects PowerPact H/J/L circuit breakers to PowerPact P/R and Masterpact NT/NW circuit breakers) — — — — — — Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. L = 1.3 m L=3m L = 1.3 m BSCM with NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb L=3m 24 Vdc Terminal Block SDTAM 24/415 Vac/dc Modulec SDX Module 24/415 Vac/dcd a Require NSX Cord b Installation requires IFM (STRV00210) for Modbus communication and/or FDM (STRV00121) for external display c Remote indication relay for motor applications d Remote indication relay e For proper selection, see catalog 0611CT1001. f If using with motor operator requires communicating motor operator (suffix NC). Table 7.119: SDTAM Module (Remote indication relay for motor applications) 2805.00 1248.00 1665.00 330.00 Internal Accessories NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb Front Display Module (FDM) $ Price Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakerse Description Breaker Status and Control Module (BSCM) R-Frame I-Line Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adderh ZSI Wire Harness, H/J Frame YH3 237.00 ZSI Wire Harness, L-Frame YH3 237.00 ENCT Wire Harness YH2 237.00 OF Wire Harness YH1 237.00 SD/SDE Wire Harness YH1 237.00 SDx/SDTAM Wire Harness YH1 237.00 MN Wire Harness YH1 237.00 MX Wire Harness YH1 237.00 24 Vdc Terminal Block Wire Harnessi YH1 237.00 Motor Operator Wire Harness YH1 237.00 Communicating Motor Operator Wire Harness YH1 237.00 NSX Wire Harnessi YH1 237.00 ENCT and ZSI Wire Harness YH4 237.00 10 RJ45 Connectors female/female — — 10 ULP Line Terminations — — L = 0.3 m — — 10 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords L = 0.6 m — — L=1m — — 5 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords L=2m — — L = 3m — — 1 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cord L=5m — — g Wire harness is required for I-Line applications, optional for unit-mount applications YH1 = all installed accessories but ZSI and ENCT YH2 = ENCT and all installed accessories YH3 = ZSI and all installed accessories YH4 = ZSI, ENCT and all installed accessories h Price adder is for each accessory ordered. i I-Line wire harness is included for communication network accessories. Optional wire harness for unit mount requires YH1 suffix. DE2F Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price S434300 S434301 S434302 S434500 S434501 S434502 S434503 S434504 S434505 S434506 S434507 S434508 — TRV00870 TRV00880 TRV00803 TRV00806 TRV00810 TRV00820 TRV00830 TRV00850 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 — 195.00 130.00 200.00 320.00 195.00 300.00 500.00 155.00 7-49 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Description 7 Table 7.117: Masterpact™ Universal Power Circuit Breakers Masterpact™ NT/NW Circuit Breakers Class 613 / Refer to Catalog 0613CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us The Masterpact universal power circuit breaker offers a family of circuit protection products meeting the most common world standards, ANSI, UL and IEC. The basic design platform for each is common. The final result is UL, ANSI and IEC circuit breakers with the same basic external dimensions, features and accessories. Full-Featured Performance • • • • • • • • • • • Masterpact NT Masterpact NW Complete product offering up to 200 k AIR without fuses Circuit breakers tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E 800 A to 6000 A frames, fixed and draw-out Rated for AC voltage systems through 600 V (635 V ANSI) Short-time withstand ratings up to 100 kA Cradle position indicator: connected, test and disconnected Simple, visual contact wear indicators Full complement of field-installable accessories common to all standards Four interchangeable Micrologic trip units to choose from Available PowerLogic™ based power metering and monitoring capabilities Available protective relay functions as defined by ANSI C37.2 and C37.90 The following charts show the Masterpact NW and NT ratings for ANSI and UL 489. See Pricing Guide 0613PL0001 and Catalog 0613CT0001. Table 7.120: Masterpact NW Circuit Breaker Ratings Standard ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed Frame Rating 800–1600 A Interrupting Code 2000 A UL 489 Listed 3200/4000 Af 4000/5000 A N1 H1 H2 H3 L1g L1Fg H1 H2 H3 L1g L1Fg H1 H2 H3 L1g H2 240 Vac Interrupting Current 480 Vac (kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 600 Vac Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS) Built-in Instantaneous Override (kA RMS ±10%) Close and latch rating (kA RMS) Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E Breaking time Closing time 42 42 42 42 65 65 65 65 85 100 200 85 100 200 85 85 130 85 85 30 c c 200 200 130 22 65 65 65 65 85 100 200 200 65 85 100 200 200 65 85 85 130 130 65 85 85 30 22 65 H3 L1g 800/1200/1600/2000 A 2500/3000 A 4000/5000/6000 A N H Lg 85 100 200 85 100 200 65 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 65 100 150 85 85 130 85 85 130 50 85 100 85 85 100 85 85 100 42a 65a 30ab LFg H Lg H Lg 200 150 100 22 100 100 85 65 200 150 100 65 100 100 85 85 200 150 100 100 c 85 35c 24 — — 85 35 24 — — 85 117 — — 117 40 40 35ab 24 65 65 75 75 42 65 40 40 25 22 65 40 40 25 22 65 40 40 40 85 75 40 40 40 25d 22 40 40 40 40 — — — — — Yes — — — — Yes — — — — — — — — — — Yes — — — — 25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L1, L1F, L and LF) 70 ms 100–250 A 400–800 A 2000–4000 A 1000–2000 A 1600–3200 A 600–1200 A 2500–5000 A 800–1600 A 1000–2000 A 10,000 10,000 5k 5,000 12,500e 1,000 1,000 1k 1,000 2800e 100–250 A 400–800 A 800–1600 A Sensor Rating 1200–2500 A 1600–3000 A 2000–4000 A 2500–5000 A 3000–6000 A 10,000 1,000 5,000 1,000 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 12,500 Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles) Mechanical With No Maintenance Electrical 2800 a 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor. b 65 kA RMS for 2000 A. c None except 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor. d 40 kA RMS for 2000 A. e The endurance rating for 2000 A, N/H/L/LF is 10,000 for mechanical and 1000 for electrical. f 4000 A standard width circuit breaker is not available in L1 interrupting rating code or drawout construction (fixed mounting only). g Drawout mounted only. Table 7.121: Masterpact NT Circuit Breaker Ratings Standard ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed Frame Rating 800 A Interrupting Code N1 42 42 — 42 — 40 N 50 50 35 35 40 25 H 65 50 50 35 40 25 L1 100 65 — 10 10 10 L 200 100 — 10 10 10 LFi 200 100 — 10 10 10 N 50 50 35 35 40 25 H 65 50 50 35 40 25 L1 100 65 — 10 10 10 L 200 100 — 10 10 10 LFi 200 100 — 10 10 10 N 50 50 35 35 40 25 H 65 50 50 35 40 25 L1 100 65 N/A 10 10 10 L 200 100 N/A 10 10 10 — — — — — Yes — — — — Yes — — — — 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS) Built-in Instantaneous Override (kA RMS ±10%) Close and latch rating (kA RMS) Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E Breaking time Closing time Interrupting Current (kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 1200 A 25–30 ms with no intentional delay Sensor Rating Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles) With No Maintenance h Fixed-mounted only. i Drawout mounted only. UL 489 Listed 800 A Mechanical Electrical 100–250 A 400–800 A 12,500 2800 25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L and LF) < 50 ms 600–1200 A — 12,500 2800 100–250 A 400–800 A 12,500 2800 Table 7.122: 1600 Ah Description Cat. No. NWNTMPRRT $ Price 32000.00 Masterpact NW Remote Racking Devicej NWMPRRT 21500.00 Masterpact NT Remote Rackign Devicej NTMPRRT 21500.00 Mounting Bracket Kit for NW Remote Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k S47100 Mounting Bracket Kit for NT Remove Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k S47104 215.00 Control Unit for NW Remote Rackingk S47101 3650.00 30 ft Control Cable for NW Remote Rackingk S47102 620.00 Drive Shaft for NW Remote Rackingk S47103 290.00 Drive Shaft for NT Remote Rackingk S47105 290.00 j k 7-50 12,500 2800 Masterpact NW/NT Circuit Breaker Remote Racking Masterpact NW/NT Remote Racking Devicesj NWMPRRT 800–1600 A 215.00 Unit comes with 10 mounting brackets included. For replacement only. DE2F Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ground-Fault Protection GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System Class 931, 940, 960 www.schneider-electric.us GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System The GC-200 Ground-fault relay system protects a grounded distribution system from lowlevel arcing ground faults. The system includes the GC-200 relay, a sensor (current transformer), and optional GC DSP display and is used with a bolted pressure switch or circuit breaker to open a circuit upon detection of a ground fault. (Replaces GC-100 relay.) GC-200 Relay Features • • • • • • Five models with sensitivities suitable for main, feeder, or branch circuits Ten adjustable pickup settings for each model Small, non-metallic enclosure mounts on DIN rail 10 A and 5 A output contacts for trip and alarm Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) to optimize coordinated systems I2t inverse time characteristics GC2DSP Display (Optional) GC-200 Relay • • • • • • Real-time display of ground-fault values Also recalls ground-fault at last trip or at maximum since reset Allows remote testing or resetting of the relay LCD back-lit display Surface mounts over panel meter cutout Fine adjust pickup settings (D and E versions only) Sensors • • • Zero sequence sensing current transformers for all phases and neutral Several sizes of toroids and rectangular CTs Many are split-core or open frame for ease of installation Table 7.123: Ground-Fault Relay Cat. No. GC200C GC200D GC200E GC2DSP VW3A1104R10 VW3A1104R30 VW3A1104R50 Description Ground-fault relay 1m 3m 5m Display cable b 45.00 GC-200 Relay Settings 3 30 120 Relay Cat. No. GC200C GC200D GT912 Rectangular Sensor GC200E 59.00 6 90 240 9 90 360 Adjustable Pickup Settings (in Amperes) 12 15 18 21 120 150 180 210 480 600 720 840 27 270 1080 30 300 1200 GC-200 Sensors Sensor Cat. No. Type T2A Toroid T3A Toroid T6A Toroid T6AS Toroid, split-core T9A Toroid R713A R417A Rectangular R826A All "A" type sensors above, plus: RZ511 RZ521 Rectangular, Open Frame RZ531 RZ535 RZ1011 RZ1021 Rectangular, Open Frame RZ1031 GT912 GT918 Rectangular, Open Frame GT930 GT1218 GT1224 Rectangular, Open Frame GT1230 GT1327 Rectangular, Open Frame GT1330 GT1530 Rectangular, Open Frame DE2 24 240 960 CT Ratio 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 Window Dimensions $ Price in 1.875 dia. 2.75 dia. 5.75 dia. 5.75 dia. 8.75 dia. 7.5 x 13.5 4.25 x 17.625 8 x 26.5 mm 48 dia. 70 dia. 146 dia. 146 dia. 222 dia. 191 x 343 108 x 448 203 x 674 704.00 774.00 774.00 1326.00 1106.00 3063.00 3650.00 4446.00 4.5. x 11 4.5 x 21 4.5 x 31 4.5 x 35 10.5 x 11 10.5 x 21 10.5 x 31 5.5 x 8.5 5.5 x 14.5 5.5 x 26.5 8.5 x 14.5 8.5 x 20.5 8.5 x 26.5 9.5 x 24 9.5 x 27 11.5 x 26.5 114 x 280 114 x 534 114 x 788 114 x 890 267 x 280 267 x 514 114 x 788 140 x 216 140 x 368 140 x 673 216 x 368 216 x 521 292 x 673 241 x 610 241 x 686 292 x 673 1914.00 2255.00 2706.00 2834.00 2450.00 3075.00 4233.00 1769.00 2058.00 2766.00 2645.00 2901.00 3246.00 2844.00 3219.00 3726.00 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-51 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Cat. No. GC200C GC200D GC200E Table 7.125: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 10 m GC2ADAPTER Adapter plate To replace GSDSP with GC2DSP One GC12 twelve foot cable is included with GCDSP display modules. Discount schedule CP4C Table 7.124: T3B Toroid Sensor $ Price 2960.00 2960.00 2960.00 948.00 35.00 35.00 35.00 Display module VW3A1104R100 a b Specifications 3.0 A–30.0 A 30.0 A–300 A 120 A–1200 A 7 GC2DSP Display Ground-Fault Protection Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System Class 931, 840, 960 www.schneider-electric.us Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System The Vigirex ground-fault relays, with associated sensors (current transformers), measure the residual current in an electrical installation to detect levels which may be damaging. When used for protection, they cause an associated circuit breaker or switch to interrupt the supply of power to the protected system. They may also be used for monitoring only, with output to an alarm. The product line includes fixed sensitivities from 30 mA to 1 A and adjustable sensitivities up to 30 A. The Vigirex relays may be easily mounted on DIN rail or may be panel mounted in a meter cutout. Sensors for conductors range from a little more than an inch diameter toroids, to large rectangular sensors measuring 6 x 18 inches. The compact size of the relay and its sensor make it ideal for protection of OEM equipment as well as branch circuits. Table 7.126: Model Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays (UL 1053 Listed) Delay Reset Control Voltage Sensitivity Cat. No. $ Price 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 56300 56302 56305 56306 56307 1988.00 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 56320 56322 56325 56326 56327 56330 56332 56335 56336 56337 56360 56362 56363 DIN Rail Mounted RH99M 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc RH10M Instantaneous Manual 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac RH21M RH99M RH99P Instantaneous or 60 msec (2 settings) Adjustable (9 settings): 0, 0.06, 0.15, 0.23, 0.31, 0.5, 0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec Manual Manual Automatic 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 30 mAa or 300 mA (2 settings) 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac Adjustable, (9 settings): 0.03a, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 30 A 56370TD 56372TD 56373TD 56390TD 56392TD 56393TD 1988.00 1988.00 2363.00 2700.00 2700.00 Panel Mounted 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1 Amp 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1 Amp 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 7 RH10P Instantaneous Manual 110–130 Vac MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 220–240 Vac PA50 RH21P Instantaneous or 60 msec (2 settings) RH99P Adjustable (9 settings): 0, 0.06, 0.15, 0.23, 0.31, 0.5, 0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec a Closed Toroids, Type A Vigirex Sensor Iron Rings (Optional) Split toroids, Type OA 7-52 Automatic 30 mAa or 300 mA (2 settings) 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac Adjustable (9 settings): 0.03a, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 30 A 56470TD 56472TD 56473TD 56490TD 56492TD 56493TD 2063.00 2063.00 2438.00 2813.00 2813.00 Sensors for Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays Sensors Rectangular Sensors b c Manual 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 2063.00 30 mA is instantaneous only, except for RH99M and RH99P models. Their suffix TD indicates time delay at 30 mA. For models with no time delay (IEC compliant) consult catalog 0972CT0401. Table 7.127: SA200 Manual 56400 56402 56405 56406 56407 56420 56422 56425 56426 56427 56430 56432 56435 56436 56437 56460 56462 56463 Inside Diameter Type Maximum Currentc in. mm TA30 PA50 IA80 MA120 SA200 GA300 TA30 PA50 IA80 MA120 POAb GOAb 280 x 115 470 x 160 65 A 85 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 65 A 85 A 160 A 250 A 85 A 250 A 1600 A 3200 A 1.18 1.97 3.15 4.72 7.87 11.81 0.79 1.58 2.76 4.33 1.81 4.33 11.02 x 4.53 18.50 x 6.30 30 50 80 120 200 300 20 40 70 110 46 110 280 x 115 470 x 160 Cat. No. $ Price 50437 50438 50439 50440 50441 50442 56055 56056 56057 56058 50485 50486 56053 56054 375.00 488.00 615.00 833.00 1253.00 2295.00 56.00 59.00 62.00 83.00 1718.00 3015.00 5333.00 7088.00 POA and GOA are not UL recognized Use as a guideline for sizing wire through sensor. DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ground-Fault Protection Equipment Add-On Ground-Fault and Earth-Leakage Modules Class 931, 940, 960 www.schneider-electric.us Micrologic™ Add-on Ground-Fault Module (GFM) The Micrologic ground-fault module (GFM) is a UL Listed circuit breaker accessory for equipment protection. It is a combination ground-fault relay and ground-fault sensing device. Micrologic Add-on Ground-fault Module Features: Optional GFM25CT GFM250 • • • • • • A shunt trip may be field-installed in the HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ and JL circuit breakers. Shunt trip S29382 (12 Vdc) for circuit breaker may be factory- installed (suffix SN) or field-installed Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels Adjustable ground-fault time delays Integral ground fault push-to-test feature and ground-fault indicator All GFMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting, easily convertible to unit mount by removing the I-Line brackets Optional neutral current transformer for 3-phase 4-wire applications. Refer to instructions for proper installation Zone-selective interlocking capability is standard with upstream Micrologic trip system circuit breakers. The GFM can also be zone interlocked with the GC ground-fault system by using a restraint interface module.See Supplemental Digest page 3-33. 120 Vac control power is required for integral test feature. Meets NEC 230-95(c) • • • NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be used for alarming only. Table 7.128: Module/Enclosure Selection Charta Companion Circuit Breaker Prefix HD, HG, HJ, HL JD, JG, JJ, JL Accessories H&J a b Cat. No.b GFM150HD GFM250JD GFM25CT I-Line Switchboard LA LA Ground-fault Pickup Adjustment Range 20–100 A 40–200 A GFM $ Price Optional Neutral Current Transformer (required for 4-wire loads) 4250.00 4250.00 375.00 At 250 A, the GFM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only. See Supplemental Digest page 3-37 for additional GFMs. The Earth Leakage Module (ELM) is an add-on module which, when connected to a PowerPact H- or J-frame MCCB, provides low-level ground-fault sensing and ground-fault relay functions. Because these ELMs are highly sensitive (30 mA to 3 A), they provide much greater protection than GFMs (20 Amps to 200 Amps sensitivity). The ELMs provide greater protection of control circuits and other sensitive equipment. The associated circuit breaker must have a 48 Vdc shunt trip, which may be field-installed (kit S29392) or factory-installed (suffix –SP) in the H- or J-Frame circuit breaker. Add-on Earth Leakage Module (ELM) Features: • • Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels as low as 30 mA Adjustable ground-fault time delays from instantaneous to 500 msec (Time delay can be applied to the 30 mA setting) Integral ground fault push-to-test feature Ground-fault indicator (LED for local status; contacts for remote indication) All ELMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting and are easily convertible to unit-mount by removing the I-Line brackets Three poles; 240 to 600 Vac maximum: 3-wire applications only (no neutral) Line-power obtained through internal bus to provide power for electronics, shunt trip, and integral test feature. A shunt trip is required in the circuit breaker; it may be field-installed or factory-installed in the PowerPact H and J circuit breakers. UL 1053 – Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment I-Line™ J-Frame with ELM installed • • • • Table 7.129: ELM Selection Chartc Companion Circuit Breakerd Prefix Size Enclosure Space Required I-Line Switchboard Pick-Up Adjustment Range Catalog Number $ Price HD, HG, HJ, HL JD, JG, JJ, JL 15–150 A 150–250 A LA LA 30 mA–3 A 30 mA–3 A ELM150HD ELM250JD 4500.00 4650.00 c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7 • • • At 250 A, the ELM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only. For Factory Installation of ELM Module: For termination designation (3rd letter of catalog number) use ONLY “M”. Add factory installed 48 Vdc shunt trip (suffix SP) to breaker plus suffix VL or VM. SP – $717. adder. Use VL for H frame – $4736. adder. Use VM for J frame – $4886. adder. Plus the List Price of the H or J breaker. DE2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Earth Leakage Module (ELM) for PowerPact H- and J-Frame MCCBs Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-53 Dimensions and Shipping Weights Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 3 A G A G B E Figure 5 A G E Figure 8 Figure 7 D C E B D C D C A B E B E Figure 9 QO-PLPS QOU, QYU Low Ampere A G A G A G B E QO-GFI, QO-PL QO-EPD A G B F Figure 11 A D C B F 7 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 A A MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS B B C60 Figure 16 A A B Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix A Figure 18 D C Table 7.132: B Figure 19 Figure 20 A A A Frame Size C120 D B E Figure 22 Figure 21 E B B B B G E B C D C E F G 2.25 2.25 2.25 3.78 3.78 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 — — — — — — — — — 5.00d 5.00d 5.00f 6.78 6.78 6.78 — — — — — 0.59 1.34 2.09 2.85 4.35 0.59 1.34 2.09 0.62 1.37 2.12 — — — — — — — — QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FI, KI, LA, LI, LX, LXI Circuit Breakers Poles Dimensions—Inches Fig. No. A B C D E F G H 4.25 4.25 5.13 5.13 5.13 7.13 9.25 10.75 — 1.50 1.50 — 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.50 — 0.75 — — 0.75 0.75 1.00 Shipping Weightsh Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) Frame Size Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) FAL, FHL 1P 2 KIL 9 FAL, FHL 2P 3 LAL, LHL 15 FAL, FHL 3P 5 LIL LXIL 25 FIL 8 Q4L 15 QB, QD, QG, QJ B A 2 22 6.47 3.00 3.02 3.93 g 3 23 6.47 4.50 3.02 3.93 g 1 21 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 FAL, FHL 2 22 6.00 3.00 3.16 4.13 0.44 3 23 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 FIL, KIL 2&3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 Q4L, LAL, LHL 2&3 23 11.00 6.00 4.06 5.84 0.88 LIL, LXIL 2&3 24 11.86 7.50 5.48 6.74 0.55 g Dimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end. E Figure 17 Dimensions—Inches Fig. No. QB, QD, QG, QJ B E B E B E QOU High Ampere Figure 12 A A Poles 1 1 0.75 3.00a 2.31 2.91 QO, QOB 2 2 1.50 3.00a 2.31 2.91 3 3 2.25 3.00a 2.31 2.91 2 2 3.0 5.72 2.53 4.90 QOB-VH 150 A QOB-VH 110–150 A 3 3 4.50 5.72 2.53 4.90 1 4 0.75 4.12b 2.31 2.91 QO-PL QO-GFI 2 5 1.50 4.12b 2.31 2.91 QO-EPD 3 5 2.25 4.12b 2.31 2.91 1 6 0.75 4.05c 2.38 2.98 QOU QYU 2 7 1.50 4.05c 2.38 2.98 Low Ampere 3 8 2.25 4.05d 2.38 2.98 1 10 0.75 4.45 2.37 2.96 QOU 2 11 1.50 4.45 2.37 2.96 High Ampere 3 12 2.25 4.45 2.37 2.96 1 13 0.71 3.19 1.73 2.76 2 14 1.42 3.19 1.73 2.76 Multi 9™ C60 3 15 2.13 3.19 1.73 2.76 4 16 2.84 3.19 1.73 2.76 QO-PLPS Power Supply 2 9 1.45 4.35 2.42 3.11 a 35–70 A is 3.12 in; 80–100 A 2P and 70–100 A 3P are 3.50 in. b QO-PL is 4.55 in. c 80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 4.45 in d 80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 6.78 in. e 70–100 A 4.45 in. f 70–100 A is 6.78 in. Table 7.131: Figure 10 QO™, QOU, Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix B E Figure 4 Figure 6 Table 7.130: D C A G B E B QO, QOB h 4 All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted. Figure 23 B E B G HH D C C/L C/L A F A F A F E E B G Figure 24 E D C E A F E 7-54 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Dimensions and Shipping Weights Molded Case Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us Figure 26 Table 7.133: B G B F A E Circuit Breaker No. of Cat. No. Poles Fig. No. Prefix F A C Table 7.134: Figure 27 B G D F A Figure 28 G ED, EG, EJ ED, EG, EJ ED, EG, EJ GJ 1 2 3 3 29 30 31 32 Table 7.136: F E A E F G — 1.38 1.38 1.77 Dimensions — Inches A B C D E 0.98 1.96 2.94 3.54 5.66 5.66 5.66 4.72 3.09 3.09 3.09 2.76 4.05 4.05 4.05 3.94 3.32 3.32 3.32 2.20 Dimensions — Inches No. of Poles Fig. No. A B C D E F G 2, 3 33 12.86 8.27 5.77 8.05 2.49 7.87 7.83 2, 3 33 16.16 8.27 5.77 8.05 4.19 7.87 7.83 2, 3 34 16.24 16.54 6.63 14.49 8.73 14.25 15.35 Shipping Weightsa Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) HD, HG, HJ, HL 2P 4 HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 3P 5 2 Frame Size JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR LD, LG, LJ, LL, LR MG, MJ ED, EG, EJ 2P 3 PG, PJ, PK, PL ED, EG, EJ 3P 4 RG, RJ, RK, RL (Without RLTB) a All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted. Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) 5 14 29 32 52 Figure 31 Figure 30 B D MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, RG, RJ and RL Circuit Breakers Frame Size ED, EG, EJ 1P B D E B A A Figure 32 E Fig. No. MG, MJ (800 A and below) PG, PJ, PK, PL (1000–1200 A) RG, RJ, RL A B C ED, EG, and EJ Circuit Breakers No. of Poles Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix E E B Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Table 7.135: C C Dimensions — Inches A 2a 25 6.40 2.74 2.87 4.36 0.74 4.92 HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 3 26 6.40 4.12 2.87 4.36 0.74 4.92 JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR 3 27 7.52 4.12 2.87 5.00 1.30 4.92 LG, LJ, LL, LR 3 28 13.38 5.51 3.75 6.61 2.22 7.87 a Only HD and HG are in 2P module, HJ, HL and HR 2P are in 3P module. D E Figure 29 HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR, JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR, LG, LJ, LL, and LR Circuit Breakers MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Figure 25 C D B G Figure 33 D C E B AF A C D 7 E Figure 34 B G F D C AE 7-55 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Circuit Breaker Enclosures Enclosures Class 610 • • • • • Table 7.137: Circuit Breaker Enclosures Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix FAL, FHL, FCL FA100S QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL HDL JDL LAL, LHL, Q4L LAL MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL Enclosure Rating Poles Cat. No. $ Price 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FA100DS FAL, FHL, FCL HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL KILq, KCL LAL, LHL, Q4L LEL, LXL, LXIL LCL, LIL MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLl 15–100 A 100–200 A 100–225 A 15–150 A 150–250 A 15–100 A 150–250 A 125–400 A 125–400 A 1, 2, 3 2 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 2, 3 3 300–800 A 2, 3 — — 250–1200 A 2, 3 — — 15–100 A 15–150 A 150–250 A 110–250 A 125–400 A 100–600 A 300–600 A 1, 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 300–800 600–1200 Cat. No. NEMA 1 Flush FA100F 189.00 — — Q23225NFb 218.00 $ Price NEMA 1 Surface FA100S 189.00 Q22200NSb 176.00 Q23225NSb 218.00 Cat. No. NEMA 3Ra FA100RB Q22200NRBb Q23225NRBb $ Price 500.00 380.00 417.00 J250Fcde 285.00 J250Scde 285.00 J250Rcde 840.00 — — LA400F — — — 356.00 — HD100Sfgcei JD250Sigfce LA400S LA400LSgiw 285.00 285.00 356.00 356.00 — — LA400R — — — 1655.00 — M800Sjk 783.00 M800Rjm 2159.00 P1200Sk 1260.00 P1200Rm 2790.00 NEMA 12/3R, 12K (Hubs—See page 3-9) NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R Stainless Steel (Hubs—See page 3-9) FA100RB www.schneider-electric.us Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service equipment except as footnoted. The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted. Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation. For enclosure accessories and dimensions refer to page 7-58. See Supplemental Digest page 3-35 for NEMA 7 and 9 enclosures for FAL circuit breakers. With Knockouts (NEMA 12K) FA100DS 1431.00 FA100A J250DScde 3405.00 — — J250AWKcde 582.00 IK250DS LA400DS — — 5238.00 5673.00 — — — — — — — — — — IK250AWK LA400AWK LX600AWK LX600AWK 878.00 903.00 3728.00 3728.00 2, 3 M800DSo 10125.00 2, 3 — — 351.00 Without Knockoutsn (NEMA 12/3R, 5) FA100AWK 335.00 — — M800AWKo 2459.00 — — P1200AWKo 5700.00 Nema 7r Cast Aluminum Nema 9u Cast Aluminum JDL, JGLstv 150–250 A 2, 3 J225X 4083.00 J225Y 2834.00 a Enclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls and require field cut opening. For details and hub catalog numbers see page 3-9. b Not CSA Certified. c Accepts standard rated 80% breakers. Not rated at 100%. d Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR at 600 Vac, 65 kAIR at 480 Vac, 125 kAIR at 240 Vac. e Earth Leakage Module and Ground Fault Module are not compatible with these enclosures. f Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR, 240 Vac. g Order service ground kit PKOGTA2 if required. h Maximum short circuit rating is 18 kAIR, 480 Vac and 240 Vac. i Copper wire only. j When using a CT in the M800S and R enclosure the unit will no longer accommodate a 200% neutral solution. k CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP20D, PE type TN-C or TN-S l Accepts MGL or MJL standard rated (80%) breakers. Accepts PGL, PJL or PLL circuit breakers rated 80% (1200 A maximum) or 100% rated breakers, (800A maximum). m CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP24D, PE type TN-C or TN-S n Suitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall. o CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP56, PE type TN-C or TN-S p LEL 100% rated circuit breaker except for 600 A sensor. q Short circuit rating is 100 k AIR at 480 Vac maximum. r NEMA 7—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III. s 80% rated circuit breakers only; SCCR 65 kA @ 240 Vac, 25 kA @ 480 Vac, 18 kA @ 600 Vac. t Not UL Listed due to wire bending space. u NEMA 9—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III. v Has a tapped 2-1/2 in. conduit opening on top and bottom end wall w Short circuit current rating is 30 k AIR at 480 Vac. 316 Grade Stainless Steel Circuit Breaker Enclosures—NEMA 3, 3R, 4X, 5 and 12 Type 316 stainless steel circuit breaker enclosures offer superior corrosion resistance to a wider range of chemicals than Type 304 stainless steel enclosures. Type 316 better resists chloride and is often used in marine, waste treatment and transportation applications. Use watertight hubs from Section 3 page 10 of Digest 176. For other accessories reference Table 7.142 and Table 7.143. For dimensional information, reference Table 7.144. Table 7.138: 316 Grade Stainless Steel CIrcuit Breaker Enclosures Circuit Breakery Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL PKL, PLL Table 7.139: NEMA 3, 3R, 4X, 5 and 12 Ampere Rating 15–150 A 150–250 A Poles 2, 3 2, 3 Enclosure Cat. No. $ Price J250SS 4698.00 300–800 A 2, 3 M800SS 13972.00 DC CIrcuit Breaker Enclosures for MA and MH DC-Rated Circuit Breakers Circuit Breakery x y NEMA 1 Surface Enclosurex Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix Ampere Rating MAL, MHL 125–1000 A UL Listed Only Use 500 Vdc or 250 Vdc rated circuit breakers only. Poles 2, 3 Enclosure Cat. No. MA1200S $ Price 1355.00 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-58 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-58 7-56 DE1 DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breaker Enclosures Enclosed Circuit Breaker Special Applications Class 610 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.140: Enclosures for Walking Beam Manually Operated Mechanical Interlock Circuit Breakers (UL Listed)a Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix a b c NEMA 3R bc NEMA 1 Surfaceb Ampere Rating Poles Enclosure Cat. No. $ Price Enclosure Cat. No. $ Price FAL...WB, FHL...WB 15–250 A 2, 3 KA250SWB 1040.00 KA250RWB 1827.00 Catalog number in table is enclosure only. For complete installation, the following must be ordered separately: WB Circuit Breakers (qty. 2, Supplemental Digest page 3-27), Walking Beam Assembly (Supplemental Digest page 3-27), Mounting Pan (Supplemental Digest) page 3-27, Neutral (page 7-56) and Service Ground Kit (page 7-58). Enclosure has blank top endwall. For applications above 200 A requiring a neutral, use copper wire only. Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers For information on Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers see the Supplemental Digest page 3-35. Enclosed Molded Case Switches For ordering information on molded case switches see page 7-34. For ordering information on enclosed molded case switches, see Supplemental Digest 175 Section 3-36. Enclosed Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order. Industrial molded case circuit breakers with walking beam mechanical interlocks are available in NEMA 1 and 3R construction as completely enclosed device. Walking beam mechanical interlock is available manually operated or electrically operated using (2) 120 Vac motor operators. Not UL Listed. Enclosed walking beam